Skip to main content

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1975nort 



Vorth Carolina 
State University 

BULLETIN 

1976-78 Graduate Catalog 




\ 



siK^ 



V) 



^\V£ 



B 



-\v\t 



C^° LV t^f-l t fo f - 



, of ^ n " 



v£ 



SlfcO 



of 



o^r;;^^ e *>**** 



^ o* G ^ 



t*> 



c*o* 



o*? 



VVll^OS' 



G*& 



o** v 



vt^ 



sv^ 



-£S5> " 



**^>° 



*«*»-- ff ic 



^-0* -us o-^ 

/•ESS 



tftttf- 



.ftf^ 



S £V 



Etf^' 






LC** ' 




n ri 



x; *%i* ' 



V *:>>• 



VOLUME 75 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 
DECEMBER 1975 



NUMBER 4 



Published four times a year in February, June, August and December by North Carolina State 
University, Department of Admissions, Peele Hall, P.O. Box 5126. Raleigh, N.C. 27607. Second class 
postage paid at Raleigh, N.C. 27611. 

Maxine F. Shane, University Catalog Editor; Joseph S. Hancock, Assistant Director, Publications; 
Hardy D. Berry, Director, Information Services. 






North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 



Graduate Catalog 

1976-78 



2 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The University of North Carolina 

Sixteen Constituent Institutions 

William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., President 

Raymond Howard Dawson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President — Academic Affairs 

L. Felix Joyner, A.B., Vice President — Finance 

John L. Sanders, A.B., J.D., Vice President — 'Planning 

Cleon Franklyn Thompson, B.S., M.S., Acting Vice President — Student Services and 

Special Programs 
George Eldridge Bair, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of Educational Television 
Charles Ray Coble, Jr., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Planning 
John B. Davis, Jr., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Vice President — Institutional De- 
velopment and Special Programs 
James L. Jenkins Jr., A.B., Assistant to the President 
Edgar Walton Jones, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Research and 

Public Service 
John P. Kennedy, Jr., S.B., B.A., M.A., J.D., Secretary of the University 
Arnold Kimsey King, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Assistant to the President 
Roscoe D. McMillan Jr., B.S., Assistant to the President for Governmental Affairs 
Richard H. Robinson Jr., A.B., LL.B., Assistant to the President 
Robert W. Williams, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Academic Affairs 



The University of North Carolina was chartered in 1789 and opened its doors to 
students at its Chapel Hill campus in 1795. Throughout most of its history, it has 
been governed by a Board of Trustees chosen by the Legislature and presided over 
by the Governor. During the period 1917-1972, the Board consisted of one hundred 
elected members and a varying number of ex-offxcio members. 

By act of the General Assembly of 1931, without change of name, it was merged 
with The North Carolina College for Women at Greensboro and The North Carolina 
State College of Agriculture and Engineering at Raleigh to form a multicampus 
institution designated The University of North Carolina. 

In 1963 the General Assembly changed the name of the campus at Chapel Hill 
to The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and that at Greensboro to The 
University of North Carolina at Greensboro and, in 1965, the name of the campus 
at Raleigh was changed to North Carolina State University at Raleigh. 

Charlotte College was added as The University of North Carolina at Charlotte in 
1965, and, in 1969, Asheville-Biltmore College and Wilmington College became 
The University of North Carolina at Asheville and The University of North Caro- 
lina at Wilmington respectively. 

A revision of the North Carolina State Constitution adopted in November 1970 
included the following: "The General Assembly shall maintain a public system of 
higher education, comprising The University of North Carolina and such other insti- 
tutions of higher education as the General Assembly may deem wise. The General 
Assembly shall provide for the selection of trustees of The University of North 
Carolina. . . ." In slightly different language, this provision had been in the Con- 
stitution since 1868. 

On October 30, 1971, the General Assembly in special session merged, without 
changing their names, the remaining 10 state-supported senior institutions into the 
University as follows: Appalachian State University, East Carolina University, 
Elizabeth City State University, Fayetteville State University, North Carolina 
Agricultural and Technical State University, North Carolina Central University, 
North Carolina School of the Arts, Pembroke State University, Western Carolina 
University, and Winston-Salem State University. This merger, which resulted in a 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 3 

statewide multicampus university of 16 constituent institutions, became effective on 
July 1,1972. 

The constitutionally authorized Board of Trustees was designated the Board of 
Governors, and the number was reduced to 32 members elected by the General 
Assembly, with authority to choose their own chairman and other officers. The 
Board is "responsible for the general determination, control, supervision, manage- 
ment, and governance of all affairs of the constituent institutions." Each constituent 
institution, however, has its own board of trustees of 13 members, eight of whom 
are appointed by the Board of Governors, four by the Governor, and one of whom, 
the elected president of the student body, serves ex officio. The principal powers of 
each institutional board are exercised under a delegation from the Board of 
Governors. 

Each institution has its own faculty and student body, and each is headed by a 
chancellor as its chief administrative officer. Unified general policy and appropriate 
allocation of function are effected by the Board of Governors and by the President 
with the assistance of other administrative officers of the University. The General 
Administration office is located in Chapel Hill. 

The chancellors of the constituent institutions are responsible to the President as 
the chief administrative and executive officer of The University of North Carolina. 




N. C. State's graduate students account for 2,500 of the 17,470 persons enrolled 
at N. C. State. 



CONTENTS 

Administration 5 

The Calendar 6 

North Carolina State University 13 

The Graduate School 15 

The D. H. Hill Library 15 

Institutes 16 

Special Laboratories and Facilities 17 

Special Programs 22 

General Information 24 

Application 24 

Admission 24 

Registration 26 

Tuition and Fees 28 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 33 

Other Financial Aid 34 

Military Education and Training 36 

Health Services 36 

Housing 37 

Graduate Programs 38 

Master's Degrees 38 

Master of Science and Master of Arts 38 

Master's Degree in a Designated Field 43 

Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education Degrees 43 

Fields of Instruction 49 

Board of Trustees and Board of Governors 264 

Graduate Faculty 266 

University Disruptions Policy and Procedures 302 

Index 307 

Campus Map 309 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATION 

Joab L. Thomas, Chancellor 

Nash N. Winstead, Provost and Vice Chancellor 

Vivian T. Stannett, Vice Provost and Dean of the Graduate School 

Earl G. Droessler, Vice Provost and Dean for Research 

George L. Worsley, Acting Vice Chancellor, Finance and Business 

William L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

Banks C. Talley, Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs 

Jackson A. Rigney, Dean for International Programs 

Deans of Schools 

James E. Legates, Agriculture and Life Sciences 

Claude E. McKinney, Design 

Carl J. Dolce, Education 

Ralph E. Fadum, Engineering 

Eric L. Ellwood, Forest Resources 

Robert O. Tilman, Liberal Arts 

Arthur C. Menius, Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

David W. Chaney, Textiles 

Graduate School — Administrative Office 

V. T. Stannett, Dean 

R. J. Peeler, Associate Dean 

Patsy H. Lloyd, Administrative Officer 



Graduate School — Administrative Board 

V. T. Stannett, Dean 

R. J. Peeler, Associate Dean 

Norman D. Anderson, Professor of Science Education 

Larry S. Champion, Professor of English and Head 

of the Department 
Richard E. Chandler, Professor of Mathematics 
Thomas S. Elleman, Professor of Nuclear Engineering 

and Head of the Department 
Solomon P. Hersh, Charles A. Cannon Professor of Textiles 
William A. Jackson, William Neal Reynolds Professor of 

Soil Science 
Jasper D. Memory, Professor of Physics and Associate Dean, 

School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
Philip A. Miller, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics 
LeRoy C. Saylor, Professor of Genetics and Forestry and 

Associate Dean, School of Forest Resources 
Richard R. Wilkinson, Professor of Landscape Architecture 

and Forest Resources and Program Director of Landsacpe 

Architecture 
Carl F. Zorowski, R. J. Reynolds Industries Professor of 

Mechanical Engineering and Head of the Department of 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 



Term Expires 



November, 1979 

February, 1976 
March, 1979 

December, 1977 
September, 1976 

July, 1979 

September, 1979 
November, 1977 

July, 1979 



May, 1979 
March, 1977 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

THE CALENDAR 



FALL SEMESTER, 1975 



August 25 
August 26 

August 27 
September 1 
September 3 



September 10 

October 17 
October 31 

November 7 



M on . 
Tues. 

Wed. 
Mon. 
Wed. 



Wed. 

Fri. 
Fri. 

Fri. 



November 26 


Wed. 


December 1 


Mon. 


December 5 


Fri. 


December 6-7 


Sat.-Sun. 


December 8-17 


Mon. -Sat. 




Mon. -Wed 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 
Holiday. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to can- 
didacy for students expecting to com- 
plete requirements for the master's 
degree in December, 1975. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund. 
Mid-semester reports due. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to the Graduate School by 
candidates for the master's and doc- 
toral degrees in December, 1975. Last 
day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for master's degrees not 
requiring theses. 

Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1976 



January 12 
January 13 

January 14 
January 21 



Mon. 
Tues. 

Wed. 
Wed. 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing applications for admission to 
candidacy for students expecting to 
complete requirements for the mas- 
ter's degree in May and June, 1976. 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



The calendar is tentative, subject to approval or change by the Board of Trustees. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



January 28 


Wed. 


March 5 


Fri. 


March 15 


Mon. 


March 19 


Fri. 



April 2 



Fri. 



April 19 


Mon. 


April 30 


Fri. 


May 1-2 


Sat. -Sun. 


May 3-12 


Mon. -Sat. 




Mon. -Wed 


Ma V 15 


Sat. 



Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund. 
Mid -semester reports due; spring vaca- 
tion begins at 10 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in May, 1976. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for masters degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 

Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1976 



First Session 

May 18 
May 19 
May 24 

May 26 



June 4 



Tues. 
Wed. 
Mon. 

Wed. 



Registration day. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with refund. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in June, 1976. Last day for 
taking final oral examination by can- 
didates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. Last day for filing 
application for admission to candidacy 
for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree 
in August, 1976. 

Last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration day. 

NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



Fri. 



June 22 
June 23 


Tues 
Wed 


Second Session 




June 28 


Mon. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



June 29 
July 2 

July 5 
July? 



Tues. 
Fri. 

Mon. 
Wed. 



July 16 

August 3 
August 4 



Fri. 

Tues. 
Wed. 



FALL SEMESTER, 1976 



August 26 
August 27 

August 30 
September 6 
September 7 



Thurs. 
Fri. 

Mon. 
Mon. 
Tues. 



First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with refund. 
Holiday. 

Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to the Graduate School by 
candidates for the masters and doc- 
toral degrees in August, 1976. Last 
day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for master's degrees not 
requiring theses. 

Last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 
Holiday. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to can- 
didacy for students expecting to com- 
plete requirements for the master's 
degree in December, 1976. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund. 
Mid-semester reports due. 
Fall vacation begins at 10 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to the Graduate School by 
candidates for the master's and doc- 
toral degrees in December, 1976. Last 
day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for masters degrees not 
requiring theses. 

Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



September 13 


Mon. 


October 20 


Wed 


October 27 


Wed 


November 1 


Mon. 


November 3 


Wed 


November 12 


Fri. 



November 24 


Wed. 


November 29 


Mon. 


December 10 


Fri. 


December 13-22 


Mon .-Wed 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1977 



January 10 
January 1 1 

January 12 
January 19 



January 26 

M arch 4 

March 14 
March 18 

April 1 



April 11 
April 29 
May 2-11 
May 14 



Mon. 
Tues. 

Wed. 
Wed. 



Wed. 

Fri. 

Mon. 
Fri. 

Fri. 



Mon. 

Fri. 

Mon. -Wed. 

Sat. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing applications for admission to 
candidacy for students expecting to 
complete requirements for the master's 
degree in May and June, 1977. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with a refund. 
M id -semester reports due; spring vaca- 
tion begins at 10 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in May, 1977. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



SUMMER SESSIONS, 1977 



First Session 

May 24 
May 25 
May 30 

May 31 



June 1 



Tues. 
Wed. 
Mon. 

Tues. 



Wed. 



Registration day. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with a refund. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in June, 1977. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for master's degrees not requir- 
ing theses. 
Last day for filing application for 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



10 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



June 10 

June 28 
June 29 



Fri. 

Tues. 
Wed. 



admission to candidacy for students 

expecting to complete requirements 

for the masters degree in August, 

1977. 

Last day to drop a course without a 

grade. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



Second Session 

Jury 5 
Jury 6 
July 11 

July 12 



Jury 21 

August 9 
August 10 



Tues. 
Wed. 
Mon. 

Tues. 



Thurs. 

Tues. 
Wed. 



Registration day. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with a refund. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in August, 1977. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



FALL SEMESTER, 1977 



August 25 
August 26 

August 29 
September 5 
September 6 



Thurs. 
Fri. 

Mon. 
Mon. 
Tues. 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 
Holiday. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to can- 
didacy for students expecting to com- 
plete requirements for the master's 
degree in December, 1977. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund. 
Mid-semester reports due. Fall vaca- 
cation begins at 10 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



September 12 


Mon. 


October 19 


Wed. 


October 24 


Mon. 


November 2 


Wed. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



11 



November 11 



Fri. 



November 23 


Wed. 


November 28 


Mon. 


December 9 


Fri. 


December 12-21 


Mon. -Wed 



Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to the Graduate School by 
candidates for the master's and doc- 
toral degrees in December, 1977. Last 
day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for masters degrees not 
requiring theses. 

Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1978 



January 9 
January 10 

January 1 1 
January 18 



Mon. 
Tues. 

Wed. 
Wed. 



January 25 


Wed 


March 3 


Fri. 


March 13 


Mon 


March 17 


Fri. 


March 27 


Mon 


March 31 


Fri. 



April 28 


Fri. 


May 1-10 


Mon .-Wed 


May 13 


Sat. 



Registration day. 

Change day (late registration, drop/ 
add). 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing applications for admission to 
candidacy for students expecting to 
complete requirements for the master's 
degree in May and June, 1978. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund. 
M id-semester reports due. Spring vaca- 
tion begins at 10 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) without a grade. 
Holiday. 

Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in May, 1978. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



12 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SUMMER SESSIONS, 1978 

First Session 



May 23 


Tues. 


May 24 


Wed. 


May 29 


Mon. 



May 30 



Tues. 



May 31 



June 9 



Wed. 



Fri. 



June 27 
June 28 


Tues. 
Wed. 


Second Session 




July 5 
July 6 
July 11 


Wed. 
Thurs 
Tues. 



July 12 



Wed. 



July 21 

August 9 
August 10 



Fri. 

Wed. 
Thurs. 



Registration day. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with a refund. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
fined form to tlie Graduate School by 
candidates for the masters and doc- 
toral degrees in June, 1978. Last day 
for taking final oral examinations by 
candidates for master's degrees not 
requiring theses. 

Last day for filing application for ad- 
mission to candidacy for students 
expecting to complete requirements 
for the masters degree in August, 
1978. 

Last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration day. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register. Last day to with- 
draw (or drop a course) with refund. 
Deadline for submission of theses in 
final form to Graduate School by can- 
didates for the master's and doctoral 
degrees in August, 1978. Last day for 
taking final oral examinations by can- 
didates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Last day to drop a course without a 
grade. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



NOTE: Chairman of doctoral advisory committees are reminded to schedule preliminary examina- 
tions for their students at least one semester before the anticipated date for scheduling the final 
oral examination. 



^^^^ .*--• 



* ^ *Nr.ifir "_ 



-r=*yr- 



*** 




The central North Carolina State University campus covers almost 600 acres. 

NORTH CAROLINA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 

North Carolina State University is a large and complex state university, one of 
the major state universities of the nation. 

It shares the distinctive character of Land-Grant state universities nationally — 
broad academic offerings, extensive public involvement, national and international 
activities, and large-scale extension and research programs. 

State was founded as a Land-Grant state university under terms of the famed 
federal Morrill Act of 1862 which provided for public land endowments to support 
a public institution in each state. 

The Land-Grant heritage of fulfilling three major functions — research, extension 
and academic affairs — is reflected in the large dimensions of these functions at 
North Carolina State University. 

The rich and varied academic program of the University is comprised of some 
90 bachelors of arts and science programs, 68 master's degree fields and 45 
doctoral degrees. The University offers about 2,300 courses. 

Its research activities span a broad spectrum of about 700 scientific, technologic 
and scholarly endeavors, with a budget of about $16 million annually. 

Extension programs of the University are similarly diverse and include urban 
affairs, marine sciences, environmental protection, engineering, industrial and 
textiles extension, agricultural extension and many others. 

The annual University budget is about $83 million. The University has 4,600- 
plus employees. There are 1,652 faculty and professional staff and 182 adjunct and 
federal agency faculty, including 1,075 graduate faculty. 

There are 120 campus buildings with an estimated value of about $150,000,000. 
The central campus is 596 acres, though the University has 88,000 acres including 
one research and endowment forest of 78,000 acres. Research farms; biology and 



14 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



ecology sites; genetics and horticulture, and floriculture nurseries; and Carter 
Stadium areas near the main campus comprise about 2,500 acres. 

North Carolina State University is one of the three Research Triangle Univer- 
sities along with Duke University and The University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill. In the 30-mile triangle formed bv the three Universities is the 5,000-acre 
Research Triangle Park, the Research Triangle Institute, a Universities' sub- 
sidiary, and the Triangle Universities Computation Center, a central facility for 
the extensive computing centers of the institutions. 

The University's total enrollment is about 17,470. There are approximately 
14,185 undergraduates and about 2,500 graduate students. Students at State come 
from all 50 states and some 70 other countries. The international enrollment is a 
distinctive feature of the institution since its 574 international students give it a 
decidely cosmopolitan aura. 

North Carolina State University is organized in eight schools and the Graduate 
School. The eight schools are Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, 
Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
and Textiles. In addition, a complex of divisions and programs provide for a wide 
range of special programs in academic affairs, research and extension. 

State is one of 118 recognized members of the National Association of State 
Universities and Land-Grant Colleges. It is also a member of the American 
Council on Education, the College Entrance Examination Roard, the Council of 
Graduate Schools in the United States, the National Commission on Accrediting, 
the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies and the Southern Association of Col- 
leges and Schools. 

The University is accredited by national and regional accrediting agencies 
applicable to the Universitv and its numerous professional fields. 



Harrelson Hall, State's round classroom, stands in the University Plaza with 
Dabney Hall and Williams Hall. 





1 ■ 


■ ■ 1 
1 1 

III 


!!!! 


n 

: ; Milium 


1 I | 

i r. 

_ _ 


mt m ^? 


1 1 J J ' ■ ■ : II i. 

• 

• - m\m\m*' 1 lit * 





THE GRADUATE CATALOG 15 

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Graduate instruction was first offered at North Carolina State University in 1893, 
and the first doctoral degree was conferred in 1929. In the ensuing years, the 
Graduate School has grown steadily and now provides instruction and facilities 
for advanced study and research in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, design, 
education, engineering, forestry, liberal arts, physical and mathematical sciences 
and textiles. In 1974-75, the University granted 148 Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees, 30 Doctor of Education degrees and 498 master's degrees. 

The Graduate School is currently composed of more than 1,000 graduate faculty 
members within the eight academic schools. Educated at major universities 
throughout the world and established both in advanced teaching and research, 
these scholars guide the University's graduate student body of some 2,500 men 
and women from all areas of the United States and about 70 other countries. 

The faculty and students have available exceptional facilities, including libraries, 
laboratories, modern equipment and special research areas. Additionally, a co- 
operative agreement exists among the Graduate Schools of the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, the University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Duke 
University and North Carolina State University which increases the educational 
and research possibilities associated with each. 



The D. H. Hill Library 

Library facilities at North Carolina State University include the main D. H. Hill 
Library and special libraries for the Schools of Design, Textiles, and Forest Re- 
sources. The collections, totaling more than 700,000 volumes, have been carefully 
assembled to serve the educational and research programs of the University. 

The D. H. Hill Library contains particularly strong research holdings in the 
biological and physical sciences, in all fields of engineering, agriculture and forestry. 
The 6,000 volume Friedrich F. Tippmann collection in the field of entomologv 
and related biological sciences is one of the outstanding collections in the country. 
The collection of books and journals in the humanities and social sciences is 
especially strong in English and American literature, sociology and economics. 

The library's comprehensive collection of scientific journals emphasizes the 
major teaching and research interests at State; approximately 7,000 journals are 
received regularly. A large collection of state and federal government publications 
further strengthens the library's research material. The D. H. Hill Library is a 
depository for publications of the Energy Research and Development Administra- 
tion (formerly AEC) and the Food and Agricultural Organization of the United 
Nations, and has been a depository for U. S. federal documents since 1923. 

The Textiles Library, located in Nelson Textile Ruilding, contains holdings in 
the fields of textiles and textile chemistrv. It is regarded as one of the best textile 
libraries in the country. The School of Design Library, in Brooks Hall, has a fine 
collection of books, journals and slides in the areas of architecture, landscape 
architecture and product design. The Forest Resources Library which contains a 
limited collection of specialized literature is located in Biltmore Hall. 



16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

As a further aid to graduate and faculty research, the library participates in an 
interlibrarv loan program with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 
Duke University, Research Triangle Institute, IBM, Chemstrand, the Division of 
Environmental Health Services and the X. C. State Librarv in downtown Raleigh. 
A bus, arriving at Xorth Carolina State University dailv Monday through Friday, 
makes resources from these seven libraries available to State students and faculty. 
Among the materials available are approximately 14,000 scientific periodicals. 

The D. H. Hill Library building has been expanded and remodeled for addi- 
tional librarv seating and open shelf collections. An 11-story addition provides 
bookstacks for a 1,000,000-volume book collection and greatly expanded research 
facilities, including carrels and study areas. 

Among the many services offered by the library are orientation tours for faculty 
and graduate students and also lectures on library use to all new students. Com- 
prehensive reference service is available almost all the hours the library is open. 
A variety of microtext readers and printers in the library and an extensive micro- 
film collection provide access to much important research material. A music listen- 
ing room is equipped with listening machines for playing taped recordings. One of 
the most widely used services in the library is the photocopy service. Coin-operated 
machines plus two machines operated by staff provide a wide variety of photocopy 
service, including copy from microfilm. Machines may be used all hours the 
library is open. 

The Curriculum Materials Center, administered by the School of Education, is 
located in Poe Hall. The Center maintains a representative collection of secondary 
and university level materials including films, filmstrips, slides, audio tapes and 
simulation games that can be used for teaching in a variety of fields. A special 
collection of materials for teaching reading is a recent acquisition. Audiovisual 
equipment is available for previewing materials in the Center and may be bor- 
rowed for use in Poe Hall classrooms. The Center acquires each textbook adopted 
by the State Board of Education for secondary level subjects as well as other 
textbooks and reference materials. 



Institutes 

INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at Raleigh and the 
other at Chapel Hill. At Xorth Carolina State University, the Institute provides 
statistical consulting services to all branches of the institution, sponsors research 
in statistical theory and methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics 
at the undergraduate and graduate levels. The instructional and other academic 
functions are performed by the Department of Statistics, which forms a part of the 
Institute. 

WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTITUTE 

The Water Resources Research Institute is a unit of the University of North 
Carolina System and is located on the campus of North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17 

The deans of the School of Engineering and School of Agriculture and Life Sci- 
ences, the Dean for Research at North Carolina State University and two faculty 
members from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill serve as a board 
of directors. The Institute was established to promote a multidisciplinary attack 
on water problems, to develop and support research in response to the needs of 
North Carolina, to encourage strengthened educational programs in water re- 
sources, to coordinate research and educational programs dealing with water 
resources, and to provide a link between the state and federal water resources 
agencies and related interests in the University. 

Research and educational activities are conducted through established depart- 
ments and schools of the University System. All senior colleges and universities 
of North Carolina are eligible to participate in the Institute's research program. 
Applications for research grants must be received by September 1 for the Matching 
Grants Program and February 1 for the Annual Allotment Program preceding the 
fiscal year for which funds are requested. Rasic support for the Institute's program 
is provided by the Office of Water Research and Technology, U. S. Department of 
the Interior, under the Water Resources Research Act of 1964, as amended, and 
appropriations from the State of North Carolina. 

The Institute has sponsored a graduate minor in water resources which offers a 
strong water resources program with the major in any of the basic disciplines con- 
tributing to water resources planning, conservation, development and manage- 
ment. This capitalizes on the combined training resources of the Raleigh and 
Chapel Hill campuses of the University System and offers these in an organized 
way to graduate students seeking interdisciplinary training in this field. Additional 
information concerning the program is presented elsewhere in this catalog. 

The Institute sponsors research and educational symposia and seminars, en- 
courages the development of specialized training opportunities, and provides a 
means for the continuing evaluation and strengthening of the University System's 
total water resources program. 



Special Laboratories and Facilities 
BIOLOGY FIELD LABORATORY 

The Biology Field Laboratory is located eight miles from the University campus 
and comprises a 20-acre pond, 180 acres of extremely varied vegetation types and 
a modern laboratory building. The latter contains two laboratories, one for class 
use and another principally for research, and quarters for a married graduate 
student who serves as custodian of the property. 

The many unique ecological situations found in this area make it ideal for use 
by advanced classes of most biological science departments. Likewise, the area 
is well adapted to a variety of research projects by faculty, graduate students and 
undergraduates because of its habitat diversity. The close proximity of the labora- 
tory facility to the campus makes possible many types of behavioral, physiological, 
ecological, taxonomic and limnological studies that could be accomplished only 
with great difficulty at other locations. 



18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

COMPUTING FACILITIES 

The primary computing facility for the University is located at the Triangle 
Universities Computation Center (TUCC) in the Research Triangle Park about 
15 miles from the campus. This center is jointly owned by North Carolina State 
Universitv, Duke University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
TUCC is equipped with an IBM System 370 Model 165 computer with a large 
variety of peripheral equipment and four million bytes of memory. Data is trans- 
mitted to and from TUCC via the telephone system from many input/output 
facilities on the campus. 

The main campus facility is an IBM System 370 Model 135 computer with 512 
thousand bytes of storage located in Nelson Textiles Building. This machine pro- 
vides both high-speed communications with TUCC and local processing of all 
administrative work. There are medium-speed terminals located in the Schools of 
Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Engineering and Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. Many low-speed terminals are located throughout campus for communi- 
cation with TUCC. 

A number of special purpose computing facilities also exist. The University 
Systems Analysis and Control Center has the objective of providing centralized 
monitoring of laboratory equipment on a time-sharing basis, sharing data acquisi- 
tion resources, and providing computer-based analog and digital data acquisition 
and analyses for laboratory sites. Installed equipment includes an IBM 1130, 
an IBM System 7, a PDP-11/40, and a microprocessor facility. Other facilities 
are in the Schools of Education, Engineering, Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
and Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

One of the principal reasons for the extensive computing facilities is to provide 
graduate students with computing equipment to enhance their education and 
meet a variety of research requirements. Consequently, the University makes avail- 
able this wide range of computing facilities for all disciplines. 

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE CENTER 

The facilities of the Electron Microscope Center are available to all graduate 
students and faculty within the University for research purposes and to those 
students who wish only to obtain a general knowledge of electron microscope 
techniques. A charge is assessed when the Center is used for research by faculty 
and graduate students. 

The Center is located in Gardner Hall in a suite of rooms designed specifically 
for electron microscopy. Facilities of the Center include an ETEC U-l scanning 
electron microscope, two transmission electron microscopes, a Siemens Ebnskop 
1A and a Hitachi HS-8-B, a specimen preparatory laboratory and a completely 
equipped darkroom . 

Formal instruction is provided in electron microscopic cytological techniques, 
use of transmission and scanning electron microscopes, photographic techniques 
and interpretation of electron micrographs. Instructional tours are available for 
secondary education groups. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 19 

HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION 

North Carolina State University is an institutional member of the Highlands 
Biological Station, Inc., an inland biological field station located at Highlands, 
North Carolina. The town of Highlands is in the heart of the Southern Appala- 
chians at an elevation of 3,823 feet. The area has an extremely diverse biota and 
the highest rainfall in the eastern United States. 

Facilities are available throughout the year for pre- and post-doctoral research in 
botany, zoology, soils and geology. The laboratory building with research rooms 
and cubicles and the library are well equipped for field-oriented research. Also, 
four cottages and a dining hall are located on the edge of a six-acre lake. In 
addition to 16 acres surrounding the lake, the station owns several tracts of un- 
disturbed forested land available for research. Research grants available through 
the station provide stipends for room, board and research expenses. 

LEARNING CENTER 

The Learning Center is an integral part of the research and development and 
service program of the School of Education. 

Established in 1967, the Center is committed to seeking new ways and means 
for facilitating the intellectual growth and development of learners from early 
childhood through adulthood. Among the objectives of the Center is the develop- 
ment and implementation of experimental and demonstration projects which give 
promise of materially improving learning programs. 

The Center is equipped with a variety of instruments to facilitate or train eye 
movement for reading skill development. It provides tutorial services, by advanced 
students in several degree programs, to a limited number of learners. 

CENTER FOR MARINE AND COASTAL STUDIES 

The Center for Marine and Coastal Studies was created to serve as the focal 
point on the N. C. State campus for marine and coastal related activities. The 
graduate program in marine sciences is administered by the Center for Marine 
and Coastal Studies. The goal of the program is to educate graduate students in 
specialized fields of the marine sciences rather than seek a single unified educa- 
tional program that would be suitable for every student regardless of background 
or interest. It functions on an interdisciplinary basis with the botany, civil engi- 
neering, engineering science and mechanics, food science, geosciences, materials 
engineering, mechanical and aerospace engineering, and zoology departments 
contributing teaching and research support. Areas of specialization presently 
offered are: biological oceanography, geological oceanography, meteorological 
oceanography, ocean engineering, physical oceanography and seafood processing. 

The graduate program offers the Master of Science, Master of Marine Sciences 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate students may also take a minor in 
marine sciences. 

The Center is also active in developing a research effort in marine and coastal 
related activities. Research is performed by a number of research faculty as well 



20 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

as members of the marine sciences faculty. Research funding has been provided 
by the Coastal Research Program, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 
Sea Grant Office, N. C. Roard of Science and Technology, Water Resources Re- 
search Institute, Department of Natural and Economic Resources and others. 

NUCLEAR SERVICE FACILITIES 

Specialized nuclear service facilities are available to the University faculty, 
students, and industry. The purpose of these facilities is to further the use of 
nuclear energy in engineering research and in scientific and public service pro- 
grams. The facilities include: a 1 megawatt steady-state and pulse, pool-type, 
research reactor (PULSTAR) with a variety of test facilities; a 30,000 curie multi- 
purpose cobalt-60 gamma irradiation source which includes a controlled environ- 
ment support unit; intermediate hot laboratories with hoods, junior caves and 
glove boxes; a neutron activation analysis and radioisotope laboratory; Nal and 
solid-state detectors; counting and photographic rooms. The 50,000 sq. ft. Bur- 
lington Engineering Laboratories complex houses the Department of Nuclear 
Engineering and the Engineering Research Services Division with their associated 
offices and laboratories. All of the facilities including the reactor are on the North 
Carolina State University campus. 

CENTER FOR OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION 

Established as a vocational education research and development center in 1965 
under the provisions of the Vocational Education Act of 1963, the Center for Occu- 
pational Education is a unit within the School of Education. The Center was 
founded because occupational education problems are so varied that no single 
field of research or single disciplinary orientation is capable of providing all the 
answers. Studies and conferences in occupational education planning, work 
analysis, evaluation, labor and economics, adult education, personnel and leader- 
ship development, and education in rural areas have been included in the Center's 
program. 

The major research and development programs of the Center are focused on the 
relationship of occupational education to its context or environment, including its 
relationship to regional economy, political influence, the power structure, and the 
employment or work environment. Currently, the Center's programmatic thrust is 
in the systematic application of information technology to the identification, collec- 
tion, and provision of management information for occupational education 
decision-makers. 

The Center's programs are financed largely by grants and contracts from federal 
and state agencies. A limited number of graduate research assistantships are 
available. 

PESTICIDE RESIDUE RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory is a facility in the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences devoted to research on pesticide residues in animals, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21 

plants, soils, water and other entities of man's environment. Although the labora- 
tory is administered through the Department of Entomology, it serves the total 
needs of the School in cooperative research projects requiring assistance on pesti- 
cide residue analyses. 

The laboratory functions as a focal point for residue research involving inter- 
departmental cooperation, but faculty in the laboratory also conduct independent 
pesticide research on persistence and decomposition in soils and plants, absorption 
and translocation in plants, distribution in environment, and contamination of 
streams, estuaries and ground water. 

The laboratory is equipped with the latest analytical instruments. Graduate 
study can be undertaken in any aspect of pesticide residues either in the Pesticide 
Residue Laboratory or in one of the cooperating departments. 

REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory administered through the 
Department of Animal Science includes four environmental control rooms designed 
to provide constant levels of air temperature, humidity and light for animals 
involved in studies on reproduction. Facilities and equipment are available for 
surgery, in vitro growth of embryos, isotope labeling in embryo metabolism and 
transfer of embryos between females. 

Support for research at both the master's and the doctoral levels is available. 
Students may elect a comparative approach to a specific problem in mammalian 
reproduction, working with several species, or they may choose to work with a 
single species. Generally students select a problem associated with the identifica- 
tion of factors influencing early prenatal development, the endocrine control of 
ovarian function or some aspect of elucidation and control of aberrations in 
mammalian reproduction. 

Cooperative research is possible between the laboratory and the Medical School 
or the Environmental Health Sciences Center at the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill for those students desiring a broader training in the general area of 
reproductive physiology. 

Students whose work is concentrated in reproductive physiology can major in 
either animal science or physiology with a minor in related disciplines. 

SOUTHEASTERN PLANT ENVIRONMENT LABORATORIES— 
PHYTOTRONS 

The Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories operate as a cooperative 
association between North Carolina State University and Duke University with one 
unit, commonly called a phytotron, located on each campus. The laboratory is 
especially designed for research dealing with the response of biological organisms 
to their environment, and the high degree of control makes it possible to duplicate 
any climate from tropical rain forest to arid desert or arctic cold. 

Research in the North Carolina State unit concentrates on agricultural problems 
encountered in the southeastern United States. However, the ability to control 
all phases of the environment allows inclusion of research dealing with space, 



22 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

pollution and tropical agriculture as well as basic physiological and biochemical 
investigations. 

The facilities are available to the resident research staff, participants in North 
Carolina State's graduate research program and to domestic and foreign visiting 
scientists. 



TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES NUCLEAR LARORATORY 

TUNL is a laboratory for research in nuclear structure. It is located on the 
campus of Duke University in Durham and is staffed by faculty members and 
graduate students in the Departments of Physics of Duke University, the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University. The 
principal tools of the laboratory are particle accelerators used to bombard target 
nuclei with an assortment of ions of accurately controlled energy and small 
energy spread. For example, protons can be accelerated to desired energies to 
within a few thousand electron volts and a bit over 30 million electron volts 
energy. The accelerators are a 3 MeV and a 4 MeV Van de Graaff generator, and 
a 15 MeV tandem Van de Graaff generator into which ions are injected by a 15 
MeV AVG cyclotron normally accelerating negative ions. An on-line computer is 
used for data collection and analysis. 

Personnel from NCSU are participating partners in the maintenance and use 
of the laboratory. Collaboration with personnel from the other two participating 
universities is encouraged. 

This laboratory, which began operation in 1968, is the first to combine a cyclo- 
tron and tandem Van de Graaff generator — the "Cyclo-Graaff". 



Special Programs 

RESEARCH PROGRAM AT THE OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES 

North Carolina State University is one of the sponsoring institutions of the Oak 
Ridge Associated Universities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through this cooperative 
association, North Carolina State's graduate research program has at its disposal 
the facilities and research staff at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Extensive re- 
search programs are under way there on physical and biological effects of radia- 
tion, radioisotope utilization and many other areas of nuclear science and engineer- 
ing. When master's and doctoral candidates have completed their resident work, 
it may be possible, by special arrangement, for them to do their thesis research at 
Oak Ridge National Laboratory. In addition, it is possible for the staff members 
of this University to go to Oak Ridge for advanced study in their particular fields. 

THE TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES CONSORTIUM ON AIR POLLUTION 

Controlling the quality of the air we breathe is clearly recognized as one of the 
major problems facing man in the decades ahead. This concern has been expressed 
as a statement of national policy. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 23 

The Triangle Universities (North Carolina State University at Raleigh, Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Duke University at Durham) took a major 
step in 1970 to make North Carolina an international center for research and 
training in air pollution control with the creation of the Triangle Universities 
Consortium on Air Pollution (TUCAP). Adding focus to their effort was the 
proximity of the two national agencies most immediately concerned — the Office 
of Air Programs of the Environmental Protection Agency and the National Insti- 
tute of Environmental Health Sciences. Both are located in the Research Triangle 
Park. 

The Consortium is the first of its kind in the country. It has brought together 
institutions with long experience in working together on common problems and 
interests. A pool of talent and resources that could cover all facets of the national 
problem, from biology to ecology, from law to medicine, from engineering to 
economics, has been brought together to provide the research and training needed 
bv both the state and the nation. 

TUCAP has already sponsored several conferences and symposia, developed 
joint instructional programs and stimulated considerable faculty involvement in 
air pollution related research on the three campuses. Significant funding for 
TUCAP has been provided through EPA. 



Nondiscrimination Statement 

North Carolina State University is dedicated to equality of opportunity 
within its community. Accordingly, North Carolina State University does not 
practice or condone discrimination, in any form, against students, em- 
ployees, or applicants on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, 
sex, age, or handicap. North Carolina State University commits itself to 
positive action to secure equal opportunity regardless of those characteristics. 
North Carolina State University supports the protection available to 
members of its community under all applicable Federal laws, including Titles 
VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972, Sections 799A and 845 of the Public Health Service 
Act, the Equal Pay and Age Discrimination Acts, the Rehabilitation Act of 
1973, and Executive Order 11246. For information concerning these provi- 
sions, contact: 

Dr. Lawrence M. Clark 

Assistant Provost & Affirmative Action Officer 

208 Holladay Hall 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

Phone: 919 737-3148. 



24 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Application 

Students of all races and both sexes are equally welcome at North Carolina 
State University- All may apply f° r an d accept admission, confident that the policies 
and practices of the University will be administered without discrimination. 

Application for admission must be accompanied by the following: two (2) 
official transcripts from all colleges and universities previously attended, references 
from at least three people who know of the student's academic record and potential 
for graduate study, a non-refundable application fee of $10, and, in some cases, an 
official statement of the student's Graduate Record Examination scores. Students 
whose native language is other than English must submit TOEFL (Test of English 
as a Foreign Language) or U.S. Embassy test scores as evidence of ability to use 
English at a level of competence sufficient for graduate work. Application and 
reference forms mav be obtained by writing or visiting the Dean of the Graduate 
School, 104 Peele Hall, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N.C. 27607. 
When completed, all application materials should be returned to the same address 
and must be on file in the Graduate School office at least 30 davs prior to the date 
of intended enrollment unless an earlier date is specified by the major department. 

Admission 

The procedures followed in evaluating an applicant's potential for success in 
graduate work and the criteria used for admissions decisions vary according to 
departments and schools and reflect both estimates of the ability of the student to 
engage in graduate work and the capability of the individual departments to 
accommodate additional students. Most departments consider applications as they 
arrive, while others accumulate applications and make recommendations on admis- 
sion at certain times during the year. Generally, requests for admission are con- 
sidered by departmental "admissions committees," which forward the depart- 
mental recommendations to the Dean of the Graduate School. 

Students are usually admitted to full or provisional status in a specific degree 
program. Some students with special objectives may request admission as "Gradu- 
ate-Unclassified Students" or register in the "Post-Raccalaureate Studies" program 
through the Division of Continuing Education. 



* The following departments or school will not act on applications unless accompanied by GRE 
scores: biomathematics, education (all programs with the exception of the master's program in adult 
and community college education; psychology also requires the Advanced Test and Miller Analogies), 
English, entomology, history, mathematics, plant pathology, politics, sociology, and zoology. 

Many departments, although not normally requiring GRE scores, may in special instances require 
their submission as additional information to be used in making a judgment of the student's 
potential for success in a graduate program. 

Information regarding the Graduate Record Examination and registration forms may be obtained 
from the Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 or Box 1502, Berkeley. 
California 94701. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 25 

FULL GRADUATE STANDING 

To be considered for admission in full graduate standing, an applicant must have 
a baccalaureate degree from a college or university recognized as standard by a 
regional or general accrediting agency and must have at least a "B" average in the 
undergraduate major. 

PROVISIONAL ADMISSION 

1. Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack undergraduate 
work considered essential for graduate study in a major field. Course work, without 
graduate credit, will be required to make up such deficiencies before admission to 
full status can be granted. 

2. Graduates of nonaccredited institutions may be granted provisional admis- 
sion when their academic records warrant this status. Additional course work will 
be required of such students when deficiencies in previous training are apparent. 

3. Students who graduate from accredited institutions but whose scholastic 
records are below the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be 
admitted provisionally when unavoidable, extenuating circumstances affected 
their undergraduate averages or when progressive improvement in their under- 
graduate work warrants provisional admission. 

Students who fall into any one of the above categories for provisional admission 
are required to take the Graduate Record Examination and submit the scores to 
the Graduate School in support of their applications. 

A graduate student admitted to provisional status is not eligible for appointment 
to an assistantship or fellowship. Full graduate standing is granted when the 
deficiences responsible for the provisional status are corrected, provided the 
student has maintained a satisfactory academic record (3.0 Quality Point Average) 
on all course work taken as a part of the graduate program. A change from pro- 
visional status to full graduate standing is effected only upon the written recom- 
mendation of the department in which the student is seeking the degree. 

GRADUATE-UNCLASSIFIED STUDENTS 

Graduate-Unclassified students are not candidates for degrees. They may take 
courses for graduate credit but may not apply more than 10 credits earned while 
in this status to any program leading to an advanced degree at this institution. 
Unclassified graduate students are expected to meet the same admissions require- 
ments that apply to graduate students in full standing. 

POST -BACCALAUREATE STUDIES (PBS) 

The Post-Baccalaureate Studies (PBS) classification is designed for students who 
wish to undertake academic work beyond the baccalaureate degree but who 
are not currently admitted to a degree program. The following policies apply to 
students who wish to register for PBS: 



26 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

1. All must have baccalaureate degrees from accredited institutions of higher 
education. 

2. Registration is through the Division of Continuing Education; the sub- 
mission of transcripts is not required. PBS students may register for graduate 
course work at the 500- or 600-level for regular course credit (A,B,C,\C or S,U) 
or for Credit Only (S,U). Registration for regular course credit at the 500- and 
600-levels is limited to a total of nine semester hours. (Hours completed in the 
"Graduate-Special" classification, which was discontinued at the end of the 1974 
fall semester or any other graduate classification, will be included as part of the 
nine hours allowed.) 

3. Students taking graduate courses for regular credit must have the approval 
of academic advisers, who will be assigned by the appropriate department head. 
Students registering for Credit Only are encouraged to seek the counsel of ad- 
visers, but the adviser's approval is not required for registration. 

4. Registration is normally limited to a maximum of seven hours per semester. 
Students who are emploved full-time should limit their PBS registrations to one 
course per semester. 

5. The PBS classification carries with it no implication that the student will be 
admitted to the Graduate School in any degree classification. 

6. A student who is in due course admitted to a graduate degree program must 
complete at least one half of the total graduate program after admission to the 
Graduate School and after approval of a Plan of Graduate Work. All courses 
included in the Plan of Work must be approved by the student's advisory com- 
mittee as being germane to the particular program. Only course work at the 500- 
and 600-levels may be considered for transfer to a degree program, and no more 
than six hours of Credit Only courses are eligible for transfer. 

7. PBS students are expected to familiarize themselves with Graduate School 
policies and to seek further advice or clarification as needed. 

CERTIFICATE RENEWAL 

Public school personnel who are primarily interested in "certification credit" 
may enroll in the PBS program through the Division of Continuing Education 
without forwarding transcripts of previous work to the Graduate School. In such 
cases, the School of Education will be responsible for assessing the adequacy of 
the applicant's qualifications for enrollment in the course(s) concerned. 



Registration 

The Office of Registration and Records must have authorization from the Dean 
of the Graduate School before a graduate student in any classification will be given 
a permit to register for classes. This authorization will be sent to the Office of 
Registration and Records at the time the student is notified of acceptance for gradu- 
ate study. All students attending classes must be registered for credit or audit. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 27 

PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS 

All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical examination pref- 
erably given by the family physician, with the results recorded on forms provided 
bv the University. 

INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

North Carolina State University participates in an Inter institutional Registration 
program with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, the University of 
North Carolina at Greensboro and Duke University. Under this agreement, stu- 
dents enrolled at this University may undertake course work on these campuses 
upon the recommendation of their advisory committees. 

Even though taking a course on another campus, the graduate student is 
exclusively under the administrative direction of the North Carolina State Univer- 
sity Graduate School. Enrollment for courses on other campuses will take place on 
this campus, using special forms obtained from the Office of Registration and 
Records. The Graduate School shall consider courses taken on other campuses 
as a part of the student's normal load, and the billing for such course work will 
be through the Office of Business Affairs. The procedures followed in the summer 
sessions are somewhat different; detailed instructions are available in the Office 
of Registration and Records. 

COURSE LOAD 

A full-time graduate course load is 9 to 15 credits per semester (including 
audits) and 6 credits per summer session (including audits). Audits in subjects in 
which the student has no previous experience will be evaluated at full credit value 
in determining course load. Audits taken as repetition of work previously accom- 
plished are considered at one half of their value in calculating course loads. With 
the single exception of foreign language audits, all audit registrations must fall 
within the range of maximum permissible course loads. 

Graduate students holding assistantships are restricted to the following maxi- 
mum semester course loads: full time, 3 hours; three-quarters time, 6 hours; one- 
half time, 9 hours; one-quarter time, 12 hours. Additionally, graduate assistants 
are limited to the following maximum totals of credit hours over the duration of 
their appointments: 



Service Obligition 


Length of Appointment 


Maximum Credit Hours 


Full time 


9 months 


6 


Full time 


12 months 


9 


% time 


9 months 


12 


% time 


12 months 


16 


/2 time 


9 months 


18 


/2 time 


12 months 


24 


Ji time 


9 months 


24 


x k time 


12 months 


30 



28 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SENIORS 

A member of the senior class may, with prior approval of the Dean of the 
Graduate School, register for graduate credit in courses at the 500-level as long 
as the combined graduate and undergraduate credit load is not more than 15 
hours. No more than six hours of graduate credit may be accumulated by an 
undergraduate student, and those graduate credits may not be applied toward the 
requirements for a baccalaureate degree. Courses at the 600-level are not ordinarily 
open to undergraduates, although occasional exceptions are made for honor 
students. 

AUDITS 

Students wishing to audit courses must have the approval of their advisers and 
of the instructors teaching the courses. While auditors receive no course credit, 
they are expected to attend class regularly. The degree to which auditors must 
participate in class beyond regular attendance is optional with the instructors; 
any such requirements should be clearly explained to the auditors in writing at 
the beginning of the semester. An instructor who feels that an auditor has foiled 
to fulfill the stipulated requirements is justified in marking "NR" (no recognition 
given for audit) on the grade report roll. 

Tuition and Fees 

For academic years 1975-76 and 1976-77°: 
SEMESTER RATES 

RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA 00 

Tuition and Required 



Hours 


Academic Fee 


Fees 


Total 


1-3 


$ 55.00 


$97.15 


$152.15 


4-6 


110.00 


97.15 


207.15 


7 or 


165.00 


97.15 


262.15 


more 










NONRESIDENTS 000 






Tuition and 


Required 




Hours 


Academic Fee 


Fees 


Total 


1-3 


$329.00 


$97.15 


$426.15 


4-6 


658.00 


97.15 


755.15 


7 or 


988.00 


97.15 


1085.15 


more 









* Tuition and fee rates are subject to change. 
** For definition of in-state and out-of-state rates, see pp. 31-33. 
*** Under certain conditions, nonresident students who have been solicited for a special talent and 
have been offered an assistants)! ip, traineeship, or fellowship may be eligible for reduced tuition rates. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



29 



REQUIRED FEES 



Medical 
Athletic 
Special 
School 



SUMMER RATES (PER SESSION) 



$25.00 

15.00 

55.15 

2.00 

$97.15 



Hours 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 



Hours 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 



RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA 

Tu itio nand Required 

Academic Fee Fees 

$18.50 $33.00 

30.00 33.00 

41.50 33.00 

53.00 33.00 

64.50 33.00 

76.00 33.00 

NONRESIDENTS 

Tuition and Required 

Academic Fee Fees 

$ 60.00 $33.00 

113.00 33.00 

166.00 33.00 

219.00 33.00 

272.00 33.00 

325.00 33.00 



Total 
i 51.50 
63.00 
74.50 
86.00 
97.50 
109.00 



Total 
i 93.00 
146.00 
199.00 
252.00 
305.00 
358.00 



REQUIRED FEES 



Medical 


$10.00 


Student Center 


17.50 


Physical Education 


5.50 



$33.00 



SPECIAL REGISTRATION AND FEES 



Summer Research (GR 596S or GR 696S) 

For graduate students whose programs of work specify no formal course work 
during a summer session and who will be devoting full time to thesis research. 

Per Summer Session In Residence ($28.50 plus $33.00 fees) $ 61.50 

°Per Summer Session Not In Residence 28.50 



* A statement from the employer, department head, or major adviser indicating the student will not 
be residing in the Raleigh area during the term must be submitted to the Office of Business Affairs 
to qualify for the reduced rate. 



30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Examination Only (GR 597) 

For graduate students in master's programs not requiring a thesis who have 
completed all requirements except the final oral examination by the beginning 
of the term in which the degree is to be awarded. 

Per Semester In Residence ($18.50 plus $97.15 fees) $115.65 

"Per Semester Not In Residence ($11.50 plus $7.00 registration fee) 18.50 

Per Summer Session In Residence ($18.50 plus $33.00 fees) 51.50 

°Per Summer Session Not In Residence 18.50 

Thesis Preparation Only (GR 598 or GR 698) 

For graduate students who have completed all course work, research, and 
residence requirements and who are writing a thesis or dissertation. 

Per Semester In Residence ($28.50 plus $97.15 fees) $125.65 

°Per Semester Not In Residence ($21.50 plus $7.00 registration fee) 28.50 

Per Summer Session In Residence ($28.50 plus $33.00 fees) 61.50 

°Per Summer Session Not In Residence 28.50 

Dissertation Research (GR 697) 

For doctoral students who have scheduled no formal course work during a given 
term, who have passed the preliminary examinations, who have completed at 
least six hours of departmental research on the doctoral program, and who are 
devoting full time to the dissertation. Students so registered are full-time; the 
course carries no credit hour designation. 

Tuition and fees are the same as for Thesis Preparation, above. 

Audits 

During semester when registered and One audit free, each additional 

paying for other course work audit same cost as for credit 

During semester when not registered 

for other course work Same cost as for credit 

During any summer session Same cost as for credit 

Full-time Faculty or Staff $ 7.00 

Microfilming Doctoral Dissertation $27.00 

PART-TIME STUDENTS 

Occasional or part-time students — that is, students who are primarily employed 
and are registered for not more than six semester hours during a regular semester — 
may apply for cancellation of nonacademic fees if it is clear that the services 
offered could not be used. Application forms for fee waiver are available in the 
Graduate School office and in the Office of Business Affairs. 



* A statement from the employer, department head, or major adviser indicating the student will not 
be residing in the Raleigh area during the term must be submitted to the Office of Business Affairs 
to qualify for the reduced rate. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31 

FULL-TIME FACULTY AND EMPLOYEES 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-time employees of 
the University who hold membership in the Teachers' and State Employees' Re- 
tirement System may register for credit or as auditors with free tuition privileges 
for one course in any academic term. Free tuition privileges apply only during the 
period of employment and do not include such charges as registration, laboratory, 
or other special fees. A nine-month employee is not entitled to free tuition in 
summer terms unless employed during the term for which the free tuition is 
sought. Each applicant for free tuition must submit through regular channels a 
form provided by the University. 

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be permitted to take 
more than one course per semester only upon the recommendation of their deans 
and the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. In these cases, tuition and 
fees will be the same as those for part-time graduate students computed at resi- 
dent rates. 

REFUND OF TUITION AND FEES 

A student who withdraws from school before the end of the first two weeks 
of a semester or by the end of the fourth day of a summer session will receive 
a refund of the full amount paid, less an enrollment fee. After the period specified, 
a refund may be obtained only by submitting a petition to the Refund of Fees 
Committee, which endeavors to protect the rights of both the student and the 
University. The Committee is empowered to approve a petition when the with- 
drawal is upon the advice of a physician, is a result of military orders, or is as a 
result of other circumstances which justify waiver of the rules. For information, 
contact the Director of Student Accounts, in the Office of Business Affairs, North 
Carolina State University. 

RESIDENCE STATUS 

Until May of 1973, determination of a student's residence status for tuition pur- 
poses rested upon the easily administered statutory requirement that "a legal 
resident must have maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least 12 months 
next preceding the date of enrollment or re-enrollment in an institution of higher 
education in this State," with the express proviso that "student status in an insti- 
tution of higher learning in this State shall not constitute eligibility for residence 
to qualify said student for in-state tuition" (G.S. 116-143.1, 1971) (emphasis 
added). The administrative consequence of this law was to make necessary, in 
most cases, only one inquiry concerning residence status for each student, at the 
outset of the higher education experience, since time spent enrolled as a student 
could not be counted in satisfaction of the 12-month eligibility requirement. 

The 1973 Session of the General Assembly amended the applicable law, so as 
to read in pertinent part as follows: 



32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

"(b) To qualify for in-state tuition a legal resident must have maintained his 
domicile in North Carolina for at least the 12 months immediately prior to his 
classification as a resident for tuition purposes. In order to be eligible for such 
classification, the individual must establish that his or her presence in the State 
during such 12-month period was for purposes of maintaining a bona fide domi- 
cile rather than for purposes of merely temporary residence incident to enrollment 
in an institution of higher education; further, (1) if the parents (or court-appointed 
legal guardian) of the individual seeking resident classification are (is) bona fide 
domiciliaries of this State, this fact shall be prima facie evidence of domiciliary 
status of the individual applicant and (2) if such parents or guardian are not bona 
fide domiciliaries of this State, this fact shall be prima facie evidence of non- 
domiciliary status of the individual." (University regulations concerning the classi- 
fication of students by residence, for purposes of applicable tuition differentials, 
are set forth in detail in A Manual to Assist The Public Higher Education Institu- 
tions of North Carolina in the Matter of Student Residence Classification for Tuition 
Purposes. Each enrolled student is responsible for knowing the contents of that 
Manual, which is the controlling administrative statement of policy on this 
subject. Copies of the Manual are available for review on request at the Admis- 
sions Office, 112 Peele Hall, North Carolina State University.) 

The essential change effected by the 1973 amendment to this statute is that 
a person who is an enrolled student is no longer necessarily precluded from demon- 
strating during the period of one's enrollment that he or she in fact has become a 
legal resident of North Carolina entitled to the in-state tuition rate. The adminis- 
trative consequences of this modification of the law are substantial. Two inquiries 
are mandated by the statute. First, has the applicant for classification as a legal 
resident in fact resided in North Carolina for a minimum period of 12 months 
immediately prior to the proposed effective date of his or her classification as a 
resident for tuition purposes? Second, during the 12-month period in question, did 
the applicant's presence in theJState constitute legal residence? Thus, a carefully 
detailed inquiry must be made in each such case concerning the residential status 
of the applicant, as measured by established legal principles which control the 
disposition of questions about the place of legal residence of an individual. 



CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES 

A. Initial Classification— A student admitted to initial enrollment in an institu- 
tion (or permitted to re-enroll following an absence from the institutional program 
which involved a formal withdrawal from enrollment) shall be classified by the 
admitting institution either as a resident or as a nonresident, for tuition purposes, 
prior to actual matriculation. Particular officials or offices of the institution shall 
be designated to evaluate all such initial classification cases and to assign an 
appropriate classification consistent with the requirements of State law and the 
provisions of this manual. Basic data on which such assignment shall be based 
shall be collected in accordance with the common informational form prescribed 
herein (see Appendix B of Residence Manual, 1973, as revised 7/74 and 7/75, 
NCSU); additional data or documentation deemed essential to a reliable determina- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 33 

tion may be elicited from the student, as deemed appropriate by the responsible 
official or office. 

B. Subsequent Classification Inquiries: Be classification — A residential classifica- 
tion once assigned (and confirmed pursuant to any appellate process invoked) may 
be changed thereafter only at intervals corresponding with the established primary 
divisions of the academic calendar of the institution, viz., at the beginning of a 
semester, quarter, or otherwise denominated basic interval of the academic calen- 
dar. No change in residential status for tuition purposes (and thus no change in 
applicable billing rates) shall be effected during such a semester, quarter, or 
term, with resulting increases or decreases in the tuition obligation on a pro rata 
basis for a portion of such semester, quarter, or term. 

The institution shall provide to each student at the time of and in connection 
with the transmission to him or her of each periodic bill for tuition charges a 
notice of the circumstances under which and the time at which a change in 
classification may occur. The notice shall be of the type prescribed in Appendix C 
of the Residence Manual, July, 1973, as revised 7/74 and 7/75, NCSU. 



Fellowships and Graduate Asssistantshipe 

Graduate students may receive financial support through fellowships, trainee- 
ships, and teaching or research assistantships sponsored by federal, state, and 
private agencies. Prospective students may request consideration for financial 
assistance by completing the appropriate sections of the admissions application 
form. Applicants for these awards should correspond directly with the department 
of major interest concerning the availability of awards and related information. 
Enrolled students should contact the major department. Prospective and en- 
rolled graduate students are encouraged to apply for national, regional and founda- 
tion fellowships in addition to awards sponsored through the University. 

Stipend levels, dependency allowance and tuition payments for fellowships vary 
among sponsoring agencies. In 1975, one-half time assistantships carried stipends 
ranging from $3,100 to $4,600 per academic year for teaching assistants and 
stipends ranging to $5,400 for research assistants per calendar year, depending 
on experience. The University offers approximately 1,000 assistantships each year. 

All awardees are responsible for tuition payments as determined by their 
residence status unless payment is specifically provided for by the terms of the 
fellowship or traineeship grant. Non-resident students solicited for special talent 
and thereby appointed by the University to a fellowship, traineeship or assistant- 
ship mav be considered for a special tuition rate. Further information may be 
obtained by contacting the Graduate School office or the department of major 
interest. 

A partial listing of sponsoring agencies includes the following: Agency for In- 
ternational Development, Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Aluminum 
Companv of America, American Chemical Society, American Institute of Architec- 
ture, American Institute of Industrial Engineers, American Lung Association, 
Amerikan Enka, Associated General Contractors, Association of Synthetic Yarn 



34 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Manufacturers, Inc., Atomic Energy Commission, Blythe Brothers Company, 
Burlington Industries, Carolina Power and Light Company, Carolina Starlite 
Company, Carolina Tractor and Equipment Company, Celanese Corporation, 
Champion International, Chemstrand, Cities Service Foundation, Cotton, Inc., 
Crown Zellerbach Foundation, Department of Transportation, Douglas Aircraft 
Company, Dow Chemical Company, Dreyfus Foundation, E. I. DuPont de 
Nemours Company, E. Sigurd Johnson, Eastman Kodak Company, Environmental 
Protection Agency, Ford Foundation, Ford Motor Company, General Electric 
Foundation, General Food Corporation, Gifford-Hill and Company, Goodyear Tire 
and Rubber Company, Hercules, Inc., Hercules Powder Company, International 
Institute of Education, International Nickel Corporation, International Potato 
Center (Peru), ITT Rayonier Foundation, Lockheed Aircraft, Martin-Marietta 
Aggregates, Marine Science Development Grants, Minnesota Mining and Manu- 
facturing, Monsanto Chemical Company, National Aeronautics and Space Admin- 
istration, National Institutes of Health, National Science Foundation, N. C. 
Agricultural Foundation, N. C. Board of Science and Technology, N. C. Chapter 
of the Soil Conservation Society of America, N. C. Department of Administration, 
N. C. Department of Human Resources, N. C. Department of Natural and 
Economic Resources, N. C. Grange, N. C. State Board of Education, N. C. 
Textile Foundation, Office of Education (Department of Health, Education 
and Welfare), Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation, Partitions, Inc., Pfizer, 
Inc., Phillips Petroleum Company, Plastics Institute of America, Proctor and 
Gamble, Pulp and Paper Foundation, Inc., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, 
Ready-Mixed Concrete Company, Resources for the Future, Reynolds Metals 
Company, Rockefeller Foundation, Shell Companies Foundation, The Sherwin- 
Williams Company, Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissions, 
Southeastern Corporative Fish and Game Statistics Project, Southeastern Gas 
Association, Southern Furniture Manufacturers Association, Union Camp Cor- 
poration, U. S. Army, U. S. Department of Agriculture, U. S. Department of the 
Interior, U. S. Department of Transportation, U. S. Forest Service, U. S. Office of 
Education, U. S. Public Health Service, The University of North Carolina Sea 
Grant Program, The W. K. Kellogg Foundation, Walker Martin, Water Resources 
Research Institute, Western Electric Company, Weyerhaeuser Company, William 
A. Pahl Company. 

Other Financial Aid 

NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOANS 
(Formerly National Defense Student Loans) 

Graduate students who are American citizens may apply to the Financial Aid 
Office for consideration for long term, low interest loans. To qualify for loans 
students must be making satisfactory academic progress and must show financial 
need. Students are expected to apply for and to accept any available assistantships 
before applying for loans. 

Graduate students may borrow up to $10,000 inclusive of any undergraduate 
National Direct Student (National Defense Student) Loans. There is no interest on 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35 

the loan while the borrower is a full- or half-time student at an institution of higher 
education. Nine months after ceasing to be at least a half-time student, interest be- 
gins at three percent per year. The repayment period begins at the same time. A 
ten vear repayment period is possible for large indebtedness; however, a minimum 
payment of $30 per month is required. Interest does not accrue and repayment in- 
stallments may be postponed during any period not in excess of three years during 
which the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States or is a 
Peace Corps or Vista volunteer. Reduction of obligations to repay may result from 
teaching in schools with high concentrations of low income families or from teach- 
ing handicapped children. Military service qualifies for cancellation as follows: If, 
after June 30, 1972, the loan maker serves as a member of the Armed Forces of the 
United States, up to 50 per cent of the principal amount of this loan shall be re- 
duced at the rate of 12/2 per cent of the total principal amount of the loan, plus 
interest thereon, for each complete year of service in an area of hostilities that quali- 
fies for special pay under section 310 of Title 37, United States Code. 

Institutional Long Term Loans: These loans are made from University funds. Insti- 
tutional loans are made and are to be repaid under the same terms as the 
National Direct Student Loans except that there are no forgiveness features. 

Insured Loan Program: This program provides loans from private lenders. Pro- 
cedures are different in each state. Information and applications for available 
loans may be obtained in the Financial Aid Office. Interest is at seven percent 
per year with the Federal Government paying the interest during the in- 
school period for students who qualify because of the financial circumstances 
of their families. 

North Carolina legal residents enrolled full-time may borrow through College 
Foundation up to $1,250 per semester for a total of $2,500 per academic year for an 
aggregate of $10,000 for all enrollment including Graduate School. College Foun- 
dation Loans are insured by the North Carolina Education Assistance Authority or 
the United States Office of Education and under certain conditions the Office of 
Education pays the seven percent interest during the in-school and grace periods. 
Students from other states may obtain information about similar plans. 

PART-TIME JOBS 

The College Work Study Program is a federal program designed to guarantee 
part-time jobs to students who show need of financial assistance. The same applica- 
tion is used to apply for loans and jobs. Effort is made to assign students to jobs in 
keeping with their special interests and skills. 

Other jobs not based on need are listed at the Financial Aid Office, and are open 
to all students. 

SHORT-TERM EMERGENCY LOANS 

Loans, usually in amounts of $100 or less, to meet emergency expenses may be 
obtained on short notice at the Financial Aid Office. Repayment periods are from 
30 to 60 days. 



36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Military Education and Training 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) selects interested University 
students who are to be enrolled in Army ROTC or in Air Force ROTC for officer 
education and training leading toward a commission. 

The Army and Air Force ROTC departments educate and train University 
students, graduate and undergraduate, for a commission in their respective mili- 
tary services. These students must have four full semesters (undergraduate or 
graduate) remaining at the time they enter the ROTC program. Uniforms and 
books for ROTC are provided. Transfer credit is allowed for previous ROTC course 
work at other institutions. 

Graduate students who will be at NCSU for at least two years may, upon suc- 
cessful completion of a six -weeks summer training period, be enrolled in the Army 
or Air Force ROTC program. 

Both Army and Air Force ROTC offer a Flight Training Program for selected 
cadets which is conducted by a local civilian flying school at no expense to the 
student. Students successfully completing ROTC flight training may be selected 
for further flight training as an Army or Air Force pilot. 

Graduate students enrolled in the junior or senior years of ROTC receive $100 
per month. Scholarships which pay all tuition, fees and costs of required textbooks 
in addition to the $100 per month are available on a competitive basis. 

Special provisions for veterans are made in Army ROTC whereby they are 
granted placement credit for their prior service experience and training. 

Additional information on Army ROTC may be obtained from the Professor of 
Military Science, Room 154, Reynolds Coliseum and on Air Force ROTC from 
the Professor of Aerospace Studies, Room 145, Reynolds Coliseum. 

Health Services 

The University maintains in Clark Hall a 50-bed infirmary which is open 24 
hours a day. The Infirmary is fully staffed by physicians, nurses, and auxiliary 
personnel; facilities include an up-to-date first-aid department and an X-ray 
department. 

The University physicians observe daily office hours at the Infirmary in the 
mornings and afternoons, and they are on call at all other times. A registered 
nurse is on duty day and night. Students have free access to the Infirmary at all 
times except when it is closed during holiday periods. 

The medical fee paid by each student provides for Infirmary service, general 
medical treatment and the services of the nurses. It does not provide for surgical 
operations, outside hospital care, or the services of dentists or other specialists. 
Special students and others who have not paid the medical fee are not entitled to 
the use of the Student Health Service. 

The University annually offers students the opportunity to enroll in a Student 
Government Health and Accident Insurance Group Policy which covers the 
surgical, accident, and hospital needs of the student not provided by the Infirmary. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 37 

Each year complete information concerning this insurance is made available to 
students before school opens. 

Foreign students are required to enroll under the Health and Accident Insur- 
ance Plan or to have similar coverage under other insurance plans or arrangements 
with their sponsors. 

Because the Infirmary does not provide services for dependents, married 
students are encouraged to enroll under the student insurance plan in order to 
partially cover dependents. 



Housing 

The University operates 16 residence halls for single students with a total 
capacity to accommodate 3,801 men and 1,749 women. Six of the halls are arranged 
in suites of four or five rooms with a common bathroom and the other ten have 
rooms which open onto a central corridor with bathrooms at intervals. All rooms 
are designed for double occupancy and are furnished except for pillows and linen. 
An optional linen rental service is available through the Auxiliary Services office. 

The rental fee for a residence hall room is $180 per semester for the 1975-76 
year and may increase in future years. New freshmen and continuing residents 
have priority for a room assignment ahead of new graduate students. Because of the 
demand for on-campus housing, therefore, it is unlikely that new graduate students 
may obtain a residence hall room during a fall semester. Information about off- 
campus housing is available in the Residence Life office. 

The University also maintains 300 apartments for married students, including 
efficiency, one-bedroom and two-bedroom units. The monthly rental rates for the 
1975-76 year are $60.00 for efficiencies, $71.00 for one-bedroom apartments, and 
$82.00 for the two- bedroom units. All apartments have built-in dresser drawers, 
a stove and a refrigerator. Efficiency apartments also include a sofa-bed. 

The University does not operate a trailer park, but there are privately owned 
parks within a reasonable distance of the campus. Food service is available in the 
University Student Center and at several snack-bars on campus. 

All inquiries concerning housing and all applications for reservations should be 
directed to the Department of Residence Life, Box 5072, North Carolina State 
University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 (telephone 919-737-2440). 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

If additional information is needed, contact the Graduate School, 104 Peele 
Hall, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N.C. 27607. 



38 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



The Graduate School offers programs of study leading to the master's degree in 
68 fields and the doctorate in 45. Each student's program is individually planned 
with an advisory committee of graduate faculty members to provide the oppor- 
tunity for gaining advanced knowledge in the particular field of studv. In all 
programs, primary emphasis is placed upon the student's scholarly development 
through formal course work, seminars, research and independent study. 



Master's Degrees 

The Graduate School offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science 
degree, the Master of Arts degree, and the Master's degree in certain designated 
fields. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE AND MASTER OF ARTS 

For all Master of Science and Master of Arts degrees, the programs are planned 
with the objective of making possible a reasonable comprehensive mastery of the 
subject matter in the chosen field. Training and experience in research are pro- 
vided to familiarize the student with the methods, ideals and goals of independent 
investigation. 

The Master of Science is awarded in the following fields: 



Adult and Community College Education 

Agricultural Economics 

Agricultural Education 

Animal Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Biochemistry 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Biomathematics 

Botany 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Crop Science 

Curriculum and Instruction 

Ecology 

Educational Administration and Supervision 

Electrical Engineering 

Engineering Science and Mechanics 

Entomology 

Food Science 



Forestry 

Genetics 

Geology 

Guidance and Personnel Services 

Horticultural Science 

Industrial Arts Education 

Industrial Engineering 

Marine Sciences 

Materials Engineering 

Mathematics 

Mathematics Education 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Nuclear Engineering 

Nutrition 

Occupational Education 

Operations Research 

Physics 

Physiology 

Plant Pathology 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



39 



Poultry Science 

Psychology 

Recreation Resources Administration 

Rural Sociology 

Science Education 

Soil Science 

Special Education 



Statistics 

Textile Chemistry 

Textile Technology 

Vocational Industrial Education 

Wildlife Riology 

Wood and Paper Science 

Zoology 



The Master of Arts is offered in Economics, English, History and Politics. 

PROGRAM OF STUDY 

In the selection of courses the student is permitted as great a latitude as is 
compatible with maintaining a definitive field of study. The courses taken must 
constitute a well-rounded but unified plan of study, with the program of course 
work being divided between a major and minor field. There is flexibility in the 
number of credit hours allowed from the minor concentration, but it is generally 
expected that two thirds of the course work will fall in the major and one third in 
the minor. 



ADVISORY COMMITTEE 

The detailed course requirements for each student's program are left to the 
judgment of an advisory committee, which is appointed early in the student's 
residence. The committee, composed of at least three members of the graduate 
faculty, one of whom represents the minor field, meets with the student and pre- 
pares a plan of course work and research. The Plan of Graduate Work is sub- 
sequently submitted to the Graduate School for approval prior to completion of 
one half of the total program. Throughout the graduate program, the advisory 
committee will meet with the student both to guide and to evaluate his or her 
performance. 

RESIDENCE 

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of Science or 
Master of Arts are required to be in residence, pursuing graduate work, for a 
minimum of one full academic year or its equivalent. 

CREDITS 

A minimum of 30 semester credits is required for the Master of Science or 
Master of Arts; however, the number of credit hours included in a Plan of Graduate 
Work often exceeds this minimum. At least 20 semester hours must come from 
500- and 600-level courses, with no fewer than six credits being at the 600-level. 
The program may include no more than six hours of research and no more than 
two hours of departmental seminar, unless the total program exceeds 30 hours. 



40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses at the 400-level counted toward the minimal 30-hour requirement may 
not come from the major field. 

CREDIT FROM OUTSIDE SOURCES 

1. Generally, no more than six of the required academic credits will be accepted 
from other institutions. A graduate course may be considered for transfer to 
a master's program provided it has been completed in a graduate classifica- 
tion at an accredited graduate school with a grade of "B" or better. 

2. No graduate credit will be allowed for excess undergraduate credit from 
another institution. 

3. No graduate credit will be allowed for correspondence courses. 

4. Normally, a maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in extension 
study provided the courses are graduate level and are taught by members of 
the University graduate faculty. If a student has been admitted to the Gradu- 
ate School and an approved Plan of Graduate Work has been submitted, 
then six additional semester credits may be obtained in off-campus graduate 
courses to apply toward the minimal credit hour requirement for the degree. 
Credit from extension courses reduces the amount of credit which may be 
transferred from other institutions. 

GRADES 

Performance in lecture courses is evaluated as "A" (Excellent), "B" (Good), 
"C (Passing), or "NC (No Credit). An overall average of "B" (3.0 Quality Point 
Average) must be maintained on all course work, and a minimum grade of "C 
must be made on all formal course work in order to obtain graduate credit. Failure 
to maintain a "B" average will cause the student to be placed on probation; a 
student whose academic average falls below the "B" requirement for two con- 
secutive terms will not be allowed to continue graduate study without a written 
recommendation from the department and approval from the Dean of the Graduate 
School. 

Performance in research, seminar and special problems courses is evaluated as 
either "S" (Satisfactory) or "U" (Unsatisfactory), and these grades are not used in 
computing Quality Point Average. However, a student who receives a "U" on any 
course will not receive credit for that course and may be required to repeat it. 

The grade of "IN' (Incomplete) may be given in any course at the discretion 
of the instructor. A student who receives an "IN" must complete the unfinished 
work to have the Incomplete converted to a final grade by the end of the next 
semester in residence; otherwise, the "IN" will be automatically converted to "NC." 

Except in the case of I nterinsti national Registration (see p. 27), grades on 
courses transferred from another institution will not be included in computing 
Quality Point Average. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 41 
LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

A reading knowledge of one modern foreign language (Germanic, Romance or 
Slavic) is required of students pursuing the Master of Arts in English and of 
students engaged in the Master of Science programs in chemistry and mathema- 
tics. Students working towards the Master of Arts in history will be expected to 
demonstrate a reading ability in a foreign language appropriate to the field of 
interest or, with the approval of their advisory committees, proficiency in an 
alternate skill (such as statistics, econometrics or computer science) relevant to 
their research. In the Master of Arts program in politics, competence in a foreign 
language or in research methodology is required. The Departments of Entomology 
and Mathematics and Science Education leave the decision to the student's 
advisory committee. 

In those programs which have a language requirement, the student must 
formally demonstrate proficiency to the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures before being admitted to candidacy for the degree. Proficiency can be 
demonstrated in one of two ways: 

1. By passing a traditional reading knowledge examination, which can be 
requested by the student at any time. 

2. By passing the final examination in a course especially designed for graduate 
students who have no previous knowledge of a foreign language or who 
wish to refresh their knowledge of a language. The Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures offers such courses, normally in the fall, for 
each of the three major foreign languages: French (FLF 401), German 
(FLG 401) and Spanish (FLS 401). These courses concentrate exclusively 
on teaching students to understand the written word and do not provide 
instruction or testing in speaking and original composition. Failure to pass 
the course carries with it no penalty other than the fact that the student's 
language requirement will remain unfulfilled. These courses are neither 
counted for credit nor used in computing Quality Point Average. 

CANDIDACY 

Although a student has been admitted to the Graduate School and has begun 
work towards a graduate degree, one must be formally admitted to candidacy for 
the degree. Approval of a request for admission to candidacy in a Master of Science 
or Master of Arts program is based on the quality of the student's academic 
record and on the certification by the major department head that the student is 
qualified to continue advanced study. Such a request may not be filed with the 
Graduate School before the student has completed one full semester in residence 
but must be filed before the end of the first week of the last semester in resi- 
dence. Additionally, a student in a program which has a language requirement 
must fulfill that requirement prior to submission of a request to be admitted to 
candidacy. 



42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

THESIS 

A candidate for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must prepare 
a thesis representing an original investigation into a subject which has been 
approved bv the student's advisory committee and the head of the major depart- 
ment. Three copies of the thesis in final form, each signed by the members of the 
advisorv committee, must be submitted to the Graduate School at least four weeks 
before the end of the semester or summer session in which the degree is to be 
conferred. Detailed information on form and organization of the thesis is presented 
in the University's Guide for the Preparation of Theses, which is available in the 
Graduate School office. 

COMPREHENSIVE WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS 

Depending upon the field of studv, written examinations covering the subject 
matter of the major and minor fields may be required of the candidate. When 
required, such examinations must be successfully completed at least one week 
before the comprehensive oral examination. Information concerning written 
examination schedules should be obtained from the student's major department. 

COMPREHENSIVE ORAL EXAMINATIONS 

A candidate for the Master of Science or Master of Arts degree must pass a 
comprehensive oral examination to demonstrate to an examining committee that 
he or she possesses a reasonable masterv of the subject matter of the major and 
minor fields and that this knowledge can be used with promptness and accuracy. 
This examination mav not be held until all other requirements, except completion 
of the course work for the final semester, are satisfied. Application for the examina- 
tion must be filed with the Dean of the Graduate School by the chairman of the 
advisorv committee at least two weeks prior to the date on which the examination 
is to be held. 

A unanimous vote of approval by the advisory committee is required for 
passing the oral exam. Approval of the examination mav be conditioned, however, 
upon the completion of additional work to the satisfaction of the advisory com- 
mittee. A formal re-examination will not be required in this case. Failure of a 
student to pass the oral examination terminates the student's graduate work at 
this institution unless otherwise unanimously recommended by the advisorv 
committee. Only one re-examination will be permitted. All committee actions may 
be appealed by written application to the Graduate Dean. 

TIME LIMIT 

All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within six calendar 
years, beginning with the date the student commences courses carrying graduate 
credit applicable to the degree program unless a more restrictive time limit has 
been established by the academic school. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 
MASTER'S DEGREE IN A DESIGNATED FIELD 



43 



These degrees differ from the Master of Science and Master of Arts primarily 
in that course work is normally substituted for the thesis requirement" and there 
is no language requirement. These programs, however, may have special require- 
ments which differ from and sometimes exceed the minimum requirements for the 
Master of Science and Master of Arts. Students are therefore advised to obtain full 
particulars about these programs from the appropriate departments. In general, 
however, all procedures and requirements, except those pertaining to thesis and 
language, are the same as those for the Master of Science and Master of Arts. 

Following is a listing of the degrees that may be awarded upon the completion 
of the course of studv in a designated field: 



Master of Agriculture 
Master of Architecture 
Master of Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering 
Master of Biomathematics 
Master of Chemical Engineering 
Master of Civil Engineering 
Master of Economics 
Master of Education 00 
Master of Electrical Engineering 
Master of Engineering Science 

and Mechanics 
Master of Forestry 
Master of Industrial Engineering 



Master of Technology for Interna- 
tional Development 
Master of Landscape Architecture 
Master of Life Sciences 
Master of Mechanical Engineering 
Master of Product Design 
Master of Public Affairs 
Master of Recreation Resources 
Master of Sociology 
Master of Statistics 
Master of Textile Technology 
Master of Urban Design 000 
Master of Wildlife Biology 
Master of Wood and Paper Science 



Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education Degrees 

The doctorate symbolizes the ability of the recipient to undertake original 
research and scholarly work at the highest levels without supervision. The degree 
is therefore not granted simply upon completion of a stated amount of course work 
but rather upon demonstration by the student of a comprehensive knowledge and 
high attainment in scholarship in a specialized field of study. The student must 
demonstrate this ability bv writing a dissertation reporting the results of original 
investigation and by passing a series of comprehensive examinations on the field of 
specialization and related areas of knowledge. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following fields of study: 



* Students in programs leading to the Master of Education degree may elect a thesis option or 
they may complete the course "Introduction to Educational Research" or a departmental course in 
research and a problem report. 

** The following programs in the School of Education offer courses of study leading to the Master 
of Education degree: adult and community college education, agricultural education, curriculum 
and instruction, educational administration and supervision, guidance and personnel services, 
industrial arts education, mathematics education, occupational education, science education, special 
education and vocational industrial education. 

*** No applications for this degree are currently being accepted. Students interested in this area 
should contact the Dean of the School of Design. 



44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Animal Science Industrial Engineering 

Applied Mathematics Marine Sciences 

Biochemistry Materials Engineering 

Biological and Agricultural Mathematics 

Engineering Mathematics Education 

Biomathematics Mechanical Engineering 

Botany Microbiology 

Chemical Engineering Nuclear Engineering 

Chemistry Nutrition 

Civil Engineering Operations Research 

Crop Science Physics 

Economics Physiology 

Electrical Engineering Plant Pathology 

Engineering Science and Mechanics Psychology 

Entomology Science Education 

Fiber and Polymer Science Sociology 

Food Science Soil Science 

Forestry Statistics 

Genetics Wood and Paper Science 

Horticultural Science Zoology 

The Doctor of Education degree is offered in the following fields: 

Adult and Community College Education Guidance and Personnel Services 

Curriculum and Instruction Industrial Arts Education 

Educational Administration and Supervision Occupational Education 

ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND PLAN OF GRADUATE WORK 

For each doctoral student, an advisory committee of at least four graduate 
faculty members will l>e appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School after 
consultation with the head of the major department. The committee, which must 
include at least one representative of the minor field, will meet with the student 
to prepare a Plan of Graduate Work. In addition to the course work to be under- 
taken, the subject of the student's dissertation must appear on the plan; and any 
subsequent changes in subject or in the overall plan must be submitted to the 
Graduate School. 

The program of work as a whole must be rationally unified, and all constituent 
parts must contribute to an organized program of study and research. Courses 
must be selected from groups embracing one principal subject of concentration, 
the major, and from a cognate field, the minor. Normally, a student will select the 
minor work from a single discipline or field which, in the judgment of the advisory 
committee, provides relevant support to the major field. However, when the 
advisory committee finds that the needs of the student will best be served by work 
in an interdisciplinary minor, it has the alternative of developing a special program 
in lieu of the usual minor. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 45 

CREDIT FROM OUTSIDE SOURCES 

The amount of work from other institutions to be credited to the fulfillment of 
degree requirements at this University will be determined by the Dean of the 
Graduate School after consultation with the student's advisory committee at the 
time the Plan of Graduate Work is filed. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT 

For the Doctor of Philosophy and the Doctor of Education, the student is ex- 
pected to be registered for graduate work at an accredited Graduate School for at 
least six semesters beyond the baccalaureate degree. 

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured in continuous 
residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as a graduate student at the 
University. Failure to take work during the summer does not break continuity; 
however, summer school work may be used in partial fulfillment of this require- 
ment. 

Residence credit is determined by the number of semester hours of graduate 
work carried during a given term. During a regular semester, residence credit is 
calculated in the following manner: 

Semester Credits (Hours) Residence Credits 
9 or more 1 

6-8 2/3 

less than 6 (including registration 1/3 

for 'Thesis Preparation") 

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is equal to one half of the 
corresponding amount for a regular semester. For example, six semester hours 
carried during a summer session will earn one third of a residence credit; less than 
six credit hours will earn one sixth of a residence credit. 

GRADES 

The grading system and grade requirements for all doctoral programs are the 
same as those for master's degree programs, as listed on page 40. 

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS 

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language is required by 
some departments for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The programs in chemistry 
and mathematics require a reading knowledge of two foreign languages or a 
comprehension in depth of one. For the Doctor of Education degree, the decision 
as to whether or not there will be a language requirement is left to the student's 
advisory committee. 

Students who choose to demonstrate a reading knowledge of a language may 
select from any of the Romance, Germanic, or Slavic languages (or any combina- 



46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

tion in those programs requiring two languages). The Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures offers courses in French, German and Spanish especi- 
ally designed for graduate students who have no previous knowledge of a foreign 
language or who wish to refresh their knowledge of a language. These courses 
concentrate exclusively on teaching students to understand the written word and 
do not provide instruction or testing in speaking and original composition. A 
passing grade on the final examination in one of these courses is sufficient evidence 
of a reading knowledge of the language. 

To demonstrate comprehension in depth of one language, a student must not 
only prove that one possesses a reading knowledge of the language but also that 
he or she is proficient in the oral and compositional elements of that language. 
Students desiring to master one language in depth should consult the head of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures concerning the specific courses 
which will be necessary to achieve this comprehension; specific arrangements will 
depend upon the student's background in the language. 

Students whose native language is other than English mav use English as one 
of the languages when two are required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. When 
English is submitted in partial fulfillment of the dual language requirement, the 
native language may not be used as the other language. 

When only one language is required in the student's program, certification for 
that language must occur on this campus. 

PRELIMINARY COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION 

After completing the language requirement but not earlier than the end of the 
second year of graduate study and not later than one semester (or its equivalent) 
before the final oral examination, each doctoral student is required to pass a 
preliminary comprehensive examination. Authorization for the preliminary exami- 
nation is requested of the Graduate School by the chairman of the advisory com- 
mittee when the student's program of work has been completed and when, in the 
judgment of the committee, the student is prepared to devote the greater part of 
his or her time to research. The examination consists of two parts: a written 
examination and an oral examination. 

The written portion may be conducted in one of two ways. In the first, each 
member of the examining committee writes a set of questions for the student's 
response, and answers to each set are returned to the appropriate member for 
grading. This procedure is used by departments which have a relatively small 
number of doctoral students. 

Many of the larger departments have found it impractical to have separate 
written examinations prepared by each student's examining committee and have 
consequently developed departmental written examinations to be used for all 
students. These examinations are given several times during the year, and 
scheduled dates are announced well in advance. Where written departmental 
examinations of this kind are used, the student majoring or minoring in the field 
of that department will be expected to make arrangements for taking these 
examinations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47 

Regardless of which of the two methods is employed for the written examina- 
tion, the questions involved may cover any phase of the course work taken by the 
student during graduate study or any subject logically related to an understanding 
of the subject matter in the major and minor areas of study. The questions are 
designed to measure the student's mastery of the subject matter and the adequacy 
of preparation for research. 

Upon satisfactory completion of the written portion of the preliminary examina- 
tion, the student may take the oral portion, which is held in the presence of the 
student's advisory committee and a representative from the Graduate School. The 
examination is open to all graduate faculty members. This examination is 
scheduled after the chairman of the committee has certified to the Dean of the 
Graduate School that the student has passed the written portion; the student will 
be notified by the Graduate School of the arranged time and place. The oral exami- 
nation is designed to test the student's ability to relate factual knowledge to 
specific circumstances, to use knowledge with accuracy and promptness, and to 
demonstrate that one's thinking is not limited to facts learned in course work. 

A unanimous vote of approval by the members of the advisory committee is 
required for the student to pass the preliminary examination. Approval may be 
conditioned, however, on the successful completion of additional work in some 
particular field(s). All committee actions may be appealed by written application 
to the Graduate Dean. 

Failing the preliminary examination terminates the student's work at this insti- 
tution unless the examining committee recommends a reexamination. No reexami- 
nation may be given until at least one full semester has elapsed, and only one 
reexamination is permitted. 

CANDIDACY 

A doctoral student is admitted to candidacy upon passing the preliminary 
examination without conditions or after fulfilling any conditions specified by the 
committee. 

FINAL ORAL EXAMINATION 

The final oral examination is scheduled after the dissertation is complete, except 
for such revisions as may be necessary as a result of the examination, but not 
earlier than one semester, or its equivalent, after admission to candidacy. The 
examination consists of the candidate's defense of the methodology used and the 
conclusions reached in the research, as reported in the dissertation. It is con- 
ducted by an examining committee, which normally consists of the student's 
advisory committee and a Graduate School representative. This examination is 
open to the University community. 

A unanimous vote of approval of the advisory committee is required for passing 
the final oral examination; failure of a student to pass the examination terminates 
one's work at this institution unless the examining committee recommends a 
reexamination. No reexamination may be given until at least one full semester has 
elapsed; only one reexamination is permitted. Final acceptance of the dissertation 



48 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

is given by the advisory committee after their review and approval of the copies 
to be submitted to the Graduate School. 

THE DISSERTATION 

The doctoral dissertation is the instrument for presentation of the results of the 
student's original investigation in the field of major interest. It must represent a 
contribution to knowledge, be adequately supported by data, and be written in a 
manner consistent with the highest standards of scholarship. Publication is 
expected. 

The dissertation will be reviewed by all members of the examining committee 
and must receive their approval to be acceptable to the Graduate School. When 
approved, two copies of the document in final form, signed by all members of the 
student's advisory committee, must be submitted to the Graduate School not later 
than four weeks before the date on which the degree is to be conferred. De- 
tailed information on form and organization of the dissertation is presented in the 
University's Guide for the Preparation of Theses, which is available in the Graduate 
School office. 

The University has an agreement with University Microfilms, Inc., of Ann Arbor, 
Michigan, by which all doctoral dissertations are microfilmed and abstracts are 
published in Dissertation Abstracts. (See "Special Registration and Fees" under 
"Tuition and Fees," p. 30.) 

TIME LIMIT 

The student must complete all requirements for the doctorate within seven 
calendar years from the date of admission to candidacy unless a more restrictive 
time limit has been established by the academic school. 




FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION 



The course descriptions are planned for the academic years 1976-1977 and 
1977-1978, unless indicated otherwise. Some listed courses may not be taught, 
however, if registration for a course is insufficient, or if faculty or facilities are not 
available. 

In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the number of 
actual lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, and the term or terms in 
which the course is offered are shown in this manner: 2(1-2) F,S, Sum. or 1-3 
F,S, Sum. 

In the first example, the 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given 
for satisfactory completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the course meets 
for one hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory work each week. In the 
second example, the 1-3 indicates that a maximum of three and a minimum of one 
semester hours credit can be earned. This is to be arranged with the instructor. The 
F designates that the course is to be given in the fall semester; Likewise, the S 
designates spring and the Sum., summer. 

Abbreviations used in the course descriptions are: CI, consent of instructor; 
grad., graduate; undergrad., undergraduate; sr., senior; preq., prerequisite; coreq., 
corequisite; lab., laboratory; lect., lecture; and alt. years, alternate years. 

For 400-level course descriptions, see the Undergraduate Catalog. 



50 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Accounting 

For a list of courses, see Economics and Business, page 92. 

Adult and Community College Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor E.J. Boone, Head 

Professors: W. L. Carpenter, M. S. Knowles, C. Trent; Extension Professor: J. D. 
George; Visiting Professor: I. E. Ready; Adjunct Professor: B. E. Fountain; 
Associate Professors: W. L. Gragg, G. E. Parsons, R. W. Shearon; Extension 
Associate Professor: E. E. White; Assistant Professors: J. L. Compton, J. C. 
Glass Jr., K. B. Segner III; Adjunct Assistant Professor: C. J. Law Jr. 

The department is a component of both the School of Education and the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences. It offers programs of study leading to the Master 
of Education, Master of Science and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in 
adult and community college education. The program is directed toward adminis- 
trators, supervisors and teachers in university and cooperative extension and com- 
munity colleges and other adult education agencies. 

The department curriculum is interdisciplinary. It is specifically designed to 
help students acquire an integrated conceptual and theoretical framework derived 
from the behavioral and social sciences and education that will equip them to 
plan, administer and effect viable and relevant programs of change with individual 
learners, groups and larger societal aggregates in' both formal and informal 
settings. 

Further, the curriculum provides opportunities for students to acquire a high 
level of competence in identifying and diagnosing problematic situations and in 
proposing alternative courses of action and strategies in seeking solutions to 
problems. Cognate fields of study include anthropology, economics, politics, 
psychology and sociology. 

The department is housed in Ricks Hall and Poe Hall. Graduate students on 
assistantships and internships are provided office space and equipment. Other 
graduate students are provided study space when possible. 

For descriptions of the adult and community college education courses listed 
below, see pages 110-121. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 500 The Community College System. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. 

ED (SOC) 501 Leadership. 3(3-0) F,S. (See sociology, page 229.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College Education. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary Nature. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. 

ED (SOC) 513 Community Organization. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 537 The Extension and Public Service Function in Higher Education. 3(3-0) 

S, Sum. 

ED 538 Instructional Strategies in Adult and Community College Education. 3(3-0) 
F,Sum. 

ED 559 Learning Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community College 
Education. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult and Community College Education. Credits 
Arranged. F,S,Sum. 

ED 598 Concepts and Strategies of Understanding, Motivating and Teaching Dis- 
advantaged Adults. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Organizational Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community 
College Education. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 

ED 601 Administrative Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community Col- 
lege Education. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult and Community College Education. 1-3. F,S. 

Agricultural Education 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Education 
page 101. 



Air Conservation 

The air conservation faculty includes some 50 faculty members representing 20 
departments in four schools. It is the intent of this faculty and the associated pro- 
gram to provide training for students in the manv disciplines related to air 
conservation. Such areas as air sampling, biological effects, air quality manage- 
ment, sources, meteorology, law and economics and business are all important 
aspects covered by course offerings and research projects. 

A graduate student desiring to minor in air conservation will have on his or her 
committee a member of the air conservation faculty from outside the individual's 
major department, representing this minor field. While there are no restrictions 
on the major, students minoring in air conservation should have a strong back- 
ground in the life sciences, the physical sciences or engineering. The minor pro- 
gram will normally consist of 10 or more credits for the master's degree, 16 or more 
for the doctorate. 



52 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



A variety of courses bearing on different aspects of the air-conservation problem 
may be taken on this campus or at UNC-Chapel Hill or Duke. The listing below 
shows relevant courses available at North Carolina State University. For courses 
at Duke and Chapel Hill see the appropriate catalogs. 



Air Pollutants and Their Sources 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution. 

Meteorology and Pollutant Transport 

MY 512 Micrometeorology. 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere. 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology. 

MY 627 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. 

Air Sampling and Analysis 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences I. 
CH 517 Physical Methods of Elemental Trace Analysis. 
FOR 353 Air Photo Interpretation. 

Effects on Human, Animal, and Plant Receptors 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology. 

BO 480 Air Pollution Biology. 

ZO 400 Biological Basis of Man's Environment. 

BO 561 Physiological Ecology. 

TOX 515 Environmental Toxicology. 

Air-Quality Management 

CE 472 Elements of Air Quality Management. 
CHE 535 Engineering Economy in Air-Pollution Control Systems. 
MAE 409 Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric Pollution. 
MAE 570 Theory of Particulate Collection in Air Pollution Control. 
WPS 525 Pollution Abatement in Forest Products Industries. 

Air-Quality Law and Institutions 

PS (ED) 502 Public Administration. 

UNI 495 Special Topics in University Studies (Environment and Law). 

Air-Conservation Economics 

EB 401 Economic Analysis for Non-Majors. 

EB 515 Water Resources Economics. 

EB 550 Mathematical Models in Economics. 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research. 

Communications concerning the air conservation program, including inquiries 
from students wishing to minor in air conservation, should be directed to the 
Chairman, Air Conservation Faculty, Department of Chemical Engineering, 113 
Riddick, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53 

Animal Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor I. D. Porterfield, Head 

Professors: E. R. Barrick, A. J. Clawson, D. G. Davenport, E. J. Eisen, L. Goode, 
G. Hvatt Jr., J. M. Leatherwood, J. G. Lecce, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, 
R. D. Mochrie, R. M. Myers, A. H. Rakes, H. A. Ramsey, O. W. Robison, 
H. A. Schneider, L. C. Ulberg; Professors Emeriti: F. H. Smith, H. A. Stewart, 
G. H. Wise; Extension Professor: R. F. Behlow; Associate Professors: E. V. 
Caruolo, E. U. Dillard, R. W. Harvey, B. H. Johnson, W. L. Johnson, E. E. 
Jones, J. J. McNeill, J. C. Wilk; Extension Associate Professors: J. R. Jones, 
F. D. Sargent; Extension Assistant Professor: K. R. Butcher 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: E. G. Batte, C. H. Hill, S. B. Tove; Associate Professor: D. J. Moncol 

The Department of Animal Science offers programs of graduate study leading 
to the Master of Agriculture, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Animal science offers an opportunity for training in a diversity of basic sciences 
and the integration of such knowledge into the framework of a living system. 
Students may major not only in animal science but also in any one of the following 
disciplines: biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, nutrition and physiology. Animal 
science majors may specialize in one or more of the basic disciplines or in the more 
applied areas of management and production. The animal science major also 
provides for the student who prefers a multi-disciplinary approach. Majors in a 
basic discipline are not only trained in that discipline but have the added 
capability of integrating such knowledge into a living system, i.e., the domestic 
animal. Minors can be obtained in any of the disciplines listed above or in a variety 
of other areas. 

Modern laboratories, specialized equipment and many different species of 
animals are available as research tools. A program of course work and a research 
project is developed for each student in accord with one's educational objectives. 
The primary goal is to provide the student with a challenging opportunity to 
develop his or her creative ability so that one may contribute significantly to a 
chosen discipline. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 
ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology. Preq.: ZO 421. 3(2-3) S. 
ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management. Preq.: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. 
ANS 403 Swine Management. Preq.: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. 
ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management. Preq.: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. 



54 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ANS 405 Lactation. Preq.: ZO 421. 3(2-3) F. 

ANS 406 Sheep Management. Preq.: ANS 204. 3(2-3) F. 

ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. Preq.: CH 220. 3(2-3) S. 

ANS 410 Horse Management. 3(2-2) F. 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals. Preq.: GN411. 3(2-2) F. 

ANS (PO, NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 

ANS (NTR) 416 Quantitative Nutrition. Preq.: BCH 351. 3(1-6) S. 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar. 1(1-0) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. Preq.: ZO 421 or CI. 
3(3-0) S. Emphasis will be placed on discussions of mechanisms which control the 
reproductive processes. Mechanisms which are species limited will be compared 
with those which are shared by all species. Current knowledge of some subsystems 
will be investigated in detail while others will be referred to in reviews of well- 
documented research findings. Ulberg 

ANS (VET) 505 Diseases of Farm Animals. 3(3-0) F. (See veterinary science, 
page 253.) 

ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. Preqs.: GN 411, ST 511. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasis is placed on the utilization of basic principles of population and quantita- 
tive genetics in animal improvement. Factors affecting genie and genotypic fre- 
quencies and methods of estimating genetic and nongenetic variance, heritabilities 
and breeding values are presented. The roles of mating systems and selection pro- 
cedures in producing superior genetic populations are examined. Robison 

ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production. Preqs.: Six hours of ANS at 400-level or 
CI. 3(3-0) S. Modern principles of feeding, genetics, forage production and manage- 
ment are applied to improvement of meat and dairy animals in tropical, subtropical 
and high-altitude environments. Considers biological and socio-economic con- 
straints to development of livestock industry. Discussion of climatic effects on pro- 
duction applies to U. S. conditions and to developing tropical countries. 

W. L. Johnson 

ANS (PHY) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. Preqs.: BCH 351, ZO 421. 
3(3-0) F. Detailed discussion of the mammalian endocrine system with emphasis 
on the functional aspect, chemistry, and mode of action of specific hormones 
secreted from major endocrine glands. Modern biochemical and physiological prin- 
ciples of hormonal integrations and neuroendocrine integration are examined. 

B. H. Johnson 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science. Maximum 6 F,S. Special problems 
may be selected or assigned in various phases of animal science. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS (GN) 603 Population Genetics in Animal Improvement. Preqs.: ST 512, GN 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55 

506. 3(3-0) F. A study of the forces influencing gene frequences, inbreeding and its 
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Eisen 

ANS (PHY) 604 Experimental Animal Physiology. Preq.: ZO (PHY) 513 or equiva- 
lent. 4(2-4) F. A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals 
in physiological investigation with special emphasis on the diversity of physiological 
applications on this campus. Caruolo 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition. Preq.: Consent of seminar leaders. 1(1-0) F,S. 
Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and general research 
methodology. Graduate Staff 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science. Credits Arranged. F,S. A maximum of six 
hours is allowed toward the master's degree; no limitation on credits in doctorate 
program. Graduate Staff 

For related courses, see: 
BCH 551 General Biochemistry. 3(3-0) F. 
MB 551 Immunology and Serology. 3(2-2) S. 
NTR 608 Energy Metabolism. 3(3-0) F. 



Anthropology 

For anthropology courses, see sociology and anthropology, page 229. 

Architecture 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. Loss, Program Director 

Professors: R. P. Burns Jr., J. H. Cox, B. Honikman, C. E. McKinney, H. Sanoff, 
V. F. Shogren, D. Stuart; Professors Emeriti: H. H. Harris, H. L. Kamphoefher; 
Associate Professors: P. Batchelor, G. L. Bireline Jr., R. H. Clark, G. J. P. Reuer; 
Assistant Professors: A. J. Aho, D. W. Barnes Jr., E. P. Brantly, S. Kanda, 
M. Pause, P. Tesar; Visiting Assistant Professor: J. Tector 

This program's objectives are based on the belief that the principles of architec- 
ture derive from the nature of man. Thus, the aesthetic, social and technical foun- 
dations of architecture must relate to the human condition and touch the spirit of 
man. 

The architecture program leads to the Master of Architecture degree. Special 
graduate programs are designed: a) for the concluding two-year graduate-profes- 
sional component to follow the four-year undergraduate Bachelor of Environmental 
Design and similar curriculum in a total six-year program, b) to follow the five- 
year undergraduate professional Bachelor of Architecture degree and c) for 
extended graduate study to follow the undergraduate or graduate degrees in fields 
other than architecture or environmental design. 



56 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The master's program is directed toward the development of independent study 
and research of high quality. The nature and complexity of the tasks which 
confront the architect make it paramount that the master's program also be broadly 
based and diversified. There is potential for interdisciplinary studv within urban 
design, landscape architecture and product design. Curricula flexibility is pro- 
vided so that each student can structure a program of study in accordance with 
expressed interests and demonstrated capabilities. Essentially, master's candidates 
are afforded concentrated education in depth so that they can prepare themselves 
for significant professional involvement in the environmental design field as prac- 
titioners, teachers, researchers, or in other more specialized areas. 

The studio/workshop provides an arena for graduate students to address both 
real-life, pragmatic problems as well as theoretical, philosophic issues, be they of 
immediate concern or of long range implication. Of special interest are those 
problems at the frontiers of the architectural profession, which have inherent poten- 
tial for research, innovation and for the development of emergent roles for new 
professionals. In response to these objectives, the graduate program has developed 
the potential for an array of studio options. Examples include: architecture, urban 
design, urban architecture, building design and building systems, urban-com- 
munity-neighborhood development, landscape architecture, product design and 
human engineering. These and other studio options are available as University 
resources allow. The student normally selects these options with the advice of a 
faculty advisory committee. The student also may call on other faculty expertise 
to support an individualized development program with the possibility of self- 
directed, independent studies during the final two semesters. 

The technical-professional courses — perception, man-environment, structures, 
industrialized systems, professional practice, research methods — are developed as 
a "core" course program within the School of Design and as specialized courses 
within the architecture program and are offered as "professional options." The 
Universitv-wide complementary courses are any relevant complement to the stu- 
dent's program outside of the major field of study, such as sociology, psychology, 
urban affairs, environmental technology, political science, construction manage- 
ment, business and administration, and many others singly or in combination. 

The program requires of all students undertaking the normal two-year master's 
program a minimum of 48 credit hours of course work. Fifty percent of the course 
work will be in studio/workshops; 25 percent, in professional options; and 25 
percent in complementary University-wide courses. Some graduates of a profes- 
sional Bachelor of Architecture program might reduce some of those requirements 
if warranted after a transcript review. The program for those with degrees in fields 
other than architecture will be designed to build on previous experience; it 
normally will require three to four years in residence. Special studio/seminar 
orientation activity has been developed for this program for intensive development 
in environmental design. 

In addition to the usual University application procedures, a portfolio of design 
activity and interest is required. Those with degrees in fields other than architec- 
ture should not hesitate to apply and can indicate the nature and extent of related 
interests. 



THE GRADUATE-CATALOG 57 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series). Preq.: DN 202 or equivalent 
or consent of department. 6(1-9) F,S. 

ARC (CE) 415 Architectural Structures I. Preq.: ARC (ESM) 316. Not open to CE 
students. 3(2-3) F. 

ARC (CE) 416 Architectural Structures II. Preq.: ARC (ESM) 415. Not open to CE 
students. 3(2-3) S. 

ARC 421 Origins and Development of Contemporary Architecture. Preq.: Jr. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ARC 431 Industrialized Systems Building. Preq.: ARC 331. 2(1-3) F,S. 

ARC 432 Climate Control Systems and Design. Preq.: ARC 332. 2(1-3) F. 

ARC 433 Illumination Design. Preq.: ARC 332. 2(1-3) S. 

ARC 441 Design Methods. 2(2-0) F,S. 

ARC 491 Special Projects in Architecture. Preq.: Jr. standing. 1-4 F,S. 

ARC 495 Special Problems in Architecture. Preq.: Jr. standing. 1-3 F,S. 

ARC 499 Architecture Seminar. Preq.: Departmental approval. 1-3, F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 501, 502 Advanced Architectural Design I, II. Preq.: (501) 16 Credits of ARC 
400 or equivalent; (502) ARC 501. 6(3-9) F,S. Advanced studies in architectural 
design which investigates large-scale architectural problems having complex func- 
tional, social and economic implications; special emphasis is given to problem 
identification, program formulation and application of advanced design methods. 

ARC 511 Professional Practice I. Preq.: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) F. The evolu- 
tion of architecture as a modern practical profession; obligations of the profession 
to society and to itself; the legal and ethical position of the architect in practice; 
comparative study of documents; the architect's working organization; emerging 
techniques of office practice. 

ARC 512 Professional Practice II. Preq.: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) S. Continu- 
ing study of standard documents and emerging techniques of practice, with 
emphasis on the principles and improved techniques of writing construction speci- 
fications; interrelationship of The Contract Documents; comparative study of 
techniques for controlling competitive bidding. 

ARC 521, 522 Advanced Architectural Structures I, II. Preq.: (521) ARC (CE) 416; 
(522) ARC 521. 3(3-0) F,S. Gravity and non-gravity loads on structures; compara- 
tive behavior of structural materials; comparative behavior of simple structural 
systems; approximate and exact analysis procedures as applied to systems; prin- 
ciples of approximate and exact design in timber, steel and reinforced concrete; 
architectural/structural/mechanical compatibility in systems; basic principles of 
foundation analyses and design. 



58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II. Preqs.: ARC 331, 332. 2(1-3) 
F,S. A synthesis of studies in building science undertaken in previous courses. 
Material assemblies in practical applications, dimensional characteristics of 
mechanical and construction systems for buildings, and special projects in selected 
areas of building science. 

ARC 542 Investigations in Recent World Architecture. Preq.: CI. 3(2-1) F. A lecture- 
seminar course intended to provide a description and analysis of recent develop- 
ments in architectural design through an examination of projects by many of the 
world's most important architects. Primary emphasis will be placed on emerging 
design concepts and theories as expressed in the built architecture and the visionary 
proposals of the past two decades. 

ARC 551 Design Methods and Programming. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. The 
focus of this course is the exploration of concepts and techniques suitable for use in 
design problem-solving situations. One component of the course is devoted to a 
rationale for systematic inquiry and its link to creative problem solving. The 
second component will examine various process models leading to the design pro- 
gram which has been described as first generation methodology. The final com- 
ponent of the course will examine program methods which extend design thinking 
toward over participation techniques. 

ARC (LAR, PD) 571 Issues in Housing. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. This 
seminar intends to critically review the process of housing: the system and methods 
of production, management, and delivery; and most important to introduce the 
concept of the dweller as integral to this process. The "housing process" then is 
effectively understood as requiring the active recognition and involvement of the 
user. 

ARC 581, 582 Conceptual Issues in Architecture and Design. Preq.: Grad. standing 
or advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) F,S. Fall semester — An examination and dialogue 
concerning current issues in American and Western society and their relation to 
the activities and goals of architects and designers. Spring semester — An investi- 
gation into issues and values currently held by participating students, and their 
relation to an anticipated career in architecture and design. 

ARC 591, 592 Advanced Topics in Architecture I, II. Preq.: Advanced or grad. stand- 
ing in School of Design or departmental approval. 1-4 F,S. Investigation of 
advanced topics in specialized aspects of architecture for interested advanced 
undergrads. and grad. students in the School of Design. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ARC 601, 602 Advanced Architectural Design III, IV. Preq.: (601) ARC 502; (602) 
ARC 601. 6(3-9) F,S. Continuing advanced studies in architectural design in which 
are synthesized all previous design experience through in-depth investigations of 
significant environmental problems. Consultation with planners and environmental 
specialists is extensive. A terminal project is developed in the spring semester. 

ARC 621, 622 Advanced Architectural Structures III, IV. Preq.: (621) ARC 522; 
(622) ARC 621. 2(1-3) F,S. Special projects in the study of complex structural 
systems: cable structures, membranes, thin shells, folded plates, arches, vaults, 
space frames; studies of construction techniques, prefabrication, structural be- 
havior and stress analysis through model work and simplified calculation pro- 
cedures. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59 

ARC 691, 692 Special Topics in Architecture. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-6 F,S. An 
investigation of special topics in architecture of particular interest to advanced 
students under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. Credits and 
content will vary with the needs of students. 



Biochemistry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor S. B. Tove, Head 

Professors: F. B. Armstrong, H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn, I. S. Longmuir, A. R. Main; 
Associate Professors: J. A. Knopp, E. C. Sisler, E. C. Theil 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: L. W. Aurand, H. E. Swaisgood, W. P. Tucker; Associate Professors: 
J. Bordner, E. E. Jones 

The field of biochemistry applies and extends the concepts of chemistry and 
physics to the investigation of biological problems. The Department of Bio- 
chemistry offers courses of study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. 

A student entering into graduate study in biochemistry should have a bachelor's 
degree in chemistry or in a biological science. The undergraduate program of 
studies should include a minimum of two semesters of organic chemistry, two 
semesters of physical chemistry, one semester of quantitative analytical chemistry 
and one semester of qualitative organic analysis. Students who lack undergraduate 
courses considered essential for graduate study in biochemistry may be admitted 
to the graduate program, provided the deficiencies are corrected early in their 
graduate work. 

Courses in general and experimental biochemistry and in intermediary metabo- 
lism are required as part of programs leading to advanced degrees in biochemistry. 
In addition to completing a program of study approved by one's advisory com- 
mittee, a candidate for an advanced degree is expected to participate regularly 
in seminars throughout one's graduate residence and to engage in independent 
research leading to the completion of a scholarly thesis. Research programs are 
currently being conducted in biochemical genetics, enzyme structure and mechan- 
isms, enzyme kinetics, biochemical aspects of toxicology, regulatory mechanisms, 
photosynthesis and electron transport, lipid metabolism, plant growth and develop- 
ment, physical biochemistry of macromolecules, oxygen transport mechanisms 
and regulation during development. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry. Preq.: BCH 351 or coreq. BCH 551; quan- 
titative chemical analysis recommended. 3(1-6) F. An introduction to fundamental 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

techniques of biochemistry and molecular biology involving experimental study of 
carbohydrates, proteins, enzymes, nucleic acids, lipids, and subcellular fractions. 
Designed to accompany BCH 551. Theil 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Biochemistry. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1-3 F,S,Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry. Preq.: Three years of chemistry including CH 
223 or equivalent; CH 331 or 431 strongly recommended. 3(3-0) F. Principles of 
modern biochemistry including a study of structural and metabolic relationships of 
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and metabolic regulation. 

Jones 

BCH (PHY) 553 Physiological Biochemistry. Preq.: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. Applica- 
tion of biochemical methods to the elucidation of the function of whole organisms. A. 
Biochemistry of 1) blood, 2) water, electrolyte, acid-base balance, 3) renal function, 
4) muscle metabolism, 5) central nervous system, 6) autonomic nervous system, 7) 
endocrine system. B. Biochemistry of adaptation to environment 1) high and low 
POj, 2) hot and cold, 3) wet and dry, 4) pollution. Longmuir 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology. Preq.: BCH 351 or CI. 2(1-3) S.Sum. 
Theory and application of radioisotope techniques used in biology. The different 
modes of radioactivity are correlated with methods of measurement. Emphasis on 
use and limitations of various instruments and techniques and on their application 
to research problems. Sisler 

BCH 557 Introductory Enzyme Kinetics. Preqs.: BCH 551 and MA 201 or 212. 
3(3-0) S. Basic principles of chemical kinetics applied to the development of enzyme 
kinetics. Limitations of the Michaelis equation are considered in light of the general 
rate equation. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects of temperature, and 
elucidation of mechanisms are also considered. Main 

BCH (GN, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs.: BCH 351 or 551, 
GN 411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A study of the development of the 
fields of biochemical genetics and microbial genetics, emphasizing both techniques 
and concepts currently used in research in these areas. Includes lectures and dis- 
cussions of current research publications. Armstrong 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Preq.: BCH 351 or equivalent. Credits 
Arranged, Maximum 3 F,S,Sum. The study of topics of special interest by small 
groups of students instructed by members of the faculty, usually for the purpose of 
developing new courses. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BCH 651 Physical Biochemistry. Preq.: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. Structural and physical 
properties of biological macromolecules and the application of physical methods to 
their study. Knopp 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques. Coreq.: BCH 651. 1-3 S. Laboratory 
experiments involving the chemical, hydrodynamic, and spectroscopic properties of 
biological macromolecules. Knopp 

BCH 655 Intermediary Metabolism I. Preq.: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. Enzyme kinetics, 
energetics, and the metabolism of carbohydrates and lipids. Tove 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II. Preq.: BCH 551. 3(3-0) F. Enzyme mechan- 
isms, metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids and their constituents, and metabolic 
controls. Horton 

BCH (CH) 659 Natural Products. 3(3-0) F. (See chemistry, page 77.) 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry. 1 F,S. Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Preq.: Grad. standing in BCH. Credits 
Arranged. F,S,Sum. Critical study of special problems and selected topics of cur- 
rent interest in biochemistry and related fields. Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. Graduate Staff 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head 

Professors: H. D. Bowen, D. H. Howells, B. K. Huang, E. G. Humphries, W. H. 
Johnson, G. J. Kriz, C. W. Suggs, E. H. Wiser; Professor USDA: J. W. Dickens; 
Associate Professors: F. J. Humenik, W. F. McClure, R. P. Rohrbach, R. W. 
Skaggs, R. E. Sowell, J. H. Young; Associate Professor USDA: T. B. Whitaker; 
Extension Associate Professor: R. E. Sneed; Assistant Professors: C. F. Abrams 
Jr., G. R. Baughman, M. R. Overcash, P. W. Westerman, D. H. Willits; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor: L. S. Rosenstein; Research Associate: S. C. Mohapatra 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professor: D. D. Hamann; Associate Professor: V. A. Jones 

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering offers programs of 
study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Master of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering degrees. 

For those interested primarily in a broadened background of engineering science 
and technology — without the thesis requirement — the Master of Biological and 
Agricultural Engineering program permits a wide selection from a variety of 
advanced courses. While this program is primarily for those intending to terminate 
graduate study at the master's level, a student may, with departmental approval, 
develop a plan of studv under this program which leads to study for the doctorate. 

In the Master of Science program emphasis is placed on mathematics and theory 
as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent fields of knowledge in 
the biological and physical sciences, and as prerequisites to effective engineering 
advances in biological and agricultural areas. As the student acquires competence 
in the advanced methods of science, he or she applies knowledge by conducting 
an original research investigation and by writing and defending a thesis. 



62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the Master of Science pro- 
gram with additional formal study followed by a period of independent disserta- 
tion research. 

Current departmental research projects available for graduate student partici- 
pation include: watershed hydrology; drainage and irrigation; functional develop- 
ment of field machinery; fruit and vegetable mechanization; pesticide application; 
plant growth dynamics; crop process engineering and materials handling; bio- 
physics of agricultural processing; human and biomedical engineering; operations 
research; computer simulation analysis of biological and physical systems; bio- 
logical instrumentation; physical properties of biomaterials; engineering aspects of 
plant and animal physiology; and waste management. 

Graduate students have access to modern well-equipped research laboratories, 
controlled-environment test chambers, a research shop manned by competent 
mechanics and excellent computing facilities. 

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships may be obtained from 
the department head. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery. Preqs.: BAE 211, PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) S. 

BAE (FS) 432 Food Engineering II. Preq.: FS (BAE) 331. 3(2-3) S. 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing. Preq.: BAE 331. 3(2-3) S. 

BAE 451, 452 Agricultural Engineering Design I, II. Preq.: Sr. standing in SBE 
curriculum. 3(1-6) F,S. 

BAE 461 Operations Engineering in Agriculture. Preqs.: MA 112 or 102 EB 201 

or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines. Preqs.: BAE 361 or equivalent, 
SSC 200. 3(2-2) S. 

BAE (CHE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs.: MA 202 or 212 or 

PY 212 or 221. 3(3-0) S. 

BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water Management. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 
4(3-2) F. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and Processing. Preqs.: EE 
331, MA 301. 2(1-3) Alternate F. Theory and application of primary sensing 
elements and transducers. Generalized performance characteristics and the use of 
standards. Use of specialized measurement systems for agricultural research and 
processing including an introduction to correlation and power spectral density 
measurements. McClure 

BAE (CE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq.: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 
Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and related 
to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. Labora- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63 

tory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from a 
chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

Humenik 

BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. Preq.: Grad. or advanced under- 
grad. standing. 3(2-3) F. A study of agricultural and associated processing wastes. 
Special laboratory techniques required for the characterization of these wastes will 
be emphasized. Principles and examples considered will be utilized to develop 
waste management and nondestructive waste utilization systems that are integral 
to the total operation. Humenik 

BAE (FS) 585 Biorheology. Preqs.: PY 205, ESM 307. 3(2-2) Alt. S. The concepts 
of strain, stress and the mechanical viscoelastic properties of biological solids, fluids 
and slurries. The time-dependent deformation and flow of bio-materials elements 
of strength of materials, rheological equations and model concepts, creep-relaxation 
and dynamic behavior, contact problems and the Boltzman superposition principle 
as a function of time, temperature and moisture content. Hamann 

BAE 590 Special Problems. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing in biological and agricul- 
tural engineering. Credits Arranged. Each student will select a subject on which to 
do research and write a technical report on the results. The individual may choose a 
subject pertaining to his or her particular interest in any area of study in biological 
and agricultural engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BAE 654 Nonequilibrium Thermodynamics in Bioengineering. Preq.: MA 511. 3(3-0) 
Alt. S. Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's relations 
to provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems that include 
life processes. Topics illustrate applications to special systems including isothermal 
diffusion and sedimentation, membrane permeability, transport processes in con- 
tinuous systems, and systems with temperature gradients. Johnson 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of Biological and Physical Systems. 

Preq.: CI. 3(2-3) Alt. F. Mathematical and analytical techniques and principles 
essential in the analysis and design of machines and systems which encompass both 
the biological and the physical domains and their interfaces. Analytical treatment of 
physical and biological systems and the functional analysis of machine components 
are studied to bridge the gap between theories and applications. Control systems 
synthesis and design are treated with emphasis on quantitative dynamic relations 
between elements and system response using transfer function and computer simu- 
lation techniques. Bowen, Huang 

BAE (SSC) 671 Theory of Drainage— Saturated Flow. Preq.: MA 513. 3(3-0) Alt. F. 
Physical concepts and properties of fluids and porous media are discussed in relation to 
soil water movement. The fundamental laws and equations governing saturated flow 
in porous media are derived and discussed. Mathematical solutions of steady-state 
and transient flow equations are analyzed to determine their applicability to drainage 
problems. Analogs and models of particular drainage problems are considered. 

Skaggs 

BAE (SSC) 674 Theory of Drainage— Unsaturated Flow. Preq.: BAE 671 or equiv- 
alent. 3(3-0) Alt. S. Forces involved and theories utilized in saturated flow of porous 
media are discussed in relation to soil moisture movement. Steady-state and 
transient unsaturated flow equations for horizontal and vertical moisture movement 
are developed and solved. The solutions are applied to present day laboratory and 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

field technology. Molecular diffusion and hydrodynamic dispersion are considered 
in light of current tracing techniques. Skaggs 

BAE 690 Special Topics. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged, 1-4. A study of 
topics in the special fields of interest of graduate students under the direction of 
the graduate faculty. Graduate Staff 

BAE 695 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing in BAE. 1(1-0) F,S. Elaboration of the 
subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to professional interest through 
presentations of personal and published works; opportunity for students to present 
and critically defend ideas, concepts and inferences. Discussions to point up analy- 
tical solutions and analogies between problems in biological and agricultural engi- 
neering and other technologies, and to present the relationship of biological and 
agricultural engineering to the socio-economic enterprise. Sowell 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq.: Grad. stand- 
ing in BAE. Credits Arranged. Performance of a particular investigation of concern 
to biological and agricultural engineering. The study will begin with the selection of 
a problem and culminate with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff 



Biological Sciences 

Professor J. L. Apple, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs and Research for the 
Biological Sciences 

Professor C. F. Lytle, Teaching Coordinator 

There is no separate graduate major in the biological sciences, but several 
interdisciplinary courses are coordinated by the Biological Sciences Interdepart- 
mental Program office of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. These 
courses are applicable to several major and minor programs. Current courses 
include: 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation. Preq.: CI 1-3. This 
course comprises a series of instructional sections, each of five weeks duration, 
devoted to the principles and concepts of biological instrumentation. Each five-week 
instructional section carries one semester credit. Advanced undergraduate and 
graduate students may register for only one or up to three sections (total of three 
credits) per semester. The sections currently offered cover the following topics: 
basic components of spectrophotometers including light sources, dispersing devices, 
detectors and read-out methods; theoretical and practical aspects of electron 
microscopy; basics of analog and digital computing methods and applications of 
computers to biological research; methods of separation and identification of 
biopolymers; principles of measurement; and the application of electronics in 
biological measuring and sensing devices. (For specific information on instructional 
sections offered, scheduling and instructors, contact the Biological Sciences office.) 

BS 690 Seminar in Cell Biology. Preq.: Grad. standing, background in biology or 
chemistry. 1(1-0) S. A topical appraisal of current literature in selected areas of 
cell biology through presentations and discussions by students, faculty and visiting 
scientists. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure. Preq.: Grad. standing (background 
preferably in biology). 1(1-0) F. A survey of the ultrastructure of living organisms 
from viruses to higher plants and animals by means of illustrated lectures. The 
changes in fine structure associated with differentiating cells and with cells in 
various metabolic states are examined. 



Biomathematics 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see statistics, 
page 236. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BMA 451 Introduction to Mathematical Modeling of Biological Systems. Preq.: 
MA 112; two biology courses. 3(3-0) S. Credit will not be allowed for majors in 
BMA, MA or ST. 

BMA 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F,S. 

BMA 501 Theoretical Biochemistry I. Preq.: MA 405, CH 433, BCH 551, or CI. 
3(3-0) F. Application of physical theory and mathematics to biochemistry. Examina- 
tion of basic principles of molecular theory, reaction rate theory, statistical mechan- 
ics and nonequilibrium thermodynamics as applied to biochemical systems. (Offered 
F 1975 and alt. years.) Gold 

BMA 502 Theoretical Biocehmistry II. Preq.: BMA 501. 3(3-0) S. Continuation of 
BMA 501. Coupling of diffusion and chemical reactions. Mathematical description 
of enzyme control, coupled sequences of enzyme reactions, feedback loops and 
oscillatory reactions. Experimentally oriented topics include theory of chemical 
relaxation and tracer dynamics. (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Gold 

BMA (MA, ST) 571 Biomathematics I. Preq.: Advanced calculus, reasonable back- 
ground in biology or CI. 3(3-0) F. The role of theory construction and model build- 
ing in the development of experimental science. Induction vs. deduction. The 
historical development of mathematical theories and models for the growth of one- 
species populations (logistic and off-shoots), including consideration of age distri- 
butions (matrix theory, Leslie and Lopez; continuous theory, Lotka). Some of the 
more elementary theories on the growth of organisms (von Bertalanffy, with 
applications to ecology; allometric theories, cultures grown in a chemostat). Mathe- 
matical theories of two and more species systems (predator-prey, competition, 
symbiosis; according to the Volterra- Lotka schemes, including present-day 
research), and discussion of some related models for chemical reaction kinetics. 
Much emphasis is placed on scrutiny of the biological concepts as well as of the 
mathematical structure of the models in order to uncover both weak and strong 
points of the models discussed. Mathematical treatment of the differential equations 
in these models stresses qualitative and geometric aspects. van der Vaart 

BMA (MA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. Preq.: BMA 571, elementary probability 
theory. 3(3-0) S. Continuation of topics of BMA 571. Some more advanced mathe- 
matical techniques concerning nonlinear differential equations of the types encoun- 
tered in BMA 571: Several concepts of stability, asymptotic directions, periodic 
models. Comparison of deterministic and stochastic models for several biological 
problems including birth and death processes. Certain aspects of linear system 



66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

theory (time-invariant and variable models) used for the analysis of biological 
systems. Discussion of various applications of mathematics to biology, e.g., theories 
of aging, some recent research. van der Vaart 

BMA 591 Special Topics. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F,S. Directed readings, problem sets, 
written and oral reports as dictated by need and interest of student; new 500-level 
courses during the developmental phase. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F,S. Directed readings, problem 
sets, written and oral reports as dictated by need and interest of student; new 
600-level courses during the developmental phase. Graduate Staff 

BMA 694 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Graduate students in 
biomathematics are expected to attend through most of their residence period. 

BMA 699 Research. Credits Arranged. F,S. 



Botany 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor G. R. Noggle, Head 

Professors: C. E. Anderson, R. J. Downs, J. W. Hardin, J. R. Troyer; Professors 
USDA: W. W. Heck, H. E. Pattee, H. Seltman; Adjunct Professor USFS: 
A. Krochmal; Professors Emeriti: D. B. Anderson, H. T. Scofield, B. W. 
Wells, L. A. Whitford; Associate Professors: U. Blum, R. C. Fites, R. L. Mott, 
E. D. Seneca, A. M. Witherspoon; Associate Professor USDA: D. W. Dejong; 
Assistant Professors: J. F. Reynolds, J. M. Stucky, C. G. Van Dyke, T. E. Wynn 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: A. W. Cooper, B. J. Copeland, J. S. Kahn, B. W. Smith, R. J. Thomas, 
D. H. Timothy; Professor USDA: D. E. Moreland; Associate Professor: M. M. 
Goodman 

The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the Master of Life 
Sciences (non-thesis), Master of Science in Ecology, Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. 

Excellent physical facilities are available for instruction and research in all 
phases of the departmental program. The Phytotron (part of a two-unit controlled 
environment facility operated in collaboration with Duke University) offers oppor- 
tunities for research in experimental taxonomy, ecology, morphology and plant 
physiology. The department supports a research program in plant cell and tissue 
culture. A herbarium supports studies in systematic botany, and is augmented 
by herbaria in the Departments of Botany at nearby Duke University and the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67 

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Field laboratories are available at 
the coast, in the Piedmont and in the mountains. The department participates in 
tropical biology programs through university membership in the Organization for 
Tropical Studies. 

All graduate students will participate at least one semester in the departmental 
instructional program during a degree program. Graduate students are expected 
to attend and participate in the seminar program every semester they are in 
residence. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 400 Plant Diversity. Preq.: BO 200. 4(3-3) F. 

BO (CS) 402 Economic Botany. Preq.: BO 200. 3(2-3) S. 

BO 403 Systematic Botany. Preqs.: BS 100 or BO 200. 4(2-4) S. 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology. Preqs.: CH 223, PY 212, ZO 201 or 203. 3(3-0) F. 

BO 421 Plant Physiology. Preqs.: BS 100 or BO 200 and one year of college 
chemistry. 4(3-3) F,S. 

BO 480 Air Pollution Biology. Preq.: An introductory biological course and 
chemistry, jr. standing. 3(2-3) S. 

BO 499 Independent Study in Botany. Preq.: At least eight hours of BO, advanced 
standing and presentation of plan of work approved by a faculty member. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 510 Plant Anatomy. Preq.: BO 200. 4(2-6) F. A study of the cells, tissues and 
organs of common flowering plants and gymnosperms. Anderson 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed Plants. Preq.: BO 403. 
4(3-3) S. A comprehensive survey of the morphology and evolution of angiosperms 
and gymnosperms. Special emphasis is given to vegetative and reproductive mor- 
phology of fossil and living forms, and to their presumed evolutionary relationships. 
(Offered 1976-77 and alt. years.) Hardin 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes. Preq.: BO 403. 4(2-6) F. A course dealing 
with three large, economically and ecologically important plant families. A working 
familiarity will be achieved through an introduction to the special terminology 
used in dealing with these plants, extensive field work emphasizing keying out 
plants collected and a study of the recently developed modern classification of the 
grasses. (Offered 1975-76 and alt. years.) Stucky 

BO 544 Plant Geography. Preqs.: BO 403, BO (ZO) 360, GN 411 or equivalents. 
3(3-0) S. A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing 
data from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. 
Includes a survey of the present distribution of major vegetation types throughout 
the world, a discussion of the history and development of this present pattern of 
vegetation and a discussion of the principles and theories of plant geography. 
(Offered in 1976-77 and alt. years.) Staff 



68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preqs.: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0) F. The first half of a two-semester sequence covering the field 
of plant physiology. Topics will include plant organization, metabolism, water 
relations, solute relations, and respiration. Troyer, Noggle 

BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preqs.: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0) S. The second half of a two-semester sequence covering the 
field of plant physiology. Topics will include photobiology, photosynthesis, inorganic 
nutrition, plant growth substances, physiology of seeds, and the physiology of 
vegetative and reproductive growth and development. Noggle, Troyer 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preq. or coreq.: BO 551. 
1(0-3) F. Laboratory to accompany BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Staff 

BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preq. or coreq.: BO 552. 
1(0-3) S. Laboratory to accompany BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Staff 

BO (ZO) 560 Principles of Ecology. Preq.: Three semesters of college level 
biology courses. 4(3-3) F. A consideration of the principles of ecology at the graduate 
level. Each of the major subject areas of ecology is developed in sufficient depth to 
provide a factual and philosophical framework for the understanding of ecology 

Blum, Shaw 
BO 561 Physiological Ecology. Preqs.: BO 421 and BO (ZO) 560 or equivalent. 
4(3-3) S. The plant community is approached from a physiological standpoint. 
Emphasis will be placed on the individual in the community and how it responds 
to its immediate environment on a short- and long-term basis. (Offered 1976-77 
and alt. years.) Blum 

BO (MB) 574 Phycology. Preq.: BS 100 or BO 200. 3(1-4) S. An introduction to 
the structure, reproduction and importance of organisms which may be included in 
the algae. Emphasis is on the local freshwater flora and the ecology of important 
species. * Witherspoon 

BO (MB, PP) 575 The Fungi. Preq.: BO 200 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. An overview 
of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. Van Dyke 

BO (MB, PP) 576 The Fungi— Lab. Coreq.: BO 575. 1(0-3) F. Illustrative material 
of the fungal assemblages discussed in BO 575. Van Dyke 

BO 590 Topical Problems. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F,S. Discussions and readings on 
problems of current interest in the fields of ecology, anatomy and morphology, 
taxonomy, plant physiology, and cell biology. May be repeated with a change in 
topic for a maximum of six credits. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 612 Plant Morphogenesis. Preq.: Six hours of botany equivalent to BO 400 
and BO 421. 4(3-3) S. A review and synthesis of the factors involved in the develop- 
ment of plant form. Levels of control from the molecular to the whole organism 
will be considered. (Offered in 1975-76 and alt. years.) Anderson, Mott 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy. Preq.: BO 403. 3(2-2) S. The principles of plant 
taxonomy including the history of taxonomy, systems of classification, rules of 
nomenclature, taxonomic literature, taxonomic and biosystematic methods, and 
monographic techniques. (Offered in 1975-76 and alt. years.) Hardin 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 69 

BO (PP) 625 Advanced Mycology. 4(2-6) F. (See plant pathology, page 210.) 

BO 631 Water Relations of Plants. Preq.: BO 551 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A 
discussion of the physiological water relations of plants with emphasis on theoreti- 
cal principles and quantitative description. (Offered 1976-77 and alt. years.) 

Troyer 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development. Preq.: BO (ZO) 414 or BO 421, organic 
chemistry. 3(3-0) S. An advanced course in plant physiology covering plant growth, 
development, differentiation, senescence, and biological control mechanisms. Fites 

BO 634 Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Biological Systems. Preq.: BO 
551 or CI. 3(3-0) S. An introductory development of the thermodynamic theory 
relevant to biological systems together with consideration of examples of biological 
problems to which thermodynamic theory has been applied. (Offered 1975-76 and 
alt. years.) Troyer 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology. Preq.: BO (ZO) 414 or BO 421, organic 
chemistry. 1(1-0) F,S. Group discussions at an advanced level on selected topics. 

Graduate Staff 

BO (ZO) 660 Advanced Topics in Ecology I. Preq.: BO (ZO) 560. 4(3-3) S. 
Subject matter in the major fields of ecology will be developed through seminars 
and lectures, and principles will be illustrated by laboratory exercises and field 
trips. Topics covered include micro environment, community ecology, ecosystems 
and nutrient cycling. (Offered 1975-76 and alt. years.) Reynolds 

BO (ZO) 661 Advanced Topics in Ecology II. 4(3-3) S. (See zoology, page 263.) 

BO 691 Botany Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany. Credits Arranged. Directed research in some 
phase of botany other than a thesis problem, but designed to provide experience 
and training in research. Graduate Staff 

BO 669 Research. Credits Arranged. F,S. Original research preliminary to writing 
a master's thesis or a doctoral dissertation. Graduate Staff 



Chemical Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. K. Ferrell, Head 

Professors: K. O. Beatty Jr., R. P. Gardner, H. B. Hopfenberg, D. C. Martin, J. F. 
Seely, H. B. Smith, E. P. Stahel, V. T. Stannett; Professor Emeriti: R. Bright, 
W. L. McCabe, E. M. Schoenborn; Associate Professors: R. M. Felder — Grad- 
uate Administrator D. B. Marsland, R. W. Rousseau; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessor: T. R. Hauser; Assistant Professors: M. R. Overcash, H. M. Winston; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. L. Williams 



70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of advanced studv 
leading to the Master of Science, Master of Chemical Engineering and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Students enrolling for graduate studv in the department 
normally have a bachelor's degree in chemical engineering, but programs can be 
arranged to accommodate students with degrees in applied mathematics, chemis- 
try, physics and other branches of engineering. 

The department occupies 40,000 square feet in the east wing of Riddick Engi- 
neering Laboratories. Within the building are several general-purpose laboratory 
facilities for graduate research, as well as three pilot plant systems built to studv 
heat transfer, reaction kinetics and complex mixing phenomena in polymerization 
processes. A well-equipped instrumental analysis laboratory is maintained within 
the department, and instruments such as transmission and scanning electron 
microscopes are available on campus should a research project require their use. 
A terminal link to an IBM 370/165 computer located in the Research Triangle 
Park provides rapid sendee on almost all digital jobs, and an IBM 1130 computer 
interfaced to an EAI TR48 analog computer provides a hybrid facility. A machine 
shop and an electronics shop assure the student that almost any special equipment 
needed for research can be constructed within the department. 

Extensive research in the department is carried out in the area of polvmer 
science and engineering. Graduate and post-doctoral efforts in this field include 
studies of ionic and free-radical polymerization, grafting reactions, membrane 
technology and design of polymerization reactors. Other active research areas 
include environmental science and technology, chemical reaction engineering, 
separation processes — particularly crystallization, distillation, and membrane 
separation techniques, heat transfer, process control and optimization, solution 
thermodynamics and biomedical engineering. 

The proximity of UNC-Chapel Hill, Duke University, and the Research Triangle 
Park lends considerable support to departmental research programs. The Environ- 
mental Protection Agency (EPA), for example, has its principal air pollution 
research facility in the Research Triangle Park, and arrangements can be made 
for graduate students studying air pollution problems to work at the EPA center 
under the joint direction of EPA and University staff members. 

A brochure describing in greater detail opportunities for graduate studv and 
research in chemical engineering as well as available fellowships and assistantships 
may be obtained upon request from the department head. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 412 Transport Processes II. Preq.: CHE 327. 3(3-0) S. 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control I. Preqs.: CHE 225, 327. 3(2-2) F. 

CHE 426 Process Measurement and Control II. Preqs.: CHE 425 or EE 435 or 
MAE 435. 3(2-2) S. 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics. Preq.: CHE 315. 3(3-0) F. 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design. Preqs.: CHE 315, 327, 432. 3(2-2) F,S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71 

CHE (BAE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs.: MA 202 or 212, 
PY 212, 221. 3(3-0) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 511 Chemical Engineering Process Modeling. Preqs.: CHE 311, CHE 327 
MA 301. 3(3-0) S. The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the 
formulation and solution of problems in transport phenomena, process dynamics and 
chemical reaction engineering. Felder 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I. Preq.: CHE 315. 3(3-0) F. An intermediate course 
in the application of thermodynamic principles to problems arising in the chemical 
process industries. Chemical reactions and phase separation operations are viewed 
from a thermodynamic standpoint including consideration of their energy effici- 
encies. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena. Preq.: CHE 327. 3(3-0) F. A theoretical study of 
transport of momentum, energy and matter with emphasis on the latter two. The 
diffusional operations are introduced in the light of the theory. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis. Preq.: CHE 446. 3(3-0) F. Rates of homogeneous 
and heterogeneous chemical reactions; experimental methods and mathematical 
techniques used in the acquisition and analysis of rate data and the design of chemi- 
cal reactors. Felder 

CHE 521 Mass Transfer Operations. Preq.: CHE 327 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
The theory and practice of staged multicomponent mass transfer operations and 
continuous rate processes. Problems unique to specific operations such as extractive 
and azeotropic distillation are discussed. Rousseau 

CHE 523 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer. Preq.: CHE 311. 3(3-0) F. Convec- 
tive heat transfer in chemical process equipment, such as heat exchangers, chemical 
reactors, distillation and extraction reboilers, etc., and fluid dynamics and heat 
transfer in multiphase, multicomponent and chemically reactive systems. Ferrell 

CHE 525 Chemical Process Control. Preq.: CHE 425. 3(3-0) S. The application of 
control techniques to sampled data chemical process systems. Z-transform and 
state variable methods for the determination of open loop and closed loop system 
responses and for the synthesis of controller algorithms. Hybrid computer simula- 
tion and control of on-line real time processes. Winston 

CHE (OR) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. Preqs.: MA 511, CSC 111 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. The formulation and solution of process optimization prob- 
lems, with emphasis on nonlinear programming techniques. Computer implementa- 
tion of optimization algorithms, and structuring of process models to increase 
computational efficiency. Felder 

CHE 535 Engineering Economy in Air Pollution Control Systems. Preqs.: MAE 
409, CE 576 or equivalent first course. 3(3-2) S. Design of equipment for the abate- 
ment of air pollution; estimation of capital cost and operating expense; economic 
optimization under various kinds of tax laws. Marsland 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries. Preq.: Organic chemistry. 3(3-0) F. Methods of 
manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion products. Recent 
developments in the field of synthetic fibers, film, lacquers and other cellulose 
compounds. Seely 



S. The proper- 
Schoenborn 



72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics. Preq.: Organic chemistry. 3(3-0) 
ties, methods of manufacture and applications of synthetic resins. 

CHE 561 Biomedical Engineering I: Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer. Preq.: CHE 
(BAE) 465 or equivalent background. 3(3-0) S. The physiology requisite to modeling 
and analysis of mammalian systems, coupled with the engineering approach to the 
biomedical problems of flow of fluids (blood, lymph, air, etc.) in the body and 
thermal transport from the body surfaces. Richardson, Beatty 

CHE (TC) 569 Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials. Preqs.: CHE 315, 
CH 431, CH 223. 3(3-0) F. Relationships between molecular structure and bulk prop- 
erties of nonmetallic materials as applied in chemical engineering processes. 
Applications of surface and colloid chemistry and polymer science to product 
development and process improvement. Hopfenberg 

CHE (TC) 570 Radiation Chemistry and Technology of Polymeric Systems. Preqs.: 
CH 221, 431. 3(3-0) S. Principles and practice of isotope and electron beam radiation 
treatment. Applications of high energy radiation in polymer chemistry and tech- 
nology, including the use of radiation to cross-link and degrade polymers. Similari- 
ties and differences between radiation polymerization and photopolymerization. 

Stannett, Williams 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3 F,S. Inde- 
pendent study of some phase of chemical engineering or a related field. 

Graduate Staff 

CHE 598 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3 F,S. 
Directed reading of the chemical engineering literature, introduction to research 
methodology, and lectures and seminar discussions on topics which vary from term 
to term. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CHE 611 Chemical Process Design and Simulation. Preq.: CHE 511. 3(3-0) S. 
Application of process analysis, simulation and optimization techniques to case 
studies of complex chemical processes. Marsland 

CHE 613 Thermodynamics II. Preq.: CHE 513. 3(3-0) S. Topics in chemical 
engineering thermodynamics are selected for study in accord with the interests of 
the class. Irreversible thermodynamics, thermodynamics of polymers and membrane 
transport, and improvement of thermodynamic efficiencies of unit operations are 
representative topics. Beatty 

CHE 617 Chemical Reaction Engineering. Preq.: CHE 517. 3(3-0) S. Design, 
analysis and scaleup of chemical reactors. Flow models for homogeneous and 
heterogeneous reactors, reactor stability analysis, and computer solution of reactor 
design equations. Stahel 

CHE 621 Advanced Mass Transfer. Preq.: CHE 515. 3(3-0) F. Application of 
transport theory and empirical devices to the analysis, synthesis and design of 
mass-transfer equipment. The operations of absorption, extraction, distillation, 
humidification and drying will be considered. Rousseau 

CHE 623 Advanced Fluid Dynamics. Preqs. CHE 515, 523. 3(3-0) S. The prin- 
ciples of fluid dynamics and their application to laminar and turbulent flow, flow 
in closed channels, flow in packed beds and porous media, particle technology, 
industrial rheology and two-phase flow. Ferrell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73 

CHE 624 Advanced Heat Transfer. Preq.: CHE 515. 3(3-0) F. Heat transfer be- 
tween liquids and solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, 
conduction, heating and cooling of solids, and radiant heat transmission. Beatty 

CHE (TC) 669 Diffusion in Polymers. Preq.: CHE 569 or CI. 2(2-0) S. The theory 
of small molecule transport in polymers; applications of membrane transport pro- 
cesses in the chemical, polymer, textile, coatings and natural fiber industries. 

Hopfenberg 

CHE (TC) 671 Special Topics in Polymer Science. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F. An intensive 
treatment of topics in fiber and polymer science and technology selected in accord 
with the interests of the class. Stannett 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering. 1-3 F,S. Recent developments 
in chemical engineering theory and practice. The topic will vary from term to term. 

Graduate Staff 

CHE 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Weekly seminars on topics of current interest given 
by resident faculty members, graduate students and visiting lecturers. 

CHE 699 Research. Credits Arranged F,S. Individual research in chemical engi- 
neering. A report on this research is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



Chemistry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. L. Bumgardner, Head 

Professors: H. A. Bent, L. H. Bowen, M. K. DeArmond, L, D. Freedman, F. W. 
Getzen, F. C. Hentz Jr., Z Z. Hugus Jr., S. G. Levine, R. H. Loeppert— 
Assistant Head, G. G. Long, C. G. Moreland, P. P. Sutton, W. P. Tucker, G. H. 
Wahl Jr., R. C. White; Adjunct Professor: M. E. Wall; Professors Emeriti: G. O. 
Doak, W. J. Peterson, W. A. Reid; Associate Professors: J. Bordner, H. H. 
Carmichael, T. C. Caves, A. F. Coots, C. E. Gleit, K. W. Hanck, L. A. Jones, 
M. L. Miles, A. F. Schreiner — Director of Graduate Studies, D. W. Wertz; 
Assistant Professors: Y. Ebisuzaki, W. L. Switzer, T. M. Ward 

The Department of Chemistry offers programs leading to the Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Major fields of specialization are analytical, 
inorganic, organic, nuclear and phvsical chemistry. A wide variety of advanced 
courses and a broad spectrum of research topics provide preparation for almost 
every type of position open to a chemist with an advanced degree. 

A student entering graduate work in chemistry should have a bachelor's degree 
in chemistry or its equivalent. This includes the equivalent of one-year courses in 
general, organic, physical and analytical chemistry, and a semester of inorganic 
chemistry. At least one year of college physics and two years of mathematics, 
including differential equations, are necessary. Students who fail to meet these 
requirements may in some cases be admitted on a provisional basis. 



74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

With a large graduate faculty and favorable graduate student to faculty ratio, 
the chemistry department emphasizes individual attention, small classes and per- 
sonal collaboration on research with faculty members. Among the variety of active 
research projects available for thesis work are organic and inorganic synthesis, 
structure and properties of organometallic compounds and transition metal com- 
plexes, stereochemistry of natural and synthetic products, kinetics and mechanisms 
of reactions, radiochemistrv, microanalysis, electrochemistry, quantum chemistry, 
and infrared, Raman, Mossbauer, nuclear magnetic resonance, nuclear quadrupole 
resonance and electron spin resonance spectroscopy. 

The department is equipped with standard instruments and apparatus for 
teaching and research. Many items of specialized equipment are available including 
recording spectrophotometers covering the range from far infrared to ultraviolet, 
three nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, gas chromatographs, mass spec- 
trometer, electron spin resonance spectrometer, circular dichroism recorder and 
spectropolarimeter, nuclear quadrupole resonance spectrometer, Mossbauer 
spectrometer and X-ray diffractometer. A complete glassblowing facility manned 
by a glassblower is available for constructing special apparatus. All research 
activities of the department are concentrated in a nine-story laboratory building 
equipped with spacious facilities and completely air-conditioned. 

The department has available for qualified applicants teaching and research 
assistantships, as well as a number of fellowships. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. Coreq.: CH 433. 3(3-0) S. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I. Preq.: CH 434. 4(2-6) F. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II. Preq.: CH 411. 4(2-6) S. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis. Preq.: CH 223. 3(1-6) F,S. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I. Preqs.: CH 107, MA 202, PY 203 or 208; Coreq.: 
MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory. Coreq.: CH 431. 1(0-3) F. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II. Preqs.: CH 431, MA 301. 3(2-1) F,S. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory. Coreq.: CH 433. 2(0-6) S. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III. Preqs.: CH 431, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. 

CH (TC) 461 Chemistry of Fibers. Preq.: CH 223. 3(3-0) F. 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations. Preq.: Three years CH. 3(1-6) F,S. 

CH 491 Honors Chemistry. Preq.: Admission to honors program or consent of 
department. 1-3 F,S. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature. Preq.: Three years CH. 1(1-0) F. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75 

CH 495 Special Topics in Chemistry. Preq.: CI. 1-3. 
CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry. Preq.: Three years CH. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I. Preq.: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. The study of modern 
inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond, molecular structure, 
and spectroscopy. The course is built upon several topics chosen from group theory, 
molecular symmetry, molecular orbital and crystal field theories, electronegativity, 
solid state, magnetic properties, electronic absorption, ORD, CD, and MCD, 
Mossbauer, nmr, nqr, ESCA, photoelectron, and vibrational spectroscopies. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II. Preq.: CH 501. 3(3-0) S. This course is a con- 
tinuation of CH 501 and rests heavily upon the latter. Knowledge of physical 
methods of investigation is employed in order to understand the basis and systema- 
tize the chemistry of representative elements, transition metals (3d, 4d, 5d), 
lanthanides and actinides. Methods of synthesis are discussed and reasons for their 
success given, and for these reasons areas of discussion are chosen from nonaqueous 
solvents, acids and bases, inorganic reaction mechanisms of importance or con- 
temporary interest, solid state reactions, coordination chemistry including chelates 
and organometallic compounds, crystal field stabilization energy, Jahn-Teller and 
trans effects, stabilization of valence states, and some bio-inorganic chemistry. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy. Preq.: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. Theory, analytical 
applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to chemical problems. Major 
emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectra. 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation. Preq.: CH 431; Coreq.: CH 411. 3(3-0) S. 
Basic electronic components and circuits, the response of laboratory instruments, 
design and modification of typical electronic control and measurement systems. 
Emphasis will be placed on the transducers and control elements utilized in 
chemical research. 

CH 517 Physical Methods of Elemental Trace Analysis. Preq.: CH 315 or 331 or 

CI. 3(3-0) F. The principles and applications of currently used methods of trace 
analysis are presented. Designed for students with little or no experience in trace 
analysis but with a strong interest in or need for analytical data at the trace level. 
Topics include pulse polarography, potentiometry, UV-Vis spectrophotometry, 
atomic absorption, emission spectrometry, fluorescence, neutron activation analysis, 
and spark source mass spectrometry. 

CH 518 Trace Analysis Laboratory. Coreq.: CH 517 or CI. 2(0-6) F. The trace 
element content of samples is determined by a variety of instrumental techniques 
including UV-Vis spectrophotometry, fluorescence, emission spectrometry, atomic 
absorption, pulse polarography, and neutron activation analysis. 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I. Preqs.: CH 223, 433 or 435. 3(3-0) F. 
Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydrocarbons. 
The molecular orbital treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, the confor- 
mational interpretation and cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity, and the 
application of optical isomerism to the study of reaction mechanisms will be 
emphasized. 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II. Preq.: CH 521. 3(3-0) S. An introduction 
to acid-base theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as applied to synthetically 
useful organic reactions. 



76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry. Preqs.: CH 223 and 433 or 435. 
3(3-0) S. Application of physical methods to the solution of structural problems in 
organic chemistry. Emphasis will be on spectral methods including infrared, ultra- 
violet, nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramagnetic 
resonance, X-ray and electron diffraction, and optical rotatory dispersion. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics. Preqs.: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. An exten- 
sion of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real gases, ideal solu- 
tions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems and irreversible pro- 
cesses. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics and the estimation of thermo- 
dynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics. Preqs.: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. An intensive survey 
of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with emphasis on experimental and 
mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic theory, and theory of the transi- 
tion state. Applications to gas reactions, reactions in solution and mechanism 
studies. 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena. Preqs.: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. An intensive 
survey of the topics of current interest in surface phenomena. Formulations of basic 
theories are presented together with illustrations of their current applications. 
(Offered S 1974 and alt. years.) 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry. Preqs.: MA 301, CH 435, or PY 407. 3(3-0) S. The 
elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time dependent 
phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, particularly chemical 
bonds. 

CH 539 Colloid Chemistry. Preqs.: CH 220, 315 or 331, or CI. 3(2-3) S. Theories, 
basic principles and fundamental concepts including preparation and behavior of 
sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols and topics in areas of adsorption, 
Donnan equilibrium dialysis and small-particle dynamics. Laboratory includes 
independent project studies in specialized areas. 

CH 545 Radiochemistry. Preq.: PY 410 or CH 431. 3(2-3) S. The applications of 
radioactivity to chemistry and the applications of chemistry to the radioactive 
elements, particularly the transuranium elements and fission products. 

CH (TC) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers— Bulk Properties. 3(3-0) F. 
(See textile chemistry, page 247.) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules. Preqs.: CH 523, CH 433. 
3(3-0) F. Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics and free energy 
relations to organic problems. 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms. Preqs.: CH 523, CH 433. 3(3-0) S. A study 
of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and rates of organic 
reactions. 

CH 627 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds. Preq.: CH 521. 3(3-0) F. Prepara- 
tion, properties and reactions of compounds containing the carbon-metal bond, with 
a brief description of their uses. 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II. Preq.: CH 531. 3(3-0) S. Statistical inter- 
pretation of thermodynamics; use of partition functions; introduction to quantum 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77 

statistics; application of statistical mechanics to chemical problems, including 
calculation of thermodynamic properties, equilibria and rate processes. 

CH (BCH) 659 Natural Products. Preqs.: CH 523, 525 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Illustrative 
studies of structure determination, synthesis and biosynthesis of natural sub- 
stances. Modern physical methods and fundamental chemical concepts are stressed. 
Examples are chosen from such classes as alkaloids, terpenes, steroids and anti- 
biotics. 

CH 691 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing in CH. (1-0) F,S. Scientific articles, 
progress reports on research, and special problems of interest to chemists are 
reviewed and discussed. 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry. Preqs.: Two of the following: 
CH 531, 533, 535, 537. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive treatment of selected topics of 
importance in current physiochemical research. 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry. Preq.: Consent of department head. Maxi- 
mum 3. F,S. Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry. 

CH 699 Chemical Research. Preq.: Grad. standing in CH. Credits Arranged. F,S. 
Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of six semes- 
ter credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limitation on credits in 
the doctoral program. 



Civil Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor D. L. Dean, Head 

Professor P. Z. Zia, Associate Head 

Professors: M. Amein, W. F. Babcock, P. D. Cribbins, J. F. Ely, R. E. Fadum, 
W. S. Galler, K. S. Havner, C. L. Heimbach, A.-A. I. Kashef, L. J. Langfelder, 
W. G. Mullen, C. Smallwood Jr., M. E. Uyanik, H. E. Wahls— Graduate 
Administrator; Professor Emeritus: C. R. Bramer; Associate Professors: J. F. 
Mirza, J. C. Smith, C. C. Tung; Adjunct Associate Professors: C. P. Fisher Jr., 
S. D. Shearer Jr.; Assistant Professors: W. J. Head, J. L. Machemehl 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study leading to 
Master of Civil Engineering, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Students may major in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, structural 
engineering and mechanics, transportation engineering or sanitary and water 
resources engineering. 

The Master of Civil Engineering degree, emphasizing engineering design and 
practice, is accredited by the Engineering Council for Professional Development 
(ECPD). Admission to this degree program is restricted to qualified students with 
a B.S. degree in civil engineering accredited by ECPD. The student is encouraged 



78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

to include a design project course in his or her program of study and must pass 
comprehensive written and oral examinations. No thesis is required. 

Thesis is optional for the Master of Science degree program. With thesis 
option, the program may include no more than six hours of research. For non- 
thesis option, at least three hours of independent study and a comprehensive 
written examination are required. Both options require a final oral examination. 

For the doctoral program, there are no definite requirements in credit hours. 
The program of studv is developed to fit individual needs. A reading knowledge 
of scientific literature in one modern foreign language is required. 

The faculty is engaged in broad research areas including deterministic and 
probabilistic structural theories and mechanics, fundamental behavior of soils and 
structures, highway safety, land use and urban planning, hydraulics and hydrology, 
materials, waste disposal and pollution control. Many of the investigations are 
sponsored by industries and federal and state agencies including the continuing 
North Carolina Cooperative Highway Research Program. Graduate students are 
assigned office and laboratory spaces for study and research. 

The department cooperates with other University divisions in joint programs. 
Qualified students may schedule courses in this department and in the Department 
of Citv and Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
to receive a dual degree, a Master of Science with a major in transportation engi- 
neering and a Master of Regional Planning. Multidisciplinary study and research 
programs are also available through the North Carolina Highway Safety Research 
Institute, Water Resources Research Institute and the Center for Marine and 
Coastal Studies. 

Students in other disciplines may develop minor areas of study within the 
framework of departmental course offerings. In particular, courses of instruction 
in stream sanitation and industrial waste disposal provide the types of training 
in pollution often in demand by industry. 

A brochure and supplementary information on graduate study, research, and 
assistantships and fellowships are available upon request from the head of the 
civil engineering department. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 406 Transportation Engineering II. Preq.: CE 305. 3(2-2) F. 

CE (ARC) 415, 416 Architectural Structures, I II. Preq: (415): ARC (ESM) 316; 
(416): ARC (CE) 415. Not open to civil engineering students. 3(2-3) F,S. 

CE 425 Intermediate Structural Analysis. Preq.: CE 325. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II. Preq.: CE 326. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 443 Soil Engineering II. Preq.: CE 342. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 450 Civil Engineering Design. Preq.: One from CE 406, 427, 443, or 484. 
3(1-6) S. 

CE 460 Construction Engineering Project. Preqs.: CE 463, 466. 3(2-3) S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control. Preq.: CE 365. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting. Preq.: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II. Preqs.: CE 326, 365. 3(2-3) F. 

CE 472 Elements of Air Quality Management. Preq.: College-level physics and 
sr. standing. 3(2-3) S. 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II. Preq.: CE 383. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 486 Sanitary Engineering Measurements of Water Quality. Preq.: Freshman 
chemistry and sr. standing in the Schools of Engineering or Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. 3(2-3) S. 

CE (OY, MAS) 487 Physical Oceanography. Preqs.: MA 202 and PY 212. 3(3-0) F. 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering. Preq.: Sr. standing in CE or CEC. 
1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I. Preq.: Sr. standing. 3(2-3) F,S. Principles and con- 
cepts for engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils 
and surface drainage characteristics. Wahls 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects. Preq.: Sr. standing in CE or CEC. 
3(2-3) S. Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning 
and city engineering. Babcock, Smallwood 

CE 515 Transportation Operations. Preq.: CE 305. 3(3-0) S. The analysis of 
traffic and transportation engineering operations. Heimbach, Rihani 

CE 516 Transportation Design. Preq.: CE 305. 3(2-3) S. The geometric elements 
of traffic and transportation engineering design. Cribbins 

CE 517 Water Transportation. Preq.: CE 305. 3(3-0) F. The planning, design, 
construction and operation of waterways, ports, harbors and related facilities. 
Development of analytical techniques for evaluating the feasibility of piers, ports 
and multipurpose river basin projects. The design of marine structures and civil 
works that are significant in civil engineering, including locks, dams, harbors, ports, 
and contractive and protective works. Cribbins 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures. Coreq.: CE 427. 3(3-0) F. 
Theory and design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry walls 
subjected to lateral loads. Mirza 

CE 525, 526 Matrix Structural Analysis I, II. Preq.: (525): CE 425; (526): CE 
326. 3(3-0) F,S. Matrix methods of structural analysis for digital computer solu- 
tions for general plane frames, trusses, and grids as well as general three dimen- 
sional trusses and frames. Inclusion of effects due to prestrain, temperature, elastic 
stability functions, joint deformations, and support settlements. Introduction to 
finite-element analysis of plane elasticity problems. Dean, Smith 

CE 531 Structural Models. Preq.: CE 427. 3(2-3) F. Dimensional analysis and 
structural similitude, indirect and direct models, model materials and experimental 
techniques, individual project in structural model analysis. Mirza, Zia 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design, preq.: CE 427. 3(3-0) S. Theory of plastic 
behavior of steel structures; concept of design for ultimate load and the use of load 



80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

factors. Analysis and design of components of steel frames including bracings and 
connections. Staff 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete. Coreq.: CE 427. 3(3-0) F. 
The principles and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic 
and ultimate strength analyses for flexure, shear, bond and deflection. Principles of 
concordancy and linear transformation for indeterminate prestressed structures. 
Application of prestressing to tanks and shells. Mirza, Zia 

CE (MAS, OY) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. 3(3-0) S. (See physical oceanography, 
page 200.) 

CE 543 Hydraulics of Ground Water. Preq.: CE 382 or 342 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 
Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized porous 
media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. Kashef 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering. Preq.: CE 342. 3(3-0) S. Subsoil investigations; 
excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; control of water; footing, 
grillage and pile foundations; caisson and cofferdam methods of construction. 

Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I. Preq.: CE 342. 3(2-3) F. The study of 
soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineering, including properties 
of soil solids, basic physiochemical concepts, classification, identification, plasticity, 
permeability, capillarity and stabilization. Laboratory work includes classification, 
permeability and compaction tests. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II. Preq.: CE 548. 3(2-3) S. Continuation 
of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain relations and shear 
strength theories for soil. Laboratory work includes consolidation and shear 
strength tests. Langfelder 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures. Preq.: CE 332. 3(3-0) F. A study in depth 
of the theory of portland cement concrete mixtures including types and properties 
of portland special cements; chemical reactions; brief examination of history of 
mixture design; detailed study of current design methods; properties of fresh and 
hardened concretes; strength- age-curing relationships; durability; admixtures; 
special concretes; production and quality control. Mullen 

CE 553 Asphalt and Bituminous Materials. Preq.: CE 332. 3(2-3) F. A study in 
depth of properties of asphalts and tars for use in waterproofing and bituminous 
materials, and theories of design of bituminous mixtures for construction and paving 
uses including types and properties of asphalt cements, cutbacks, emulsions, blown 
asphalts and tars; brief examination of historical developments; detailed study of 
properties and design of bituminous mixtures; and current research. Laboratory 
work includes standard tests on asphalts, tars, and road oils; design, manufacture 
and testing of trial batches; and current research techniques. Head, Mullen 

CE 555 Highway and Airport Pavement Design. Preq.: CE 406 or 443. 3(2-3) S. 
Theoretical analysis and design of highway and airport pavements with critical 
evaluation of current design practices. Head 

CE (BAE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq.: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 
Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and related 
to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. Labora- 
tory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from a chemi- 
cal viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Waste Treatment. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81 

Study of the basic physical and chemical processes underlying water and waste 
treatment, including mass transfer, equilibria, and kinetics. Galler 

CE 572 Design of Water and Wastewater Facilities. Preq.: CE 571. 3(3-0) S. 
Theory and design of water and wastewater treatment plants. Smallwood 

CE 573 Unit Operations and Processes in Waste Treatment. Preq.: CE 486; 
Coreq.: CE 571. 3(1-6) F. Unit operations and processes in water and wastes 
engineering, including sedimentation, thickening, chemical coagulation, vacuum 
filtration, carbon adsorption, biological treatment, and special projects. Galler 

CE (NE) 574 Environmental Consequences of Nuclear Power. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. 
An examination of the environmental consequences resulting from the siting, con- 
struction and operation of nuclear power plants as well as the environmental 
consequences of alternatives to nuclear power. Fuel sources; fuel reprocessing; 
sources and treatment of solid, liquid, gaseous wastes; the costs of minimizing 
wastes and the effects of rejected heat; beneficial uses of rejected heat; pertinent 
federal and state regulations are examined. Smallwood 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems. Preq.: MA 405. 3(3-0) S. An examination 
of civil engineering systems and their design optimization. The systems to be 
studied include water resources engineering, structural engineering, transportation 
engineering and construction. Galler 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution. Preq.: Grad. or advanced undergrad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. A survey of the problem of atmospheric pollution. Topics to be discussed 
include: pollutant sources; effects on man and other animals, vegetation, materials 
and visibility; meteorological factors, air sampling; control devices; air quality 
and emission standards; and legal economic and administrative aspects. 

Graduate Staff 

CE (BAE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. 3(2-3) F. (See biological and 
agricultural engineering, page 63.) 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels. Preq.: CE 382. 3(3-0) F,S. The theory and appli- 
cations of flow in open channels, including dimensional analysis, momentum- 
energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, energy dissipators, spill- 
ways, waves, channel transitions and model studies. Amein 

CE (MAS) 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering. Preq.: CE 382. 3(3-0) 
F. A rigorous treatment of the engineering aspects of physical oceanography. The 
theory for the propagation of waves, methods of wave forecasting and the analysis 
of wave spectra are presented. The applications of physical oceanography to the 
design of marine and coastal installations are shown. Amein, Machemehl 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Discussions and reports of 
subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. Graduate Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects. 1-6 F,S. Special projects in some phase of 
civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning. Preq.: CE 515. 3(3-0) S. The planning, adminis- 
tration, economics and financing of various transportation engineering facilities. 

Cribbins 



82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design. Preq.: CE 516. 3(2-3) F. Design of major 
traffic and transportation engineering projects. Graduate Staff 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design. Coreq.: CE 515. 3(2-3) F. The analysis, 
planning and design of air transportation facilities. Cribbins 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning. Preq.: CE 515. 3(3-0) S. Planning and 
design of urban transportation systems as related to comprehensive urban planning; 
principles of land use planning, urban thoroughfare planning and regional plan- 
ning. Heimbach 

CE 605 Traffic Flow Theory. Preqs.: CE 515, ST 515. 3(3-0) F. The theoretical 
techniques used to describe vehicular traffic movement on a street or highway 
network, including the use of differential-difference equations, hydro-dynamic 
models, probabilistic models, and computer simulation. Heimbach 

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and Folded Plates. Preqs.: CE 
525, ESM 511. 3(3-0) S. Treatment of roof structures in the form of folded and 
curved surfaces. Membrane and bending stress analysis of folded plates, shells of 
revolution, cylindrical and conical shells and free-form systems. Numerical and 
closed form solutions. Design criteria for concrete and metallic structures. 

Dean, Havener, Uyanik 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II. Preqs.: (625): CE 427, CE 525; 
(626): Coreqs.: CE 525, 526. (625) 3(3-0) F. (626) 3(2-3) S. Complete structural 
design of a variety of projects including comparative study of alternative solutions. 
Discussions of long span structural systems. Uyanik 

CE 627 Analysis and Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads. Preqs.: CE 526, 
ESM 555. 3(3-0) S. Response of structural systems to dynamic loads; review of 
principles of dynamic analysis; computation of structural response by numerical 
methods, nonlinear elastic and inelastic response of structures. Vibration of bridges 
under moving traffic loads. Dynamic effects of blast, earthquake and wind loads on 
structures. Tung 

CE 631 Field Analysis of Structural Systems. Preq.: CE 525. 3(3-0) F. Primarily 
an exposition of the techniques of discrete field mechanics for the analysis of struc- 
tures. Emphasis is on the closed-form analysis of regular structural lattices or nets 
and ribbed or reinforced continuous systems. Additional topics include: a cursory 
study of special continuous field solutions; and open-form solutions for irregular 
systems. Dean 

CE 635 Advanced Theory of Concrete Structures. Preq.: CE 536. 3(3-0) S. 
Inelastic theory of structural concrete members under flexure, axial load, combined 
flexure and axial compression, shear and torsion. Yield line theory of slabs. Limit 
analysis of beams and frames of reinforced and prestressed concrete. Zia 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Theories 
of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction between solids and 
water, and problems in elasticity and plasticity pertaining to earthwork engineer- 
ing. Wahls 

CE 644 Ground Water Engineering. Preq.: CE 543 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Ground 
water problems as related to engineering works, ground water circulation and 
inventories, subsidence of the ground and its evaluation due to pumping, method 
of images applied to water circulation of wastes and salt water encroachment in 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83 

coastal aquifers, transient flow systems in wells and earth dams and embankments. 
Leakage problems, practical ground water problems and their analysis by computers 
and electrical models. The legal aspects of ground water conservation and the 
implied technical and engineering phases. Kashef 

CE 646 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations. Preq.: CE 641. 3(3-0) F. The appli- 
cation of vibration and wave propagation theories to soil media; the review of 
existing experimental data and empirical procedures for analysis of foundation 
vibrations, the prediction of soil responses to impulse loads, dynamic properties 
of soils and methods for their determination, design procedures for foundation 
subjected to dynamic forces. Wahls 

CE 651 Theory of Limit Analysis. Preq.: CE 526 or ESM 551. 3(3-0) F. General 
theorems of limit analysis and shakedown in elastic-plastic structures. Applications 
to frames (cyclic loading), grids, arches, plates and shells. Introduction to plastic 
instability and impact loading. Havner 

CE 652 Inelastic Solids and Structures. Preqs.: ESM 503 or ESM 501 and MA 

405 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Mechanisms of slip in metals, Schmid's law; general 
theories of a polycrystalline aggregate. Phenomenological yield and hardening laws; 
comparisons with experiment. Extremum principles and formulation of boundary 
value problems; numerical methods of plastic strain analysis in two and three 
dimensions. Introduction to finite deformation theory. Havner 

CE 661 Numerical Methods in Structural Mechanics. Preqs.: CE 525 and ESM 

551 or ESM 503. 3(3-0) F. Finite difference and finite element methods in two 
and three dimensional elastic structures, including plates, plane stress and plane 
strain problems, axisymmetric solids. Analytical basis of approximations: series 
expansions; energy theorems; virtual work. Matrix decompositions and iteration 
techniques for digital computer solution. Introduction to nonlinear analysis. 

Havner 

CE 662 Probabilistic Methods of Structural Engineering. Preqs.: CE 525 and 
MA 421. 3(3-0) F. Application of probability theory and stochastic processes to 
the study of safety of structures. Fundamentals of probability theory and stochastic 
processes; probabilistic modelings of structural loadings, material properties and 
risk. Reliability analysis of structures; reliability-based design criteria. Random 
vibration of simple structures; safety analysis of structures under dynamic loads. 

Tung 

CE 671 Advanced Water Management Systems. Preq.: CE 484; Coreqs.: CE 571, 
573. 4(3-3) F. The application of systems analysis methods to the design, analysis 
and management of water and waste systems. Galler 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Waste Treatment: Principles and Design. Preq.: CE 
571. 4(3-3) S. Theory and design of physicochemical processes used to control 
phosphorus, nitrogen, trace metals, and toxic organic substances in water. Galler 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal. Coreq.: CE 571. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industries wastes. Smallwood 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation. Coreq.: CE 571. 3(3-0) F,S. Biological, chemical, and 
hydrological factors that affect stream sanitation and stream use. Smallwood 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3 F,S. The 
study of special advanced topics of particular interest in various areas of civil 
engineering. Graduate Staff 



84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. F,S. Independent investi- 
gation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a report of such an investigation 
is required as a graduate thesis. Graduate Staff 



Computer Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor D. C. Martin, Head 

Professors: P. E. Lewis, D. A. Link, L. B. Martin; Associate Professors: D. R. Deuel, 
R. J. Fornaro, T. L. Honeycutt, Y. N. Part, J. D. Powell, A. L. Tharp; Assistant 
Professors: S. D. Danielopoulos, J. W. Hanson, D. F. McAllister, W. E. Robbins, 
N. F. Williamson Jr. 

The Department of Computer Science offers a minor program for graduate 
students majoring in other fields. A student wishing to minor in computer science 
should have a knowledge of a programming language and should anticipate a 
research project involving computers as an integral part. For a candidate for a 
master's degree, three courses at the 400-level or above are required, and the 
student is encouraged to take at least one course at the 500-level or above. For a 
Ph.D. candidate, no specific courses are required, but the student is expected to 
achieve a high level of proficiencv in at least one of these five areas of computer 
science: 

Foundations 

Computer Systems 

Numerical Processing 

Programming Languages (including compiler design) 

Information Systems 
The student's advisory committee, in conjunction with the computer science 
graduate administrator, will assist in selecting a meaningful sequence of courses. 

Computer science has established cooperative programs with the Chemical 
Engineering Department and the Operations Research Committee leading to a 
master's degree in either chemical engineering or operations research with a major 
emphasis in computer science. The requirements for these Master of Science 
degrees, which include a thesis, are satisfied in such a way that a strong emphasis 
is placed on computer science in both course and research work. 

Students admitted to these cooperative programs are expected to satisfy all 
requirements for admission to the Graduate School. In addition, they should have 
a strong background in mathematics, statistics or the phvsical sciences, and a 
working knowledge of a versatile, higher-level programming language, such as 
ALGOL or PL/1. Students lacking necessary background will be required to take 
courses which eliminate the deficiencies in addition to their normal program of 
study. A few research and teaching assistantships are available each year to 
qualified cooperative program applicants. 

For additional information regarding the cooperative programs write: Computer 
Science Department, P.O. Box 5972, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation. Preqs.: MA 312 and ST 371 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Language and Automata. Preq.: CSC 

322. 3(3-0) S. 

CSC 421 Computer Systems for Management. Preq.: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. 

CSC (MA) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preqs.: MA 301 or MA 312 

and programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F. 

CSC (MA) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preqs.: MA 231 or MA 405 

and programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) S. 

CSC 431 Information Retrieval. Preq.: CSC 311. 3(3-0) S. 

CSC 432 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Preqs.: CSC 302, ST 371 and 
MA 231 or MA 405. 3(2-2) S. 

CSC 462 Computing for the Social Sciences. Preq.: ST 311 or equivalent. CSC 
majors may not receive credit for CSC 462. 3(3-0) S. 

CSC 495 Special Topics in Computer Science. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CSC 501 Design of Systems Programs. Preqs.: CSC 311, 312 (CSC 301 recom- 
mended). 3(3-0) F. Review of batch process systems programs, their components, 
operating characteristics, user services and their limitations. Implementation 
techniques for parallel processing of input-output and interrupt handling. Overall 
structure of multiprogramming systems on multi-processor hardware configura- 
tions. Details on addressing techniques, core management, file system design and 
management, system accounting, and other user-related services. Traffic control, 
interprocess communication, design of system modules, and interfaces. System 
updating, documentation and operation. 

CSC 502 Computational Linguistics. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. Use of a symbol manipu- 
lation language (SNOBOL 4) in solving nonnumeric problems. Study of generative 
grammars, including finite-state, context-free, context-sensitive, and transforma- 
tional grammars. Syntactic analysis by computers: algorithms and existing analysis 
systems for English. Computational semantics. Information retrieval and question- 
answering systems. This course is open to computer science students and those in 
other fields. 

CSC 504 Application of Linguistic Techniques to Computer Problems. Preq.: CSC 
502. 3(3-0) S. Semiotics and programming languages. Comparison of semantic 
theories. Representation, classification and interpretation of scenes and other 
multi-dimensional illustrations. Design of a formal language for describing two- 
dimensional geometric figures, such as flowcharts, chemical structures and logic 
diagrams. Characterization of programming languages according to the theory of 
transformational grammar. 

CSC 511 Artificial Intelligence. Preq.: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Definition of heuristic 
versus algorithmic methods, rationale of heuristic approach, description of cogni- 



86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

tive processes. Objectives of work in artificial intelligence, simulation of cognitive 
behavior. Heuristic programming techniques. Survey of examples from representa- 
tive application areas. The mind-brain problem and the nature of intelligence. 
Individual projects to illustrate basic concepts. 

CSC 512 Metaprograms. Preq.: CSC 311 (CSC 412 recommended). 3(3-0) S. This 
course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of the techniques used in the 
design and implementation of compilers. Introduction to formal grammars and 
relations concerning a grammar. Detailed study of algorithms for lexical scanners, 
top-down recognizers, bottom-up recognizers for simple precedence grammars, 
operator precedence grammars, higher order precedence grammars, and bounded- 
context grammars. Runtime storage organization for a compiler including symbol 
tables, internal forms for source programs, semantic routines, error recovery and 
diagnostics, code generation and optimization, and interpreters. 

CSC 522 Formal Languages and Syntactic Analysis. Preq.: CSC 412 (CSC 512 
recommended). 3(3-0) F. Detailed study of formal languages and their relation to 
automata: languages and their representation, grammars, finite automata and 
regular grammars, context-free grammars and pushdown automata, type gram- 
mars and Turing machines, the Halting Problem, context-sensitive grammars and 
linear bounded automata, and operations on languages. 

CSC (MA) 529 Numerical Analysis I. Preqs.: MA 231 or 405, MA 511 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solution of non- 
linear equations, numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix 
inversion and solution of simultaneous linear equations. 

CSC (MA) 530 Numerical Analysis II. Preq.: CSC (MA) 529. 3(3-0) S. Least 
squares data approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions. Gaussian 
quadrature, economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade's approxima- 
tion, eigenvalues of matrices. 

CSC 532 Artificial Intelligence II. Preqs.: CSC 511, course in mathematical 
logic. 3(3-0) S. A rigorous approach to artificial intelligence emphasizing pattern 
recognition, theorem proving, game playing, learning and heuristic programming. 
Students will be assigned computer projects illustrating theoretical concepts intro- 
duced in lecture. 

CSC (MA) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. Preq.: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F. Sequential machine identification experiments. Finite-Memory machines. 
Special classes of machines. Decomposition of sequential machines. Linear sequen- 
tial machines. Sequential relations of finite-state machines. 

CSC (MA) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq.: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) 
S. The concept of effective computability. Turing machines. Primitive recursive 
functions. The u-operator. u-recursive functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence of 
Turing machines and w-recursion. Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing 
machines. Other formulations of the concept of effective computability. 

CSC (OR, IE) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. Preqs.: ST 421 or 
equivalent; or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Basic simulation methodology; general 
principles of the Monte Carlo method: random number generation, accuracy, vari- 
ance reduction methods, classicial applications in mathematics and physics; simula- 
tion of queueing systems; development of a research problem in depth where 
computer simulation is required 1) to provide insight through experimentation with 
a model, 2) to provide approximate answers and practical solutions, and 3) to test 
the model and the solutions. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87 

CSC (MA) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equa- 
tions. Preqs.: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 
3(3-0) S. A mathematical and numerical investigation of direct iterative and 
semi-iterative methods for the solution of linear systems. Methods for the calcula- 
tion of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. 

CSC (MA) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. Preq.: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427. 3(3-0) S. Numerical methods 
for initial value problem including predictor-corrector, Runge-Kutta, hybrid and 
extrapolation methods; stiff systems; shooting methods for two point boundary 
value problems; weak, absolute and relative stability results. 

CSC (MA) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 
Equations. Preq.: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427-428. 3(3-0) F. Numerical 
methods for the solutions of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic partial differential 
equations including stability and convergence results. 

CSC (OR) 585 Graph Theory. Preq.: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F. Basic concepts of 
graph theory. Trees and forests. Vector spaces associated with a graph. Representa- 
tion of graphs by binary matrices and list structures. Traversability. Connectivity. 
Matching and assignment problems. Planar graphs. Colorability. Directed graphs. 
Applications of graph theory with emphasis on organizing problems in a form 
suitable for computer solution. 

CSC 595 Special Topics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. Topics of current interest in computer 
science not covered in existing courses. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CSC 603 Computational Semantics. Preq.: CSC 502, course in mathematical logic. 
3(3-0) F. Theoretical prerequisites and computational techniques for the mechanical 
interpretation of artificial and natural language sentences. Semantics of formal 
languages. Structural representations of meaning. Semantics of natural languages. 

CSC (MA) 635 Functional Analysis and Numerical Analysis. Preqs.: MA 516, 
MA (CSC) 530. 3(3-0) S. This course generalizes on the basic procedures of classical 
numerical analysis by the application of the abstractions of functional analysis. 
Course begins with review of functional analysis, followed by applications of 
functional analysis to the solution of numerical problems in the area of optimiza- 
tion, integral and differential equations, systems of linear and nonlinear equations. 
Functional approximation will be studied. 



Crop Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor B. E. Caldwell, Head 

Professors: D. S. Chamblee, W. K. Collins, D. A. Emery — Coordinator, Graduate 
Programs: D. U. Gerstel, W. B. Gilbert, W. C. Gregory, H. D. Gross, P. H. Har- 
vey, G. L. Jones, K. R. Keller, W. M. Lewis, T. J. Mann, P. A. Miller, R. P. 
Moore, L. L. Phillips, T. J. Sheets, D. H. Timothy, J. B. Weber, E. A. Wernsman, 



88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

J. A. Weybrew, A. D. Worsham; Extension Professor: C. T. Blake; Professors 
USDA: C. A. Brim, T. H. Busbice, J. F. Chaplin, W. A. Cope, J. A. Lee, D. E. 
Moreland, D. L. Thompson; Professor Emeritus: G. K. Middleton; Associate 
Professors: F. T. Corbin, W. T. Fike Jr., R. C. Long, C. F. Murphy, R. P. 
Patterson, E. C. Sisler, W. W. Weeks; Extension Associate Professor: H. D. 
Coble; Associate Professors USDA: J. C. Burns, G. R. Gwynn; Assistant 
Professor: J. C. Wynne; Extension Assistant Professor: G. A. Sullivan; Assistant 
Professor USDA: C. F. Tester 

The Department of Crop Science offers instruction leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the fields of plant breeding, crop 
production and physiology, forage crops ecology, weed control and plant chemistry. 
For students who wish general training, the Master of Agriculture degree is 
offered. 

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each student is assigned 
office and laboratory space. Many special facilities such as preparation rooms for 
plant and soil samples, cold storage facilities for plant material, air-conditioned 
rooms for studying the physical properties of cotton and fiber and tobacco leaf, 
and growth control chambers are provided for projects which require these 
facilities. Greenhouse space, growth control chambers and access to the plant 
environment laboratories (phytotron) can also be provided if required. Sixteen 
farms are owned and operated by the state for research investigations. Research 
farms are located throughout North Carolina, and include a variety of soil and 
climatic conditions needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop management, 
forage ecology and weed control. 

Strong supporting departments increase opportunities for broad and thorough 
training. Among the departments in which graduate students in crop science work 
cooperatively or obtain instruction are: botany, chemistry, entomology, horticul- 
tural science, genetics, mathematics, plant pathology, soil science and statistics. 

In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 percent of its agricultural income 
from farm crops, the opportunities for the well-trained agronomist are great. 
Recipients of advanced degrees in crop science at North Carolina State University 
are found in positions of leadership in research and education throughout the 
nation and the world. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS (BO) 402 Economic Botany. Preq.: BO 200. 3(2-3) S. 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production. Preq.: BO 421. 2(2-0) F. 

CS 413 Plant Breeding. Preq.: GN 411. 2(2-0) S. 

CS 414 Weed Science. Preq.: CH 220. 4(3-2) F. 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems. Preqs.: CS 211, 414, SSC 341, 
352. 3(2-3) S. 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1(0-1) S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology. Preq.: BO 421 or equivalent. 2(2-0) S. A study of 
special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest research problems and 
findings dealing with this important cash crop will be discussed. Collins 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production. Preq.: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. Dis- 
cussion will emphasize pertinent physiological processes associated with crops and 
crop management such as plant growth, maturation, respiration and photo- 
periodism. Relationship of the environment to maximum crop yields will be dis- 
cussed. (Offered in S of 1976 and alt. years.) Fike 

CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq.: CS 414 or equiva- 
lent. 3(2-2) S. Studies on the losses caused by the ecology of weeds, biological 
control, basic concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and 
herbicide development. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques and 
field research techniques. Monaco 

CS (GN, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. Preqs.: GN 506, ST 511. 3(3-0) F. An 
advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and concepts 
of inheritance. Henderson, Wernsman 

CS (GN, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. Preq.: CS (GN, HS) 541. 

2(0-4) Sum. Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant 
breeding techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 
(Offered in Sum. by arrangement.) Graduate Staff 

CS (GN) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. Preq.: CS (GN, HS) 541 

or GN (ZO) 540. 2(2-0) S. Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential culti- 
vator; man's anatomy, physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; 
spread of agriculture in terms of various theories; interactions of crops and 
environments with reference to crop evolution; special attributes of cultigens; 
modern aspects of evolution (breeding). (Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Lee 

CS 591 Special Problems. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged. Special problems in 
various phases of crop science. Problems may be selected or will be assigned. 
Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CS (GN, HS) 613 Plant Breeding Theory. Preqs. : CS (GN, HS) 541, GN 506, 
ST 512. 3(3-0) S. A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with 
special emphasis on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability, 
mode of reproduction and effectiveness of different selection procedures. The latest 
experimental approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as well as standard 
procedures. (Offered in S 1976 and alt. years.) Miller 

CS (HS, SSC) 614 Herbicide Behavior in Plants and Soils. Preqs.: BO 551 and CH 
223 or CI. 3(3-0) F. The chemical and physiological processes involved in the 
behavior of herbicides in plants and soils will be examined. Topics to be discussed 
include absorption, translocation, metabolism and mechanisms of action of herbi- 
cides on plants; reactions, movement and degradation of herbicides in the soil; 
and interactions among herbicides and other pesticides. (Offered F 1975 and alt. 
years.) Weber 



Students are expected to consult with the instructor before registration. 



90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CS 690 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. A maximum of two credits 
is allowed toward the master's degree; however, additional credits toward the doc- 
torate are allowed. Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special 
problems of interest to agronomists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CS 699 Research. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. A maximum of six 
credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but no restrictions toward the 
doctorate. Graduate Staff 



Curriculum and Instruction 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, See Education 
page 101. 



Design 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Architecture, 
page 55. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

DN 411, 412 Advanced Visual Laboratory III, IV. Preqs.: DN 311, 312. 2-4 F,S 
DN 422 History of Design III. Preq.: DN 122. 3(3-0) F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

DN 505 Introduction to Design as Task. Preq.: Grad. standing in DN or consent 
of school dean. 3(0-6) F,S,Sum. A studio course which approaches design primarily 
as task. A program of exercises will be undertaken to acquaint the student with 
the defining of tasks and their interpretation within a designer's power of action. 
Task as purpose or intention takes precedence over technique, which is considered 
as emergent from a defined task. 

DN 506 Introduction to Design as Technique. Preq.: Grad. standing in DN or 
consent of school dean. 3(0-6) F,S,Sum. A studio course which approaches design 
primarily as technique. A program of exercises will be undertaken to acquaint 
the student with the techniques available to him and their relationship to existing 
and potential tasks. Technique as capability takes precedence over task, which is 
considered as emergent from a designated technique. 

DN 507 Introduction to Design as Practice. Preq.: Grad. standing in DN or per- 
mission of school dean. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A seminar course intended to provide a 
comprehensive overview of current design concepts and activities. Presentations 
and discussions by School of Design faculty and design practitioners will explore 
the design fields in terms of issues, attitudes, methods, and operations. 

DN 511, 512 Advanced Visual Laboratory V, VI. Preq.: Grad. standing. 2-4 F,S. 
Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design. Preq.: Grad. standing. 2(2-0) F,S. An 
examination of aesthetics and the relationships of philosophic thought to design. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



DN 611, 612 Advanced Visual Laboratory VII, VIII. Preq.: Grad. standing. 2(0-6) 
F,S. Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. 



Ecology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: R. C. Axtell, F. S. Barkalow, K. R. Barker, S. W. Buol, D. S. Chamblee, 
A. W. Cooper, B. J. Copeland, J. W. Duffield, G. H. Elkan, H. D. Gross, 
J. W. Hardin, D. W. Hayne, H. L. Lucas, B. S. Martof, J. J. Perry, T. O. 
Perry, T. L. Quay, R. L. Rabb, D. H. Timothy, H. R. van der Vaart, 
A. D. Worsham; Associate Professors: U. Blum, J. R. Bradley Jr., J. C. Bums 
(USDA), L. F. Grand, E. D. Seneca, A. G. Wollum II; Assistant Professors: 
D. M. Benson, P. D. Doerr, J. M. Miller, J. F. Reynolds, G. G. Shaw, R. E. 
Stinner 

Ecology is the science concerned with the interactions of organisms with each 
other and with their environment. It is an integrative science through which one 
gains an understanding of biological and physical interrelationships and predicts 
the consequences of altering one or several components of an ecosystem. 

Students in a number of basic and applied curricula may elect to major in 
ecology at the master's level leading to a M.S. degree or minor in ecology at the 
master's and Ph.D. level. The minor provides an opportunity for a coherent picture 
of the field of ecology but does not usurp the normal prerogatives of graduate 
advisorv committees in structuring graduate programs. 

The ecologv minor is an interdepartmental program drawing faculty from the 
botany, crop science, entomology, forestry, microbiology, plant pathology, soil 
science, statistics and zoology departments. The program is administered by an 
Ecology Advisory Committee. Additional information about the program may be 
obtained by writing to one of the faculty members listed above or to Chairman, 
Ecology faculty, P. O. Box 5186, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North 
Carolina 27607. 

The following courses are recognized as ecological and have been grouped into 
certain related areas. (For course descriptions see respective departmental listings.) 

Population Ecology: ZO 517 Population Ecology; ENT 531 Insect Ecology; GN 
(ZO) 550 Experimental Evolution. 

Limnology and Marine Science: ZO 519 Limnology; ZO (MAS) 529 Biological 
Oceanography; ZO 619 Advanced Limnology. 

Behavior: ZO 501 Ornithology; ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals; ZO 610 
Current Aspects of Animal Behavior. 

Microbial Ecology: MB 521 Microbial Ecology; PP 611 Advanced Plant Nema- 
tology; SSC (MB) 632 Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms; PP 
(BO) 625 Advanced Mycology. 

Terrestrial Ecology: BO 544 Plant Geography; SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis 
and Classification; MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere. 



92 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Physiological Ecology: ZO (PHY) 513 Comparative Physiology; ZO 515 Growth 
and Reproduction of Fishes; BO 561 Physiological Ecology. 

Mathematical Biology and Ecology: ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science; BMA 
(MA, ST) 571, 572 Biomathematics I, II. 

Applied Ecology: ZO 420 Fishery Science; ZO 441 Ichthyology; FOR 472 Renew- 
able Resource Management; FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Man- 
agement; HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science; ENT 550 
Fundamentals of Insect Control; ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology; ENT 
(ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology; FOR 613 Special Topics in 
Silviculture; FOR 614 Advanced Topics in Forest Land Management; ZO 621 
Fishery Science; CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production. 

The requirements for a major in Eeologv are: 

Master of Science Degree: Six courses including BO (ZO) 560 (or its equiva- 
lent), either BO (ZO) 660 or 661, ST 511, Ecology Seminar, one course from 
each of the two designated areas (should not be in same department as the 
major professor). 

The requirements for a minor in Ecology are: 

Master of Science Degree: Three ecological courses, including BO (ZO) 560 (or 
its equivalent) and either BO (ZO) 660 or (BO) ZO 661. The third course 
should not be in the same department as the major. 

Ph.D. Degree: Four ecological courses, including BO (ZO) 560 (or its equiva- 
lent) and either BO (ZO) 660 or BO (ZO) 661. The other two courses may 
include BO (ZO) 660 or BO (ZO) 661 (if both are taken) and courses from those 
listed above. If two courses from this list are taken, they must be from different 
designated areas and should not be from the same department as the major, 
the major. 

Incoming students may apply equivalent courses toward these requirements 
at the discretion of their graduate committee. Students minoring in ecology, par- 
ticularly at the Ph.D. level, are encouraged to take courses in mathematics and 
statistics, at least ST 511 and ST 512. 



Economics and Business 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor W. D. Toussaint, Head 

Professors: A. J. Coutu, E. \V. Erickson, R. M. Feam, D. M. Hoover, L. A. Ihnen, 
P. R. Johnson, R. A. King, G. A. Mathia, B. M. Olsen — Assistant Department 
Head, E. C. Pasour Jr., R. A. Sehrimper, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, C. B. 
Turner, J. C. Williamson Jr.; Extension Professors: R. C. Brooks, T. E. Nichols 
Jr., C. R. Pugh, F. D. Sobering, R. C. Wells; Professor Emeritus: E. W. Swanson; 
USDA Professor Emeritus: J. G. Sutherland; Associate Professors: D. S. Ball, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93 

J. B. Bullock, G. A. Carlson, J. S. Chappell, W. D. Cooper, M. M. El-Kammash, 
A. R. Gallant, B. L.Gardner, C. W. Harrell Jr., D. L. Holley, D. N. Hyman, 
T. Johnson, C. P. Jones, E. W. Jones, F. A. Mangum Jr., R. J. Peeler Jr., R. K. 
Perrin, J. C. Poindexter Jr., R. E. Sylla; Extension Associate Professors: R. D. 
Dahle, L. H. Hammond, J. E. Ikerd; USDA Associate Professor: H. C. Gilliam 
Jr.; Assistant Professors: R. L. Clark, T. J. Grennes, M. B. McElroy 

The Department of Economics and Business offers programs of study leading to 
the Master of Economics, the Master of Arts in economics, the Master of Science 
in agricultural economics and the Ph.D. degree in economics. Emphasis is placed 
on economic theory and quantitative economic analysis and their application to 
economic problems. Special seminars and workshops are available to students as a 
means of pursuing topics of special interest. 

Master's programs require a minimum of 30 semester hours. A semester each of 
intermediate undergraduate micro and macro theory in addition to basic calculus 
are minimum prerequisites. Within the 30 hours, a nine-hour minor is required in 
some discipline outside the department. No foreign language is required. The 
Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees require a thesis which receives up to 
six hours of credit toward the degree. The Master of Economics has no thesis 
requirement. Included in the programs available for students pursuing the Master 
of Economics degree are several management options. These may be adapted for 
those who are interested in training in quantitative marketing, public sector 
management, personnel management, and management science. 

The Ph.D. program has no specific hour requirements; however, at least six 
semesters of work beyond the bachelor's degree are required, of which at least 
two consecutive semesters must be in residence. Candidates take course work and 
written examinations in economic theory and a minor of their choice. In addition, 
each student chooses a field of study within the department (e.g., agricultural 
economics, economic development, econometrics, international trade, labor eco- 
nomics and human resources, or managerial economics). A minimum of two 
semesters of statistics and differential and integral calculus is required of all Ph.D. 
candidates. There is no foreign language requirement for the Ph.D. Specific pro- 
grams are designed to meet individual interests and professional objectives. 

A well-equipped departmental library, the D. H. Hill Library and library facili- 
ties of two nearby major universities are readily available for graduate student use. 
Graduate students on financial support are provided office space. Computational 
facilities are available for students whose research involves extensive analysis of 
data and to students interested in learning to use computer facilities. The depart- 
ment has a specially-trained clerical and programming staff. Students have access 
from several terminals located on campus to an IBM 370/165 operated by the 
Triangle Universities Computing Center. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EB 401 Economic Analysis for Nonmajors. Preq.: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EB 410 Public Finance. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. 

EB 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) S. 



94 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EB 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance. Preq.: EB 303 or 310. 3(2-2) F. 

EB 420 Corporation Finance. Preqs.: EB 201 or 212 and ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EB 422 Investments and Portfolio Management. Preqs.: EB 201 and 317 or ST 
311. 3(3-0) S. 

EB 430 Agricultural Price Analysis. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. 

EB 431 Labor Economics. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EB 435 Urban Economics. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) S. 

EB 436 Environmental Economics. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. 

EB 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas. Preq.: EB 202 or 212. 3(3-0) S. 

EB 448 International Economics. Preq.: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. 

EB 451 Introduction to Econometrics. Preqs.: EB 301, 302, 317 or ST 311. 
3(3-0) F,S. 

EB 475 Comparative Economic Systems. Preq.: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F. 

EB (TX) 482 Sales Management for Textiles. Preq.: TX 380. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EB 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics. Preqs.: EB 301, 302 and 317 or ST 311 

(plus two courses from list of restricted economics electives). 3(3-0) F,S. 

ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting Theory and Practice. Preq.: ACC 361. 
3(3-0) F. 

ACC 464 Income Taxation. Preq.: ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ACC 466 Examination of Financial Statements. Preq.: ACC 361. 3(3-0) S. 

ACC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume. Preqs.: ACC 362 and 460. 3(3-0) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EB 501 Price Theory. Preqs.: MA 112 and EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive 
analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, including demand, 
cost and production, pricing under competitive conditions and pricing under 
monopoly and other imperfectly competitive conditions. Graduate Staff 

EB 502 Income and Employment Theory. Preqs.: MA 112, EB 301 and 302. 3(3-0) 
F,S. A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with particular 
reference to the role of fiscal and monetary policy in pursuit of full employment 
without inflation. Graduate Staff 

EB (RRA) 503 Economics of Recreation. 3(3-0) F. (See recreation resources 
administration, page 227.) 

EB 515 Water Resources Economics. Preq.: EB 401 recommended. 3(3-0) S. The 
application of economic principles to the allocation of water resources. Attention to 
how to effect maximum economic efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer 
a free good, under the consideration of the goals of the public and private sectors 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 95 

of the enterprise economy. Both economic and political consequences of decision- 
making are studied. Graduate Staff 

EB 520 The Theory of Finance. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. An analysis of the 
current state of the related financial areas of portfolio theory, the theory of capital 
markets, and the theory of firm finance. Emphasis is placed upon the optimum 
financial choice by both the firm and the individual. Basic topics include decision 
making under uncertainty, firm investment and financing decisions, portfolio theory 
and analysis, capital asset pricing models, and the theory of capital market 
equilibrium. 

EB 521 Markets and Trade. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. This course empha- 
sizes the space, form and time dimensions of market price and the location and 
product combination decisions of firms. Consideration is given to the ways in 
which non-price factors and public policy choices influence firm behavior and the 
efficiency of marketing systems. Application of these models to agricultural, indus- 
trial and public service questions is emphasized, including the relationships be- 
tween resource availability and the spatial arrangement of economic activity. King 

EB 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments. Preqs.: EB 301, 303 or 401. 3(2-2) 
S. The application of economic principles to production problems on typical farms 
in the state; methods and techniques of economic analysis of the farm business; 
application of research findings to production decisions; development of area 
agricultural programs. Liner 

EB 525 Management Policy and Decision Making. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Modern management processes used in making top-level policies and decisions. An 
evaluation of economic, social and institutional pressures, and of the economic and 
noneconomic motivations, which impinge upon the individual and the organization. 
The problem of coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is 
examined. Erickson 

EB 533 Agricultural Policy. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. A review of the agri- 
cultural policy and action programs of the federal government affecting both input 
supply and commodities. An analysis of objectives, principal means and observable 
results on resource use and income distribution within agriculture, and between 
agriculture and the rest of the economy. An appraisal of the effects alternative 
policy proposals would have on domestic and foreign consumption. Mangum 

EB 535 Social Science Concepts in Managerial Processes. Preq.: Six hours in eco- 
nomics or business. 3(3-0) S. Interrelationships between concepts from economics 
and from other social sciences in managerial processes of clarifying goals, dis- 
covering alternatives and choosing courses of action. Cases are used to provide 
opportunities to compare contributions of theoretical concepts from economics, 
political science, social psychology, sociology and management science to managerial 
processes. Theoretical concepts are drawn from readings in the various disciplines. 

Graduate Staff 

EB 540 Economic Development. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. An examination 
of the problems encountered in promoting regional and national economic develop- 
ment. Consideration is given to the structural changes required for raising stand- 
ards of living. Some basic principles of economics are applied to suggest ways of 
achieving development goals. Topics include planning strategies, policies and 
external assistance. Olsen 

EB 550 Mathematical Models in Economics. Preqs.: EB 301, 302, MA 212 and 405 

recommended but not required. 3(3-0) F. An introductory study of economic models 



96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

emphasizing their formal properties. The theory of individual economic units is 
presented as a special case in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical 
discussions of the theory of the consumer, the theory of the firm and welfare 
economics will show the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and 
minima, set theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory 
and game theory to economics. El-Kammash 

EB 551 Agricultural Production Economics. Preqs.: MA 112 and EB 301 or EB 401. 
3(3-0) F. An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production 
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles. Applications 
of these principles to farm and regional resources allocation, and to the distribution 
of income to and within agriculture. Perrin 

EB 555 Linear Programming. Preqs.: MA 231 or 405 and EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization. 
Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the firm. Applica- 
tions in the economics of industry and of agriculture. Harrell 

EB (ST) 561 Intermediate Econometrics. Preqs.: EB 501 and ST 513. 3(3-0) S. The 
formalization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships and the application 
of appropriate statistical techniques will be emphasized. Major attention will be 
given to procedures applicable for single equation stochastic models expressing 
microeconomic and macroeconomic relationships. Statistical considerations that are 
relevant in working with time series and cross sectional data in economic investi- 
gations will be covered. Survey of simultaneous equation models and the available 
estimation techniques. T. Johnson 

EB 570 Analysis of American Economic History. Preq.: EB (HI) 371 or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) S. Stresses the application of economic analysis to the formulation 
and testing of hypotheses concerning economic growth and development in the 
historical context. Problems selected for analysis will be drawn primarily from 
American economic history. Sylla 

EB (SOC) 574 The Economics of Population. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. A 
review of population theories from the pre-Malthusian to the contemporary. An 
introduction to demographic data sources and analysis. Microeconomic models of 
fertility are intensively treated, and macroeconomic demographic models also are 
examined. The public policy implications of these models are developed. Discussions 
include underpopulation, overpopulation, optimum growth rate and incentive 
schemes. El-Kammash 

EB (TX) 585 Market Research in Textiles. 3(3-0) S. (See textile technology, 
page 249.) 

EB 590 Special Economics Topics. Preq.: CI. Maximum 6. An examination of current 
problems on a lecture-discussion basis. Course content will vary as changing con- 
ditions require new approaches to deal with emerging problems. Graduate Staff 

EB 598 Topical Problems in Economics. Preq.: CI. 1-6. An investigation of topics 
of particular interest to advanced students under faculty direction on a tutorial 
basis. Credits and content vary with student needs. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EB 600 Advanced Price Theory. Preqs.: EB 501, MA 212. 3(3-0) F. Alternative 
economic organizations and the role of prices; equilibrium and price determination 
in a market economy; theory of consumer behavior, derivation of individual demand 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97 

curves and aggregation to market supply curves; demand for factors of production. 

Pasour 

EB 601 Prices, Value and Welfare. Preq.: EB 600. 3(3-0) S. The supply of factors 
of production; alternative nonmonetary theories of capital and interest; produc- 
tivity; income distribution; determinants of firm size; the nature of market organi- 
zation; welfare economics topics, including externalities, compensation, social 
welfare function and consumer surplus. Gardner 

EB 602 Advanced Income and Employment Theory. Preq.: EB 502. 3(3-0) F. An 
analysis of the forces determining the level of income and employment; a review 
of some of the theories of economic fluctuations; and a critical examination of a 
selected macroeconomic system. McElroy 

EB 603 History of Economic Thought. Preqs.: EB 501 and 502 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic 
thought, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate perspec- 
tive for the understanding of contemporary economics. Turner 

EB 604 Monetary Economics. Preq.: EB 502 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Consideration 
of the money market and portfolio management, the cost of capital, effects of 
monetary phenomena on investment and accumulation of wealth with emphasis 
throughout on problems arising from uncertainty; general equilibrium theory of 
money, interest, prices and output. Lapp 

EB 606 Industrial Organization and Control. Preq.: EB 501. 3(3-0) F. Microeconomic 
theory is applied to the empirical analysis of public policies that affect the effici- 
ency of resource allocation in the U. S. economy. Special attention is given to the 
interrelationships between industrial structure, conduct and performance. 

Erickson 

EB 610 Theory of Public Finance. Preq.: EB 501. 3(3-0) S. An application of micro- 
economic theory and welfare economics to the public sector. Topics include exter- 
nalities and public policy, the theory of public goods, collective choice, program 
budgeting and cost-benefit analysis, the theory of taxation and its application to 
tax policy, public debt, and fiscal federalism. Hyman 

EB 625 Long Range Planning in Business and Industry. Preq.: EB 501. 3(3-0) S. 
Theory and practice of long range planning in business and industry. Case discus- 
sions and intensive readings dealing with techniques for identifying opportunities 
and risks in the environment of the firm, determining corporate strengths and 
weaknesses, specifying long range strategy. Special attention is given to the roles 
of management and the internal processes of large organizations as the organiza- 
tions respond to changes in external conditions. Dahle 

EB 630 Labor Economics and Manpower Problems. Preqs.: EB 501, 502. 3(3-0) S. 
The analysis of labor force problems and labor market behavior. Labor force meas- 
urement and behavior, the measurement and analysis of unemployment, the deter- 
minants of relative wages, wage structures, and hours of work and national man- 
power policy. Emphasis on empirical studies. Fearn 

EB 631 Human Capital. Preqs.: EB 501, 502. 3(3-0) F. An examination of human 
resource development from an economic view. Emphasis is placed on recent 
research and theoretical developments in the economics of education, on-the-job 
training, discrimination and migration. Ihnen 



98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EB 640 Advanced Economic Development. Preqs.: EB 501, 502, 540. 3(3-0) S. 
Theoretical and empirical studies of the processes of economic development are 
compared and analyzed. Contemporary developments in the theories of economic 
gTowth are related to the problems of underdeveloped countries. Policies and 
programs needed for effecting economic development are studied and evaluated for 
consistency. Olsen 

EB 641 Agricultural Production and Supply. Preqs.: EB 501 and ST 513. 3(3-0) S. 
An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer behavior 
and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quantities of output; 
aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions in terms of product 
supply and factor demand; factor markets and income distribution; and general 
interdependency among economic variables. Hoover 

EB 642 Consumption, Demand and Market Interdependency. Preqs.: EB 501 and 
ST 513. 3(3-0) F. An analysis of the behavior of individual households and of con- 
sumers in the aggregate with respect to consumption of agricultural products; 
the impact of these decisions on demand for agricultural resources, the competition 
among agricultural regions and for markets; and the interdependence between 
agriculture and other sectors of the economy. King 

EB 648 Theory of International Trade. Preqs.: EB 501, 502. 3(3-0) S. A considera- 
tion of the specialized body of economic theory dealing with the international 
movement of goods, services, capital and payments. Also, a theoretically oriented 
consideration of policy. P. Johnson 

EB 649 Monetary Aspects of International Trade. Preq.: EB 502. 3(3-0) S. Study 
of the macroeconomic problems of an open economy including the balance of pay- 
ments adjustment mechanism, alternative exchange rate systems, external effects 
of monetary and fiscal policy, optimum currency areas and international monetary 
reform. Grennes 

EB 650 Economic Decision Theory. Preq.: EB 501. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of general 
theories of choice. Structure of decision problems, the role of information; formu- 
lation of objectives. Current research problems. Carlson 

EB (ST) 651 Econometrics. Preqs.: EB 600, ST 421, ST 502. 3(3-0) F. The role and 
uses of statistical inference in economic research; the problem of spanning the gap 
from an economic model to its statistical counterpart; measurement problems and 
their solutions arising from the statistical model and the nature of the data; limita- 
tions and interpretation of results of economic measurement from statistical 
techniques. Schrimper 

EB (ST) 652 Topics in Econometrics. Preq.: EB (ST) 651. 3(3-0) S. Survey of 
current literature on estimation and inference in simultaneous stochastic equations 
systems. Techniques for combining cross section and time series data including 
covariance, error correlated and error component models. Lag models and inference 
in dynamic systems. Production functions, productivity measurement and hypo- 
theses about economic growth. Complete and incomplete prior information in regres- 
sion analysis. Nonlinear estimation in economic models. Graduate Staff 

EB 699 Research in Economics. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged Indi- 
vidual research in economics under staff supervision and direction. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99 

Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. J. Dolce, Dean 

Professor J. B. Kirkland, Dean Emeritus 

The following master's degree programs are offered bv the School of Education: 

Adult and Community College Education 

Agricultural Education 

Curriculum and Instruction 

Educational Administration and Supervision 

Guidance and Personnel Services 

Industrial Arts Education 

Mathematics Education 

Occupational Education 

Psychology 

Science Education 

Special Education 

Vocational Industrial Education 
Students accepted into any of the above education programs mav seek either 
the Master of Science degree or the Master of Education degree; students admitted 
to the Department of Psychology seek the Master of Science degree. The Master 
of Science degree is research-oriented and is preparation for further graduate 
study. The Master of Education is a professional degree which allows for wider 
latitude in the choice of course work than is allowed by the Master of Science 
program. 

The following doctoral programs are offered by the School of Education: 

Adult and Community College Education Ed.D. 

Curriculum and Instruction Ed.D. 

Educational Administration and Supervision Ed.D. 

Guidance and Personnel Services Ed.D. 

Industrial Arts Education Ed.D. 

Mathematics Education Ph.D. 

Occupational Education Ed.D. 

Psychology Ph.D. 

Science Education Ph.D. 

Graduate programs are planned by the student and his or her committee in 
terms of the student's educational and career objectives, experience and previous 
preparation. 

* Students in agricultural education or industrial and technical education would seek the Ed.D. 
in occupational education. 



100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Prior to consideration of an application for admission, the following must have 
been received by the Graduate School office, which forwards the completed file 
to the School of Education: completed application form, an official copy of current 
(not more than three years old) Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores, 
official transcripts for all undergraduate and graduate courses taken, and at least 
three completed recommendation forms. In most programs an interview is required. 
Psvchology also requires the GRE Advanced Test and the Miller Analogies Test. 
Individual programs may have additional requirements for admission. In order to 
maintain personalized, quality graduate programs, each program can enroll only 
a limited number of students irrespective of the qualifications of the applicants. 

The School of Education is housed in Poe Hall, a modem building with up-to- 
date research and instructional facilities including: 

Curriculum Materials Center— This center houses most State-adopted text- 
books, various other references and textbooks, periodicals, curricular outlines 
and models, simulation games and a variety of audio-visual equipment and 
software, including video cameras, monitors and recorders. 

Computer Facility — This facility has several multi-purpose terminals, includ- 
ing a teletype and CRT terminal. Direct access to computer-stored ERIC files 
is available. A keypunch machine and a verifier are available for use by student 
and faculty researchers. 

Instructional Materials Production Center— This center is available to 
faculty and students within the School of Education as a workshop for the design 
and fabrication of original instructional materials. The center has capabilities 
for developing materials in the following media: motion pictures (super 8mm 
and 16mm), still pictures (photographs, slides, filmstrips), audio recordings 
(cassettes and reel-to-reel), video tapes (studio and portable), displays (charts, 
posters, tackboards, magnetic boards, hook and loop boards), games and simu- 
lation models, and overhead transparencies (thermal and diazo). 

Office of Publications— This office prints and publishes instructional materials 
developed by faculty and students, as well as public school teachers associated 
with various School programs. 

Laboratories— Poe Hall houses an extensive variety of laboratories such as 
metal, wood, ceramic and photography shops; a planetarium; counseling and 
testing centers; a sleep laboratory; sensory deprivation chambers; and several 
animal rooms. 



Adult and Community College Education 

Adult and Community College Education is a component of both the School of 
Education and the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. For a listing of graduate 
faculty and departmental information, see Adult and Community College Educa- 
tion, pages 50-51. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101 

Agricultural Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor J. R. Clary, Coordinator 

Professor Emeritus: C. C. Scarborough; Associate Professors: T. R. Miller — 
Graduate Administrator, C. D. Rryant; Adjunct Assistant Professor: W. R. 
Robinson 

The Agricultural Education program offers study leading to the Master of 
Science and the Master of Education degrees. Roth masters programs require a 
minimum of 36 semester hours which will reflect the student's background and 
career expectations and which must meet the approval of the student's advisory 
committee. Graduate programs are designed to meet the needs of individual stu- 
dents for further study and research as well as to prepare them for educational 
leadership roles in teaching, administration, supervision and research in agricul- 
tural education. 

For complete course descriptions, see page 110. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 566 Occupational Experience in Agriculture. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education. Maximum 2, 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. 

Curriculum and Instruction 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor R. M. Parramore, Head 

Adjunct Professor: T. L. Roundtree; Associate Professors: L. J. Retts Jr., S. D. Ivie, 
T. N. Walters; Adjunct Associate Professor: H. G. Royall; Associate Professor 
Emeritus: P. J. Rust; Assistant Professors: R. G. Reezer, R. J. Fox, C. W. Harper 
Jr., D. R. Kniefel, C. C. Mahmoud; Assistant Professor Emeritus; K. A. Mc- 
Cutchen 



102 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Education, Master of 
Science and Doctor of Education degrees. At least two years successful teaching 
experience below the college level or other evidence of instructional skill are 
required of applicants. Each student's program is planned by a committee of three 
or more graduate faculty members and will reflect the applicant's undergraduate 
and graduate study, teaching experience and future professional plans. The pur- 
pose of the program is to prepare educators for leadership positions in the field of 
professional education. 

The master's program is for those persons who wish to develop instructional 
skills and innovative methodology in program areas ranging from pre-school 
through post-secondary education and who plan to qualify as instructional special- 
ists and consultants in school systems. A minimum of 36 hours is required in the 
master's program which includes professional education, study in a teaching field 
and an internship. Candidates for the Master of Education degree prepare a formal 
report of an internship project and respond successfully to an oral examination. 
Candidates for the Master of Science degree conduct an investigation culminating 
in a thesis. Those completing the master's program may qualify for a graduate 
teaching certificate. 

Doctoral programs are individually planned by the student's graduate committee. 
The programs include study in both professional education and in academic 
disciplines related to teaching specialties, an internship and emphasis on develop- 
ing research competencies. The programs are for curriculum specialists and 
generalists, university instructors in professional education, and instructional- 
evaluation specialists. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional Media. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities. 3(3-0) F.Sum. 

ED 514 Formative Ideas in American Education. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in The Teaching of Social Studies. 3(3-0) 
S, Sum. 

ED 563 Effective Teaching. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 
EI) 602 Curriculum. 3(3-0) S. 

Educational Administration and Supervision 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. J. Dolce, Coordinator 

Adjunct Professor: A. C. Phillips 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103 

The graduate programs in Educational Administration and Supervision have a 
multi-disciplinary emphasis which includes courses in economics, politics, psychol- 
ogy and sociology as well as in professional education. Programs are planned 
individually on the basis of an analysis of the career objectives and competencies 
of the students. In addition to formal courses, planned non-credit experiences are 
designed to enhance the professional development of the student. 

The master's degree program (M.S., M.Ed.), which requires a minimum of 36 
hours, is designed to prepare individuals for entry level administrative and super- 
visory positions in public school systems and related educational agencies. One 
semester of full-time residency is required. 

The doctoral program (Ed.D.), which includes a large component of clinical 
practice, requires an internship experience and a minimum of one year of full-time 
residency. 

In addition to other listed requirements for admission (see pages 24, 100) a narra- 
tive statement written by the applicant is required. This statement should describe 
in detail the career objectives of the applicant and the specific objectives for enroll- 
ing in a graduate program. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED (SOC) 501 Leadership. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 518 Principles of School Law. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 550 Principles of Educational Administration. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 620 Cases in Educational Administration. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

Guidance and Personnel Services 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor W. E. Hopke, Head 

Professor Emeritus: C. G. Morehead; Associate Professor: B. C. Talley; Assistant 
Professors: L. K. Jones, D. C. Locke, J. G. McVay 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Science, Master of Educa- 
tion and Doctor of Education degrees as well as to the sixth-year certificate, with a 
major in the field of guidance and personnel services (or counselor education). Each 
of these degrees is designed to prepare individuals for guidance and personnel posi- 



104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

tions at various levels in elementary and secondary schools, junior and community 
colleges, trade and technical schools and institutes and institutions of higher 
education. The student may specialize in one of several areas depending upon 
individual career goals. 

It is desirable for an applicant to have had undergraduate or graduate course 
work in economics, education, psvchologv, sociologv or social work. Students 
accepted into the department are those who anticipate devoting full- or part-time 
to guidance and personnel work. 

Admission requirements for the department are: a minimum of a B average in 
undergraduate work; satisfactory scores on the aptitude section of the Graduate 
Record Examination; three satisfactory letters of recommendation in regard to 
previous education and employment experiences, personal characteristics and 
emotional maturity. 

For descriptions of the guidance and personnel courses listed below, see page 
110. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services. Credits Arranged. F,S. 

ED 524 Occupational Information. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 530 Group Guidance. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance. Maximum 6 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work. Maximum 3 F,S. 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II. 3(3-0) S. 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling. 2-6 F,S,Sum. 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling. 3(1-8) F.S.Sum. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105 

Industrial and Technical Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor D. M. Hanson, Coordinator 

Professor Emeritus: J. T. Nerden; Associate Professor: F. S. Smith; Assistant 
Professor: T. C. Shore Jr. 

The program in industrial and technical education provides graduate work lead- 
ing to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of Education in vocational 
industrial education. The rapid development of industrial and technical education 
in North Carolina and throughout the nation provides opportunities for teachers, 
supervisors and administrators who have earned advanced degrees. 

The facilities at the University allow supporting courses at the graduate level in 
the related fields of computer science, economics and business, engineering, guid- 
ance and personnel services, mathematics, psychology, science, sociology and 
statistics. The prerequisite for graduate work in the programs in industrial and 
technical education is a proficiency in the undergraduate courses required for the 
bachelor's degree in industrial or technical education, or a substantial equivalent. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships and fellowships are 
available for qualified graduate students. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education. Maximum 6. F,S,Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs. 3(3-0) F,S. 
ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education. 1(1-0) F,S. 

Industrial Arts Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor T. B. Young, Coordinator 

Associate Professor: G. E. Raker— Coordinator of Graduate Studies; Professor 
Emeritus: D. W. Olson 



* For other courses see Occupational Education, page 108. 



106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Industrial Arts Education program offers graduate work leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science, Master of Education and Doctor of Education. 
Graduate programs are designed for teachers who wish to develop their instruc- 
tional competencies and for those who wish to be supervisors and administrators 
of industrial arts programs. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers. Preqs.: Six hours of drawing, IA 
205 or equivalent. 3(2-2) Sum. A study of new developments in the field of design 
with emphasis on the relationship of material and form in the selection and design- 
ing of industrial arts projects. Graduate Staff 

IA (ED) 560 New Developments in Industrial Arts Education. Preqs.: Twelve 
hours of education and teaching experience. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This course is a study 
of the new developments in industrial arts education. It is designed to assist 
teachers and administrators in developing new concepts and new content based on 
the changes in technology. Graduate Staff 

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts. Preqs.: Sr. standing, CI. Maximum 
6. F,S,Sum. Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced 
majors in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their 
knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the various fields of 
industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, ceramics or electricity-electronics. 

Graduate Staff 

IA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts. Preq.: One term of student teaching 
or equivalent. Maximum 6. F,S,Sum. The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
subject matter experience in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving cur- 
riculum, investigation or research in one or more industrial arts areas will be 
required. Graduate Staff 

I A (ED) 595 Industrial Arts Workshop. Preq.: One or more years of teaching 
experience. 3(3-0) Sum. A course for experienced teachers, administrators and 
supervisors of industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound prin- 
ciples and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. 
Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do intensive 
research work on individual and group problems. (See also ED 552, ED 555.) 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts. See education courses. 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts. See education courses. 

IA 645 Technology and Industrial Arts. Preqs.: IA 560, ED 630. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Technology: its nature, origins, advance. Impact of technological advance on man 
and culture. Technology as the material culture. Changing concepts of work, skill, 
occupations, discretionary time. Technology and its relation to industrial arts 
education. Graduate Staff 

IA (ED) 660 Industrial Arts Curriculum. Preq.: IA 645. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. Indus- 
trial arts curriculum origins, analysis, organization, evaluation, revision. Subject 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107 

matter derivation and classification applicable to all levels of instruction. Relation- 
ships among curriculum, philosophy and methodology. (See also ED 608, ED 610, 
ED 630, ED 635, and ED 692.) Graduate Staff 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education. See education courses. 



Mathematics and Science Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor H. E. Speece, Head 

Professors: N. D. Anderson, L. M. Clark, J. R. Kolb; Associate Professors: R. D. 
Simpson, L. W. Watson; Associate Professor Emeritus: H. A. Shannon; Assistant 
Professor: W. M. Waters Jr. 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Education and Doctor of 
Philosophy with majors in mathematics education or in science education. Each 
student's program is individually planned by a graduate committee and will reflect 
one's undergraduate and graduate preparation, teaching experience and future 
professional plans. Students take courses in both professional education and in their 
teaching specialties. Areas of specialization include mathematics, biological science, 
earth science, chemistry and physics. 

Doctoral students are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern 
foreign languages or a knowledge of one and competency in a communication 
tool such as computer science. Independent reading and participation in seminars 
are an indispensable part of the doctoral program. The heart of the program is the 
dissertation. It must be original research resulting in a significant contribution to 
science education or mathematics education and should be worthy of publication 
in the current literature. 

Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Graduate School. In 
addition, they must have departmental approval. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes for the 
Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 512 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary and Junior High School. 3(3-0) 
S, Sum. 

ED 570 Foundations of Mathematics Education. 3(3-0) Sum. 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching. 3(3-0) Sum. 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching. 3(3-0) Sum. 



108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 603 Teaching Mathematics and Science in Higher Education. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 604 Curriculum Development and Evaluation in Science and Mathematics. 

3(3-0) S. 

ED 605 Education and Supervision of Teachers of Mathematics and Science. 

3(3-0) S. 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education. 2(2-0) F,S. 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education. 2(2-0) F,S. 



Occupational Education 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. K. Coster, Coordinator 

Professor: D. M. Hanson; Professors Emeriti: J. T. Nerden, C. C. Scarborough; 
Adjunct Professor: B. E. Childers; Associate Professors: G. E. Baker, C. D. 
Bryant, J. R. Clary, T. R. Miller, F. S. Smith, T. B. Young; Adjunct Associate 
Professors: W. J. Brown Jr., C. H. Rogers; Assistant Professors: W. L. Cox Jr., 
T. C. Shore 

The Department of Occupational Education includes programs leading to 
advanced degrees in agricultural education, industrial and technical education, 
industrial arts education and occupational education. For descriptions of the 
advanced degree programs in these areas, see earlier sections in Education. In 
addition, the department offers courses leading to certification in the teaching of 
Introduction to Vocations. 

This section of the catalog describes the advanced programs in occupational 
education per se — that is, programs in which the major is occupational education. 
The department offers leadership development programs in occupational education 
leading to the Master of Education, Master of Science and Doctor of Education 
degrees. 

The master's program is designed to prepare persons for entry-level administra- 
tive and supervisory positions in occupational education. However, students may 
prepare for other careers, such as master teachers of Introduction to Vocations or 
career exploration programs. All occupational education majors will be expected 
to demonstrate knowledge of the broad spectrum of occupational education pro- 
grams and the place of occupational education in the total education system. 
Preparation for specific career lines is achieved through elective courses in the 
major and through a minor of not less than nine hours of graduate work. 

The master's program requires a minimum of 36 semester hours of graduate 
work, including 27 hours in the major. Additional hours will be specified by the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109 

student's advisory committee for those who do not have a baccalaureate degree in 
an occupational education field. Students who elect the Master of Science substi- 
tute the thesis for part of the course load. 

The primary purpose of the doctoral program is to prepare persons for advanced 
administrative positions in occupational education. Students may also elect to 
prepare for such positions as research specialist, curriculum development spe- 
cialist or teacher educator in occupational education. There is no minimum number 
of hours of graduate work specified for the doctoral program. Emphasis is placed 
on developing competencies, and students may be advised to supplement their 
course work. 

Applicants to the master's or doctoral program must take the Graduate Record 
Examination, and submit a resume of work experience with a statement of career 
goals. Application process must be completed within six months of the date the 
Graduate School receives the application. 

Students have six years from admission date to complete a degree program. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 505 Public Area Schools. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys. 2(2-0) S. 

ED 522 Career Exploration. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction. 3(3-0) F. 

ED 527 Philosophy of Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 528 Cooperative Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) 
F.S.Sum. 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational Education. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Alt. Sum. 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting, and Management of Vocational Education Programs. 

3(3-0) F,S, Alt. Sum. 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
ED 689 Evaluation of Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
ED 698 Seminar in Occupational Education. 3(3-0) F,S. 



110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Psychology 

For a listing of departmental faculty and courses, see page 220. 

Special Education 

The master's degree programs, M.Ed, and M.S., are administered by the 
Department of Curriculum and Instruction. The primary objective is to educate 
teachers of students who require specialized instructional skills and techniques, 
e. g. mentally retarded and sensory impaired students such as the visually handi- 
capped. The student's program is individually planned and places emphasis upon 
the fields of psychology and education. Applications are considered in March only 
for enrollment the following summer or fall. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded Children. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 

ED 523 Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Impaired. 3(3-0) Sum. 

ED (PSY) 531 Mental Deficiency. 3(3-0) F.Sum. 

ED 536 Structure and Function of the Eye and Use of Low Vision. 3(5-0) Sum. 

Education Courses 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 500 The Community College System. Preq.: Grad. or advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Comprehensive community colleges and technical insti- 
tutes and the state systems of which they are a part: underlying concepts, educa- 
tional needs they are designed to serve, role in meeting these needs, historical 
development, issues in the establishment and operation of state systems and 
individual institutions, unresolved issues and emerging trends. 

ED (SOC) 501 Leadership. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. A study of 
leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the various factors asso- 
ciated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Particular attention is given to 
recreational, scientific and executive leadership procedures. 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College Education. 

Preqs.: ED 501, CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The principles and processes involved in pro- 
gramming, including basic theories and concepts supporting the programming 
process. Attention will be given to the general framework in which programming 
is done, the organization needed and the program roles of both professional and 
lay leaders. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations. Preqs.: Twelve 
hours in ED. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This course is designed for teachers in the public 
schools of North Carolina who teach "Introduction to Vocations." The course 
emphasizes the place of the introduction to vocations program in the overall school 
curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of teaching aids and use of student 
evaluation instruments. An overview is also presented in the areas of community 
organization, job markets, group procedures, occupational and educational informa- 
tion, and the changing occupational structure in our society. Cox 

ED 505 Public Area Schools. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Junior and 
community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools and branches of uni- 
versities: their development, status and prospects, policy and policy-making, clien- 
tele, purposes, evaluation programs, personnel, organization administration, financ- 
ing, facilities, research and development functions. Clary, Graduate Staff 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children. Preq.: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
S, Sum. Principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child with major 
interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice in instruction for 
groups of children, and individual techniques for teaching retarded children in 
average classroom. Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child. 

Mahmoud 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities. Preq.: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F,Sum. 
A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study of reading 
retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. Fox 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities. Preq.: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
S,Sum. A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over- 
coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing pupil 
vocabularies and word analysis skills; a study of how to control vocabulary burden 
of reading material. Fox 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded Children. Preq.: ED 506. 
3(3-0) S,Sum. Understanding and correlating developmental levels of mentally 
retarded children and appropriate educational methods and materials. Use of 
child's diagnostic data; consideration of long and short range educational goals; 
curriculum planning and scheduling; teacher guidance of children toward social 
and emotional maturity. Mahmoud 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary Nature. Preq.: Grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A study of the historical and philosophical foundations 
of adult education from ancient times to the present, giving attention to key 
figures, issues, institutions, movements and programs, including consideration of 
the relationship between adult education's historical development and prevailing 
intellectual, social, economic and political conditions. Consideration of adult educa- 
tion's contemporary nature, present-day schools of thought on its objectives and 
trends. 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes for the 
Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School. Preqs.: Bachelor's degree in 
elementary education or CI. 3(3-0) F. Designed for teachers and supervisors of 
mathematics in the elementary school. Special emphasis on implications of mathe- 
matical content, structure, and processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in 
elementary school. Watson 

ED 512 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary and Junior High School. Preq.: ED 
471 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S,Sum. Comprehensive study of teaching mathematics in 



112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

elementary and junior high schools. Major emphasis on building skills in teaching 
arithmetic, elementary algebra and intuitive geometry. Thorough search of the 
literature relative to the mathematics curricula will be conducted, designing and 
sequencing of learning activities, teaching mathematical concepts and relationships, 
building skill in computation, reading mathematics, problem solving, and measure- 
ment will be covered. Watson 

EI) (SOC) 513 Community Organization. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 
Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desirable changes 
in community life. Community needs and resources available to meet these needs 
are studied. Democratic processes in community action and principles of com- 
munity organization are stressed, along with techniques and procedures. The roles 
of leaders, both lay and professional, in community development are analyzed. 

ED 514 Formative Ideas in American Education. Preq.: Six hours ED or PSY, 
or CI. 3(3-0) S.Sum. A consideration of the theory and practice of American educa- 
tion as an extension of the philosophical climate of opinion of different intellectual 
ages, and how the present status of our educational system is grounded in the 
thought of the past. Beezer, Ivie 

ED 515 Teaching Disadvantage Youth. Preq.: Six hours ED or PSY, CI. 3(3-0) 
Alt. S, Sum. This course presents a theoretical structure for looking at and under- 
standing the problems disadvantaged youth face in our educational system. It offers 
a set of alternative teaching strategies for helping children learn. Ivie 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys. Preq.: Six hours in ED, CI. 2(2-0) S. 
Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of findings in 
planning a program of occupational education. Shore, Hanson 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education. Preqs.: CSC 111; ED 529 
or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive study of current attempts to apply new technologies 
to education. Attention will be given to research findings related to Computer 
Assisted Instruction, gamed instructional simulation, approaches to guidance and 
prescription learning, as well as administrative problems pertaining to student 
scheduling, pupil transportation and data reporting systems. Graduate Staff 

ED 518 Principles of School Law. Preq.: Six hours graduate credit. 3(3-0) F. 
Intensive study of the legal rights, duties, privileges and responsibilities entailed 
in the educational enterprise. Essentials of school law reviewed to provide a 
general understanding of the processes of law affecting American education and 
important legal aspects which influence vocational education. Parramore 

ED 519 Early Childhood Education. Preq.: PSY 475 or PSY 576. 3(1-4) S,Sum. 
Planning, selecting, and using human resources, activities, materials, and facilities 
in the education of young children. Student observation, participation and evalua- 
tion of educational experiences for the developmental level of individual children 
for an optimum learning environment. A synthesis of the student's knowledge of 
human development, learning theory and research findings as related to classroom 
application. Graduate Staff 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services. Preq.: Six hours in ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
F.S.Sum. An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and practices of 
personnel and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services with the 
purpose and objectives of the school and the curriculum. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services. Preqs.: Eighteen hours 
in department and CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. A continuous full-time internship of 
at least one-half semester. Framework of school and community. Work with stu- 
dents, teachers, administrators, guidance and pupil personnel workers, parents, and 
resource personnel in the community. Supervision of intern by guidance personnel 
in school as well as by course instructors. 

ED 522 Career Exploration. Preqs.: ED 344 and grad. status or CI. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. This course is designed for teachers in the public schools of North 
Carolina who teach in "career exploration" programs. The course emphasizes the 
philosophy of career exploration, theories supporting career exploration, the place 
of exploration programs in the overall school curriculum, correlation of occupational 
information in academic subjects, sources of occupational information and its use, 
and approaches to teaching in a career exploration program. Cox 

ED 523 Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Impaired. 3(3-0) Sum. The 
sensory processes and sensory cues of which independent mobility depends for the 
visually impaired person. Various techniques and modes of travel considered. Em- 
phasis given to instruction and background which will enable persons not teaching 
orientation mobility as a skill to reinforce the learning that takes place in other 
situations. R. Rawls 

ED 524 Occupational Information. Preqs.: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, 
placement workers, and personnel workers in business and industry an understand- 
ing of how to collect, classify, evaluate and use occupational and educational infor- 
mation. This will include a study of the world of work, sources of occupational in- 
formation, establishing an educational-occupational information library, using 
educational, occupational and social information and sociological and psychological 
factors, influencing career planning. 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction. Preqs.: ED 344, PSY 304. 
3(3-0) F. Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of 
determining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial 
course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruction skills and 
technology and including course outlines, job sequences, the development of indus- 
trial materials and instructional schedules. Shore, Hanson 

ED 526 Teaching in College. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Designed primarily for graduate 
students in the departments outside the School of Education, this course focuses on 
the development of competencies to perform the day-to-day tasks of a college 
teacher as well as consideration of more long-range tasks such as course develop- 
ment and the university responsibilities of a professor. In addition to attending 
lectures and other types of presentations, students will make video tapes of their 
teaching, develop tests, design an introductory course in their teaching field, and 
engage in similar types of activities. Anderson, Ivie 

ED 527 Philosophy of Occupational Education. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 
An historical and philosophical investigation into the social and economic aspects 
of occupational education; an overview of the broad field of occupational education 
for youth and adults, with emphasis upon the trends and problems connected with 
the conduct of occupational education under federal and state guidance. An over- 
view study of federal and state legislation pertaining to occupational education. 

Bryant, Shore, Graduate Staff 

ED 528 Cooperative Occupational Education. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. This course 
is designed to guide and assist in the growth patterns of individuals who are pre- 



114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

paring to be directors, administrators or supervisors of occupational education 
programs at the local, state and/or national levels, with special emphasis upon the 
organization and operation of cooperative occupational education on secondary, 
postsecondary and adult levels. It will refer to the accepted programs. The course 
will cover the entire field of cooperative occupational education on secondary, 
postsecondary and adult levels. It will refer to the accepted essentials of coopera- 
tive education in order that the application of the philosophy to the details of plan- 
ning, organization, establishment, and operation of cooperative occupational 
programs will be practical and meaningful. Included will be student visitations to 
existing quality programs in cooperative occupational education for the purpose of 
studying on-site conditions related to this specialized area of study. Smith 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development. Preq.: ED 525. 3(3-0) F,S. Selection 
and organization of curricula and instructional materials. Hanson 

ED 530 Group Guidance. Preqs.: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F.S.Sum. This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators 
and others who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance activi- 
ties, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work, to develop 
skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and organize group activities 
in the secondary school and other institutions. 

ED (PSY) 531 Mental Deficiency. Preq.: Nine hours PSY and special education. 
3(3-0) F,Sum. Description, causation, psychological factors and sociological aspects 
of mental retardation. Examination of educational methods for the mentally re- 
tarded. Mahmoud 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. Preqs.: Grad. 
standing, ED 520 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S,Sum. This course is designed for school 
guidance counselors, prospective counselors, personnel and guidance directors, and 
school administrators. The philosophy and scope of guidance and personnel 
services; the functions and responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles 
and current practices in planning, developing, operating and supervising guidance 
and personnel services will be considered. 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School. Preqs.: Nine hours PSY or CI. 
3(3-0) S.Sum. Designed for acquainting elementary school teachers, counselors and 
administrators with theory, practice and organization of elementary school gui- 
dance. 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education. Preqs. Nine hours PSY or 
CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Examines practices in various areas of student personnel work. 
Studies both structure and function of personnel programs in higher education. 

ED 536 Structure and Function of the Eye and Use of Low Vision. Preq.: CI. 
3(5-0) Sum. Special institute for participants to spend minimum of 45 hours in class 
and class related activities. Medical and educational consultants discuss structure 
and function of the eye, eye anomalies affecting children with low vision, methods 
of teaching children to use minimal vision effectively. R. Rawls 

ED 537 The Extension and Public Service Function in Higher Education. Preq.: 
ED 510. 3(3-0) S.Sum. An examination of the background, history, philosophy and 
contemporary nature of the extension and public service function of institutions of 
higher education in the United States. Emphasis is placed on the adult education 
role of public and private universities and colleges. Specific focus is on: general 
extension, industrial extension, engineering extension, cooperative extension and 
continuing education. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115 

ED 538 Instructional Strategies in Adult and Community College Education. 

Preqs.: ED 559, grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,Sum. This course examines forms of 
instruction appropriate for the teaching of adults. Special emphasis will be placed 
upon methods which maximally involve the adult learner. The study of concepts, 
theories, and principles relevant to the selection, utilization, and evaluation of 
instructional strategies will focus on the integration of theory into practice. 
Through participation in classroom exercises, the student will develop proficiency 
in using teaching techniques which are applicable in adult and community college 
education. 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I. Preqs.: ED 520, PSY 535, or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. Use of group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement in educational 
and career planning and in placement. Theories of intelligence and interest will be 
followed by laboratory in evaluating, administering and interpreting widely used 
group test of intelligence, interest and achievement. Emphasis is on the use of group 
test in group guidance. 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in the Teaching of Social Studies. Preq.: 
Advanced undergrad. or grad.; must have completed student teaching. 3(3-0) S,Sum. 
An analysis of the principles, strategies and application of new teaching approaches. 
Study of team-teaching, programmed instruction, inductive and reflective-oriented 
teaching; role-playing, simulation and gaming, independent study and block-time 
organization. Harper, Parramore 

ED 550 Principles of Educational Administration. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This course is designed as an introductory course in educational 
administration. Emphasizing basic principles of administration, the course will 
draw upon administrative theory, business, and public administration models as 
well as theoretical constructs from various disciplines. Dolce 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School. Preqs.: Twelve hours ED, CI. 
3(3-0) Sum. This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals 
understand how tools, materials and industrial processes may be used to vitalize 
and supplement the elementary school child's experiences. Practical children's 
projects along with the building of classroom equipment. Graduate Staff 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education. Preq.: ED 411 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F,S. Consideration of the need for planning programs in education; 
objectives and evaluation of community programs; use of advisory group; organi- 
zation and use of facilities. 

ED 555 Comparative Crafts and Industries. Preqs.: Advanced undergrad. or 
grad. standing, CI. 6 Sum. A travel seminar as a cultural appreciation course in- 
volving study of indigenous crafts and industries, their materials, processes, 
products and design in foreign countries. Graduate Staff 

ED 559 Learning Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community College 
Education. Preq.: Six hours in ED. 3(3-0) S,Sum. Principles involved in adult edu- 
cation programs including theories and concepts undergirding and requisite to 
these programs. Emphasis will be given to the interrelationship of the nature of 
adult learning, the nature of the subject matter and the setting in which learning 
occurs. The applicability of relevant principles and pertinent research findings to 
adult learning will be thoroughly treated. 

ED (IA) 560 New Developments in Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. 
(See industrial arts education, page 106.) 



116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 563 Effective Teaching. Preq.: Twelve hours ED including student teaching. 
3(3-0) F,S.Sum. Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that under- 
lie course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for 
effective learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for 
effective teaching. Graduate Staff 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations. Preq.: ED 411. 3(3-0) F,S. The theory of educa- 
tion and work is related to the expanding field of agricultural occupations. Career 
development in agricultural occupations is associated with curriculum development 
needs. Occupational experience in agriculture is seen in relation to the curriculum 
and the placement in agricultural occupations. 

ED 566 Occupational Experience in Agriculture. Preq.: ED 411. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
major and critical element in all programs of vocational education is the provision 
for appropriate student learning experiences in a real and simulated employment 
environment. Due to recent developments in education and agriculture, new and 
expanded concepts of occupational experience have been devised. Current research 
substantiates the need and desire of teachers of agriculture for assistance in 
implementing the new concepts. The course is designed not only to provide this aid 
but to develop a depth of understanding of the theoretical foundations underlying 
the new developments in occupational experiences to stimulate individual growth 
and creativity in implementing further developments. 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture. Preq.: ED 411 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to study some 
of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups. Attention will be 
given to the problem of fitting the educational program for adults into the public 
school program and other educational programs as well as to the methods of teach- 
ing adults. 

ED 570 Foundations of Mathematics Education. Preq.: ED 471 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) Sum. A course on the current status of mathematics education with special 
emphasis on the critical study of current practices in mathematics instruction from 
elementary school through college. Kolb 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance. Preqs.: Six hours grad. work in depart- 
ment or equivalent and CI. Maximum 6 F,S. Intended for individual or group 
studies of one or more of the major problems in guidance and personnel work. 
Problems will be selected to meet the interests of individuals. The workshop pro- 
cedure will be used whereby special projects, reports, and research will be developed 
by individuals and by groups. 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education. Preqs.: Six hours grad. credit, 
permission of department head. Maximum 6 F,S,Sum. Directed study to provide 
individualized study and analysis in specialized areas of trade, industrial or tech- 
nical subjects. Graduate Staff 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching. Preq.: ED 471 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) Sum. An in-depth investigation of topical problems in mathematics teaching 
chosen from the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and 
research. Graduate Staff 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education. Preq.: ED 411 or equivalent. 
Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. Opportunities for students to study current problems 
under the guidance of the staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching. Preq.: ED 476 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) Sum. An investigation of current problems in science teaching with em- 
phasis on areas in curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. 
Specific problems studied in depth. Opportunities will be provided to initiate 
research studies. Graduate Staff 

ED (IA) 595 Industrial Arts Workshop. Preq.: One or more years of teaching 
experience. 3(3-0) Sum. A course for experienced teachers, administrators and 
supervisors of industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound 
principles and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this 
field. Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do 
intensive research work on individual and group programs. Graduate Staff 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult and Community College Education. Preq.: 
Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. Study and scientific analysis of prob- 
lems in adult education, and preparation of a scholarly research type of paper. 

ED 597 Special Problems in Education. Preqs.: Grad. standing and CI. 1-3 
F,S,Sum. Designed to provide graduate students in education opportunity to study 
problem areas in professional education under the direction of a member of the 
graduate faculty. Graduate Staff 

ED 598 Concepts and Strategies of Understanding, Motivating and Teaching Dis- 
advantaged Adults. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) S.Sum. Designed to help adult 
educators acquire a comprehensive understanding of the educational, psychological, 
social, cultural, and economic problems of the culturally deprived segments of 
society. In-depth explorations of the theoretical basis for understanding, motivating 
and teaching disadvantaged adults will be interwoven with practical application of 
these bases to specific educational opportunities with the disadvantaged adult 
learner. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Organizational Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community 
College Education. Preqs.: ED 503, PS 502, SOC 541. 3(3-0) F,Sum. This course 
is designed for present and potential administrators interested in increasing their 
understanding of organization as a basis for administering effective adult and 
community college education programs. 

ED 601 Administrative Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community 
College Education. Preqs.: ED 600 or a comparable course(s) on organizational 
theory. 3(3-0) S,Sum. Designed for persons interested in building a more consistent 
philosophy of educational administration, extending and strengthening their under- 
standing of administrative concepts and processes, improving their comprehension 
of the theoretical and research foundations upon which administrative processes 
are predicated, and increasing their ability to apply administrative concepts, 
theories and principles to the management of the complex educational system. 

ED 602 Curriculum. Preqs.: PSY 510, 535; ED 503 and/or a comparable course in 
occupational education. 3(3-0) S. Development of the conceptual tools and intellec- 
tual skills needed to develop and critically assess curricula in all educational fields. 
Study of the process of curriculum development including identification and formu- 
lation of education objectives, selection of learning experiences, evaluation of 
learning experiences and assessment of educational outcomes, and staff leader 
involvement in the process. Parramore 



118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 603 Teaching Mathematics and Science in Higher Education. Preqs.: ED 570, 
592 or 594, grad. standing, CI. 3(3-0) F. Collegiate mathematics and science in- 
struction is examined with respect to goals and objectives, design of courses and 
curricula, innovative programs and facilities, and methods and materials for 
instruction. 

ED 604 Curriculum Development and Evaluation in Science and Mathematics. 

Preqs.: 500-level statistics, ED 615 or PSY 535, CI. 3(3-0) S. A critical study of the 
elements of curriculum design and theory in mathematics education and science 
education and the examination of evaluation procedures for assessing educational 
innovations. 

ED 605 Education and Supervision of Teachers of Mathematics and Science. 

Preqs.: ED 470 or 475 or equivalent, ED 570 or 592 or 594. 3(3-0) S. The study and 
development of programs and techniques to promote effective improvement and 
alteration of the teaching behavior of science and mathematics teachers. 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. Preqs.: ED 
527, 554, 609, 630 or equivalents. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. An intensive study of the prin- 
ciples of supervision and the applications of these principles to the occupational 
education programs being conducted in secondary, postsecondary and adult facili- 
ties. Emphasis is placed upon the competencies needed in supervisors in order to 
effectively discharge their responsibilities in such areas as teacher selection, 
teacher transfer and promotion, assistance in teacher professional growth, the 
conduct of workshops and in-service programs for professional and non-professional 
staff, self-evaluative processes in education, curriculum generation and modification, 
guidance and counseling provisions, and action research. Hanson, Graduate Staff 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs. Preqs.: ED 
344, 420, 440, 516 and PSY 304. 3(3-0) F,S. In this course a study will be made of 
the influences which impinge upon the development of programs of occupational 
education. Adequate opportunity will also be provided to examine in detail steps 
that may be taken to analyze needs for occupational education, to organize for 
its provision, to study its offerings, and to evaluate its results. 

Hanson, Graduate Staff 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrial Arts Education. Preqs.: ED 
527, 554, 609, 630 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. An intensive study of the major 
elements of administrative practice applied to occupational education; as it is 
being conducted in comprehensive high schools, comprehensive community colleges, 
technical institutes and area vocational centers. Emphasis is placed upon leader- 
ship, personnel management, instructional program management and evaluation, 
public relations and financial management, in connection with preparatory, part- 
time, supplementary, extension and adult education programs of occupational 
education. Hanson, Graduate Staff 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational Education. Preqs.: 
ED 527, 610 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S,Alt. Sum. A detailed study of legislation 
(national and state) which applies directly to occupational education. Basic social 
issues and economic conditions which precipitated the legislation will be studied in 
depth. A review will also be made of the organizational structure and policies under 
which national legislation is converted into programs of occupational education. 

Clary, Graduate Staff 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational Education Programs. 

Preqs.: ED 527, 610 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F.S.Alt. Sum. A study of the steps which 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119 

must be taken in financing a new occupational enterprise, following the determina- 
tion of curriculum by area study. All financial transactions such as costs of opera- 
tion, equipment purchase procedures, and costs for construction will be investigated 
in detail. Graduate Staff 

ED 614 Contemporary Educational Thought. Twelve hours ED; CI. 3(3-0) S. 
This course will be based on a reading and discussion of twentieth-century works in 
educational philosophy. Such movements are pragmatism, reconstructionism, peren- 
nialism, and existentialism will be considered. Ivie 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research. Preq.: PSY 535 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced 
degree. Designed to assist in understanding the meaning and purpose of educational 
research and the research approach to problems; to develop ability to identify 
educational problems; to plan and carry out research to solve problems; to aid in 
preparation of a research report. Special attention given to tools and methods of 
research and consideration of the educator as a consumer of research. Kniefel 

ED 620 Cases in Educational Administration. Preqs.: Grad. standing and CI. 
3(3-0) S,Sum. This course utilizes the case study and case simulation approach to 
the study of school administration. Administrative concepts will be developed and 
applied to simulated situations and to actual case histories. The administrative 
process is viewed as a decision-making process. The student will be expected to 
make decisions after considering alternative courses of action and after projecting 
probable consequences. Dolce 

ED 621 Internship in Education. Preqs.: Nine credit hours in grad. level courses 
and CI. 3-9 F,S,Sum. Utilizing the participant-observer role, this course requires 
participation in selected educational situations with emphasis upon development 
of observational skills, ability to record relevant observations by means of written 
journals, skills in analyzing experiences identifying critical incidents, and predic- 
tion of events and consequences. The student is required to develop possible alter- 
native courses of action in various situations, select one of the alternatives and 
evaluate the consequences of the course of action selected. Graduate Staff 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts. Preqs.: Twelve hours in ED. 2(2-0) F,S. 
Origins, development of industrial arts education. Philosophical foundations, 
derivation of objectives and criteria for evaluation. Contributions of the heritage 
to contemporary concepts of industrial arts education. Graduate Staff 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory. Preq.: Six hours in ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F. 
A study of the major theories and constructs of vocational development with impli- 
cations for counseling and career planning. Graduate Staff 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling. Preqs.: Nine hours from following fields: EB, 
ED, PSY or SOC. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. ED 633 is a first course in counseling which 
combines the study of theory and philosophy in counseling with techniques and 
practices in this field. Attention will also be paid to the concerns and characteristics 
of counselees and counselors as well as the education of counselors. The course is 
designed for majors and minors in the Department of Guidance and Personnel 
Services and those wishing to elect a beginning course in counseling. 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts. Preqs.: Twelve hours 
in ED. 2(2-0) F,S. Study of the problems and techniques of administration and 
supervision of industrial arts in schools and universities. Selection of teachers, 
teacher improvement methods, public relations, facilities planning and specification. 

Graduate Staff 



120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work. Preq.: CI. Maximum 3, F,S. 
Provides opportunity for observation and practice of guidance and personnel 
services in schools, institutions of higher education, agencies, business and industry. 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II. Preqs.: ED 540, 520, PSY 535, or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Theory and evaluation of intelligence, aptitude and personality; 
laboratory in evaluating, administering, scoring, and interpreting tests of intelli- 
gence, aptitude, and personality; emphasis on use of test results in individual 
counseling and guidance. 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling. Preqs.: Advanced 
grad. standing, CI. 2-6 F,S,Sum. A practicum course in which the student partici- 
pates in actual counseling experience under supervision in a school, college, social 
service agency, employment office and business or industrial establishment. The 
student may observe and participate in some personnel and guidance services and 
may study the organization and administration of the program. 

ED (IA) 660 Industrial Arts Curriculum.--3(3-0) F,S, Sum. (See industrial arts 
education, page 106.) 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education. Preq.: ED 563 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improve- 
ment of supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective super- 
vision in agricultural education at different levels. 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching. Preq.: Twelve hours of ED. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. Special considera- 
tion will be given the role of the supervising teacher, including the following 
areas: planning for effective student teaching, observation and orientation, school 
community study, analysis of situation, evaluating student teachers and coordina- 
tion with North Carolina State University. Graduate Staff 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling. Preq.: CI. 3(1-8) F,S,Sum. A supervised prac- 
ticum for doctoral students in assisting with the supervision of first year students 
in laboratory and practicum experiences in counseling. 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education. Preq.: ED 615. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. This course will be concerned with methodology, application, analysis and 
synthesis of research in occupational education. A review of current occupational 
education studies, clustered by areas, will be made with attention to statistical 
techniques, data collecting, data handling, and the audience and impact of particular 
projects and research organizations. The class activities in research application 
are designed to bridge the gap between the theories of research methodology and 
the student's independent research projects. Coster, Graduate Staff 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education. Preqs.: ED 615, ST 513. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. This course will be concerned with the conceptual and methodological 
aspects of occupational education evaluation, with attention to techniques for 
determining empirically the extent to which educational goals are being achieved, 
to locate the barriers to the advancement of these goals and to discover the con- 
sequences of educational programs. Coster 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education. Preq.: Departmental major or CI. 
2(2-0) F,S. An in-depth examination and analysis of the literature and research in a 
particular topic(s) in mathematics education. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education. Preq.: Grad. standing or CI. 1(1-0) F,S. 
Reviews and reports of special interest to graduate students in industrial and 
technical education. The course will be offered in accordance with the avail- 
ability of distinguished professors and in response to indicated needs of the gradu- 
ate students. Hanson 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. 
Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial arts 
education. Graduate Staff 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education. Preq.: ED 554 or equiva- 
lent. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. Study of current and advanced problems in the 
teaching and administration of educational programs, evaluation of procedures and 
consideration for improving. 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education. Maximum 2(1-0) F,S,Sum. A critical 
review of current problems, articles and books of interest to students of agricultural 
education. 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education. Preq.: Department major or CI. 2(2-0) F,S. 
An in-depth examination and analysis of the literature and research in a particular 
topic(s) in science education. 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult and Community College Education. Preq.: Grad. stand- 
ing. 1-3 F,S. Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems 
relevant to adult education. Credit for this course will involve the active participa- 
tion of the student in a formal seminar and the scientific appraisal and solution of a 
selected problem. The course is designed to help the student acquire a broad 
perspective of issues confronting adult educators and to acquire experiences in 
the scientific analysis and solution of specific issues. 

ED (PSY) 697 Advanced Seminar in Research Design. Preq.:_ Nine hours statis- 
tical methods and research or CI, advanced grad. status. 3(3-0) S. A seminar-type 
course with topics selected in accordance with the interests and needs of the 
students. Attention to the research strategies that underlie educational and psycho- 
logical research, to the development of theoretical constructs, to a critical review 
of research related to problems of student interest, and to a systematic analysis 
and critique of students' research problems. Kniefel 

ED 698 Seminar in Occupational Education. Preqs.: Nine hours of occupational 
education or CI; advanced grad. status. 3(3-0) F. This course will be designed as 
a seminar-type course, with topics selected each semester. Attention will be given 
to the broad concepts of occupational education as manifested in the Vocational 
Education Act of 1963 and its amendments, and to the problems and issues under- 
lying the development of and implementation of programs of occupational education 
at elementary, junior high, senior high, and postsecondary levels. Coster 

ED 699 Research. Preqs.: Fifteen hours, consent of adviser. Credits Arranged. 
Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 



122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Electrical Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor L. K. Monteith, Head 

Professor W. D. Stevenson Jr., Associate Head and Graduate Administrator 

Professors: W. J. Barclay, A. R. Eckels, W. A. Flood, J. R. Hauser, N. F. J. 
Matthews, J. B. O'Neal Jr., D. R. Rhodes, J. Staudhammer, F. J. Tischer; 
Professor Emeritus: G. B. Hoadley; Adjunct Professors: G. K. Megla, J. J. 
Wortman; Associate Professors: N. R. Bell, J. W. Gault, T. H. Glisson, A. J. 
Goetze, M. A. Littlejohn, E. G. Manning, W. C. Peterson, R. W. Stroh; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: E. Christian, M. G. Zaalouk; Assistant Professors: W. A. 
Gruver, J. F. Kauffman, G. G. Reeves; Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. R. Suttle, 
H. R. Wittmann 

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Elec- 
trical Engineering, Master of Science with or without a thesis, and Doctor of 

Philosophy. 

The Master of Electrical Engineering degree requires a design project which 
may account for three to six credits. A specified number of design courses from an 
approved list must be included in the student's program of courses. The student 
must also pass a comprehensive oral examination. 

Four core courses (EE 512, 520, 530, 540) are required for the Master of 
Science degree without a thesis, and the student must pass a comprehensive oral 
examination. 

The Master of Science degree with thesis has no specified course requirements 
but the student must pass a comprehensive oral examination. The thesis may 
account for as manv as six semester hours. 

In the more advanced study for the doctorate, a comprehensive understanding 
of several fields of electrical engineering is required, and specialization appears 
in part of the course program and in the research problem undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature are required for those 
who plan to carry their advanced studies to the level of the doctorate. Minor 
sequences of study in advanced mathematics, physics or other appropriate disci- 
pline are planned to fit individual needs. 

The laboratories in the department are well equipped for research in communi- 
cations, computers, electromagnetics, solid-state materials and devices and auto- 
matic control. Research is in progress in these and other areas. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits. Preqs.: EE 202, MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 
EE 403 Electric Network Design. Preq.: EE 401. 3(3-0) S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123 

EE 406 Dynamical Systems Analysis. Preqs.: EE 202 or 331, ESM 305, MA 301. 
3(3-0) F. 

EE 431 Electronics Engineering. Preq.: EE 314. 3(2-3) F. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering. Preq.: EE 431. 3(2-3) S. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering. Preq.: EE 305 or 332. 3(2-3) S. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis. Preq.: EE 305. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 435 Elements of Control. Preqs.: EE 314, 305. 3(2-3) F. 

EE 438 Electronic Instrumentation. Preqs.: EE 314 or 332, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems. Preq.: EE 314. 3(3-0) F,S. 

EE 441 Introduction to Electron Devices. Preqs.: MA 301, PY 208. 3(3-0) F. 

EE 442 Introduction to Solid-State Devices. Preqs.: EE 441 or PY 407, MA 301. 
3(3-0) S. 

EE 443 Digital Systems Design. Preq.: EE 440. 3(2-3) F. 

EE 445 Introduction to Antennas. Preqs.: EE 304, 314. 3(2-3) F. 

EE 448 Introduction to Microwaves. Preqs.: EE 304, 314. 3(2-3) S. 

EE 492 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(3-0 to 0-9) 
F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis. Preqs.: EE 314, 401, B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of electrical circuits with emphasis on computer 
methods. Steady-state and transient analysis of linear and nonlinear networks; 
tolerance analysis; programming considerations. Staudhammer 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis. Preqs.: EE 401, B average in EE and 
MA. 3(3-0) S. A study of the properties of network functions and the development 
of the methods of network synthesis of one-port and two-port passive structures. 
Introduction to active RC filters. Stroh 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits. Preqs.: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) F. 
Analog and digital electronic circuits and systems design with discrete and inte- 
grated devices. Communications, power, computer and industrial applications. 

Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory. Preqs.: EE 401, B average in EE and MA. 
3(3-0) F. Communication signals in the frequency and time domains. Probability 
and associated functions, random signal theory, modulation and frequency trans- 
lation, noise, sampling theory, correlation functions, and information theory. Accent 
on methods and problems unique to the field of digital communication. (Offered F 
every year, Sum. 1976 and S 1978.) Staff 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems. Preqs.: EE 435 or 401, B average in EE and 
MA. 3(3-0) S. Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities 



124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems and 
servomechanisms. Steady-state and transient responses. Evaluation of stability. 
Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differential equation and 
operational methods. System compensation and introduction to design. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory. Coreq.: EE 516. 1(0-3) S. Laboratory study of feed- 
back systems for automatic control of physical quantities such as voltage, speed 
and mechanical position. Characteristics of regulating systems and servomech- 
anisms. The laboratory work is intended to contribute to an understanding of the 
theory developed in EE 516. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems. Preqs.: EE 440, B average in EE and 
MA. 3(3-0) F. A study of algebraic structures as related to logic systems, models 
for switching circuit behavior and their relation to hardware implementation. In- 
cludes theoretical treatment of both combinational and sequential logic systems 
concepts. Bell, Gault, Staudhammer 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design. Preq.: EE 520. 3(3-0) S. A 
study of the internal structure and organization of digital systems with the com- 
puter as a primary focus. The emphasis is on problem description and modeling as 
required in the design process. The design of all major components in digital 
systems, including memory, input-output, and control utilizing current technology, 
will be discussed. Bell, Gault, Staudhammer 

EE 530 Physical Electronics. Preqs.: EE 304, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) F. 
A study of the properties of charged particles under the influence of fields and in 
solid materials. Quantum mechanics, particle statistics, semi-conductor properties, 
fundamental particle transport properties and lasers. (Offered F every year, Sum. 
1977 and S 1979.) Staff 

EE 533 Integrated Circuits. Preqs.: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. 
A study of the implementation of solid state circuits in integrated form. Includes 
thin film, bipolar and MOS technologies and their application to digit 1 and linear 
systems. Manning 

EE 540 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Preqs.: EE 304, B average in EE 
and MA. 3(3-0) F. Basic laws and concepts of static and dynamic electromagnetic 
fields. Fundamental equations and their applications. Fundamentals, forms and 
applications of Maxwell's equations. Vector and scalar potentials, relativistic 
aspects of fields, energy and power. Waves in unbounded and bounded regions, 
radiation, waveguides and resonators. Geometrical and physical optics. (Offered 
F every year, S 1977 and Sum. 1979.) Staff 

EE 545 Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation. Preqs.: EE 304, B average in 
EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. Characteristics of plane electromagnetic waves in homo- 
geneous and nonhomogeneous media with application to tropospheric and iono- 
spheric propagation. Relationships between electron density, collision frequency 
and complex refractive index, theory of the formation and dynamics of ionospheric 
layers and theorems for the prediction of ionospheric propagation. Flood 

EE (MAE) 565 Gas Lasers. 3(3-0) F,S. (See mechanical and aerospace engineer- 
ing, page 184.) 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq.: B average in 
technical subjects. 3(3-0) F,S. A two-semester sequence to develop new courses 
and to allow qualified students to explore areas of special interest. Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125 

EE 593 Individual Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq.: B average in tech- 
nical subjects. 1-3 F,S. A course providing an opportunity for individual students 
to explore topics of special interest under the direction of a member of the faculty. 

EE 611 Digital Signal Processing. Preqs.: EE 512, knowledge of FORTRAN. 
3(3-0) S. A study of the digital processing of analog signals that have been sampled 
and quantized. Topics covered include A/D and D/A conversion, digital filters, 
spectral analysis, waveform estimation (Wiener-Kalman filters), and signal detec- 
tion. Glisson, Stroh 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control. Preq.: EE 516. 3(3-0) F,S. An advanced 
study of feedback systems for the control of physical variables. Follower systems 
and regulators. Mathematical description of systems by use of state variables. 
Stability theory and performance criteria. Sensitivity analysis. Introduction to 
non-linear systems and optimization theory. Continuous and sampled data systems. 

Peterson 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics. Preq.: EE 540. 3(3-0) S. Limitations imposed by 
frequency on electronic devices and circuits. Microwave power generation, amplifi- 
cation, and control using solid-state, vacuum and plasma devices. Measurements 
and application in the microwave spectrum. Barclay 

EE 617 Pulse and Digital Circuits. Preq.: EE 533. 3(3-0) S. Integrated and dis- 
crete circuit techniques for the production, shaping and control of nonsinusoidal 
wave forms. Fundamental circuits and systems needed in digital information sys- 
tems, instrumentation and computers. Barclay 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation. Preq.: EE 540. 3(3-0) S. A research course in 
radiating electromagnetic systems. Physical principles of analysis and synthesis of 
antennas as derived from the Maxwell theory of electromagnetism. Investigation of 
radiative and reactive properties. Conditions for physical realizability. Construction 
of realizable aperture distributions and space factors. (Offered alt. years.) Rhodes 

EE 619 Applied Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Preq.: EE 540. 3(3-0) S. A 
study of networks at frequencies above 100 MHz. General waveguides and resonators 
as elements of transmission systems, circuitry, and components. Fundamentals of 
guided waves and their applications. Network elements, resonators, and filters 
with distributed parameters. Optical waveguides (fiber optics). Integration with 
active devices in mixers, multipliers, oscillators, and parametric devices. Tischer 

EE 622 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials. Preq.: EE 530. 3(3-0) F. A 
review of energy bands in semiconductors. Detailed treatment of thermal and 
electrical transport phenomena, equilibrium and non-equilibrium semiconductor 
statistics. Also optical properties and hot electron effects in solid-state materials. 

Hauser, Littlejohn 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices. Preq.: EE 530. 3(3-0) S. 
Physical properties of devices, I-V characteristics, power and frequency limitations, 
and small signal equivalent circuits of diodes, bipolar transistors, junction FET's, 
Schottky barrier FET's, MOS transistors, and charge coupled devices. (Offered 
alt. years.) Hauser 

EE 625 Advanced Solid-State Device Theory. Preq.: EE 624. 3(3-0) F. A study 
of the latest development in solid-state devices. The properties of metal-insulator- 
semiconductor devices, high-field devices and optical devices. Emphasis on the basic 
fundamental physical principles of operation as opposed to circuit applications. 
(Offered alt. years.) Hauser 



126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 640 Advanced Logic Circuits. Preq.: EE 520. 3(3-0) S. A study of state-of-the 
art concepts in the area of logic circuits. Threshold logic, multi-valued logic, 
universal logic modules, and cellular arrays. Current developments in the theory of 
logic systems. Bell.Gault 

EE 641 Sequential Machines. Preq.: EE 520. 3(3-0) F. The study of finite auto- 
mata, both synchronous and asynchronous. Machine equivalence and minimization, 
state identification and the state assignment problem. Flip-flop activation from the 
state diagram and other realization techniques. Gault, Staudhammer 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems. Preq.: EE 520. 3(3-0) S. The study of 
neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, artificial intelligence, goal- 
directed behavior, the logic of automata and adaptive Boolean logic. Computability, 
Turing machines and recursive function theory. Bell, Gault 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory. Preq.: EE 512 or MA (ST) 541. 3(3-0) 
S. Waveform analysis including Fourier transforms, correlation functions and other 
statistical descriptions of stationary and non-stationary random processes. Weiner 
theory; prediction, estimation and smoothing of discrete and continuous signals; 
introduction to Kalman filtering; problems to illustrate the applications of the 
theory to speech, television and data communication systems. 

Glisson, Stroh, O'Neal 

EE 652 Information Theory. Preq.: EE 512. 3(3-0) F. Definition of a measure of 
information and a study of its properties, information sources and their efficient 
representation, communication channels and their capacity, encoding and decoding 
of data for transmission over noisy channels, source encoding systems, error cor- 
recting codes, rate distortion bounds. (Offered 1977-78 and alt. years.) 

O'Neal, Stroh 

EE 654 Communication Systems Analysis. Preq.: EE 512. 3(3-0) S. Tools for the 
analysis of RF and optical communication systems — information symbols, com- 
munication path, information content, and entropy and redundancy of an informa- 
tion source. Properties of the communication channel including propagation media 
and losses, antennas, signal processing and signal quality. The analysis of terres- 
trial, extra terrestrial and hydrospace systems. Megla, Flood 

EE 655 Wave Phenomena in Plasma. Preq.: EE 540. 3(3-0) S. Discussion, 
demonstration, and analysis of wave phenomena and oscillations in plasma. Elec- 
tron and ion orbits, plasma characteristics and their derivation. Statistical particle 
dynamics and wave interaction. Plasma diagnostics. Laboratory demonstrations 
of field interactions, oscillations and waves. Applications in energy conversion and 
generation. (Offered alt. years.) Tischer 

EE 659 Pattern Recognition. Preq.: EE 512. 3(3-0) F. A study of pattern recog- 
nition techniques, including discriminant functions, parametric and nonparametric 
training methods, multilayered networks and feature extraction, classification 
schemes; principal component analysis, discriminant analysis, clustering tech- 
niques. Applications to topics of current interest. Staff 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering. 3(3-0) F,S. An oppor- 
tunity for small groups of advanced graduate students to study topics in their 
special fields of interest under the direction of members of the graduate faculty. 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing in EE. 1(1-0) F,S. 
A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional staff, invited 
guests and students who are candidates for advanced degrees. Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127 

EE 698 Electrical Engineering Design Project. Preq.: Grad. standing in EE. 3-6 
F,S. A course in which a student, or a group of students working as a team, will 
design and usually build, test, and evaluate an electrical device, system, or process. 
A written engineering report is required. The oral examination of a candidate for 
the degree of Master of Electrical Engineering will include questioning on this 
course. Staff 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research. Preqs.: Grad. standing in EE, consent 
of advisor. Credits Arranged. Staff 



Engineering Science and Mechanics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor P. H. McDonald Jr., Head 

Professors: T. S. Chang, M. H. Clayton, R. A. Douglas, J. A. Edwards, E. G. 
Humphries; Professor Emeritus: A. Mitchell; Associate Professors: W. L. Bing- 
ham, E. D. Gurley, Y. Hone, C. J. Maday, F. Y. Sorrell; Assistant Professor: 
H. M. Eckerlin; Adjunct Assistant Professor: D. I. McRee 

The Department of Engineering Science and Mechanics offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to the Master of Science, Master of Engineering Science and 
Mechanics and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Generally, students who wish to 
apply advanced scientific concepts to engineering problems of immediate national 
needs may find the Master of Engineering Science and Mechanics particularly 
useful. 

Graduate studies in Engineering Science and Mechanics embrace such broad 
areas as continuum theory, dynamics and systems, the theory of vibrations, 
statistical mechanics, fluid and solid mechanics, structural mechanics, heat trans- 
fer, two phase flow, biomechanics and biomedical engineering, mechanics of 
materials, plasmas, critical phenomena and phase transitions, space mechanics, 
optimization and control, population dynamics, hydrodynamics stability and tur- 
bulence and properties of materials at very high and low temperatures. 

Each of these areas is of considerable importance in current research. Profes- 
sional interests of the faculty are represented by courses devoted to the elastic and 
plastic behavior of solids, viscous and compressible fluid flow, the generalized 
behavior of matter under unusual conditions, the analysis and synthesis of dynami- 
cal systems, and in sequences devoted to the theory of periodic and aperiodic 
vibrations and to space mechanics. 

Graduate research in any of the major areas may follow the lines of either 
analytical or experimental investigations, and the department seeks to further 
both in good balance and mutual support. The department particularly encourages 
the development of new research techniques and methods, and the exploration of 
frontiers of material behavior. 

The faculty offer a range of courses both for engineering science and mechanics 
majors and for inclusion in the program of students in allied areas of engineering 



128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and physical and mathematical sciences. ESM 501, 502, Continuum Mechanics I, 
II. for master's degree students, and ESM 601, 602, Unifying Concepts in Mechan- 
ics I, II. for Ph.D. candidates, are especially recommended. Interdisciplinary 
programs in mechanics, electrotechnics and materials are encouraged. Serving as a 
teaching or research assistant is considered to he highly valuable experience during 
the program of studies. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ESM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: ESM 307, 303, MAE 301, MA 
405. 3(3-0) F,S. The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized 
tensor form. Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparisons of the 
analytical models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. 
The underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary 
value problems are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the 
theory. Chang 

ESM 503 Theory of Elasticity I. Preq.: ESM 307; Coreq.: MA 511 or 401. 3(3-0) F. 
The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid are devel- 
oped in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, as well as the St. 
Venant Problem of Bending, Torsion and Extension of bars are covered. Displace- 
ment fields, stress fields, Airy and complex stress functions are among the methods 
used to obtain solutions. Douglas, Bingham 

ESM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids. Preq.: ESM 304; Coreq.: MA 513. 3(3-0) F. 
Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex dynamics; 
body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two-dimensional flows; 
analytical determination of potential functions; conformal transformations; free- 
streamline flows. Edwards, Sorrell 

ESM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I. Preq.: ESM 304; Coreq.: MA 532. 3(3-0) 
S. Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations); general 
properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the Navier- 
Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate methods of solution 
of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers in axisymmetric and 
three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary layers. Edwards, Sorrell 

ESM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I. Preqs.: ESM 304, MAE 302; Coreq: 
MA 532. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to the flow of a compressible fluid: thermodynamics 
and one-dimensional energy equation for a compressible gas. Acoustics, normal 
shock waves and expansion waves, shock tube theory, general one-dimensional flow 
and flow in ducts and channels. Sorrell 

ESM 507 Systems Analysis. Preqs.: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) F. A study of the 
analysis of dynamical systems. With the employment of state variable techniques, 
the qualitative features and fundamental concepts of the engineering system are 
examined. Eckerlin, McDonald 

ESM 508 Systems Synthesis. Preq.: ESM 507. 3(3-0) S. A study of the synthesis 
of dynamical systems. The modern approach to systems synthesis is employed 
through the application of variational principles and optimization techniques. 

Eckerlin, McDonald 

ESM 509 Space Mechanics I. Preq.: ESM 305; Coreq.: MA 511. 3(3-0) F. The 
application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and trajectories. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129 

Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; re-entry trajectories; 
interplanetary guidance. Clayton, Maday 

ESM 510 Space Mechanics II. Preqs.: ESM 509, MA 511. 3(3-0) F. Continuation 
of ESM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. Basic sensing devices; 
the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory of stabilized platforms; terres- 
trial inertial guidance. Clayton, Maday 

ESM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells. Preqs.: ESM 307, MA 511. 3(3-0) F. Bend- 
ing theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in shells. Various 
methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by problems of practical interest. 

Bingham, Clayton, Gurley 

ESM 521, 522 Properties of Solids I, II. Preqs.: ESM 307, MAT 301, PY 413. 
3(3-0) F. Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory 
understanding of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the grand 
canonical ensemble average of atomic behavior is employed to unify the characteri- 
zation and interrelationships of material properties. Finally, phenomenological 
behaviors and coupled effects are described within the continuum concept. Horie 

ESM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials. Preq.: ESM 307. 3(3-0) F. Stresses and 
strains at a point: rosette analysis; stress theories, stress concentration and 
fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; prestress energy 
methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column design; and membrane 
stresses in shells. Gurley 

ESM 552 Elastic Stability. Preqs.: ESM 551, MA 301, 405. 3(3-0) S. A study of 
elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. The energy 
method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution of buckling 
problems by finite differences and the calculus of variations. The application of 
successive approximations to stability problems. Optimization applied to problems 
of aeroelastic and civil engineering structures. Gurley 

ESM 555 Dynamics I. Preqs.: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) F. The theory of vibra- 
tions from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations of motion. Free and forced 
vibrations with and without damping, multiple degrees of freedom, coupled motion, 
normal mode vibrations, wave propagation in solid bodies. Clayton, Maday 

ESM 556 Dynamics II. Preqs.: ESM 305, MA 405. 3(3-0) S. The dynamics of par- 
ticles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of the laws of mechanics due to 
Newton, Euler, Lagrange and Hamilton. Accelerated reference frames, constraints, 
Euler's angles, the spinning top, the gyroscope, precession, stability, phase space 
and nonlinear oscillatory motion. Clayton, Maday 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ESM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II. Preq.: PY 503 or ESM 501. 
3(3-0) F,S. Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value 
problems of continuous media. Use is made of contemporary developments in 
irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics and electrodynamics to provide 
a unified foundation for the development of principles governing the dynamic and 
thermodynamic behavior of elastic, plastic and viscoelastic solids, viscous fluids 
and rheological media. Chang, Horie, McDonald 

ESM 603 Theory of Elasticity II. Preq.: ESM 503; Coreq.: MA 513. 3(3-0) S. An 
extension of ESM 503 to include the Cauchy Integral methods for plane problems, 



130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

three-dimensional problems, variational methods and the use of numerical methods. 

Douglas, Bingham 

ESM 604 Theory of Plasticity. Preq.: ESM 503. 3(3-0) S. Analytical models are 
developed to represent the behavior of deformable solids in the plastic regime. 
Conditions of yielding and fracture which initiate and terminate plastic behavior 
are studied, with the special stress-strain relationships necessary in plasticity. 
The hyperbolic equations of slipline fields characteristic of plane strain theory are 
developed. Douglas, Horie 

ESM (MAS, OY) 605, 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. 
(See physical oceanography, page 200.) 

ESM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II. Preq.: ESM 506. 3 S. A continua- 
tion of ESM 506. Linearized theory of two- and three-dimensional supersonic flow 
past bodies. Oblique shock waves and method of characteristics for two-dimensional 
supersonic flow. Unsteady supersonic flow and compressible flow with viscosity 
and heat transfer. Sorrell 

ESM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II. Preq.: ESM 505. 3 F. Continuation of 
ESM 505: phenomenological theories of turbulence, turbulent flow in ducts and 
pipes, turbulent boundary layer with and without pressure gradient — compressible 
boundary layer, boundary layer control and free viscous flow. Sorrell, Edwards 

ESM (MAS, OY) 613, 614 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) 
F,S. (See physical oceanography, page 200.) 

ESM (OR) 631, 632 Variational Methods in Optimization Techniques I, II. 3(3-0) 
F,S. (See operations research, page 198.) 

ESM 641 Optical Mechanics. Preq.: ESM 312. 3(2-3) S. Concepts of crystal optics 
applied to continua deformed statically or dynamically by mechanical loading; 
optical interference and its use as a measuring technique of absolute and relative 
retardations in various types of interferometers; relative retardation measure- 
ments; deformation measurements with diffraction grating; Moire (mechanical) 
interference measurements. Bingham 

ESM 656 Nonlinear Vibrations. Preq.: ESM 555. 3(3-0) F.S. Free and forced 
vibrations of systems with nonlinear restoring forces and self-sustained oscilla- 
tions. Approximation techniques applied to nonlinear differential equations. 
Comparisons with exact solutions when possible. Emphasis placed on understand- 
ing properties unique to nonlinear systems. Clayton 

ESM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics. Preq.: CI. 3(2-3) S. A study of 
specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary research in the areas 
of mechanics. Bingham, Douglas, Edwards 

ESM 697 Seminar in Mechanics. Preqs.: Grad. standing, consent of adviser. 1(1-0) 
F,S. The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary research in 
the frontier areas of mechanics. Chang, Douglas 

ESM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics. Credits Arranged. The study, by small 
groups of graduate students under the direction of members of the faculty, of topics 
of particular interest in various advanced phases of mechanics. Graduate Staff 

ESM 699 Research in Mechanics. Credits Arranged. Individual research in the 
field of mechanics. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131 

English 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor L. S. Champion, Head 

Professor R. B. White Jr., Assistant Head 

Professor J. D. Durant, Director of the Graduate Program 

Professors: M. Halperen, A. S. Knowles, B. G. Koonce Jr., F. H. Moore, G. Owen 
Jr., W. B. Toole III, P. Williams Jr.; Professor Emeriti: L. C. Hartley, H. G. 
Kincheloe, R. G. Walser; Associate Professors: L. J. Betts Jr., P. E. Blank Jr., 
E. P. Dandridge Jr., H. A. Hargrave, L. F. Jeffers, W. E. Meyers, M. S. Reynolds, 
D. D. Short, N. G. Smith, J. J. Smoot, A. F. Stein, T. N. Walters, H. C. West, 
M. C. Williams; Assistant Professors: J. W. Clark Jr., M. T. Hester, J. A. Kilby, 
R. A. Lasseter III, V. B. Lentz, D. M. Lucas. 

The Department of English offers instruction leading to the Master of Arts 
degree with specialization in English and American literature. The program is 
designed either to provide the student with a terminal course of study or to serve 
as the first year toward a doctorate. A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate 
credit is required, though the program may be expanded to meet the needs of 
individual students. 

The student who holds "A" certification from the N. C. Department of Public 
Instruction may pursue a Master of Arts with Graduate Certification. This program 
involves a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate credit in English and nine 
semester hours of graduate credit in education. 

Assistantships for promising students are available. These students will take 
ENG 504 in the fall semester and, under supervision, devote half time in the fall 
and. spring semesters to the teaching of courses in freshman composition. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition. Preq.: Appointment as teaching 
assistant in English. 0(3-0) F. Directed study of the development of rhetorical 
skills in composition in classroom situations. Smith 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all 500-level English courses is upper division or 
graduate standing. 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage. 3(3-0) S. An intensive study of English gram- 
mar, with attention to new developments in structural linguistics and with em- 
phasis on current usage. (Offered in 1977.) 

ENG 526 History of the English Language. 3(3-0) F. A survey of the growth and 
development of the language from its Indo-European beginnings to the present. 

Meyers, Short 

ENG 561 Milton. 3(3-0) S. An intensive reading of Milton with attention to back- 
ground materials in the history and culture of seventeenth-century England. 

Moore, White 



132 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENG 575 Southern Writers. 3(3-0) S. A survey of the particular contribution of 
the South to American literature, with intensive study of selected major figures. 

Reynolds, Lucas 

ENG 578 English Drama to 1642. 3(3-0) F. Intensive study of the English drama 
from its liturgical beginnings to the closing of the theatres, excluding Shakespeare. 

M. Williams, Meyers 

ENG 579 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama. 3(3-0) S. Intensive study 
of the English drama from 1660 to 1800. (Offered in 1976, 1978.) Durant, Moore 

ENG 590 Literary Criticism. 3(3-0) S. An examination of the critical process as 
it leads to the definition and analysis of literature, together with attention to the 
main literary traditions and conventions. P. Williams 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all 600-level English courses is graduate standing 
unless additional prerequisites are noted. 

ENG 609 Old English Literature. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to the language and 
literature of the Old English period (450-1100). Readings will be in the original and 
will include both poetry and prose. (Offered in 1976, 1978.) Short 

ENG 610 Middle English Literature. 3(3-0) F. A study of major works of 
medieval English literature (exclusive of Chaucer) in the light of dominant intel- 
lectual and artistic traditions: emphasis is on four works: Piers Plowman, Pearl, 
Sir Gauwin and the Green Knight, and Malory's Morte Darthur. (Offered in 1976, 
1978.) Koonce 

ENG 615 American Colonial Literature. 3(3-0) F. A study of American literature 
and thought from the beginning to the adoption of the Constitution. (Offered in 
1977.) Kilby 

ENG 620 16th-century Non-Dramatic English Literature. 3(3-0) F. A detailed 
survey of non-dramatic prose and verse of the sixteenth-century against the back- 
ground of Humanism with the consequent assimilation of classical and continental 
literary subjects and forms. M. Williams, Blank 

ENG 630 17th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) S. A close examination of the 
literature of England from 1600 to 1700 with emphasis on major literary figures 
and movements, the development of important literary forms and genres, and the 
intimate relationship between the literature of this period and its philosophical, 
political, and theological backgrounds. Moore, White 

ENG 650 English Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. A detailed study of the six major 
romantic poets — Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats; some 
attention as well to the political, social, and literary background and to a few minor 
writers and critics. Hargrave, P. Williams 

ENG 651 Chaucer. Preqs.: ENG 451 or equivalent and grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. 
An intensive study of the Chaucer canon requiring independent research. 

Koonce, Short 

ENG 655 American Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. A study of the selected works of 
Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, and Thoreau, with emphasis on their varied 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133 

contributions to the literature and thought of the American romantic movement. 

Stein, West 

ENG 658 Shakespeare's Tragedies. Preqs.: ENG 485 or equivalent and grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. An intensive study — textual and critical — of Shakespeare's 
tragedies. Blank, Champion 

ENG 659 Shakespeare's Comedies. Preqs.: ENG 485 or equivalent and grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) S. An intensive study — textual and critical — of Shakespeare's 
comedies. Blank, Champion 

ENG 660 Victorian Poetry. 3(3-0) S. Studies in the poetry of Victorian England: 
1837-1901; the major poets, movements, and questions in their historical contexts, 
religious, political, and aesthetic. Hargrave 

ENG 661 Victorian Non-Fiction Prose. 3(3-0) S. Studies in the non-fiction prose 
of Victorian England: 1830-1900. The major essayists and intellectual movements 
of the Victorian period in their religious, social, and aesthetic contexts. (Offered 
in 1977.) Hargrave, Lentz 

ENG 662 18th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) F. The major figures in English 
literature between 1660 and 1790 against the background of social, cultural, and 
religious change. Durant, White 

ENG 663 18th-century English Novel. 3(3-0) S. Selected British novels of the 
eighteenth century studied in relation to the history and development of the genre 
and in the light of available critical opinion past and present. (Offered in 1977.) 

Durant 

ENG 664 Victorian Novel. 3(3-0) S. The nineteenth-century British novel studied 
from the perspective of literary history and twentieth-century criticism. (Offered 
in 1976, 1978.) Lentz, Harrison 

ENG 665 American Realism and Naturalism. 3(3-0) S. Concentration on Whitman, 
Dickinson, Twain, James, and Dreiser, with briefer attention to Howells, Crane, 
Norris, and other realists and naturalists. Stein, West 

ENG 670 20th-century British Prose. 3(3-0) S. An examination of the works of 
the major British writers and literary movements of this century and their his- 
torical context, religious, political, and aesthetic. (Offered in 1976, 1978.) Halperen 

ENG 671 20th-century British Poetry. 3(3-0) S. The development of English 
poetry from the rebellion against Victorian and Pre-Raphaelite verse to the present 
post-war scene; special attention to Hardy, Yeats, Eliot, Auden, and Thomas. 
(Offered in 1977.) Owen 

ENG 675 20th-century American Prose. 3(3-0) F. An examination of representa- 
tive American writers of the novel and short fiction. (Offered in 1976, 1978.) 

Knowles 

ENG 676 20th-century American Poetry. 3(3-0) F. The development of modern 
American poetry from the rebellion against the romantic and genteel verse of the 
1890's; special attention to Robinson, Frost, Pound, Williams, Stevens, and Ran- 
som. (Offered in 1977.) Owen 

ENG 680 20th-century British Drama. 3(3-0) S. A survey of modern British 
drama from its beginnings at the turn of the century to the present. (Offered in 
1976, 1978.) Knowles 



134 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENG 681 20th-century American Drama. 3(3-0) S. A survey of modern American 
drama centering on major figures. (Offered in 1977.) Halperen 

ENG 692 Special Topics in American Literature. Preq.: Consent of seminar chair- 
man. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive study, involving independent research and centering 
on some limited topic from American literature. Graduate Staff 

ENG 693 Special Topics in English Literature. Preq.: Consent of seminar chair- 
man. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive study, involving independent research and centering 
on some limited topic from English literature. Graduate Staff 

ENG 698 Bibliography and Methodology. Preq.: Grad. standing with approved 
thesis topic. 3(3-0) F,S. An investigation of the materials of literary research and 
scholarship with special focus on the student's thesis. Preparation of the earlier 
phases of the thesis project. Graduate Staff 

ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis). Preq.: Consent of graduate adviser. 
Credits Arranged. F,S. Independent investigation of an advanced literary or lin- 
guistic problem leading to the writing of a master's thesis. Graduate Staff 



Entomology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor K. L. Knight, Head 

Professors: R. C. Axtell, W. V. Campbell, W. C. Dauterman, M. H. Farrier, F. E. 
Guthrie, E. Hodgson, W. J. Mistric Jr., H. N. Neunzig, R. L. Rabb, T. J. Sheets, 
C. F. Smith, C. G. Wright, D. A. Young Jr.; Professors Emeriti: C. H. Brett, T. B. 
Mitchell; Adjunct Professor: J. R. Fouts; Extension Professors: R. L. Robertson, 
G. T. Weekman; Associate Professors: J. R. Bradley Jr., W. M. Brooks, H. B. 
Moore Jr., G. C. Rock, R. T. Yamamoto; Extension Associate Professor: K. A. 
Sorensen; Adjunct Associate Professor: A. L. Chasson; Assistant Professor: R. E. 
Stinner; Extension Assistant Professors: J. R. Baker, J. W. Van Duyn; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: G. Gordh, R. M. Philpot; Research Associate: F. P. Hain 

ASSOCIATE MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT 
Professor: D. S. Grosch 

The Department of Entomology" offers graduate training leading to the Master 
of Agriculture, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Major areas 
of specialization are: acarology, agricultural entomology, behavior, biochemistry 
and toxicology, ecology, extension entomology, invertebrate pathology, medical 
and veterinary entomology, nutrition, pesticide analysis, pest management and 
taxonomy. 

Opportunities exist for training in both applied and fundamental phases of 
entomology and invertebrate biology.* Population management concepts are em- 
phasized in the applied entomology and pest management programs. The applied 
phases are influenced by the state's agriculture, in which tobacco, cotton, peanuts, 



* This department does require GRE scores. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135 

soybeans, fruit, vegetables, livestock and forestry are important components. The 
rapidly expanding tourist industry and the diverse habitats of the state, extending 
from the mountains to the sea, provide unique opportunities for research on 
insects and related arthropods affecting man. A cooperative arrangement with the 
School of Forest Resources provides majors in forest entomology. The program in 
medical and veterinary entomology includes both applied and fundamental re- 
search and provides the opportunity for training at the School of Public Health, 
Chapel Hill. 

Fundamental areas are biochemistry and toxicologv, physiology and behavior, 
and taxonomy. The program in biochemistry and toxicology is interdepartmental 
involving faculty from biochemistry, crop science, entomology, experimental statis- 
tics and genetics. Taxonomy is particularly strong in the aphids, leafhoppers, mites 
and mosquitoes. Invertebrate pathology emphasizes protozoan diseases. Ecology, 
population dynamics, behavior and nutrition are emphasized in several programs. 

The departmental research and training programs are housed in a complex of 
modern facilities including: a pesticide residue analysis laboratory, a pesticide 
research laboratory, comparative biochemistry and toxicology laboratories, a be- 
havior laboratory, insect rearing rooms, greenhouses and field stations. An adjacent 
phytotron or bioclimatic facility provides an opportunity for ecological and 
behavioral studies under controlled conditions. Ultrastructural investigations are 
conducted in the electron microscope facility of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. Extensive nuclear reactor and computer facilities and statistical services 
are available on campus. 

See page 20 for an account of the Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT (ZO) 401 Bibliographic Research in Biology. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or 
grad. standing. 1(1-0) F. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) 

ENT (BS) 410 Biology of Insects. Preqs.: ZO 201 or 202. 3(2-2) F. 

Related course: 

PM 415 Principles of Pest Management. Preq.: ENT 312, PP 315, CS 414. 3(3-0) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity. Preq.: Twelve hours of biology. 4(2-4) F. The external 
morphology of insects and a survey of the biology and identification of immature 
and adult insects. Evolutionary relationships of insects and other arthropods, specia- 
tion, insect zoogeography, nomenclature, and classical and recent approaches to 
systematics considered. Baker, Neunzig, Young 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects. Preqs.: Twelve hours of biology, nine 
hours of CH, three hours of BCH, ENT 301 or equivalent. 4(2-6) S. The morphology, 
histology and function of the organ systems of insects. Sensory and general 
physiology lead into basic elements of insect orientation and behavior. 

Campbell, Hodgson, Yamamoto 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology. Preq.: ENT 502. 3(1-4) F. External morphology, 
primary and comparative phases, with emphasis on knowledge and techniques 
which can be applied to specific problems. (Offered F 1977 and alt. years.) Young 



136 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology. Preq.: ENT 301 or 312. 3(1-4) F. A detailed 
survey of the orders and families of adult insects, to acquaint the student with those 
groups and develop ability in the use of the taxonomic literature. (Offered F 1976 
and alt. years.) Young 

ENT 520 Insect Pathology. Preqs.: Introductory entomology and introductory 
microbiology. 3(2-3) S. A treatment of the noninfectious and infectious diseases of 
insects, the etiological agents and infectious processes involved, immunological 
responses and applications. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Brooks 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology. Preq.: ENT 502. 3(2-2) F. The environmental relations 
of insects, including insect development, habits, distribution and abundance. 

Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects. Preq.: ENT 502 or equivalent. 2(1-3) F. An advanced 
study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects with emphasis on generic 
and specific taxa. Primary consideration of the larval stage, but a brief treatment of 
eggs and pupae (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) Neunzig 

ENT 542 Acarology. Preq.: ENT 301 or 312 or ZO 201. 3(2-3) S. A systematic 
survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, biology and control 
of the more common and economic forms attacking material, plants and animals 
including man. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Farrier 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control. Preq.: ENT 312 or 301. 3(2-2) F. The 
principles underlying modern methods for protecting food, clothing, shelter and 
health from insect attack. Guthrie 

ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology. Preq.: ENT 301 or 312. 3(2-3) S. A study of 
the biology and ecology of beneficial and injurious insects and arachnids of agri- 
cultural crops. Advantages and limitations of the advanced concepts for managing 
insect and mite populations on different crops will be emphasized. (Offered S 1977 
and alt. years.) Bradley, Rock 

ENT (PHY, ZO) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. 3(3-0) S. (See physiology, 
page 206.) 

ENT (ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Preqs.: ENT 301 or 312 and 

ZO 315 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. The morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of 
the arthropod parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and 
behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission and control. (Offered S 1976 
and alt. years.) Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. Original research 
on special problems in entomology not related to a thesis problem. Provides experi- 
ence and training in research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology. Preq.: ENT 550, BCH 551 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. 
The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action of toxicants 
used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant and animal systems, 
the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and other selective mechanisms 
and the analysis of insecticide residues will be discussed. (Offered S. 1976 and alt. 
years.) Dauterman, Guthrie 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 137 

ENT 690 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing in ENT or closely allied fields. (1-0) 
F,S. Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by seminar chairman. 

Graduate Staff 

ENT 699 Research. Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. F,S. Original research in 
connection with thesis problem in entomology. Graduate Staff 



Fiber and Polymer Science 

ASSOCIATED GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: J. F. Bogdan, D. M. Cates, D. W. Chaney, J. A. Cuculo, A. H. M. 
El-Shiekh, R. D. Gilbert, G. Goldfinger, D. S. Hamby, S. P. Hersh, P. R. Lord, 
R. McGregor, V. T. Stannett, W. M. Whaley, C. F. Zorowski; Professor Emeriti: 
H. A. Rutherford, R. W. Work; Adjunct Professors: H. F. Mark, A. M. Sookne; 
Associate Professors: R. E. Fornes, T. W. George, T. H. Guion, B. S. Gupta, 
M. H. M. Mohamed, M. H. Theil, W. K. Walsh; Associate Professor Emeritus: 
T. G. Rochow; Assistant Professor: P. L. Grady, P. A. Tucker Jr. 

Fiber and polymer science is a multidisciplinary program bringing together the 
disciplines of mathematics, chemistry and physics and the application of engineer- 
ing principles for the development of independent scholars versed in the field of 
fiber materials science. The program is administered by the School of Textiles and 
leads to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students majoring in the physical 
sciences, mathematics, textiles or engineering and having at least a "B" grade in 
their undergraduate major will normally qualify for admission. 

Fiber and polymer science is concerned with polymeric materials, fibers pro- 
duced from them, and fiber assemblies in one, two and three dimensional forms. 
This broad field of study permits a wide range of useful concentrations. The 
candidate is expected to penetrate deeply into one area of specialization and to 
acquire a reasonable perspective in other relevant subject matter. Generally 
specialization occurs within the area of (1) polymer chemistry and synthesis, (2) 
fiber and polymer physics and physical chemistry, or (3) textile mechanics and 
technology. The student's research is based within one of these areas. 

Ample laboratory space is available and there are a number of specialized 
laboratories equipped to support doctoral investigations. Other facilities and re- 
search equipment which may be used in fiber and polymer science research pro- 
grams are available in cooperating departments on campus. The Burlington Textiles 
Librarv houses one of the most complete collections of polymer, fiber and textile 
literature. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Doctor of Philosophy — An advisorv committee chaired by a member of the fiber 
and polvmer science faculty is formed as soon as possible to develop with the 
student a plan of study designed to enable one to acquire the comprehensive 
knowledge required to pass the qualifying cumulative examinations. 



138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. A student's program of study is designed around the student's special 
interests, while maintaining the coherence and breadth essential for professional 
development and excellence in research. 

Doctor of Philosophy Minor— Ph.D. candidates who designate a named minor 
in fiber and polymer science will be required to pass the common part of the 
cumulative examination. 

Communications concerning this program should be directed to the Chairman 
of the Graduate Studies Committee, School of Textiles, North Carolina State 
University. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

(See departmental listing for descriptions.) 

GENERAL COURSES 

TC (CH) 461 Chemistry of Fibers. 

TC 504 Fiber Formation — Theory and Practice. 

TC (CH) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers— Bulk Properties. 

TX 561 Mechanical and Rheological Properties of Fibrous Material. 

COURSES IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 

Polymer Chemistry and Synthesis 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. 
TC (CHE) 671 Special Topics in Polymer Science. 

Polymer Physics and Physical Chemistry 
TC 505 Theory of Dyeing. 

TC 662 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Solution Properties. 
T 500 Advanced Microscopy. 

TX 560 Structural and Physical Properties of Fibers. 
TX (TC) 691 Special Topics in Fiber Science. 
TC (CHE) 569 Polymers, Surfactants, and Colloidal Materials. 
TC (CHE) 570 Radiation Chemistry and Technology of Polymeric Systems. 
TC (CHE) 669 Diffusion in Polymers. 



* Extensive use may be made of graduate course offerings in other schools on campus when develop- 
ing the minor field. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 139 

Food Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor W. M. Roberts, Head 

Professors: L. W. Aurand, T. N. Rlumer, H. R. Craig, D. D. Hamann, M. W. 
Hoover, M. L. Speck — Graduate Administrator, H. E. Swaisgood, F. G. Warren; 
Extension Professors: E. S. Cofer, F. R. Tarver Jr., F. R. Thomas; Professors 
USDA: T. A. Bell, J. L. Etchells, A. E. Purcell; Professor Emeritus: I. D. Jones; 
Associate Professors: H. R. Ball Jr., D. E. Carroll Jr., S. E. Gilliland, A. P. Hansen, 
V. A. Jones, N. B. Webb; Extension Associate Professor: M. K. Head; Associate 
Professors USDA: H. P. Fleming, W. M. Walter }r.; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessor: W. Y. Cobb; Assistant Professors: D. M. Adams jr., G. G. Giddings, B. R. 
Johnson; Adjunct Assistant Professor: B. Ray 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Agriculture, Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Department of Food Science. 

Areas of study and research include food chemistry, food microbiology, food 
engineering, and food process and product development. These areas involve all 
foods including dairy products, fruits, meats, poultry products, seafoods, nutmeats 
and vegetables. Supporting course work and cooperative research are offered in 
areas such as biochemistry, chemistry, economics, engineering, genetics, micro- 
biology, nutrition, physics and statistics. 

The department participates in interdepartmental graduate student training 
programs. One is the training program in Industrial Waste Control and Abatement 
with the Department of Civil Engineering. Specialization in industrial water use, 
water supply and pollution control is stressed in water resources graduate pro- 
grams. Particular emphasis is given to the processes used in food plant operations. 
The Marine Sciences Program provides research training in the technology of sea- 
food processing and product development. The School of Public Health, University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, offers courses for a minor or for enriching food 
science programs with studies in environmental sciences. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition. Preq.: CH 220. 3(3-0) S. 

FS 402 Food Chemistry. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 

FS (PO) 404 Poultry Products. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(2-3) F. 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology. Preq.: MB 301 or 401. 3(2-3) F. 

FS (ANS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. Preq.: CH 220. 3(2-3) S. 

FS (BAE) 432 Food Engineering II. Preq.: FS (BAE) 331. 3(2-3) S. 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) S. 



140 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science. Preq.: Sr. standing or CI. Maximum 6 
F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 503 Food Analysis. Preqs.: CH 315, BCH 351, FS 402. 3(1-6) S. A study of the 
principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantitative physical and chemical 
analyses of food and food products. Results of analyses evaluated in terms of 
quality standards and governing regulations. Johnson 

FS 504 Advanced Food Chemistry. Preq.: BCH 551. 3(3-0) F. Studies on the 
molecular properties of food components, their interactions and reactions and the 
physiochemical alterations occurring in the maturation, harvest, process and 
storage stages. Aurand 

FS (MB) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology. Preq.: FS (MB) 405 or equivalent. 
3(1-6) S. The interactions of microorganisms in foods and their roles in food 
spoilage and bioprocessing. Cellular and molecular relationships in bacterial injury, 
repair and aging resulting from environmental stresses. Bacterial sporulation, 
germination, and physiological properties of bacterial spores. Speck 

FS 511 Food Research and Development. Preq.: FS (BAE) 331, FS 402, FS (MB) 
405. 3(2-3) S. A study of the scientific principles underlying the development of new 
and improved food products and processes. The study of specific food industry 
problems by the case method. Special emphasis on the application of research and 
development principles to meat, poultry, and fisheries industries. Webb 

FS 516 Quality Control of Food Products. Preqs.: FS (BAE) 331, FS 402, FS 
(MB) 405. 3(2-3) S. A study of quality control fundamentals in the food industry 
including specifications and standards, testing procedures, sampling, statistical 
and quality control, and organization. Food products and industry problems with 
special emphasis on dairy products. Hansen 

FS (HS) 521 Food Preservation. Preqs.: MB 401 or FS (MB) 405, FS 402, or BO 
421. 3(2-3) F. An examination of principles and methods employed in the preserva- 
tion of foods. Major emphasis on thermal, freezing, drying and fermentation pro- 
cesses and their relationship to physical, chemical and organoleptic changes in 
product. The relationship of these preservation techniques to the development of an 
overall processing operation. Carroll 

FS (HS) 562 Post-Harvest Physiology. 3(3-0) S. (See horticultural science, page 
155.) 

FS (BAE) 585 Biorheology. 3(2-2) Alt. S. (See biological and agricultural engi- 
neering, page 63.) 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science. Preq.: Grad. or sr. standing. Maxi- 
mum 6 F,S. Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current 
interest in foods. The problems are designed to provide training and experience in 
research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FS 601 Theory of Physical Measurements of Biopolymers. Preq.: CH 525 or BCH 
551. 3(2-3) S. The theory and interpretation of various physical parameters of poly- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141 

mers and the theoretical basis for the measurement of the parameter and its limita- 
tions. Particular emphasis on the experimental design and interpretation of data 
yielding maximum information. Swaisgood 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science. 1(1-0) F,S. Preparation and presentation of 
scientific papers, progress reports and research and special topics of interest in 
foods. Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science. Credits Arranged. F,S. 
Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to provide experi- 
ence in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research in Food Science. Credits Arranged. F,S. Original research 
preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

Graduate Staff 



Foreign Languages and Literatures 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor A. A. Gonzalez, Head 

Professors: G. W. Poland, E. M. Stack; Associate Professors: J. R. Kelly, M. 
Paschal — Assistant Head, E. W. Rollins, H. Tucker Jr. 

The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers courses to assist 
graduate students in preparing themselves to use modern foreign languages in 
research and advanced study. Students are encouraged particularly to seek useful 
foreign research related to their thesis or other research in progress. 

Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by the depart- 
ment with special permission of the Graduate School. 

*FLF 401 French for Graduate Students. 3(3-0) F. Development of basic vocabu- 
lary, knowledge of structures and translation techniques necessary to a reading 
skill. This course is provided to assist graduate students to prepare for the foreign 
language reading certification. It does not provide instruction in original compo- 
sition or in speaking. Students will be certified in the language after successfully 
passing the final examination. (No prerequisite.) 

*FLG 401 German for Graduate Students. 3(3-0) F. This course seeks to teach 
the structures and patterns of the language as used in technical and scholarly 
writing, with emphasis on the acquisition of a basic vocabulary. Examples will be 
drawn from a variety of sources to reflect the interest of all students. Completion 
of the course, including the final examination, will certify the student in the 
language. (No prerequisite.) 

*FLS 401 Spanish for Graduate Students. 3(3-0) F. A course designed to teach 
students to read Spanish as used in scholarly and technical writing. Material will 
be drawn from various sources reflecting student interest. Students completing the 



* These courses do not carry graduate language credit. 



142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

course, including the final examination, will be certified in the language. (No 
prerequisite.) 



Forestry 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. B. Davey, Head 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., A. W. Cooper, E. B. Cowling, J. W. Duffield, M. H. 
Farrier, W. L. Haflev, J. W. Hardin, J. O. Lammi, T. O. Perry, L. C. Savior, 
R. R. Wilkinson, B. j. Zobel; Professors USDA: C. S. Hodges jr., D. E. More- 
land; Professor USFS: G. Namkoong; Professors Emeriti: T. E. Maki, W. D. 
Miller, R. J. Preston; Adjunct Professors: G. H. Hepting, X. E. Johnson, E. G. 
Kuhlman, L. J. Metz, C. G. Wells; Associate Professors: L. F. Grand, D. L. 
Holley Jr., R. C. Kellison, D. H. J. Steensen, A. L. Sullivan, A. G. Wollum II; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: W. T. Gladstone, J. W. Koenigs; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors: R. L. Blair, H. T. Schreuder; Research Associate: F. P. Hain 

The Department of Forestry offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Forestry, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The professional degree, Master of Forestry, is designed for students interested 
in the advanced applications of the principles of one of the fields in forestry. The 
course program emphasizes professional specialization; a thesis is not required. 

The Master of Science degree requires the student to become broadlv educated 
in the scholarly disciplines in the field of forestrv. Independent research and a 
thesis are required for this degree. 

Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry may complete either of the 
master's programs in two academic years or less, provided thev have met the under- 
graduate curriculum requirements in mathematics and the biological, physical and 
social sciences. Candidates who do not hold an undergraduate degree in forestry 
usually are required to extend their program. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to students who demonstrate high 
intellectual capacity and the ability to conduct original research and scholarly 
work at the highest levels. 

Joint and associate faculty appointments with other departments provide ex- 
ceptional opportunities for graduate studies in the forestry- related aspects of 
biometry, botany, ecology, economics and business, engineering, entomology, 
genetics, horticulture, hydrology, landscape architecture, plant pathology, soil 
science and wildlife science. Students who are concerned with the problems of 
restoring and improving the quality of our environment may find meaningful 
graduate study in forestry. 

The department is housed in the modern facilities of Biltmore Hall. Facilities 
for forest biological research include a phytotron, greenhouses, and a small experi- 
mental nursery. The experimental and production forests of the school total more 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143 

than 80,000 acres. The Hofmann Forest on the coastal plain, the Goodwin Forest 
at the edge of the sandhills, and the Schenck, Hope Valley, and Hill forests in the 
Piedmont provide a variety of forest types and problems in the management of 
timber, water, wildlife and recreational resources. The Hill and Schenck forests 
include natural areas, excluded from normal management operations, for the study 
of forest ecology. 

The department has close working relations, including four cooperative pro- 
grams of research and development (Cooperative Tree Improvement and Hard- 
wood Research, North Carolina State Forest Fertilization Cooperative and the 
Forest Engineering Equipment Development Cooperative), with public agencies 
and the forest industries of the southeastern United States. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management. Preqs: FOR 272, 452. 5(2-6-2) F. 

FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and Planning. Preq.: FOR 405. 6(2-12) S. 

FOR 411 Forest Tree Improvement. Preq.: Jr. or Sr. standing in FOR. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR (WPS) 423 Logging and Milling. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(2-3) F. 

FOR (WPS) 435 Systems Analysis in Forest Products. Preq.: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) 
S. 

FOR 452 Silvics. Preqs.: BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or PY 212, mathematics 
through calculus. 4(3-2) S. 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation. 2(1-2) S. 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management. Preqs.: A basic course in biology 
and economics; jr. or sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. (Not open to FOR majors.) 

FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forestry. Preq.: Consent of department. Credits 
Arranged. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management. Preq.: Advanced under - 
grad. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Study of the effects of woody vegetation on climate, 
water, and soil, with applications of the knowledge of forest influences to manage- 
ment of forest land resources including conservation and yield of water, stabiliza- 
tion of streamflow and soils, reduction of sedimentation and general improvement 
of the environment. Maki 

FOR 512 Forest Economics. Preq.: Basic course in eocnomics. 3 (3-0) S. Econom- 
ics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest products; land 
use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics of the forest indus- 
tries. Holley 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration. Preqs.: FOR 272, ST 311. 3(2-2) S. Study 
of the development of mathematical models to describe forest resources phenomena; 



144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

criteria for evaluating the "goodness" of such models; and methods of data collec- 
tion for use in evaluation. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) S. Analysis of the attitudes of selected . private groups and public 
agencies toward multiple resource development. Special attention given to forest 
resource policies, timber management objectives, private industry activity, recrea- 
tion and multiple use, education, research, watersheds, governmental activity, 
interaction in international forestry affairs and the role of professional foresters in 
multiple use resource management. Lammi 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 
Credits Arranged. Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, har- 
vesting operations, lumber manufacturing, wood science, pulp and paper science, 
wood chemistry or forest management. Staff 

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
standing. Credits Arranged. Research procedures, problem analysis, working plan 
preparation, interpretation and presentation of results; evaluation of selected 
studies by forest research organizations; techniques and constraints in the use of 
sample plots. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR (GN) 611 Forest Genetics. Preq.: GN 411 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Application of 
genetic principles to silviculture, management and wood utilization. Emphasis is on 
variation in wild populations, the bases for selection of desirable qualities, and 
fundamentals of controlled breeding. Saylor, Zobel 

FOR (GN) 612 Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics. Preq.: GN (FOR) 611, 
GN (ST) 626 or GN (ANS) 603 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Advanced topics in statistics and 
population genetics pertinent to current research problems in genetics with special 
applications to forestry. Basic statistical and genetic theory is reviewed as bases 
for intensive study of selection theory and experimental and mating design evalua- 
tion. The genetics of natural populations are studied for evolutionary interest as 
well as for their implications to breeding theory. Namkoong 

FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture. Preq.: One course in silviculture or CI. 
3(2-1) F. Critical examination of selected topics, with special emphasis on concepts 
and phenomena which distinguish forests from other biotic communities and silvi- 
culture from other fields of applied biology. Duffield 

FOR 614 Advanced Topics in Forest Land Management. Preq.: FOR 405 or 

equivalent. 3(3-0) F. A collation of the disciplines in silvics forest growth estima- 
tion, growing stock regulation, forest soil management and site quality evaluation, 
forest influences, and silviculture, with emphasis on the interrelationships of these 
disciplines in the management of forest land resources and the applications to forest 
management systems. Maki 

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Presentation and 
discussion of progress reports on research, special problems and outstanding publi- 
cations in forestry and related fields. Graduate Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits 
Arranged. Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145 

FOR 699 Problems and Research. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Spe- 
cific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. Graduate Staff 



Genetics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. G. Scandalios, Head 

Professors: D. S. Grosch, W. D. Hanson, W. E. Kloos, C. S. Levings III, T. J. Mann, 
D. F. Matzinger, L. E. Mettler, R. H. Moll, H. E. Schaffer, B. W. Smith, A. C. 
Triantaphyllou; Professor (USDA): C. W. Stuber; Professor (USFS): Gene 
Namkoong; Professors Emeriti: C. H. Bostian, S. G. Stephens; Adjunct Professor: 
H. V. Mailing; Associate Professor (USDA): L. G. Burk; Assistant Professor: 
W. H. McKenzie 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 

Professors: J. L. Apple, F. B. Armstrong, F. D. Cochran, C. C. Cockerham, J. W. 
Duffield, E. J. Eisen, D. A. Emery, G. J. Galletta, D. U. Gerstel, E. W. Glazener, 
W. C. Gregory, F. L. Haynes Jr., T. T. Hebert, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, 
P. A. Miller, T. O. Perry, L. L. Phillips, N. T. Powell, J. O. Rawlings, O. W. 
Robison, L. C. Saylor, D. H. Timothy, E. A. Wernsman, B. J. Zobel; USDA 
Professors: C. A. Brim, J. F. Chaplin, W. A. Cope, J. A. Lee, D. L. Thompson; 
Associate Professors: E. U. Dillard, M. M. Goodman, C. F. Murphy; USDA 
Associate Professor: G. R. Gwynn; Assistant Professor: D. M. Briggs; USDA 
Assistant Professor: C. Tester 

Graduate study under the direction of the genetics faculty may enable the stu- 
dent to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. A 
candidate for the master's degree must acquire a thorough understanding of 
genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines and must present a thesis 
based upon one's own research. In addition to a comprehensive knowledge of 
his or her field, a candidate for the doctorate must demonstrate a capacity for 
independent investigation and scholarship in genetics. 

At North Carolina State University there are no sharp divisions along depart- 
mental lines or between theoretical and applied aspects of genetics research. The 
members and associate members of the genetics faculty are located in seven 
different departments of the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Forest 
Resources and Physical and Mathematical Sciences. They are studying a wide 
range of genetic problems and are utilizing not only the "classic" laboratory material 
(arabidopsis, bacteria, Drosophila, rumex, Habrobracon, mice), but also farm 
animals and agricultural and forest plants of the region. A student has, therefore, 
a wide choice of research problems in any of the following fields: cytology and 
cytogenetics, microbial and biochemical genetics, physiological and developmental 
gentics, evolution and speciation, quantitative and population genetics and the 
application of genetics to breeding methodology. 



146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Departmental offices and laboratories are located in Gardner Hall with green- 
house facilities adjacent to the building. A genetics garden for use in the intensive 
research with plants and teaching functions is located three miles from the offices. 
The departmental staff and the associate faculty members in animal science, bio- 
chemistry, crop science, horticultural science, poultry science, plant pathology, 
experimental statistics, and the School of Forest Resources are fortunate in being 
able to draw upon the extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics. Preq.: BS 100 (Jr. standing). 3(3-0) F,S. 
GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory. Preq. or coreq.: GN 411. 1(0-2) F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 504 Human Genetics. Preq.: GN 301 or 411, or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The basic 
principles needed for an understanding of the genetics of man. Current knowledge 
and important areas of research in human genetics. McKenzie, Schaffer 

GN 505 Genetics I. Preq.: GN 411 or its equivalent. 4(3-2) F. Part I of a course 
sequence designed to serve as a foundation for graduate programs in genetics. 
Concepts based upon family analysis and a study of individual organisms will be 
presented here. Coverage will include general plant and animal genetics, bio- 
chemical and microbial genetics and physiological and developmental genetics. 

Grosch, Kloos 

GN 506 Genetics II. Preqs.: GN 505, or 411 and CI. 4(3-2) S. The second portion 
of a two-semester sequence in general genetics, presented at the intermediate level 
and directed at beginning graduate students. Emphasis on the basic principles and 
modern concepts of cytogenetics, population, quantitative, and evolutionary genetics. 

Mettler, Staff 

GN (ANS) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. 3(3-0) S. (See animal science, 
page 54.) 

GN (PO) 520 Poultry Breeding. 3(2-2) S. (See poultry science, page 217.) 

GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations. Preq.: BS 100, or GN 301, or CI. 
3(3-0) S. Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological 
aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and morphogenesis. 

Grosch 

GN (ZO) 540 Evolution. Preq.: Nine credits in biological sciences. 3(3-0) F. The 
facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and consequences 
of organic diversity. Smith 

GN (CS, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3-0) F. (See crop science, page 89.) 

GN (CS, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop science, 
page 89.) 

GN (CS) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. 2(2-0) S. (See crop sci- 
ence, page 89.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147 

GN (ZO) 550 Experimental Evolution. Preq.: GN 506, or CI. 3(3-0) F. A survey 
of studies on experimental and natural populations of plants, animals, and man in 
relation to the theoretical aspects of evolution and speciation; a descriptive rather 
than rigorous mathematical review. (Offered 1977-78 and alt. years.) Mettler 

GN (BCH, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs.: BCH 351 or 551, 
GN 411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The course will include the develop- 
ment of the fields of biochemical and microbial genetics and will emphasize both the 
techniques and concepts utilized in current research. Armstrong 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN (ANS) 603 Population Genetics in Animal Improvement. 3(3-0) F. (See animal 
science, page 54.) 

GN (FOR) 611 Forest Genetics. 3(3-0) S. (See forestry, page 144.) 

GN (FOR) 612 Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics. 3(3-0) F. (See forestry, 
page 144.) 

GN (CS, HS) 613 Plant Breeding Theory. 3(3-0) S. (See crop science, page 89.) 

GN (ST) 626 Statistical Concepts in Genetics. 3(3-0) S. (See statistics page 241.) 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics. Preqs.: GN 506, ST 511, or CI. 3(3-0) F. Mathe- 
matical models of genetic systems, including probabilistic and deterministic formu- 
lations. Theory of survival of mutations, genetic linkage and dynamics of popula- 
tions. (Offered in 1976-77 and alt. years.) Schaffer 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics. Preq.: GN 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Recent 
advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to literature on the 
nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of heredity and environment in 
the expression of characteristics of higher organisms. Grosch 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics. Preqs.: Grad. standing; CI. 2(2-0) F,S. Informal 
group discussion of prepared topics assigned by the instructor. Graduate Staff 

GN 691 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 

GN 694 Selected Topics in Cytogenetics. Preq.: GN 506 or CI. 2(2-0) F. Readings 
and discussions of original cytogenetic literature. Chromosome replication, DNA 
redundancy, heterochromatin, models of crossing over and somatic cell genetics are 
some of the areas included. Topics of special interest to class members will also be 
covered. Gerstel 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics. Preqs.: Advanced grad. standing, CI. 1 to 3 
F,S. Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research. Grad. standing, permission of adviser. Credits Arranged. 
Original research related to the student's thesis problem. A maximum of six credits 
for the master's degree; by arrangement for the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Geoeciences 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. |. Leith, Head 

Professors: H. S. Brown, E. G. Droessler, W. J. Saucier; Professor Emeritus: J. M. 
Parker III; Associate Professors: V. V. Cavaroc Jr., G. S. Janowitz, C. E. Knowles, 
W. H. Spence, A. H. Weber, C. W. Welby; Adjunct Associate Professors: N. E. 
Huang, J. T. Peterson, J. R. Smith; Assistant Professors: M. J. Aldrich Jr., L. J. 
Pietrafesa, G. F. Watson; Adjunct Assistant Professor: W. D. Bach Jr. 

The Department of Geosciences offers graduate programs leading to the Master 
of Science degree in geology and, as its input into the interdepartmental graduate 
program in marine sciences, also offers graduate and advanced undergraduate 
courses in meteorology and physical oceanography. The Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in geological, meteorological, and physical ocean- 
ography are granted through the University Marine Sciences Program (page 165). 

Gandidates for admission to the graduate program in geology should hold a 
bachelor's degree in geology or a satisfactory equivalent, preferably with a strong 
background in physics, chemistry and mathematics. For graduate study in meteoro- 
logical oceanography the required background includes chemistry, physics, mathe- 
matics, and basic knowledge of atmospheric physics and mechanics. For a graduate 
program in physical oceanography a bachelor's degree in one of the physical 
sciences or engineering with a strong background in physics and mathematics is 
required. In each of the three disciplines the master's degree program includes 
a minimum of 30 semester hours credit divided between major and minor fields, 
and a research thesis. The general requirements for a Ph.D. program in marine 
sciences are described on page 165. 

Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrology, hydrogeology, 
economic geology, engineering geology, meteorology, physical oceanography and 
geophysical fluid dynamics. Collections of geoscience literature are available in 
the University library and elsewhere in the Research Triangle area. Consultations 
with scientists of the federal and state agencies in Raleigh as well as with the 
staffs of the neighboring universities are encouraged. 

Financial aid is available through laboratory teaching assistantships and assistant- 
ships on faculty research projects. Government agencies and industrial concerns 
occasionally provide part-time employment. Small grants from the state some- 
times are available to help with thesis expenses. 

Geology courses follow. For other departmental offerings, see meteorology and 
physical oceanography. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149 

Geology 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 400 Environmental Geology. Preq.: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-1) S. 

GY 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation. Preq.: GY 440 or 452. 3(2-3) S. 

GY 440 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Preq.: GY 331. 4(3-3) S. 

GY 452 Sedimentary Petrology. Preq.: GY 331. 4(3-3) S. 

GY 461 Engineering Geology. Preq.: GY 101 or 120. 3(3-0) F. 

GY 462 Geological Field Methods. Preq.: GY 351 or CI. 3(1-5) S. 

GY 465 Geological Field Procedures. Preqs.: GY 351, 440, 462. 6 Sum. 

GY 491, 492 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 500 Regional Geology of North America. Preqs.: GY 101 or 120, sr. standing. 
1-6. Field study of classic geologic localities and geomorphic processes not indigen- 
ous to North Carolina. Typical areas are New England and adjacent Canada, north- 
ern Mexico and southwestern United States, and the Pacific Northwest. Represen- 
tative subjects include the Canadian Shield, Precambrian mineral deposits, the 
San Andreas fault, desert geomorphology, Grand Canyon stratigraphy, modern 
and ancient reefs, and glaciated volcanoes. Mineral, rock, and fossil collecting. 
Student reports required. Graduate Staff 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology. Preq.: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Properties, origin, and modes 
of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. Geologic and economic features of the 
principal oil and gas fields, mainly in the United States. (Offered S 1976 and alt. 
years.) Leith 

GY 524 Continental Evolution. Preqs.: GY 222, 351, 440, 452. 3(3-0) F. The 
stratigraphic and tectonic events which have shaped the continents, with emphasis 
upon North America; field trips. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years) Welby 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy. Preq.: GY 331. 3(0-6) F. The theory and technique of 
microscopic investigation of opaque ore minerals, ores and mill products produced 
by benefication of ores. Studies of compositions and textures of materials in polished 
surfaces are based on observations of optical and physical properties, etch reactions 
and microchemical tests. (Offered F 1977 and alt. years.) Brown 

GY 542 Microscopic Petrography. Preq.: GY 440. 3(1-4) F. Systematic study by 
microscopic techniques of the constitution and origin of consolidated rocks. 

Aldrich, Cavaric 

GY 545 Advanced Igneous Petrology. Preq.: GY 440. 3(2-2) F. Physicochemical 
principles related to igneous petrogenesis. General principles and specific problems 
including the origin, differentiation and emplacement of magmas and the possible 
relationships of igneous processes to global tectonics. (Offered F 1977 and alt. 
years.) Spence 



150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GY 546 Advanced Metamorphic Petrology. Preq.: GY 440. 3(2-2) F. The pedo- 
genesis of metamorphic rocks including factors of metamorphism, metamorphic 
facies concept, metamorphic fades series, contact metamorphism, regional dynamo- 
thermal metamorphism, burial metamorphism, ACF-AKF diagrams and feldspars 
of metamorphic rocks. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) Spence 

GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics. Preqs.: GY 351, PY 208 or 212. 3(3-0) S. Funda- 
mental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and instruments 
involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical and other methods of study- 
ing geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous potential, resistivity, radio- 
activity, temperature, and other geophysical logging methods. Study of applications 
and interpretations of results. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Leith 

GY 563 Applied Sedimentary Analysis. Preqs.: GY 452, ST 361. 3(2-2) F. Exten- 
sion of GY 452, with emphasis on coarser grained detrital and chemical sedimentary 
rocks. Sampling of sedimentary population, critical study of assumptions under- 
lying standard measurement techniques; treatment, testing and evaluation of 
sedimentary data; application to problems in sedimentology. (Offered F 1976 and 
alt. years.) Cavaroc 

GY 564 Sedimentary Environments of Deposition. Preq.: GY 452 or grad. stand- 
ing. 3(2-3) S. Fabric of large sedimentary basins in terms of the spatial distribution 
of component major rock facies; current litho-genetic models illustrating internal 
lithic relationships, variability, and predictability; evolution of litho-genetic units; 
comparison with recent equivalents; field trips. Cavaroc 

GY 565 Hydrogeology. Preq.: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Occurrence and sources of sur- 
face and subsurface water. Relationships of surface water to subsurface water. 
Rock properties affecting infiltration, movement, lateral and vertical distribution, 
and quality of ground water. Determination of permeability, capacity, specific 
yield, and other hydraulic characteristics of aquifiers. Principles of well design, 
legal aspects of water supplies. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Wei by 

GY 567 Geochemistry. Preq.: CH 331 or 433. 3(3-0) F. The quantitative distribu- 
tion of elements in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere and the atmosphere. Applica- 
tion of the laws of chemical equilibrium and resultant chemical reactions to natural 
earth systems. Geochemical application of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. 
Isotope geochemistry. (Offered F 1976 and alt. years.) Brown 

GY 581 Geomorphology. Preqs.: GY 101 or 120 plus appropriate background. 
3(2-3) F. Land forms and their relations to processes, stages of development, and 
adjustments to structure. Emphasis on mass-wasting, fluvial geomorphology of 
humid and arid climates, coasts, karst and eolian processes. Lectures, map inter- 
pretations and field trips. Graduate Staff 

GY 582 Quaternary Geology. Preqs.: GY 101 or 120, sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. 
Glaciology, glacial geology, Pleistocene stratigraphy, periglacial geomorphology; 
Quaternary volcanism, tectonism, and sea-level fluctuations; late Cenozoic climate 
changes; field trips. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

GY 583 Photogeology. Preq.: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-2) S. The stereoscopic study of 
aerial photographs to obtain geologic information. The construction of bedrock and 
surficial geologic maps from aerial photographs. .Aspects of remote sensing useful 
in geologic interpretation. Graduate Staff 

GY (MAS) 584 Marine Geology. Preqs.: GY 452, or 101 or 120 plus appropriate 
background. 3(3-0) S. Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151 

diverse features and their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical prop- 
erties of the oceans, sedimentation in the marine environment and near-shore 
features. The economic potential of mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. 
(Offered S 1976 and alt. years.) Welby 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. Special study of some 
advanced phases of geology. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GY 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology. Preqs.: GY 440, 452. 3(3-0) F,S. De- 
tailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. Brown 

GY 630 Geotectonics. Preqs.: GY 351, 440, 452. 3(3-0) F. Philosophical and his- 
torical development of major geologic concepts. Concepts include: orogeny and 
epeirogeny; oroclines and geosynclines; plate tectonics, ocean basin development, 
and continental drift; magmatic cycles in orogeny; expanding and contracting earth 
theories, and energy sources for earth deformation. (Offered F 1977 and alt. years.) 

Aldrich 

GY 695 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Scientific articles, progress 
reports and special problems of interest to geologists and geological and mining 
engineers discussed. Graduate Staff 

GY 699 Geological Research. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged. Lectures, reading 
assignments and reports; special work in geology to meet the needs and interests 
of the students. Thesis problem. Graduate Staff 



Guidance and Personnel Services 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Guidance 
and Personnel Services under Education, page 103. 



History 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor: B. Wishy, Head 

Professors: B. F. Beers, M. L. Brown Jr., M. S. Downs, R. W. Greenlaw, D. E. 
King, S. Noblin, S. Suval; Associate Professors: W. H. Beezley, C. H. Carlton, 
R. N. Elliott, W. C. Harris, J. P. Hobbs, J. M. Riddle, R. H. Sack, E. D. Sylla, 
M. E. Wheeler; Adjunct Associate Professor: T. W. Mitchell; Assistant Profes- 
sors: C. W. Harper Jr., J. A. Mulholland 

The history department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree in 
history. Although no specific courses are stipulated for admission to the program, 
preference will be given to those students with at least 18 hours in historv and a 
total of 30 hours in the social sciences. Candidates are expected to have taken the 



152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination, or if admitted provisionally 
must do so before the end of their first semester. Candidates are requested to 
include a brief statement of their objective in entering the program along with 
their application. 

Normally a degree candidate will concentrate work in either European or 
American historv with the required total of 30 hours being made up of nine to 
twelve hours of course work at the 500-level or above; six hours of research 
seminar (600-level); up to six hours of research and preparation of thesis (600- 
level); and six to nine hours of course work in a field related to the candidate's area 
of concentration (500- or 600-level). Under special circumstances a candidate may 
be permitted to include a 400-level course (see undergraduate catalog for descrip- 
tions) in his or her program if it has particular relevance to one's program 
objectives. 

Candidates concentrating in American history have the advantage of the source 
materials available nearbv at the State Department of History and Archives. It 
should be noted that a candidate's degree program can include a two-semester 
sequence in the history and administration of archives, a field in which there is 
considerable demand for well-trained people at this time. For master's candidates 
interested in teaching in the public schools, the courses required for the state 
certificate are available, but inclusion of these will in most cases extend the time 
needed for the degree to three or four semesters. 

Although no fellowships are now offered, some limited financial assistance is 
available. Inquiry should be addressed to the department head, 161 Harrelson 
Hall. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

XOTE: Prerequisite: (500 level) Six hours of advanced history or equivalent. 

HI 515 The High Middle Ages. 3(3-0). An analysis of various aspects of medieval 
culture. Selected topics such as the revival of the Roman Empire, monastic and 
papal reform, the rise of universities, the evolution of representatives bodies, the 
Gothic style, troubadour and goliardic poetry, scholasticism, and the revival of 
Roman law will be examined using source readings. Research techniques will also 
be discussed. Riddle 

HI 530 Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon. 3(3-0). An examination of 
aspects of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic era which are currently subject 
to differing interpretations. Greenlaw 

HI 532 History of Great Rritain, 1820-1914. 3(3-0). A history of Great Britain 
from the Regency of George IV to the outbreak of World War I with special 
emphasis on studies in depth of the most significant developments in constitutional, 
religious, and economic ideas and institutions. Downs 

HI 536 History of International Relations Since 1870. 3(3-0). A study of European 
diplomatic history and of the larger area of world international relations from the 
Franco-Prussian war through both World Wars up to the present. Emphasis on 
policies and attempts to solve international problems. Brown 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153 

HI 545 The American Civil War. 3(3-0) F. The course traces and analyzes events 
that led to the disruption of the union and provides an intensive study of the war, 
with emphasis upon its nonmilitary aspects. Only the major military campaigns 
are discussed. Harris 

HI 546 Reconstruction of the American Union. 3(3-0) S. This course is an in- 
depth study of the difficulties involved in the restoration and readjustment of 
American society after the Civil War. Special attention is given to social and 
economical conditions in the defeated South, military reconstruction and Republi- 
can ascendacy in the region. Harris 

HI 548 The American Response to Industrialism. 3(3-0). Focuses on the indus- 
trialization of the American economy and on efforts to deal with the ensuing 
transformation of American life through politics, social institutions and ideas. 

Staff 

HI 551 History and Principles of the Administration of Archives and Manu- 
scripts. 3(3-0) F. A study of the nature, importance and use of original manuscript 
resources; the history and evolution of written records, and the institutions 
administering them. Mitchell 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of Archives and Manuscripts. 

Preq.: HI 551. 3(3-0) S. Internship training in the application of the principles and 
practices of archival management. Mitchell 

HI 561 U.S. Far Eastern Relations. 3(3-0). A study of American expansion into 
the Pacific and involvement in Asian affairs. Both official diplomatic relations and 
unofficial contacts (by missionaries, educators, businessmen, and the like) are 
examined. Beers 

HI 565 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1607-1865. 3(3-0) F. The history 
of urban life in the United States, 1607-1865; this course is designed primarily to 
give the student an understanding of the historical background of today's urban 
problems. King 

HI 566 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1865-Present. 3(3-0) S. The history 
of urban life in the United States, from 1865 to present. This course is designed 
primarily to give the student an understanding of the historical background of 
today's urban problems. King 

HI 572 History of Soviet Russia Since 1930. 3(3-0). Analysis of the domestic and 
foreign policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 with special emphasis on the 
position of the Soviet Union in the world since 1945. Wheeler 

HI 598 Special Topics in History. 1-6, F,S. An investigation of topics of particular 
interest to advanced students under the direction of faculty members on a tutorial 
basis. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NOTE: Prerequisite: (600 level) Six hours of advanced history or equivalent. 

HI 601 Historiography and Historical Method. 3(3-0) F. A study of the major 
steps in the development of historical investigation and writing from classical times 
to the present, as well as an analysis of the elements of good historical research 
and writing with some discussion of methodology used by the contemporary 
scholarly historian. Graduate Staff 



154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

HI 602 Seminar in American History. 3(3-0) S. A small research seminar on 
special topics in American history. Graduate Staff 

HI 604 Seminar in European History. 3(3-0) S. A small research seminar on 
special topics in European history. Graduate Staff 

HI 606 Seminar in Diplomatic History. 3(3-0) S. A small research seminar on 
topics in diplomatic history. Brown 

HI 699 Research in History. Credits Arranged, 1-6. Individual research under 
graduate thesis supervisor. Graduate Staff 



Horticultural Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. W. Strobel, Head 

Professor R. L. Lower, Graduate Coordinator 

Professors: W. E. Ballinger, F. D. Cochran, G. J. Galletta, F. L. Haynes Jr., R. A. 
Larson, C. H. Miller, P. V. Nelson; Research Professor: D. T. Pope; Extension 
Professors: J. W. Love, W. A. Skroch; Associate Professors: T. F. Cannon, T. R. 
Konsler, T. J. Monaco, W. B. Nesbitt, D. M. Pharr, J. C. Raulston Jr., C. R. 
Unrath, D. C. Zeiger; Extension Associate Professors: C. M. Mainland, D. C. 
Sanders; Assistant Professor: L. K. Hammett 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Professors: R. Aycock, R. J. Downs, R. H. Moll, T. J. Sheets, R. J. Volk; Associate 
Professor: R. L. Mott 

Graduate study under the direction of the horticulture science faculty may lead 
to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of study 
include plant physiology, plant breeding and genetics, post-harvest physiology, 
plant nutrition, growth regulators and weed science. The Master of Agriculture, a 
professional degree, can be earned by substituting additional course work for 
research requirements of graduate study. 

Facilities for graduate studies include a 41,400 square foot greenhouse (21 
sections each with separately-controlled light and temperature); the phytotron 
(available for controlled environment studies on horticultural crops); 19 well- 
equipped laboratories (seven analytical, one chromatography, one soil-testing, 
one seed handling and storage, three cytological/anatomical, one radioisotope, one 
tissue culture, one analytical cold laboratory, one postharvest handling, and one 
landscape); 14 controlled temperature storage rooms; an extensive collection of 
plant materials; and a variety of climates and soils from coast to mountains in 
North Carolina on 10 outlying research stations. 

Opportunities for employment after graduate study include teaching and re- 
search faculty positions in state and private universities; research and regulatory 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155 

positions with the United States Department of Agriculture, both foreign and 
domestic; extension specialists and county agents; research, production and pro- 
motional work with agri-business, concerned with production of horticultural crops 
or services to horticultural industries. 

Graduate teaching and research assistantships (commercial. Agricultural Foun- 
dation, or Experiment Station) for promising students are available. Students are 
encouraged to apply for assistantships at least six months prior to the anticipated 
enrollment date. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 411 Nursery Management. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping. Preqs.: SSC 200, HS 211, HS 212. 4(2-6) F. 

HS 421 Fruit Production. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. 

HS 432 Vegetable Production. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. 

HS 441 Floriculture I. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. 

HS 442 Floriculture II. Preqs.: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. 

HS 471 Arboriculture. Preqs.: BS 1O0, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in Horticultural Science. Preq.: Consent of department. 
1(1-0) F. 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural Science. 1-6 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq.: CS 414 or equiva- 
lent. 3(2-2) S. Studies on the losses caused by weeds, the ecology of weeds, biologi- 
cal control, basic concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and 
herbicide development. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques used in 
herbicide work and to field research techniques supplemented by laboratory and 
field exercises. Monaco 

HS (FS) 521 Food Preservation. 3(2-3) F. (See food science, page 140.) 

HS (CS, GN) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3.0) F. (See crop science, page 89.) 

HS (CS, GN) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop science, 
page 89.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants. Preq.: BO 421. 3(2-3) F. Exercises in 
tissue culture principles and techniques as they relate to horticulture. Emphasis 
on endogenous controls of plant growth and the role of growth regulating com- 
pounds in horticultural research and production. Graduate Staff 

HS (FS) 562 Postharvest Physiology. Preq.: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. A study of chemical 
and physiological changes that occur during handling, transportation and storage 



156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

which affect the quality of horticultural crops. Consideration will be given to 
preharvest and postharvest conditions which influence these changes. 

Graduate Staff 

HS 599 Research Principles. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged, Maximum 6. Investi- 
gation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the instructor. The 
students obtain practice in experimental techniques and procedures, critical review 
of literature and scientific writing. The problem may last one or two semesters. 
Credits will be determined by the nature of the problem, not to exceed a total of 
three hours for any one problem. A written report and final oral exam required 
for completion of course. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HS (CS, GN) 613 Plant Breeding Theory. 3(3-0) S. (See crop science, page 89.) 

HS (CS, SSC) 614 Herbicide Rehavior in Plants and Soils. 3(3-0) F. (See crop 
science, page 89.) 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research. Preq.: Grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F. Critical study and evaluation of technical writings and research presen- 
tation, research design and evaluation, photography, and basic electronics related 
to horticultural research. Graduate Staff 

HS 622 Mineral Nutrition in Plants. Preqs.: BO 551, 552. 3(2-3) S. A compre- 
hensive study of the functional roles of nutrients essential to plant growth, their 
interrelationships and their mode of influence on quality indices of horticultural 
crops. Consideration of the complexity of mineral nutrition experimentation and 
evaluation of results. Recent developments in nutrient sources. A detailed look at 
the establishment and application of foliar analysis, foliar fertilization, and the 
nutrient uptake process in plants. (Offered 1976-77 and alt. years.) Nelson 

HS 691 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. Required of all horticultural science 
graduate students. 1(1-0) F,S. Presentation of scientific articles and special lec- 
tures. Students will be required to present one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research. Preqs.: Grad. standing in HS, consent of advisory committee 
chairman. Credits Arranged. A maximum of six credits is - allowed toward the 
Master of Science degree; no limitation on credits in doctoral program. Original 
research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable and ornamental crops. 

Graduate Staff 

Industrial and Technical Education 

Industrial Arts Education 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Industrial and 
Technical Education and Industrial Arts Education in the Education section, 
page 105. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157 

Industrial Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor W. A. Smith Jr., Head 

Professors: C. A. Anderson, J. R. Canada, S. E. Elmaghraby, R. W. Llewellyn, 
R. G. Pearson, A. L. Prak; Professor Emeritus: R. G. Carson Jr.; Associate 
Professors: R. E. Alvarez, M. A. Ayoub, R. H. Rernhard, J. J. Harder, H. L. W. 
Nuttle, S. Stidham Jr.; Assistant Professors: D. J. Kulonda, J. A. Tompkins; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: M. J. Goodman 

Industrial engineering is concerned with solutions to problems relating to design 
and control of organizational systems, such as industrial and commercial corpora- 
tions, government agencies, and other institutions which provide goods or services 
for public consumption. Interests include the management of operations, planning 
and scheduling, manufacturing engineering, allocation of resources, dynamic sys- 
tem design, man-machine relationships, and occupational safety and health. 

The department offers the degrees of Master of Industrial Engineering, Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The focal points of study are: management 
systems, ergonomics, and operations design and control. Typical minors are taken 
in statistics, economics and business, mathematics, psychology and other engi- 
neering disciplines. 

The M.S. degree may be taken either with or without a thesis. The thesis work 
for the M.S. degree may account for as many as six semester hours. For the 
non-thesis option a formal written report, based upon scholarly project work, is 
required. No thesis is required for the MIE degree. A departmental brochure 
which details the orientation and requirements for all degrees is available. No 
foreign language is required at the master's level, and a foreign language is optional 
with the student's advisory committee at the doctoral level. 

The University provides access to an outstanding computer capability (the 
IRM System/370, Model 165 with a Model 135 remote terminal on campus and 
several conveniently located input terminals, including two terminals in the depart- 
ment for use in interactive computation). Facilities for ergonomics research are 
also excellent for the study of environmental factors, biomechanics and work 
physiology, and human performance assessment. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 401 Stochastic Models in Industrial Engineering. Preq.: An introductory course 
in probability and/or math statistics. 3(3-0) F,S. 

IE 402 Quantitative Methods and Optimization. Preq.: IE 361. 3(3-0) F. 

IE 403 Quantitative Methods Practicum. Preqs.: IE 361, 401. 3(1-2) S. 

IE 408 Production Control. Preqs.: IE 361, 401. 3(3-0) S. 



158 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

IE 421 Information and Control Systems. Preqs.: Sr. standing; course in computer 
programming. 3(1-4) F,S. 

IE 432 Methods Engineering. Preq.: IE 352. 3(2-3) S. 

IE 453 Facilities Design. Preq.: Sr. standing in IE. 3(1-4) F. 

IE 454 Modeling of Man-Machine Systems. Preq.: IE 401. 3(2-1) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE (MA, OR) 505 Mathematical Programming I. Preq.: MA 405. 3(3-0) F.Sum. A 
study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear pro- 
gramming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete 
development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well 
as a discussion of a number of applications. Graduate Staff 

IE (OR) 509 Dynamic Programming. Preqs.: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. An intro- 
duction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming and its 
application to sequential decision problems. Nuttle, Elmaghraby 

IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis. Preqs.: IE 311, ST 421. 3(3-0) F. 
Analysis of project economy models with certainty assumed, advantages analyses 
employing probability concepts, sensitivity studies and measures of utility. Esti- 
mation techniques and use of accounting information, time series analysis and 
judgment factors. Planning and uses of capital funds. Bernhard 

IE 515 Advanced Manufacturing Processes. Preqs.: IE 351 and EE 331 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F. The course examines manufacturing processes which involve 
chemical, electrochemical, electrical, thermo-electric and non-conventional mechani- 
cal, energy modes. Each process is investigated as to its underlying theory, 
state-of-the art technology, interaction with the workpiece material, geometric 
capability and economics. Harder 

IE 517 Computer Aided Manufacturing. Preqs.: IE 351 or equivalent and computer 
programming. 3(3-0) S. This course is concerned with the integration of the ele- 
ments of production processes into a Computer Aided Manufacturing system 
(CAM). Students will generate programs for parts production in the APT language, 
for plotter verification, and for 3-axis machining. The benefits of computer aided 
design and graphics in designing products for CAM are stressed. Industry case 
examples of machining, assembly and continuous process operations are studied. 

Harder 

IE 521 Management Decision and Control Systems. Preqs.: IE 421, CSC 421 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Planning and development of comprehensive computer-based 
information systems to support management decisions. Formal systems concepts; 
management information requirements. Management science and organizational 
behavior influences. Data bases and advanced system techniques and concepts. 
System evaluation and cost effectiveness. Smith, Llewellyn 

IE (OR) 522 Organizational Systems Dynamics. Preqs.: ST 371, IE 421. 3(3-0) F. 
A study of the behavior of large organizations as simulated on a large digital 
computer and driven by suitable exogenous inputs. Basic theory of feedback control 
of systems; methods of modeling for continuous simulation, including aspects of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159 

management policy. Projects cover study, modeling and simulation of industrial, 
business, political social organizations and systems; methods of changing system 
behavior by modifying parameters and model structure. Llewellyn 

IE 523 Inventory Control Methods I. Preqs.: ST 421, ST 515, OR 501. 3(3-0) S. 
A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points and pro- 
duction schedules. Simple inventory models, models with restrictions, price breaks, 
price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction to the smoothing 
problems in continuous manufacturing. Applications of linear and dynamic pro- 
gramming. Graduate Staff 

IE 525 Organizational Planning and Control. Preqs.: Three credit hours in 
operations management (such as EB 325, IE 308, IE 408). 3(3-0) S. Organization 
theory and systems approaches to administrative functions. Human and social 
influences on management systems for planning and control of activity. Policy, 
structure and procedure related to industrial engineering activities. Effects of 
automation. (To be taught alt. years.) Smith, Pearson 

IE (PSY) 540 Human Factors in Systems Design. Preqs.: IE (PSY) 338 or IE 
354; Coreqs.: ST 507 or 515. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to problems of the systems 
development cycle, including man-machine function allocation, military specifica- 
tions, display-control compatibility, the personnel sub-system concept and main- 
tainability design. Detailed treatment is given to man as an information processing 
mechanism. Pearson 

IE 541 Systems Safety Engineering. Preqs.: IE 354, ST 371. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Prob- 
lems in occupational safety and health; preventive aspects involving product and 
work design, and personnel selection. Consideration of the methods used in acci- 
dent-injury study, including field investigation, experimental engineering and 
biomedical research, statistical studies, and fault tree analysis. Managerial aspects 
of safety accountability. (To be taught in alt. years.) Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 542 Physiological Criteria in Work Measurement. Preq.: Grad. status. 3(3-0) 
F. Emphasis is placed on basic endocrine and autonomic nervous system anatomy 
and physiology; measures reflecting sympathetic nervous system activity; concepts 
applicable to work measurement studies including a discussion of arousal theory 
and the concept of autonomic balance; and survey of current literature on equip- 
ment design and use. (To be offered in alt. years.) Ayoub 

IE 544 Occupational Biomechanics. Preq.: Grad. standing in engineering. 3(2-2) F. 
General concepts and techniques of understanding the anatomical and physiological 
bases of human motion. Characteristics and limitations of human motor capabilities, 
body mechanics, and use of biomedical instrumentation for monitoring and quanti- 
fying human performance. Applications of biomechanics in work, industry, re- 
habilitation, sports, space research and safety are also considered. (To be offered 
in alt. years.) Ayoub 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control. Preqs.: IE 353, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. The statistical 
foundations of quality control are emphasized as well as its economic implications. 
Mathematical derivations of most of the formulas used are given. Sampling tech- 
niques are treated extensively and many applications of this powerful technique 
are explained. Graduate Staff 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability. Preqs.: IE 353, ST 421. 3(3-0) F. The methodology 
of reliability including application of discrete and continuous distribution models 
and statistical designs; reliability estimation, reliability structure models, relia- 



160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

bility demonstration and decision, and reliability growth models. Example of 
reliability evaluation and demonstration programs. Graduate Staff 

IE (OR) 561 Queues and Stochastic Service Systems. Preq.: MA 421. 3(3-0) F. 
General concepts of stochastic processes are introduced. Poisson processes, Markov 
processes and renewal theory are presented. These are then used in the analysis of 
queues, starting with a completely memoryless queue to one with general para- 
meters. Applications to many engineering problems will be considered. Stidham 

IE (CSC, OR) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. 3(3-0) S. (See com- 
puter science, page 86.) 

IE (OR) 586 Network Flows. Preqs.: IE (OR, MA) 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
This course will study problems of flows in networks. These problems will include 
the determination of the shortest chain, maximal flow and minimal cost flow in 
networks. The relationship between network flows and linear programming will be 
developed as well as problems with nonlinear cost functions, multicommodity flows 
and the problem of network synthesis. (Offered in alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

IE 591 Project Work. Preq.: Grad. or sr. standing. 1-6. Investigation and report 
on an assigned problem for students enrolled in the fifth-year curriculum in indus- 
trial engineering. Graduate Staff 

IE (PSY) 593 Area Seminar in Ergonomics. 1(0-2) F. (See psychology, page 223.) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications. Preq.: IE (MA, OR) 505 or EB 555. 
3(3-0) S. The application of linear programming to large problems of a practical 
nature; product mix, diet, scheduling and blending problems; problem generation, 
control of accuracy, report generation. Stress is laid on post-optimal studies, 
multiple-objective functions and right-hand sides; parametric programming on the 
right hand side, the objective function, the rim and the interior. Decomposition of 
various types of problems will receive considerable attention with extensions into 
some nonlinear system. (Offered in alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems. Preqs.: IE (MA, OR) 505, OR 501. 
3(3-0) F. The study of production systems: the model, the criterion, decision making 
and optimization, levels of decision. The graphic representation of systems: signal 
flow graphs, activity analysis, networks of flow models. The machine assignment 
problem, scheduling and sequencing, line balancing location-allocation of new facili- 
ties. The use of computers in the design of production systems. (Offered in alt. 
years.) Elmaghraby 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II. Preq.: IE 523. 3(3-0) F. A continuation of 
IE 523; stochastic inventory systems of lot sized-reorder type; periodic review and 
single period models. Application of dynamic programming theory to deterministic 
and stochastic cases. Nuttle 

IE (PSY) 640 Skilled Operator Performance. Preqs.: PSY 545, ST 507, or ST 515. 
3(3-0) F. Theories of the human operators are considered with regard to the classi- 
cal problems of monitoring, vigilance and tracking. Factors such as biological 
rhythm. Sleep loss, sensory restriction, environmental stress and time-sharing are 
considered as they interact with and determine overall systems efficiency. (Offered 
in alt. years.) Pearson 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161 

IE 641 Environmental Factors and Human Performance. Preqs.: IE (PSY) 540 
and IE 542 or other equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Study of major problem areas, methodology, 
theory and experimental work in biotechnology; interaction among engineering, 
biological and behavioral factors in design for safety and survival; physiology and 
biomechanics of acceleration, deceleration and pressure altitude; consideration of 
operator effectiveness in submarine, extra-terrestrial, arctic and desert environ- 
ments; techniques in evaluation of crash dynamics and pathology; closed-ecologi- 
cal systems. (Offered in alt. years.) Pearson 

IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits 
Arranged. The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small 
groups of students to undertake studies of special areas in industrial engineering 
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by an existing 
industrial engineering graduate level course. Problems may require individual 
research and initiative in the application of industrial engineering training to new 
areas or fields. Graduate Staff 

IE (OR, MA) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. Preq.: IE (MA, 
OR) 505. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The study of special advanced topics in the area of mathe- 
matical programming. New techniques and current research in this area will be 
discussed. The faculty responsible for this course will select the areas to be covered 
during the semester according to their preference and interest. This course will 
not necessarily be taught by an individual faculty member but can, on occasion, be 
a joint effort of several faculty members from this University as well as visiting 
faculty from other institutions. To date, a course on Theory of Networks and another 
on Integer Programming have been offered under the umbrella of this course. It is 
anticipated that these two topics will be repeated in the future together with other 
topics. Graduate Staff 

IE 693 Seminar in Applied Ergonomics. Preqs.: IE (PSY) 540, ST 515. 1(0-2) S. 
Discussion of contemporary issues involving the systems approach to accident 
prevention and injury control. History of safety research; federal health, industrial 
and military activities in safety; current centers of safety research and their 
activity. Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 694 Advanced Problems in Ergonomics. Preqs.: IE (PSY) 540, ST 515. 3(3-0) 
F. Exploration in depth of a problem area of contemporary interest involving the 
man-machine-environment interface. Class discussion and analysis of research and 
theory, with special focus on the human factors aspects of systems design and 
operation. Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 695 Seminar. 1(0-1) F,S. Seminar discussion of industrial engineering prob- 
lems for graduate students. Case analyses and reports. Graduate Staff 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. F,S,Sum. Graduate 
research in industrial engineering for thesis credit. Graduate Staff 



International Development 

Professor]. Rigney, Dean 

There is no question that America's need for trained personnel for service in 
foreign countries will increase greatly during the coming years. The world is 
moving inexorably toward greater interchange of people and greater volume of 
commerce between nations, and the number of Americans going abroad each year 



162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

for business and pleasure is increasing. This growing interchange among nations 
requires the services of skilled persons in all walks of life, but they must be persons 
who have the capability to move and work effectively between our culture and 
others. A variety of employment opportunities are available to persons who are 
well qualified in a particular profession or discipline and who also know the 
language and cultural background of other parts of the world. 

The degree of Master of Technology for International Development is designed 
to give an international orientation and perspective to the master's degree that 
is sought in any of the scientific and professional fields represented at this Uni- 
versity. It is designed to provide specialized training for students who are 
interested in utilizing their skills in international activities, whether technical, 
consultative or administrative in character. 

The program of study is tailored to the student's individual needs rather than 
following a prescribed course. The "core area" department assists in choosing a 
set of courses that provide background in the professional area, and the Dean for 
International Programs assists in identifying appropriate "internationalizing" 
courses that satisfy the student's particular needs. 

Application for admission to the Graduate School to pursue studies leading to 
the Master of Technology for International Development are evaluated bv the 
Office of the Graduate Dean and the respective department in which the core 
course work is proposed. 

General requirements for admission are: a bachelor's degree from a college or 
university recognized as standard by a regional or general accrediting agencv, 
and at least a "B" grade average in one's undergraduate major. 

The program of work for this degree includes the following: 

1. A total of 36 semester credits is required, at least half of which must be 
in the "core professional area" (e.g. animal science, politics, engineering, land- 
scape architecture, etc.). The remainder of the course work provides special 
orientation, sensitivity and understanding for working in a foreign culture. In the 
"internationalizing" courses, 12 semester credits may be drawn from courses at the 
300- and 400-levels, of which no more than six credits may be taken from the 300- 
level. 

2. A minimum field experience of 12 weeks in a foreign countrv, and report 
on the field experience is required. 

3. Conversational facility in one foreign language is necessary. 

4. The examination requirements are the same as for the Master of Science 
degree. 



Landscape Architecture 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor R. R. Wilkinson, Program Director 

Professors: T. O. Perry, C. E. McKinney; Professor Emeritus: E. G. Thurlow; 
Associate Professors: R. T. Hester Jr., A. L. Sullivan; Assistant Professors: G. F. 
Gumz, D. Wood; Visiting Assistant Professor: L. L. Jewell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163 

The program leading to the degree, Master of Landscape Architecture, provides 
the student with a structure in which one can explore the complexity of changing 
environmental situations and develop more comprehensive skills and insights into 
techniques of analysis and design. A minimum of four semesters of academic work 
is required. It consists of a core of theory and concepts, a workshop/studio sequence 
stressing research and design applications and a minor area of study. 

The program of each student can be developed to suit individual needs in 
conjunction with an advisory committee made up of two program faculty members 
and a faculty member representing the minor. Core courses can be selected from 
the various graduate level lectures and seminars within the School of Design. 
Workshop/studios involving landscape architecture faculty are appropriate. The 
minor program can be selected from any of the related areas of study offered at 
North Carolina State, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill or Duke 
University. 

In addition to course work, the student is required to develop a major project 
which functions to integrate the course and studio materials he or she covered. 
There is also a comprehensive oral examination in the final semester of residence. 

Students with a variety of disciplinary backgrounds will be admitted to the pro- 
gram to ensure a mixture of student objectives and perspectives. The program — 
while focusing on individual student needs and aspirations — will stress competence 
in the areas of community design, environmental analysis, analysis of user needs, 
post development evaluation and general proficiency in design and communication. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Architecture Design (Series). Preq.: DN 202 or 
consent of department. 6(1-9) F,S. 

LAR 410 Site Planning. Preqs.: LAR 212; and GY 120/GY 110 or GY 101/GY 
110 or SSC 205. 3(2-2) F. 

LAR 411 Natural Environment Analysis in Design. Preqs.: LAR 410, science elec- 
tive or CI. 3(2-3) F. 

LAR 412 Social Factors Analysis in Design. Preq.: LAR 212 or CI. 3(2-4) S. 

LAR 491 Special Projects in Landscape Architecture. Preqs.: Sr. standing and 
3.0G.P.A. 2-4 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 503 Regional Design Workshop I. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(0-9) F,S. Study 
of current literature in regional design and planning with emphasis on extracting 
a number of premises, theoretical structures and information handling techniques 
as a basis for seminar discussions and activities. 

LAR 504 Regional Design Workshop II. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(0-9) F,S. Case 
study projects designed to explore the relationship between the resource base and 
the development intentions with the purpose of evolving clear statements of prob- 
lems involved and their susceptibility to solution problem situations will be de- 
veloped from differing viewpoints and levels of complexity. 



164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

LAR 511 Social Design Policy. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(1-2) F. The course ex- 
plores the theory and practices of the social policy impact on the designed environ- 
ment and the users of that environment. The public community development process 
is studied as it relates to the built environment. 

LAR 512 Landscape Resource Management. Preq.: LAR 411 or CI. 3(1-4) S. 
Laboratory techniques course in the methodology of analysis and management of 
natural resources as it relates to landscape architecture. Case study approach to 
managed resource systems using spatial mapping and analysis techniques. 

LAR 521 Values, Theory and Methods of Landscape Architecture. Preq.: Grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. The profession of landscape architecture has undergone radical 
change in the past decade. Regional analysis, landscape assessment, land develop- 
ment, urban planning, recreation planning, etc., are new and emerging roles for 
the landscape architect. This course will develop the core values and theories from 
which each have emerged and survey the techniques and methods of their develop- 
ment. 

LAR (PD, ARC) 571 Issues in Housing. 3(3-0) F. (See architecture, page 58.) 

LAR 591, 592 Special Projects. Preq.: Grad. standing. 4(2-6) F,S. Student- 
evolved projects with emphasis on utilization and expansion of technical processes 
and techniques to reinforce design solutions. Introduction and investigation of 
experimental methodology. Development of student-evolved interest in specific 
areas. Open to graduate students in related fields. Evaluation of nonmajors based 
on contributions of their discipline to group effort. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

LAR 603 Regional Design III. Preqs.: LAR 503, 504. 3(0-9) F. Course will be 
directed at a synthesis of information handling methods and environmental design 
theory within an institutional context. The procedure will be to clarify environ- 
mental problems, generate alternative solutions to problems, illustrate the physical 
implications of alternatives and evaluate the alternative on the basis of their 
capacity to be implemented through established institutions and agencies. The 
course will be structured around existing situations which have the capacity to 
be abstracted into prototypical situations. 

LAR 604 Regional Design IV. Preqs.: LAR 503, 504, 603. 3-6 S. Terminal project 
for regional design degree students. Projects will be selected and developed by 
individual students under the direction of major and minor professors. 

LAR 612 Social Factors Analysis in Design. Preq.: LAR 511 or CI. 3(2-1) S. The 
course explores social factors techniques and research applications to the design of 
the landscape. Interaction, neighborhood theory, and user preference analysis 
techniques will be presented through discussion and development of research and 
case studies. 

LAR 691 Degree Seminar. Preqs.: LAR 503, 504, 603; Coreq.: LAR 604. 0. Each 
student in his or her terminal semester and in conjunction with the terminal case 
study will prepare and submit to his or her committee a presentation on the 
relevance of one's minor to the design process with particular reference to the 
individual's case study. 

LAR 698 Advanced Research Projects. Preqs.: LAR 503, 504 or CI. 2-6 F.S. 
Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake selected research investi- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165 

gations. A proposal for such investigations must be submitted prior to consent for 
enrollment. 



Marine Sciences 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor L. J. Langfelder, Chairman 

Professors: M. Amein, A. W. Cooper, B. J. Copeland, J. A. Edwards, W. W. 
Hassler, C. J. Leith, I. S. Longmuir, W. J. Saucier, J. C. Williams III; Associate 
Professors: V. V. Cavaroc Jr., C. E. Knowles, L. H. Royster, F. Y. Sorrell Jr., 
C. C. Tung, N. B. Webb, A. H. Weber, C. W. Welby; Adjunct Associate 
Professors: N. E. Huang, J. R. Smith; Extension Professor: F. B. Thomas; 
Assistant Professors: J. A. Daggerhart Jr., J. L. Machemehl, J. M. Miller, L. J. 
Pietrafesa, T. G. Wolcott 

The oceans are perhaps man's last great frontier on earth. Further understanding 
of the oceans and effective utilization of their resources depends upon a thorough 
knowledge of the geography of the sea and its logistics, the mineral resources of 
the sea and their extraction, the biological resources of the sea and their utilization, 
ocean pollution, and deep sea and coastal engineering. North Carolina is richly 
endowed with marine environments and resources. The State has over 300 miles 
of shoreline which enclose about 2,500 square miles of shallow sounds and 
associated habitats. In addition, an extensive continental shelf and proximity to the 
Gulf Stream and cold northern waters make for rich and varied opportunities for 
the study of marine science. 

The curriculum in marine sciences brings together the faculties and facilities 
of both the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State 
University to offer broad graduate training in the various areas of marine sciences. 
The program gives students a wide choice of faculty advisers, marine science 
courses and potential research projects. Departments on the North Carolina State 
campus involved in this curriculum include biochemistry, botany, chemistry, civil 
engineering, economics and business, engineering science and mechanics, food 
science, geosciences, mechanical and aerospace engineering, microbiology, physics, 
soil science and zoology. 

A variety of facilities are available to students wishing to do research in marine 
sciences. The Department of Zoology operates a fisheries oriented laboratory on 
Cape Hatteras. The State of North Carolina has recently completed construction 
on marine resources facilities in Dare, Manteo and New Hanover counties. Facili- 
ties are available at each of these laboratories for applied research. 

For admission to the curriculum in marine sciences, an undergraduate degree is 
required in a basic science such as bacteriology, biology, botany, chemistry, engi- 
neering, geology, physics or zoology. A graduate student may choose to major in 
marine sciences or one may major in a field represented by a regular department 



166 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

and minor in marine sciences. Marine science degrees offered are the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. A major in marine sciences is normally expected 
to be familiar with other areas of marine sciences in addition to the area in which 
one specializes. In order to provide for some breadth within the program, physical 
oceanography, biological oceanography, geological oceanography, chemical ocean- 
ography, and meteorological oceanography have been designated as core areas. 
It is normally expected that the graduate student will take two or more of these 
courses outside the area of specialization. Requirements for the minor, the thesis, 
the language, admission to candidacv, residence and final examinations are as 
specified in the regulations of the Graduate School. 

MAS (MAE) 471 Undersea Vehicle Design. Preq.: ESM 303 or MAE 355. 3(3-0) S. 

MAS (CE, OY) 487 Physical Oceanography. Preqs.: MA 202 and PY 212. 3(3-0) F. 

MA''. (ZO) 529 Biological Oceanography. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology, page 262.) 

M. S (OY, CE) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. 3(3-0) S. (See physical oceanography, 
page 200.) 

MAS (OY) 551 Ocean Circulation. 3(3-0) S. (See physical oceanography, page 200.) 

MAS (CE) 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering. 3(3-0) F. (See civil 
engineering, page 81.) 

MAS (GY) 584 Marine Geology. 3(3-0) S. (See geology, page 150.) 

MAS 591, 592 Marine Sciences Seminar. 1(1-0) S. A seminar designed to give 
perspective in the field of marine science. Topics vary from semester to semester. 
In order to obtain credit a student must deliver a seminar. 

MAS (OY) 601, 602 Advanced Physical Oceanography I, II. 3(3-0) F,S. (See physi- 
cal oceanography, page 200.) 

MAS (OY, ESM) 605, 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I. II. 3(3-0) F,S. 
(See physical oceanography, page 200.) 

MAS (OY, ESM) 613, 614 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I, II. 3(3-0) 
F,S. (See physical oceanography, page 200.) 

MAS 693 Special Topics in Marine Sciences. Preqs.: Grad. standing and CI. 1-3. 
This course will provide the opportunity for advanced graduate students to study in 
special problem areas in marine sciences. Various areas in the program may use 
this course concurrently in their areas. 

MAS (OY) 699 Research in Marine Sciences. Preqs.: Grad. standing and consent 
of advisory committee. Credits Arranged. F,S. 

UNC-CH MAS 101 General Oceanography. 3(3-0) F. A study of the seas and their 
processes. 

UNC-CH MAS 105 (ESE 128) Chemical Oceanography. 3(3-0) S. A variation and 
abundance of sea water constituents. The chemical, physical and biological pro- 
cesses contributing to the distribution and problems of dispersion of conservative 
and nonconservative substances are considered. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 167 

Materials Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor W. W. Austin, Head 

Professors: J. R. Beeler Jr., R. B. Benson Jr., A. A. Fahmy, J. K. Magor, C. R. 
Manning Jr., K. L. Moazed; Research Professors: H. Palmour III, H. H. Stadel- 
maier, R. F. Stoops; Professor ETneritus: W. W. Kriegel; Adjunct Professors: 
H. M. Davis, G. Mayer; Associate Professors: R. F. Davis, J. V. Hamme, G. O. 
Harrell; Adjunct Assistant Professor: J. C. Hurt 

The Department of Materials Engineering offers graduate programs leading to 
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Graduate courses in 
materials science and engineering are also offered for the benefit of students 
majoring in other areas who may wish to obtain a minor in materials fields. 

Financial assistance is available to qualified graduate students in materials 
engineering. Graduate assistantships permit half-time studies toward advanced 
degrees, and half time to be devoted to teaching or research. Sponsored fellowships 
and traineeships that permit full-time graduate study are available on a competi- 
tive basis. Applications should be made to the department. 

During the past decade rapid developments in aerospace, electronics and 
nuclear technologies, and an array of societal problems and their attendant 
materials problems have resulted in increased emphasis on graduate study and 
research on the fundamental properties and behavior of materials, as well as on 
applications-oriented research. 

Graduate programs in materials engineering are highly flexible. The department 
refrains from establishing a rigidly formalized sequence of courses for advanced 
degree candidates and recognizes flexibility as of utmost importance regardless of 
the candidate's prior specialization. Emphasis may be placed upon fundamental 
research or upon the application of basic concepts in materials science to various 
engineering and societal problems. 

Therefore, the programs of study for graduate students majoring in materials 
are determined by the candidate in consultation with one's adviser and graduate 
committee, and depend on the background and the needs of the candidate. 

The departmental faculty is strong in metallurgical engineering and ceramic 
engineering. A cooperative program with the chemical engineering department 
provides for graduate study and research in polymeric materials. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 400 Metallic Materials in Engineering Design. Preq.: MAT 200 or 201. 
3(3-0). 

MAT 401 Materials Processing. Preqs.: MAT 301, 450, 412. 3(3-0). 

MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in Materials Science I, II. Preqs.: (411) MAT 
201; (412) MAT 411. 3(3-0) 



168 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

.MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design. Preq.: MAT 312. 3(2-3). 

MAT 423, 424 Materials Factors in Design I, II. Preqs.: (423) MAT 450; (424) 
MAT 423; Coreq.: (423) MAT 431. 3(3-0). 

MAT 431. 432 Physical Metallurgy I, II. Preqs.: (431) MAT 412; (432) MAT 431. 
3(3-0). 

MAT 435, 436 Physical Ceramics I, II. Preqs.: (435) MAT 412; (436) MAT 435. 
(435) 3(3-0), (436) 3(2-3). 

MAT 437 Introduction to the Vitreous State. Preq.: MAT 301. 3(3-0). 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of Materials. Preqs.: MAT 201 and ESM 205. 
3(3-0). 

MAT 491 Materials Engineering Seminar. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1(1-0). 

MAT 493, 494 Ceramic Field Exercises I, II. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1(0-3). 

MAT 495 Materials Engineering Projects. Preq.: Jr. or sr. standing. Credits 
Arranged. 1-6. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 500 Modern Concepts in Materials Science. Preq.: MAT 412. 3(3-0) F. 
Applications of current theories of materials such as crystal theory, continuum and 
quasi-continuum theories, phenomenological theories, etc., to the solution of 
materials problems. 

MAT 503 Ceramic Microscopy. Preq.: GY 331. 3(2-3) F. Transmitted and re- 
flected light techniques for the systematic study of ceramic materials and products. 

MAT 509 High Vacuum Technology. Preq.: CH 433 or MAE 301. 3(2-3) F.S. 
Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance and measure- 
ment of high vacuum; design, construction and operation of high vacuum high 
temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of materials which are processed, 
tested and/or utilized in high vacuum environments. 

MAT 510 Structure of Crystalline Materials. Preq.: MAT 411; Coreq.: MAT 500. 
3(3-0) F. The lattice structure of crystals, including group theory applications, 
reciprocal lattice concept and the study of crystal structure as related to bonding. 

MAT 520 Theory and Structure of Materials. Preq.: MAT 510. 3(3-0) S. Structure 
of liquids, and crystalline and amorphous solids used in engineering systems. 
Crystallinity and thermal properties. Ionic crystals in ceramic systems. The 
metallic state and alloy behavior. Emphasis is placed on the relation between funda- 
mental materials parameters and engineering properties. 

MAT 527 Refractories in Service. Preq.: MAT 411. 3(3-0) S. A study of the 
physical and chemical properties of the more important refractories in respect to 
their environment in industrial and laboratory furnaces. 

MAT 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials. Preqs.: MAT 201 and MAE 

301. 3(3-0) S. Effects of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical 
properties of inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and high 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 169 

temperature properties; applications of ceramics, metals and composites at elevated 
temperatures. 

MAT 530 Phase Transformations in Materials I. Coreq.: MAT 500. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Kinetic theory of transformations, nucleation theory, homogeneous and heterogene- 
ous nucleation, growth of crystals, epitaxial thin films. 

MAT (MAE) 531 Materials Processing by Deformation. 3(3-0) F. (See mechanical 
and aerospace engineering, page 182.) 

MAT (MAE) 532 Fundamentals of Metal Machining Theory. 3(3-0) S. (See me- 
chanical and aerospace engineering, page 182.) 

MAT 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design I, II. Preq.: MAT 417. 
3(2-3) F,S. Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes 
and systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems and the 
development of new concepts of manufacturing. 

MAT 540 Glass Technology. Preq.: MAT 437. 3(3-0) F. Fundamentals of glass 
manufacture including compositions, properties and application of the principal 
types of commercial glasses. 

MAT 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II. Preqs.: MAT 201 and CH 431 or 
MAE 301. 3(2-3) F,S. The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The 
electro-chemical nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate 
factors, methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. 

MAT 550 Dislocation Theory. Preq.: MAT 450. 3(3-0) F. Structure, energetics, 
stress and strain fields, interactions and motion of dislocations in solids. 

MAT 556 Composite Materials. Preq.: MAT 450. 3(3-0) F. Basic principles under- 
lying the properties of composite materials as related to properties of the individual 
constituents and their interactions. Emphasis is placed on the design of composite 
systems to yield desired combinations of properties. 

MAT (NE) 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering. Preq.: Advanced 
undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Reactor design and operating considerations deter- 
mined by materials properties are covered. Emphasis is placed on the interrelations 
among materials, compatibility effects, corrosion effects and radiation effects in 
fission and fusion reactors. 

MAT (NE) 573 Computer Experiments in Materials and Nuclear Engineering. 

Preq.: Advanced undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Monte Carlo and dynamical com- 
puter experiments are covered from the standpoint of how to design and use them in 
materials and nuclear engineering work. 

MAT 595 Advanced Materials Experiments. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. 1-3 
(variable). Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental 
project dealing with materials. A seminar period is provided and a written report is 
required. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAT 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. Heterogeneous 
equilibrium phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, lattice energy, defect 
structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases and silicate melts. 



170 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAT 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics. Preq.: MAT 510. 3(3-0) S. Funda- 
mental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions such as diffu- 
sion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystallization, phase transformation, vitrification 
and sintering. 

MAT 610 X-ray Diffraction. Preq.: MAT 510. 3(3-0) F. The properties and scat- 
tering behavior of x-rays by electrons, ions and atoms. Theory and applications of 
x-ray diffraction techniques such as Laue back reflection, the rotating crystal and 
powder methods, texture studies and residual stress analysis. 

MAT 615 Electron Microscopy. Preqs.: MAT 550, 610. 3(3-0) F. Theory of imaging 
and diffraction of electrons. Analysis of structures using electron microscopy. 

MAT 621 Theory and Structure of Amorphous Materials. Preq.: MAT 520. 3(3-0) 
S. Bond types and structure of amorphous solids, relations of bond types and struc- 
ture to flow mechanisms, electrical, optical and thermal properties. 

MAT 622 Theory and Structure of Ceramic Materials. Preq.: MAT 520. 3(3-0) F. 
Electrical and optical properties of non-conducting materials, ferro-electric behavior 
and materials parameters, magnetic properties of non-metallics, semi-conducting 
materials. 

MAT 623 Theory and Structure of Metallic Materials. Preq.: MAT 520. 3(3-0) F. 
The metallic state, its atomic and electronic structure. Electron theory of metals 
and alloys. Advanced methods of determining electronic structure in metallic 
materials. 

MAT 630 Phase Transformation in Materials II. Preqs.: MAT 510, 530, 550. 3(3-0) 
F. Formal theories of solid-solid transformations, transformation mechanisms, 
transformation morphologies. 

MAT 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II. Coreqs.: MAT 510, 610 or MAT 
530, 630 or ESM 501, 502 or PY 503, 552. 3(2-3) F,S. Lattice structures and lattice 
energies in crystalline ceramics; relationships with elastic, optical and thermal 
properties. Effects of constitution and microstructure on lattice-sensitive proper- 
ties. The defect crystalline state in ceramics; vacancies, color centers; dislocations, 
boundaries. Crystal growth. Plastic deformation processes, including creep and 
fatigue; the ductile-brittle transition. Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline, 
vitreous and composite ceramics; effects of constitution, microstructure and non- 
stoichiometry. 

MAT 633 Advanced Mechanical Properties of Materials. Preq.: MAT 630. 3(3-0) F. 
The theories of yield strength, work hardening, creep, fracture, and fatigue of 
crystalline materials will be developed in terms of dislocation theory. 

MAT 661 Diffraction Theory. Preq.: MAT 610. 3(3-0) F. The diffraction of light, 
x-rays, electrons and neutrons by matter is represented in Fourier space, and the 
known methods of generating the Fourier transform (usually atomic structure) are 
reviewed. Exploration, by high and low angle scattering techniques, of crystals, 
paracrystals, liquids, polydispersed aggregates, and fibers. Feasibility of direct 
analysis by convolution integrals. 

MAT 691, 692 Special Topics in Materials Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standing. 
Credits Arranged. 1-3. Special studies of advanced topics in materials engineering. 

MAT 695 Materials Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Reports and discussion of 
special topics in materials engineering and allied fields. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 171 

MAT 699 Materials Engineering Research. Credits Arranged. Independent inves- 
tigation of an appropriate research problem. A report on this investigation is re- 
quired as a graduate thesis. 



Mathematics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor N. J. Rose, Head 

Professors: J. W. Bishir, E. E. Burniston, R. E. Chandler — Graduate Administrator, 
J. M. A. Danby, R. O. Fulp, W. J. Harrington, K. Koh, J. R. Kolb, J. Levine, 
P. E. Lewis, J.Luh, H. M. Nahikian, P. A. Nickel, H. V. Park, H. Sagan, H. E. 
Speece, R. A. Struble, H. R. van der Vaart, O. Wesler, L. S. Winston; Professors 
Emeriti: R. C. Bullock, J. M. Clarkson, H. A. Fisher; Associate Professors: W. G. 
Dotson Jr., R. Gellar, R. E. Hartwig, J. E. Huneycutt Jr., J. A. Marlin, R. H. 
Martin Jr., C. D. Meyer, L. B. Page, C. V. Pao, J. A. Roulier, E. L. Stitzinger, 
J. B. Wilson; Associate Professor Emeritus: J. W. Querry; Assistant Professors: 
S. L. Campbell, H. J. Charlton, L. O. Chung, J. E. Franke, M. L. Gardner, D. E. 
Garoutte, D. J. Hansen, T. J. Lada, J. Nelson Jr., S. O. Paur, M. Putcha, R. T. 
Ramsay, J. F. Selgrade, R. Silber, J. L. Sox Jr., D. F. Ullrich, W. M. Waters Jr., 
R. E. White 

The Mathematics Department offers programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with a major in either mathematics or applied 
mathematics. 

Applicants for admission should have an undergraduate degree in mathematics 
or its equivalent. This should include a year of mathematical analysis (or advanced 
calculus) and a year of modern algebra, including linear algebra. All applicants 
are requested to take the Graduate Record Examination including the Advanced 
Test in Mathematics. 

A number of teaching assist antships are available. A student carrying a half- 
time assistantship is allowed to carry a course load of nine semester hours. 

The requirements for the Master of Science degree include 30-33 semester hours 
of approved credits and a comprehensive examination. A master's thesis is optional. 
Foreign languages are not required for the master's degree. 

There is no prescribed minimum number of courses for the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. Normally a student will take approximately 60 semester hours of 
course credits including certain core courses in algebra, analysis, topology and 
applied mathematics. Independent reading and participation in seminars constitute 
an indispensable part of the doctoral program. 

All doctoral students are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern 
foreign languages. Comprehensive examinations are also required. These consist 
of a written examination designed to test basic knowledge of algebra, analysis, 
topology and applied mathematics, and an oral examination on material related to 
the field of proposed thesis work. 



172 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The heart of the doctoral program is the dissertation. It must be original re- 
search resulting in a significant contribution in some area of mathematics or its 
applications and should be worthy of publication in the current literature. The 
doctoral dissertation must be defended at the final oral examination. 

A detailed statement of requirements for graduate degrees is available on 
request from the graduate administrator. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II. Preq.: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra. Preq.: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. 

MA 404 Affine and Projective Geometry. Preqs.: MA 231 and 403. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations. Preq.: One year 
of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

MA 408 Foundations of Euclidean Geometry. Preq.: MA 403. 3(3-0) F. 

MA 410 Theory of Numbers. Preq.: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability. Preq.: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S, Sum. 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I. Preq.: MA 232. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II. Preq.: MA 425. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

MA (CSC) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preqs.: MA 301 or 312 and 

programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F. 

MA (CSC) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preqs.: MA 231 or 405 and 

programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) S. 

MA 430 Introduction to Applied Mathematics. Coreqs.: MA 426, 421, or 214. 
3(3-0) S. 

MA 433 History of Mathematics. Preq.: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 501 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists I. Preq.: MA 301. 
3(3-0) F. Survey of mathematical methods for engineers and scientists. Ordinary 
differential equations and Green's functions; partial differential equations and 
separation of variables; special functions, Fourier series. Applications to engineer- 
ing and science are stressed. This course cannot be taken for credit by mathematics 
majors. 

MA 502 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists II. Preq.: MA 301 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Determinants and matrices; line and surface integrals, 
integral theorems; complex integrals and residues; distribution functions of prob- 
ability. This course cannot be taken for credit by mathematics majors. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 173 

MA (IE, OR) 505 Mathematical Programming I. 3(3-0) F,Sum. (See industrial 
engineering, page 158.) 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I. Preq.: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Fundamental 
theorems on continuous functions; convergence theory of sequences, series and in- 
tegrals; the Riemann integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II. Preq.: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. General 
theorems of partial differentiation; implicit function theorems; vector calculus in 
3-space; line and surface integrals; classical integral theorems. 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables. Preq.: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, defi- 
nitions and properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power series, 
residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics. Preq.: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 
Introduction to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference equa- 
tions. 

MA 515 Linear Functional Analysis I. Preq.: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. Metric 
spaces; Lebesgue measure and integration; L p and l p spaces; Riesz-Fischer and 
Riesz representation theorems; normed linear spaces and Hilbert spaces. 

MA 516 Linear Functional Analysis II. Preq.: MA 515. 3(3-0) S. Basic theorems 
in Banach spaces, dual spaces, weak topologies; basic theorems in Hilbert spaces, 
and detailed theory of linear operators on Hilbert spaces; spectral theorem for 
self-adjoint completely continuous linear operators. 

MA 517 Introduction to Topology. Preq.: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. Sets and functions, 
metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness. 

MA 518 Calculus on Manifolds. Preq.: MA 426. 3(3-0) S. Calculus of several 
variables from a modern viewpoint. Differential and integral calculus of several 
variables, vector functions, integration on manifolds, Stokes' and Green's theorems, 
vector analysis. 

MA 520 Linear Algebra. Preq.: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F. Vector spaces, linear 
mappings and matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, bilinear and quadratic 
forms, canonical forms, spectral theorem. 

MA 521 Fundamentals of Modern Algebra. Preqs.: MA 403 and 520. 3(3-0) S. 
Groups, normal subgroups, quotient groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. 
Rings, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. Fields, extension fields, elements 
of Galois theory. 

MA 523 Topics in Applied Mathematics. Coreqs.: MA 515, 520. 3(3-0) F. Formu- 
lation of scientific problems in mathematical terms, interpretation and evaluation 
of the mathematical analysis of the resulting models. The course will discuss 
problems in behavioral and biological sciences as well as problems in mechanics of 
discrete and continuous systems. Some discussion of optimization and the calculus 
of variations. 

MA 524 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences I. Preqs.: MA 405, 512. 
3(3-0) F. Green's functions and two-point boundary value problems; elementary 
theory of distributions; generalized Green's functions. Finite and infinite dimen- 



174 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

sional inner product spaces; Hilbert spaces; completely continuous operators; 
integral equations; the Fredholm alternative; eigenfunction expansions; applica- 
tions to potential theory. Nonsingular and singular Sturm-Liouville problems; 
Weil's theorem. 

MA 525 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences II. Preq.: MA 524. 3(3-0) 
S. Distribution theory in n-space; Fourier transforms; partial differential equations, 
generalized solutions, fundamental solutions, Cauchy problem, wave and heat 
equations, well-set problems. Laplace's equation, the Dirichlet and Neumann prob- 
lems, integral equations of potential theory, Green's functions, eigenfunction 
expansions. 

MA (CSC) 529 Numerical Analysis I. Preqs.: MA 511 or equivalent, MA 231 or 
405. 3(3-0) F. This course is designed for graduate and advanced undergraduate 
students who wish to learn the theory of numerical analysis of systems of linear 
equations, solutions to nonlinear equations, interpolation theory, and divided dif- 
ferences. Understanding of the theory behind the various techniques and their error 
estimates will be stressed. Illustrations of the use and limitations of these methods 
on the computer will be included. 

MA (CSC) 530 Numerical Analysis II. Preq.: MA (CSC) 529. 3(3-0) S. This course 
is a continuation of CSC (MA) 529. Topics to be covered are numerical integration, 
numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations, and numerical solutions of 
partial differential equations. 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations. Preqs.: MA 301 or 312, 405, 
advanced calculus. 3(3-0) S. Existence and uniqueness theorems, systems of linear 
equations, fundamental matrices, matrix exponential, series solutions, regular 
singular point; plane autonomous systems, stability theory. 

MA (CSC) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. Preq.: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F. Sequential machine identification experiments. Finite-Memory machines. 
Special classes of machines. Decomposition of sequential machines. Linear sequen- 
tial machines. Sequential relations of finite-state machines. 

MA (CSC) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq.: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. The concept of effective computability. Turing Machines. Primitive recur- 
sive functions. The u operator, u-recursive functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence 
of Turing Machines and M-recursion. Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing 
Machines. Other formulations of the concept of effective computability. 

MA (ST) 541 Theory of Probability I. Preq.: MA 425 or 511. 3(3-0) F.Sum. 
Axioms, combinatorial analysis, conditional probability, independence, random 
variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability 
and moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, 
branching processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

MA (ST) 542 Theory of Probability II. Preqs.: MA 405, 541. 3(3-0) S. Markov 
chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death processes, queuing 
theory, renewal theory, stationary processes. Brownian motion. 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics. Preq.: MA 403. 3(3-0) S. 
Logic and the axiomatic approach, the Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other systems, 
algebra of sets and order relations, equivalents of the Axiom of Choice, one-to-one 
correspondences, cardinal and ordinal numbers, the Continuum Hypothesis. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175 

MA (PY) 555 Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. Preq.: One year 

of advanced calculus. 3(3-0) F. Central orbits, N-body problem, 3-body problem, 
Hamilton-Jacobi theory, Perturbation theory, applications to motion of celestial 
bodies. 

MA (PY) 556 Orbital Mechanics. Preqs.: MA 301, 405, knowledge of elementary 
mechanics and computer programming. 3(3-0) S. Keplerian motion, iterative solu- 
tions, numerical integration, differential corrections and space navigation, elements 
of probability, least squares, sequential estimation, Kalman filter. 

MA (BMA, ST) 571 Biomathematics I. 3(3-0) F. (See biomathematics, page 65.) 

MA (BMA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. 3(3-0) S. (See biomathematics, page 65.) 

MA 581 Special Topics. Preq.: Consent of department. 1-6. F,S. 

MA (CSC) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equa- 
tions. Preqs.: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 
3(3-0) S. A mathematical and numerical investigation of direct iterative and semi- 
iterative methods for the solution of linear systems. Methods for the calculation 
of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. 

MA (CSC) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. Preq.: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427. 3(3-0) S. Numerical methods 
for initial value problems including predictor-corrector, Runge-Kutta, hybrid and 
extrapolation methods; stiff systems; shooting methods for two-point boundary 
value problems; weak, absolute and relative stability results. 

MA (CSC) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 
Equations. Preq.: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427, 428. 3(3-0) F. Numerical 
methods for the solutions of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic partial differential 
equations including stability and convergence results. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MA 600 Advanced Differential Equations I. Preqs.: MA 513, 518, 520. 3(3-0) F 
(Alt. years). Analytical theory of ordinary differential equations, stability theory, 
perturbations, asymptotic behavior nonlinear oscillations. 

MA 601 Advanced Differential Equations II. Preq.: MA 600. 3(3-0) S (Alt. years). 
Qualitative theory of ordinary differential equations, general properties of dynam- 
ical systems, limit sets, integral invariants, global theory. 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I. Preqs.: MA 426, 520, 532 or 600. 3(3-0) F 
(Alt. years). First order equations, initial value problems; theory of characteristics; 
existence and uniqueness theorems; hyperbolic equations. 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II. Preq.: MA 602. 3(3-0) S (Alt. years). 
Elliptic and parabolic equations; approximation methods; generalized solutions. 

MA 604 Topology. Preqs.: MA 515, 520. 3(3-0) S. Topological spaces: separation 
axioms, compactness, connectedness, local topological properties; continuous map- 
pings, and convergence; product and quotient spaces; compactification; homotopy 
equivalence of mappings, fundamental groups, covering spaces, universal coverings, 
deck transformations. 



176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 605 Homology and Manifolds. Preq.: MA 604. 3(3-0) F. Homology; either 
simplicial or singular theory, excision theorem, homotopy theorem, Mayer-Vietoris 
theorem and computation of groups, topology and geometry of differentiable mani- 
folds, vector fields, Lie derivations, and differential equations; smooth partitions of 
unity, integration, differential forms and Stokes* theorem; the DeRham cohomol- 
ogy and the DeRham theorem. 

MA (ST, OR) 606 Mathematical Programming II. 3(3-0) S. (See statistics, page 
240.) 

MA (ST, OR) 606 Mathematical Programming II. 3(3-0) S. (See statistics, page .) 

MA 611 Analytic Function Theory I. Preq.: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. A rigorous intro- 
duction to the theory of functions of a complex variable. The complex plane, func- 
tions, Mobius transformations, the exponential and logarithmic functions, trigo- 
nometric functions, infinite series, integration in the complex plane, Cauchy's 
theorem and its consequences. 

MA 612 Analytic Function Theory II. Preq.: MA 611. 3(3-0) S. A continuation of 
MA 611. Taylor and Laurent series, the residue theorem, the argument principle, 
harmonic functions and the Dirichlet problem, analytic continuation and the mono- 
dromy theorem, entire and meromorphic functions, the Weierstrass product repre- 
sentation and the Mittag-Leffler partial fraction representation, special functions, 
conformal mapping and the Picard theorem. 

MA 613 Techniques of Complex Analysis. Preq.: MA 513 or 611. 3(3-0) S. A 
course dealing with the applications of complex analysis to mathematical problems 
in physical science in the setting of the potential equation and other partial differen- 
tial equations: contour integrals, special functions of mathematical physics from 
the line integral point of view, solution of problems in potential theory, asymptotic 
methods including WKB, and Wiener-Hopf techniques. 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. Preq.: MA 516. 3(3-0) S. Real 
functions, semicontinuity, upper and lower limits, sequences; Lebesgue measure 
and integration, absolute continuity and differentiation. 

MA (ST) 617 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) F. (See statistics, 
page 241.) 

MA (ST) 618 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) S. (See statistics, 
page 241.) 

MA (ST) 619 Topics in Advanced Probability. 3(3-0) F. (See statistics, page 241.) 

MA 620 Modern Algebra I. Preq.: MA 521. 3(3-0) F. A study of groups, rings and 
modules. Elements of homology. Polynomials, Noetherian rings, Algebraic exten- 
sions, Galois theory. 

MA 621 Modern Algebra II. Preq.: MA 620. 3(3-0) S (Alt. years). A study of linear 
maps, bilinear forms, representations, multilinear products, semisimplicity and the 
representation of finite groups. 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory. Preq.: MA 405. 3(3-0) F.Sum. 
Vector spaces, linear transformation and matrices, minimal polynomials, elemen- 
tary divisors, canonical forms, quadratic forms, functions of matrices. 

MA 623 Theory of Matrices and Applications. Preq.: MA 520 or 622. 3(3-0) S. 
Generalized inverses, matrix equations, variational methods for eigenvalues, matrix 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177 

norms, perturbation of linear systems, computational methods, applications to 
differential equations, Markov chains. 

MA 626 Algebraic Topology. Preq.: MA 605. 3(3-0) S (Alt. years). Simplicial and 
singular homology and cohomology, the Eilenberg-Steenrod axioms, duality, 
cohomology operations; higher homotopy groups, Hurewicz homomorphisms. 

MA 628 General Topology. Preq.: MA 604. 3(3-0) F (Alt. years). Comparisons of 
topologies on function spaces; Ascoli theorems; Stone-Weierstrass theorems; uni- 
form spaces and completions; paracompactness and partitions of unity; an introduc- 
tion to a special topic such as topological vector spaces or topological groups. 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I. Preq.: MA 513 or 611. 3(3-0) F. Laplace 
transforms with theory and application to ordinary and partial differential equa- 
tions arising from problems in engineering and physics. 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II. Preq.: MA 632. 3(3-0) S. Extended develop- 
ment of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their application to the solution of 
ordinary and partial differential equations, integral equations and difference equa- 
tions; Z-transforms, other infinite and finite transforms and their applications. 

MA 634 Theory of Distributions. Preq.: MA 632 or CI. 3(3-0) F (Alt. years). Basic 
definitions and properties of testing functions and distributions in one or more 
variables, convergence and calculus of distributions, test functions of rapid descent 
and distributions of slow growth, convolution, Fourier transforms, applications 
in the area of differential and difference equations, etc. 

MA (CSC) 635 Functional Analysis and Numerical Analysis. Preqs.: MA 516, MA 
(CSC) 530. 3(3-0) S. This course generalizes on the basic procedures of classical 
numerical analysis by the application of the abstractions of functional analysis. The 
course will begin with a brief review of functional analysis. Then the applications 
of functional analysis to the solution of numerical problems in the area of optimiza- 
tion, integral and differential equations, systems of linear and nonlinear equations, 
and functional approximation will be studied. 

MA 637 Differentiable Manifolds. Preqs.: MA 405, 521; Coreq.: MA 604. 3(3-0) F. 
An introduction to the topology and geometry of differentiable manifolds, multi- 
linear algebra, exterior differential forms, differentiable manifolds, theory of con- 
nexions, Riemannian manifolds. 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I. Preqs.: MA 512 
or 426, MA 532. 3(3-0) F (Alt. years). Normed linear function spaces and Frechet 
differential, theory of the first variation, theory of fields and Weierstrass' excess 
function, Hamilton-Jacobi theory and dynamic programming, terminal control prob- 
lems and the maximum principle. 

MA 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control II. Preq.: MA 641. 
3(3-0) S (Alt. years). The homogeneous problem, the general control problem of 
Mayer, isoperimetric problems, theory of the second variation, existence of extrema, 
direct methods of the calculus of variations. 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I. Preq.: MA 516. 3(3-0) F (Alt. years). Banach 
spaces; linear functionals; linear operators, uniform boundedness, open mapping 
and closed graph theorems; dual spaces; weak topologies. 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II. Preq.: MA 647. 3(3-0) S (Alt. years). Advanced 
topics in functional analysis such as linear topological spaces; Banach algebra, 
spectral theory and abstract measure theory and integration. 



178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 661 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis I. Preq.: MA 426 or 512. 
3(3-0) F (Alt. years). Concepts of classical and modern differential geometry pre- 
sented from the point of view of tensor analysis and differential forms. Topics to 
include: theory of curves, tensor analysis and differential forms, intrinsic and 
extrinsic geometry of surfaces, Riemannian geometry. 

MA 662 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis II. Preq.: MA 661. 3(3-0) S 
(Alt. years). Continuation of MA 661. 

MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis. 1-6. 

MA 682 Special Topics in Complex Analysis. 1-6. 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra. 1-6. 

MA 684 Special Topics in Combinatorial Analysis. 1-6. 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis. 1-6. 

MA 686 Special Topics in Topology. 1-6. 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry. 1-6. 

MA 688 Special Topics in Differential Equations. 1-6. 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics. 1-6. 

The subject matter in the special topics courses varies from year to year. The 
topics and instructors are announced well in advance by the department. 

MA (IE, OR) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
(See industrial engineering, page 161.) 

MA 699 Research. Credits Arranged. Individual research in mathematics. 



Mathematics and Science Education 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Mathematics 
and Science Education under Education, page 107. 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. F. Zorowski, Head 

Professor J. C. Williams III, Associate Head 

Professor F. R. Dejarnette, Graduate Administrator 

Professors: J. A. Bailey, R. F. Barrett, B. H. Garcia Jr., W. C. Griffith, F. J. Hale, 
F. D. Hart, H. A. Hassan, R. B. Knight, M. N. Ozisik, J. N. Perkins, F. O.' 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 179 

Smetana, J. K. Whitfield, J. Woodburn; Professor Emeritus: J. S. Doolittle; 
Adjunct Professor: E. A. Saibel; Associate Professors: E. M. Afify,T. H. Hodgson, 
C. J. Moore Jr., J. C. Mulligan, L. H. Royster; Adjunct Associate Professor: E. S. 
Armstrong Jr.; Assistant Professors: J. R. Bailey, J. A. Daggerhart Jr., T. H. 
Pierce, W. F. Reiter Jr.; Adjunct Assistant Professors: D. P. Colvin, J. S. Stewart 

The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering offers graduate 
study leading to the Master of Mechanical Engineering, Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Entrance to the various departmental programs is 
usually based upon a pertinent, accredited baccalaureate degree. 

Graduate study and research are available in six areas: (1) in the thermal sci- 
ences including classical and statistical thermodynamics, transport phenomena, 
energy conservation and conversion, alternative energy sources, heat and mass 
transfer, and thermal pollution; (2) in acoustical technology including acoustic 
radiation, industrial and community noise control, transportation noise, and hearing 
conservation; (3) in gas dynamics including subsonic, transonic, supersonic, and 
hypersonic aerodynamics, rarefied gasdynamics, plasmagasdynamics, combustion, 
and dynamics of viscous fluids; (4) in the mechanical sciences including machine 
vibrations, mechanical transients, materials processing, photoelasticity and experi- 
mental stress analysis, transportation systems and vehicle safety, and air pollution 
control; (5) in the aerospace sciences including flight vehicle design, inertial 
navigation, and all aspects of aerospace propulsion; and (6) in mechanical design 
including practical team effort experience in mechanical device and process design 
encompassing problem definition, information collection, preliminary and detailed 
design, performance evaluation, and redesign. 

Extensive laboratory facilities are available in most of the above areas. These 
include subsonic, transonic, supersonic and hypersonic wind tunnels; vacuum 
facilities; extensive vibration and acoustic laboratories including anechoic cham- 
bers, a large reverberation room, a machinery noise laboratory, and field test and 
analysis instrumentation; a fiber and composite mechanics laboratory; a materials 
processing laboratory; an experimental stress analysis and photoelasticity labora- 
tory; a particulate collection and filtration laboratory; automotive performance 
and emission control laboratory; a spectrophotometry laboratory; a solar energy 
storage laboratory; and a heat transfer laboratory. These and other experimental 
facilities coupled with the availability of an IBM Model 370/165 computer pro- 
vide graduate students with outstanding research tools. 

The objective of the department is to provide graduate education both in 
rigorous experimental and theoretical research training and practitioner-oriented 
engineering design involving mission directed problem solving. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion. Preq.: MAE 302. 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer. Preqs: MAE 302 and MA 30L 3(3-0) F,S. 

MAE 403 Air Conditioning. Preq.: MAE 302. 3(3-0) F. 



180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 404 Refrigeration. Preq.: MAE 302. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III. Preq.: MAE 306. 1(0-3) F. 

MAE 407 Steam and Gas Turbines. Preqs.: MAE 302, ESM 303 or MAE 355. 

3(3-0) S. 

MAE 408 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Preq.: MAE 302. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 409 Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric Pollution. Preq.: MAE 
301 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 410 Effect of Noise and Vibration on Man. Preq.: Sr. standing in engineer- 
ing or psychology. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 411 Machine Component Design. Preqs.: MAE 315, 316. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 415 Mechanical Engineering Analysis. Preqs.: MAE 302, 315, 316, EE 331. 
3(3-0) F. 

MAE 416 Mechanical Engineering Design. Preq.: MAE 415. 4(3-2) S. 

MAE 422 Direct Energy Conversion. Preqs.: MAE 301, EE 202 or EE 332. 

3(3-0) S. 

MAE 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow. Preqs.: MAE 301, MA 301, ESM 303. 
3(3-0) F. 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control. Preq.: MA 301. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 442 Automotive Engineering. Preq.: Sr. in engineering. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 452 Aerodynamics of V/STOL Vehicles. Preq.: MAE 355. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability and Control. Preq.: MAE 361. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion. Preq.: MAE 365. 3(3-0) F. 

MAE (MAS) 471 Undersea Vehicle Design. Preq.: MAE 355 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) S. 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Structures II. Preq.: MAE 371. 4(3-3) F. 

MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design. Preqs.: MAE 356, 462, 467, 472 and EE 332. 

4(2-6) S. 

MAE 495 Special Topics in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 501 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics. Preqs.: MAE 302; MA 401 or 
MA 511. 3(3-0) F. Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of 
energy and the principles of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of thermo- 
dynamics; Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability criteria in different 
representation; general relations; chemical thermodynamics; multi-reaction sys- 
tem; ionization; irreversible thermodynamics; the Onsager relation; applications 
to thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and diffusional processes. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181 

MAE 502 Advanced Energy Systems. Preq.: MAE 401. 3(3-0) F. An engineering 
examination of energy sources, both conventional and proposed. Review of existing 
energy conversion systems and a critical examination of advanced systems, such as 
magnetohydrodynamics, fuel cells, solar, geothermal, wind, tides, thermal gradients 
in oceans and the hydrogen economy. 

MAE 503 Advanced Power Plants. Preq.: MAE 401. 3(3-0) F. A critical analysis 
of the energy balance of thermal power plants, thermodynamics and economic evalu- 
ation of alternate schemes of development; study of recent developments in the 
production of power. 

MAE 504 Fluid Dynamics of Combustion I. Preqs.: MAE 301, MAE 355 or ESM 

303. 3(3-0) F. Gas-phase thermochemistry including chemical equilibrium and 
introductory chemical kinetics. Homogeneous reaction phenomena. Subsonic and 
supersonic combustion waves in premixed reactants (deflagration and detonation). 
Effects of turbulence. Introduction to diffusion flame theory. 

MAE 505 Heat Transfer — Theory and Applications. Preq.: MAE 402 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F. Development of basic equations for steady and transient heat and 
mass transfer processes. Emphasis is placed on the application of the basic equa- 
tions to engineering problems in the areas of conduction, convection, mass transfer 
and thermal radiation. 

MAE 506 Advanced Automotive Energy Systems. Preq.: MAE 408. 3(3-0) S. A 
critical study of the various cycles and energy systems for automotive transportation 
is carried out. The feasibility of automotive Rankine cycle power plants, Sterling 
engines, gas turbines and hydrogen-air fueled engines is discussed. Means of 
improving the efficiency and exhaust emissions of internal combustion engines 
and the use of alternative fuel sources are considered. 

MAE 513 Machine Vibration and Control. Preq.: MAE 315 or 472. Coreq.: MA 
511. 3(3-0) F. Modeling of mechanical systems for vibration analysis and presen- 
tation of exact and approximate solution techniques. Techniques of vibration con- 
trol are presented and experience on the analog computer is provided. 

MAE 514 Industrial Noise Control. Preq.: MAE 315. 3(2-3) S. Provides definition 
of the industrial noise problem, development of analytical problem solving skills, 
introduction to instrumentation, involvement in design project, laboratory demon- 
strations. 

MAE 517 Instrumentation in Sound and Vibration Engineering. Preq.: EE 331. 
Coreq.: MAE 513. 3(3-0) F. This course is devoted to a presentation of measurement 
techniques and the theory and operation of transducers and amplifiers. An intro- 
duction to signal analysis techniques such as power spectral density and correlation 
is also provided. 

MAE 518 Acoustic Radiation I. Preqs.: MAE 301, 356, or ESM 303. 3(3-0) F. An 
introduction to the principles of acoustic radiation from vibrating bodies and their 
related fields. The radiation of simple sources, the propagation of sound waves in 
confined spaces and transmission through different media are considered. 

MAE 519 Theory of Noise in Transportation Systems. Preq.: MAE 550. 3(3-0) S. 
A study of the basic noise generating mechanisms encountered in transportation 
systems. Coverage includes jet noise, propeller noise, helicopter noise, fan and com- 
pressor noise, aircraft induced community noise, surface vehicle noise models and 
efforts to control noise in transportation systems. 



182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE 525 Advanced Flight Vehicle Stability and Control. Preq.: MAE 462. 3(3-0) 
F. Preliminary analysis and design of flight control systems to include autopilots 
and stability augmentation systems. Study of effects of inertial cross-coupling and 
nonrigid bodies on vehicle dynamics. 

MAE 526 Inertial Navigation Analysis and Design. Preq.: MAE 435 or 462. 3(3-0) 
S. Performance analysis and engineering design of inertial navigation components, 
subsystems and systems. Development of transfer functions and application of 
linear system techniques to determine stability, transient response and errors of 
gyroscopes, accelerometers, stable platforms and inertial alignment systems. Error 
analysis and its significance. Preliminary analysis and design of typical inertial 
navigation systems for aircraft and marine vehicles. 

MAE (MAT) 531 Materials Processing by Deformation. Preq.: Six hours of solid 
mechanics and/or materials. 3(3-0) F. The course involves a presentation of the 
mechanical and metallurgical fundamentals of materials processing by deformation. 
Topics to be discussed include: principles of metal working friction, forging, rolling, 
extrusion, drawing, high energy rate forming, chipless forming techniques, manu- 
facturing system concept in production. 

MAE (MAT) 532 Fundamentals of Metal Machining Theory. Preq.: Six hours of 
solid mechanics and/or materials. 3(3-0) S. The course involves a presentation of 
the mechanical and metallurgical fundamentals of metal machining. Topics to be 
discussed include: mechanics of machining, temperatures generated, tool life and 
tool wear, lubrication, grinding process, electrical machining processes, surface 
integrity, economics, nomenclature of cutting tools. 

MAE 533 Finite Element Analysis of Mechanical and Aeronautical Systems I. 

Coreq.: MAE 415 or Preq.: MAE 472. 3(3-0) F. Concepts and applications of the 
finite element method for stress and deformation analysis. Explanation and 
application of a general purpose finite element program for stress and deformation 
analysis of simple structures and load-carrying components. 

MAE 534 Finite Element Analysis of Mechanical and Aeronautical Systems II. 

Preq.: MAE 533. 3(3-0) S. This course extends the finite element study, initiated in 
MAE 533, for stress analysis to other fields of interest in mechanical and aerospace 
engineering. Topics considered include vibration and frequency analysis, heat 
transfer, and potential flow. Two topics of advanced stress analysis, thin shells and 
the bending of plates, are also included. 

MAE 535 Experimental Stress Analysis. Preq.: MAE 316 or 371. 3(2-3) F. 
Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis with emphasis 
on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle coatings, grid methods and an 
introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory includes an investigation and complete 
report of a problem chosen by the student under the guidance of the instructor. 

MAE 536 Photoelasticity. Preq.: MAE 316 or 371. 3(2-3) S. Theory and experi- 
mental techniques of two- and three-dimensional photoelasticity including photo- 
elastic coatings, photoplasticity and an application of photoelastic methods to the 
determination of stress-strain distributions in loaded members. Laboratory includes 
an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under 
the guidance of the instructor. 

MAE 540 Advanced Air Conditioning Design. Preqs.: MAE 403, 404. 3(3-0) F. The 
design of heating and air-conditioning systems; the preparation of specifications 
and performance tests on heating and air-conditioning equipment. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183 

MAE 541 Advanced Machine Design I. Preq.: MAE 416. 3(3-0) F. An advanced 
integrated treatment of stress analysis and materials engineering devoted to cur- 
rent rational methods of analysis and design applicable to mechanical components. 
Primary attention placed on the determination and prediction of strength, life, 
and deformation characteristics of machine components as dictated by performance 
requirements. 

MAE 550 Aerothermodynamics. Preqs.: MAE 301, MAE 355 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) F. 
Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gas dynamics. Detailed development 
of the general equations governing gas motion in both differential and integral 
form. Simplification of the equations to those for specialized flow regimes. Simi- 
larity parameters. Applications to simple problems in various flow regimes. 

MAE 551 Airfoil Theory. Preq.: MAE 355. 3(3-0) S. Development of fundamental 
aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathematical analysis and derivation of equa- 
tions of motion, airfoil theory and comparison with experimental results. Introduc- 
tion to supersonic flow theory. 

MAE 552 Transonic Aerodynamics. Preq.: MAE 356. 3(3-0) S. A detailed study 
of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in transonic aerodynamics, in- 
cluding two-dimensional and axisymmetric flows. 

MAE 553 Supersonic Aerodynamics. Preq.: MAE 356. 3(3-0) F. Equations of 
motion in supersonic flow. Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of characteristics, hodo- 
graph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic airfoil theory and boundary layer 
shock interaction. 

MAE 554 Hypersonic Aerodynamics. Preq.: MAE 356. 3(3-0) F. A detailed study 
of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in hypersonic aerodynamics. 

MAE 555 Aerodynamic Heating. Preq.: MAE 356. 3(3-0) F. A detailed study of 
the latest theoretical and experimental findings of the compressible laminar and 
turbulent boundary layers with special attention to the aerodynamic heating prob- 
lem. Application of theory in the analysis and design of aerospace hardware. 

MAE 556 Principles of Fluid Motion. Preq.: MAE 355 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) S. 
Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of analysis are 
emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduction to the effects of 
viscosity and compressibility. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional phenomena 
are considered. 

MAE 557 Dynamics of Internal Fluid Flow. Preq.: MAE 356 or ESM 303. 3(3-0) F. 
A general development of the governing equations of fluid motion with subsequent 
restriction to incompressible flow. Exact and approximate solutions of the Navier- 
Stokes equations for internal laminar flow and elementary boundary layer theory. 
Applications include hydrodynamic lubrication, converging-diverging channel 
flows, entrance flows and turbulent internal flow. 

MAE 558 Plasmagasdynamics I. Preqs.: MAE 356, PY 414. 3(3-0) F. Study of 
basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied plasmas, hydromagnetic 
shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple engineering applications. 

MAE 559 Molecular Gas Dynamics I. Preq.: MAE 550. 3(3-0) F. Statistical 
mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of gas dynamics from the 
microscopic viewpoint. Collision processes, treatments of viscosity, heat conduction 
and electrical conductivity. 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MAE (EE) 565 Gas Lasers. Preqs.: MAE 356 or equivalent, PY 407. 3(3-0) F. 
Study of the principles, design and potential applications of ion, molecular, chemical 
and atomic gas lasers. 

MAE 570 Theory of Particulate Collection in Air Pollution Control. Preq.: MAE 
409 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Particulate matter is classified and its properties 
are described. The motion of particles as applied to particulate collection is care- 
fully analyzed. The elements of aerodynamic capture of particles are developed and 
applications in filtration and liquid scrubbing are considered. Fundamentals of 
acoustical, electrostatic and thermal precipitation are introduced. Sampling tech- 
niques and instrumentation are also considered. 

MAE 586 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering. 1-6 F,S. Individual or small 
group investigation of a problem stemming from a mutual student-faculty interest. 
Emphasis is placed on providing a situation for exploiting student curiosity. 

MAE 589 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. 
or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Faculty and student discussions of special topics in 
mechanical engineering. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAE 601 Statistical Thermodynamics. Preq.: MAE 501. 3(3-0) S. Fundamental 
principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics and irrever- 
sible phenomena with particular reference to thermodynamics systems and pro- 
cesses. The conclusions of classical thermodynamics are analyzed and established 
from the microscopic viewpoint. 

MAE 603 Advanced Direct Energy Conversion. Preq.: MAE 501. 3(3-0) F. An 
engineering study of the modern developments in the field of conversion of heat to 
power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermoelectric, thermomagnetic, 
thermionic, photovoltaic and magneto-hydrodynamic effects and their utilization 
for energy conversion purposes, static and dynamic response, limitations imposed by 
the first and second laws of thermodynamics. Energy and entropy balances, ir- 
reversible sources, inherent losses, cascading, design procedures, experimental 
studies to determine the response and efficiency of various systems. 

MAE 604 Fluid Dynamics of Combustion II. Preq.: MAE 504. 3(3-0) S. Advanced 
theory of detonation and deflagration. Ignition criteria. Direct initiation of detona- 
tion including blast-wave theory. Transition from deflagration to detonation. Com- 
bustion wave structure and stability. Liquid droplet and solid particle combustion. 

MAE 608 Advanced Conductive Heat Transfer. Preq.: MAE 505. 3(3-0) F A 
generalized treatment of the solution of transient and steady heat conduction in 
finite and infinite regions. Approximate and exact methods of solution of problems 
involving phase change, variable thermal properties and non-linear boundary con- 
ditions. Heat conduction in composite media and in anisotropic solids. 

MAE 609 Advanced Convective Heat Transfer. Preq.: MAE 557. 3(3-0) S. Ad- 
vanced topics in steady and transient, natural and forced convective heat transfer 
for laminar and turbulent flow through conduits and over surfaces. Mass transfer 
in laminar and turbulent flow is also covered. Topics on compressible flow with 
heat and mass transfer are included. 

MAE 610 Advanced Radiative Heat Transfer. Preq.: MAE 505. 3(3-0) S. A com- 
prehensive and unified treatment of basic theories, exact and approximate methods 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185 

of solution of radiative heat transfer and the interaction of radiation with con- 
ductive and convective modes of heat transfer in participating and non-participating 
media. 

MAE 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations. Preq.: MAE 513. 3(3-0) 
S. Forces and motions produced in mechanical systems by periodic transient inputs 
including shock and impact loading. Application to lumped mass and continuous 
systems including plates and shells. 

MAE 618 Acoustic Radiation II. Preq.: MAE 518. 3(3-0) S. Advanced treatment 
of the theory of sound generation and transmission. Topics include: techniques for 
solution of the wave equation, radiation from spheres, cylinders and plates, sound 
propagation in ducts, scattering. 

MAE 619 Random Vibration. Preq.: MAE 513. 3(3-0) F. Mathematical description 
of stochastic processes. The stationary and ergodic assumptions and response 
analysis of mechanical systems to random excitation. Simulation of and failure due 
to random environments. 

MAE 623 Mechanics of Machinery. Preqs.: MAE 315, MA 512. 3(3-0) F. Advanced 
applications of dynamics to the design and response analysis of dynamic behavior 
of machines and mechanical devices. Emphasis on developing competence in trans- 
forming real problems in dynamics into appropriate mathematical models whose 
analysis permits performance predictions of engineering value. 

MAE 640 Advanced Machine Design II. Preqs.: MAE 541 and CI. 3(3-0) S. A 
continuation, at the advanced level, of MAE 541, Advanced Machine Design I. 

MAE 642 Mechanical Design Analysis. Preq.: Nine hours of graduate credit in 
MAE. 3(3-0) F. Lecture and project activity devoted to development of the ability to 
apply knowledge and experience in performing comprehensive design analysis of 
complete mechanical systems. Areas of interest to include critical problem recog- 
nition, system modeling, performance determination, and optimization and reliabil- 
ity evaluation. 

MAE 643 Mechanical Design Synthesis. Preq.: MAE 642. 3(2-2) S. Application of 
the basic philosophy and methodology of the complete design process to advanced 
mechanical system design. Individual and group experience in the conception, 
synthesis, analysis, optimization and implementation phases of feasibility, pre- 
liminary and final design studies provided by means of comprehensive system 
design projects. 

MAE 654 Dynamics of Real Fluids I. Preq.: MAE 550 or 557. 3(3-0) S. Exact 
solutions to the Navier-Stokes equations. Approximate solutions for low Reynolds 
numbers. Approximate solutions for high Reynolds numbers — incompressible 
boundary layer theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in theory and 
experiment. Flow separation. 

MAE 655 Dynamics of Real Fluids II. Preq.: MAE 654. 3(3-0) F. A continuation 
of MAE 654. Compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Laminar and 
turbulent jets. The stability of laminar boundary layers with respect to small dis- 
turbances, transition from laminar to turbulent flow. 

MAE 656 Turbulence. Preq.: MAE 550. 3(3-0) S. A development of the basic 
concepts and governing equations for turbulence and turbulent field motion. Formu- 
lations of the various correlation tensors and energy spectra for isotropic and non- 



186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

isotropic turbulence. An introduction to turbulent transport processes, "free" 
turbulence, and "wall" turbulence. 

MAE 658 Plasmagasdynamics II. Preq.: MAE 558. 3(3-0) S. Quantum statistics 
and ionization phenomena. Charged particle interactions. Transport properties 
in the presence of electric and magnetic fields and nonequilibrium ionization. 

MAE 659 Molecular Gas Dynamics II. Preqs.: MAE 559, 601. 3(3-0) S. A con- 
tinuation of MAE 559. Approximate methods of solution to the Boltzmann equation. 
Modeling of the Boltzmann equation. Results obtained by the various methods of 
analysis. 

MAE 661 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion. Preq.: MAE 501. 3(3-0) F. Review of 
the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket -propelled vehicles. Thermodynamics 
of real gases at high temperatures. Nonequilibrium flow in rocket nozzles. 

MAE 662 Chemical Propulsion. Preq.: MAE 661. 3(3-0) S. Depending upon stu- 
dent interest, this course will cover solid or liquid propellant rockets, and deal with 
combustion of propellants, combustion instabilities and the design and performance 
of solid or liquid propellant engines. 

MAE 686 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standii^;. 
1-3 F,S. Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in contem- 
porary mechanical engineering. 

MAE 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Faculty and graduate 
student discussions centered around current research problems and advanced engi- 
neering theories. 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research. Preq.: Grad. standing in mechanical 
engineering, consent of adviser. Credits Arranged. Individual research in the field 
of mechanical engineering. 



Meteorology 

For a list of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Geosciences, 
page 148. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 411 Introductory Meteorology. Preqs.: PY 208 or 212; MA 201 or 212. 
3(3-0) F. 

MY 412 Atmospheric Physics. Preq.: MY 411 or permission: 3(3-0) S. 

MY 421 Atmospheric Statics and Thermodynamics. Preqs.: PY 208 or 212; MA 
202.3(3-0) F. 

MY 422 Atmospheric Kinematics and Dynamics. Preqs.: PY 208, MA 202; 
Coreq.: MY 421 or permission. 3(3-0) S. 

MY 435 Measurements and Data Systems. Preq.: MY 421. 3(2-3) S. 

MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I. Preqs.: MY 422, 435. 3(3-0) F. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187 

MY 443 Meteorological Laboratory I. Preq.: MY 435; Coreq.: MY 441. 4(0-10) F. 
MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory II. Preq.: MY 443. 4(0-10) S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 512 Micrometeorology. Preq.: MY 422. 3(3-0) F. Meteorology of the lowest 
hundred meters of the atmosphere with emphasis on the transport of momentum, 
heat, water vapor, and effluents and their transfer through the earth's surface. 

Weber 

MY 521 The Upper Atmosphere. Preq.: MY 411 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Meteorological 
conditions in the upper atmosphere from the stratosphere to the ionosphere. Com- 
positions, mean distributions and variabilities, and circulation and transport 
properties in the region. Physical theories. Watson 

MY 524 Dynamic Meteorology. Preq.: MY 422. 3(3-0) F. Brief review of the 
classical and physical hydrodynamics; scale analysis of dynamic equations; atmos- 
pheric instabilities; dynamics of tropical convections; perturbation theory and 
approximations for atmospheric wave motions. Graduate Staff 

MY 525 Numerical Weather Prediction. Preqs.: MY 524, CSC (MA) 427 or equiva- 
lent and some FORTRAN programming experience. 3(3-0) S. Physical and mathe- 
matical basis of numerical weather prediction with computer experiments to 
demonstrate principles and techniques. Topics include basic equations and 
methods of dynamical prediction, scale analysis, integral constraints on vorticity 
and energy, consistent sets of prediction equations, filtered equations, finite- 
difference methods, computational instability, relaxation methods, simple baro- 
tropic and baroclinic models, NWS operational models. Watson 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere. Preqs.: PY 205 or 211; CH 103 or 107; 
MA 102 or 112. 3(3-0) F. A course designed for graduate students in the life sciences, 
presenting the physical principles governing the states and processes of the atmos- 
phere in contact with earth's surface of land, water, and life. Exchanges of heat, 
mass, and momentum are analyzed for various conditions of the atmosphere and 
surface, and as a function of season, time, and geographic location. 

Graduate Staff 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology. Preq.: MY 555 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The 
meteorological aspects of air pollution, especially for nonmeteorologists engaged 
in graduate training for work involving air pollution. Peterson 

MY 593 Advanced Topics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. Special topics in meteorology, pro- 
vided to groups or to individuals. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MY 612 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. Preq.: MY 412. 3(3-0) S. The study of 
solar and terrestrial radiation. Methods of actinometric measurements, radiation 
absorption in the atmosphere, scattering of radiation, the solar spectrum, infrared 
radiative transfer and methods of determining net radiation. Satellite measurement 
of radiation and determination of atmospheric properties from satellite measure- 
ments. Weber 

MY 627 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. Preq.: MY 422. 3(3-0) F. Mechan- 
ics of turbulence in the atmosphere, spectra and scales of atmospheric turbulence, 



188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

arid magnitudes of turbulent fluctuations. Theories of diffusion in the atmosphere. 
Diffusion and transport experiments. Processes other than natural turbulence 
affecting concentration of effluents. Weber. 

MY 635 Dynamical Analysis of the Atmosphere. Preqs.: MY 441, 443. 3(2-3) F. 
Theory and analysis of circulation and weather systems based on dynamical con- 
cepts; structure, movement and development of systems; evaluation of theoretical 
concepts in prognosis and forecasting. Saucier 

MY 695 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Presentation of scientific 
articles and special lectures. Each student is required to present or critically review 
one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

MY 699 Research. Preqs.: Grad. standing and consent of advisory committee. 
Credit Arranged. F,S. Graduate research in fulfillment of requirements for a gradu- 
ate degree. Graduate Staff 



Microbiology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. B. Evans, Head 

Professors: W. J. Dobrogosz, G. H. Elkan, P. B. Hamilton, J. J. Perry; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: R. E. Kanich, J. J. Tulis; Assistant Professor: G. H. 
Luginbuhl; Adjunct Assistant Professor: D. H. King 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 

Professors: F. B. Armstrong, W. E. Kloos, J. G. Lecce, M. L. Speck; Professor 
USDA: J. L. Etchells; Associate Professors: J. J. McNeill, D. G. Simmons, A. G. 
Wollum II 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophv degrees. These are research oriented programs 
that require a dissertation based on personal research. For students wishing a 
more general education without the thesis requirement, the Master of Life Science 
degree is offered with an emphasis in microbiology. 

Applicants should have a bachelors degree in one of the biological or physical 
sciences including at least one course in microbiology and courses in organic 
chemistry and calculus. Deficiencies mav be made up while in graduate school 
but will not be counted as credit toward a graduate degree. 

There are no specific departmental requirements regarding courses of study- 
There is a core of basic courses in microbiology that will be in the programs of 
most graduate students who have not had equivalent courses previously. As many 
as half of the courses in most programs will be basic courses in related areas such 
as biochemistry, chemistry, genetics or toxicology. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189 

At least one semester of half-time teaching experience is required of all Ph.D. 
candidates. All graduate students are expected to attend and participate in the 
seminar program every semester they are in residence. As a general rule the M.S. 
program requires two full years (including summers) beyond the B.S. level and 
the Ph.D. program requires two or three full years beyond the M.S. level. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 401 General Microbiology. Preqs.: BS 100, CH 223 or 220. 4(3-3) F,S. 

MB (FS) 405 Food Microbiology. Preq.: MB 401. 3(2-3) F. 

MB 411 Medical Microbiology. Preq.: MB 401. 3(3-0) S. 

MB 490 Special Studies in Microbiology. Preq.: Three courses in MB and CI 
1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology. Preq.: MB 401 (or MB 302). 3(3-0) F. A study 
in some depth of microbial structure and function, microbial ecology and character- 
ization of important groups of microorganisms. Perry 

MB (FS) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology. 3(1-6) S. (See food science, page 140.) 

MB 511 Bacterial Pathogenesis. Preq.: MB 401. 3(3-0) F. A study of the host- 
parasite relationship between bacteria and man. 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism. Preqs.: MB 401, BCH 351 or BCH 551. 3(3-0) 
S. A study of the physiology and metabolism of microorganisms and their regulatory 
mechanisms. Dobrogosz 

MB 521 Microbial Ecology. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. 1(1-0) S. A survey of 
the ecological role of microorganisms in our environment, their interaction with 
other living organisms and their function in biodegradation and recycling of 
organic matter in the ecosystem. Perry 

MB (SSC) 532 Soil Microbiology. 4(3-3) S. (See soil science, page 235.) 

MB 551 Immunology and Serology. Preq.: MB 401. 3(2-2) S. A study of the basic 
concepts and principles of antibody production, antigen- antibody interaction, and 
the laboratory techniques for their demonstration and study. Lecce 

MB (ZO) 555 Protozoology. 4(2-6) S. (See zoology, page 262.) 

MB (BCH, GN) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. 3(3-0) S. (See biochemis- 
try, page 59.) 

MB (BAE, CE) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. 3(2-3) S. (See civil engineering, 
page 80.) 

MB 571 Virology. Preqs.: BCH 551, MB 401. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to the 
fundamental aspects of virus-cell interactions. These include virus attachment 
and penetration, intracellular virus replication, metabolic changes occurring in 
cells as a result of virus infection and virus-induced cellular transformations. 



190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MB (BO) 574 Phycology. 3(1-4) S. (See botany, page 68.) 

MB (BO, PP) 575 The Fungi. 3(3-0) F. (See botany, page 68.) 

MB (BO, PP) 576 The Fungi— Lab. 1(0-3) F. (See botany, page 68.) 

MB 590 Topical Problems. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. Credits Arranged, F.S. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MB (SSC) 632 Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms. 3(3-0) S. (See soil 
science, page 236.) 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology. Credits Arranged. F,S. 

Graduate Staff 

MB 699 Microbiology Research. Credits Arranged. F,S. Graduate Staff 

Nuclear Engineering 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor T. S. Elleman, Head 

Professors: J. R. Beeler Jr., R. P. Gardner, R. L. Murray, R. F. Saxe, L. R. Zumwalt; 
Associate Professors: J. R. Bohannon Jr., C. E. Si ewert— Graduate Administra- 
tor, E. Stam, K. Y'erghese; Adjunct Assistant Professor: W. L. Dunn 

The discipline of nuclear engineering is dedicated to the development of nuclear 
processes for energy needs and to the application of radiation for the benefit of 
society. The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate study oriented 
toward careers related to the problems of energy and of the environment, providing 
courses and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. 

Topics of investigation include nuclear reactor safety, environmental aspects of 
nuclear energy, radiation detection and measurement, nuclear reactor theory, 
analysis and design, properties of nuclear materials, economic power from nuclear 
reactors, and applications of radioisotopes and radiation in industry, medicine and 
science. 

The one-megawatt PULSTAR reactor, which became operational in 1973, is 
similar in design, type of fuel, and performance to modem power reactors. It is 
used for teaching, research and service in behalf of the University. Also available 
for student use in research are a 30,000 curie cobalt-60 gamma irradiation source, 
an IBM System 370 Model 165 computer, and a number of well-equipped labora- 
tories . 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191 

Bachelor's degree graduates in any of the fields of engineering or physical 
sciences may be qualified for successful advanced study in nuclear engineering. 
Prior experience or course work in nuclear physics, differential equations and basic 
reactor analysis is helpful, but may be gained during the first semester of graduate 
study. 

Opportunities are available for graduate co-op work with utility companies and 
reactor manufacturers in the Raleigh area, providing a valuable combination of 
financial support and learning in the classroom, the research laboratory and on 
the job. Teaching and research assistantships are available for qualified applicants. 
Part-time work is available for graduate students with reactor operations and the 
activation analysis and radioisotope production laboratories. 

Thirty semester hours, including four for research on a thesis, are required 
for the M.S. degree. Students may also work directly toward a Ph.D. degree. Inter- 
disciplinary programs with other departments in the School of Engineering are 
available. 

The advent of competitive nuclear power and the ever-increasing need for reli- 
able clean energy has created a strong demand for nuclear engineers to participate 
in all phases of the nuclear power field — environmental studies, siting, design, 
construction, testing, operation, licensing, and evaluation. Graduates of the depart- 
ment find positions in industry, government, and educational institutions, working 
with reactors in the several categories — light water, gas-cooled, fast breeder and 
fusion. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design. Preqs.: NE 302 or 419. 4(3-2) S. 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering. Coreq.: NE 401. 4(3-2) F. 

NE 403 Nuclear Engineering Design Projects. Preq.: NE 402. 3(2-3) S. 

NE 404 Radiological, Reactor, and Environmental Safety. Preq.: NE 302 or 419. 
3(3-0) F. 

NE 405 Reactor Systems. Preq.: NE 402. 3(3-0) S. 

NE 412 Nuclear Fuel Cycles. Preq.: NE 302. 3(3-0) S. 

NE 414 Nuclear Power Plant Instrumentation. Preqs.: for NE students, EE 331, 
332; for EE students, NE 419. 3(3-0) S. 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering. Preq.: PY 202 or 208. 3(3-0) F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 501 Reactor Analysis. Preq.: NE 302 or 419. 3(3-0) F. Provides a background 
on the principles of neutron motion in matter with emphasis on the analysis of the 
nuclear chain reactor. A discussion of neutron mechanics, flux distributions, critical 
mass calculations, time behavior, two group models, and reactivity calculation is 
presented for the fission reactor. Murray, Siewert 



192 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

NE 502 Reactor Design. Preq.: NE 501. 3(3-0) S. Elements of nuclear reactor 
design and operation, including reactor materials, thermal and hydraulic analysis, 
control and safety, and thermal and fast reactor systems. Siewert 

NE 505 Experimental Methods in Nuclear Engineering. Preqs.: NE 501 and NE 
(PY) 511. Coreqs.: NE 502 and 512. 3(1-4) S. Laboratory experiments are per- 
formed to illustrate the principles and concepts covered in NE 501, 502, 511, and 
512. Gardner 

NE (PY) 511 Nuclear Physics for Engineers. 3(3-0) F. (See physics, page 202.) 

NE 512 Radiation Applications. Preq.: NE (PY) 511. 3(3-0) S. Applications of 
radiation interaction principles to practical nuclear problems. Topics include radio- 
logical safety, effects of radiation on biological and structural materials, and indus- 
trial applications of radioisotopes and radiation. Gardner, Zumwalt 

NE (MAT) 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering. Preq.: Advanced 
undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Reactor component design considerations determined 
by materials properties as well as by nuclear function are covered. Emphasis is 
placed on radiation effects and other concepts pertinent to the selection of materials 
for nuclear reactors for either terrestrial or space applications. Beeler, Fahmy 

NE (MAT) 573 Computer Experiments in Materials and Nuclear Engineering. 

3(3-0) S. (See materials engineering, page 169.) 

NE (CE) 574 Environmental Consequences of Nuclear Power. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. 
Evaluation of environmental consequences resulting from electrical power genera- 
tion, with emphasis on siting, construction, and operation of nuclear power plants. 
Topics include: growth in electrical demand, alternative sources of power and 
their environmental aspects; fuel reprocessing; sources and treatment of solid, 
liquid, and gaseous wastes; sources and effects of waste heat; federal and state 
regulations, including Environmental Impact Statements. 

Kohl, Zumwalt, Smallwood 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 601 Reactor Theory and Analysis. Preq.: NE 501. 3(3-0) F. Theoretical aspects 
of neutron diffusion and transport related to the design computation and perform- 
ance analysis of nuclear reactors. Principal topics are a unified view of the neutron 
cycle including slowing, resonance capture and therm alization; reactor dynamics 
and control; fuel cycle studies; and neutron transport methods. Background is pro- 
vided for research in power and test reactor analysis. Murray, Siewert 

NE 602 Advanced Reactor Theory. Preq.: NE 601. 3(3-0) S. A complete presen- 
tation of the singular eigenfunction expansion technique as applied in neutron 
transport theory for the analysis of nuclear reactors and to radiative heat transfer 
problems for participating media. Siewert 

NE 611 Radiation Detection. Preq.: NE 512. 3(2-2) F. Covers the advanced 
aspects of radiation detection such as computer methods applied to gamma-ray 
spectroscopy, absolute detector efficiencies by experimental and Monte Carlo tech- 
niques, the use and theory of solid state detectors, time-of-flight detection experi- 
ments, and Mossbauer and other resonance phenomena. Gardner 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 193 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation. Preq.: NE 502. 3(3-0) F. The physical 
theory and mathematical analysis of the penetration of neutrons, gamma-rays and 
charged particles. Analytical techniques include point kernels, transport theory, 
Monte Carlo and numerical methods. Digital computers are employed in the solution 
of practical problems. Staff 

NE 621 Radiation Effects on Materials. Preq.: NE 512. 3(3-0) F. Interactions 
of radiation with matter, with emphasis on the physical effects. Current theories 
and experimental techniques are discussed. Annealing of defects, radiation in- 
duced changes in physical properties, and effects in reactor materials are dis- 
cussed. Zumwalt, Elleman 

NE 622 Transport of Matter in Nuclear Reactors. Preq.: NE 512. 3(3-0) S. 
Mechanisms of fission product migration in reactor solids and fluids. Emphasis 
is on absorption phenomena, thermodynamics of reversible processes, diffusion 
mathematics and experimental methods. Zumwalt 

NE 631 Reactor Kinetics and Control. Preq.: NE 501. 3(3-0) S. A study of the 
control of nuclear reactor systems. Basic control theory is developed including the 
use of Bode, Nyquist, and S-plane diagrams, and state-variable methods. Reactor 
and reactor systems are analyzed by these methods and control methods and 
optimum-control methods are developed. Models for reactors and reactor-asso- 
ciated units, such as heat exchangers, are discussed. The effects of non-linearities 
are presented. Saxe 

NE 641 Radioisotope Applications. Preq.: NE (PY) 511. 3(3-0) S. Principles and 
techniques of radioisotope applications are presented. Topics include radiotracer 
principles, radiotracer applications to engineering processes, radioisotope gauging 
principles and charged particle, gamma ray and neutron radioisotope gauges. 

Gardner 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design. Preq.: NE 601. 3(3-0) F. A comprehensive 
analysis and design of a nuclear system or facility suggested and advised on by 
department faculty will be performed. The class is organized under the project 
engineering scheme, with work taking the form of feasibility study, and conceptual, 
preliminary or parametric analysis and design. Interdisciplinary topics such as 
siting, safety analysis, shielding, engineered safety features, protection systems, 
economics, material selection, quality assurance and project management are key 
parts of the course. Results are reviewed by an interdepartmental board. 

Bohannon 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A study of recent development in nuclear engineering theory and practice. Staff 

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering. 1(1-0) F,S. Discussion of selected topics 
in nuclear engineering. Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Ar- 
ranged. Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering. Staff 



194 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Nutrition 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor J. M. Leatherwood, Coordinator 

Professors: L. W. Aurand, E. R. Rarrick, A. J. Clawson, W. E. Donaldson, C. H. 
Hill, J. G. Lecce, H. L. Lucas Jr., R. D. Mochrie, A. H. Rakes, H. A. Ramsey, 
H. A. Schneider, S. R. Tove; Extension Professor: E. S. Cofer; Professors 
Emeriti: F. H. Smith, G. H. Wise; Associate Professors: J. D. Garlich, R. W. 
Harvey, E. E. Jones, J. J. McNeill 

Graduate study leading to either a Master of Science or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree in nutrition may be taken under the direction of any of the graduate faculty 
in the interdepartmental nutrition program. The student will be associated with 
one or more of the following participating departments: animal science, bio- 
chemistry, food science or poultry science. The student usually will reside and 
conduct research in the department of his or her major adviser. Co-majors involving 
either the associated departments or related disciplines are permitted. Minors in 
the program may be in biochemistry, microbiology, physiology, statistics or other 
approved graduate fields. 

The program involves various species of animals; therefore, the comparative 
approach to nutrition is emphasized. Research facilities in each of the departments 
are extensive and the problems under investigation are many and varied. Addi- 
tional information about the program may be obtained by writing to the Coordi- 
nator, Nutrition Program, P. O. Rox 5127, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences, 
North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NTR (ANS, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 

NTR (ANS) 416 Quantitative Nutrition. Preq.: BCH 351. 3(1-6) S. 

NTR 490 Nutrition Seminar. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. 

NTR 590 Topical Problems in Nutrition. Preq.: Grad. or sr. standing. Maximim 6 
F,S. Analysis of problems of current interest in nutrition. Credit for this course 
will involve tbe scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. The problems 
will be designed to provide training and experience in research. 

Graduate Staff 
FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NTR 601 Amino Acids, Vitamins, and Minerals in Nutrition. Preqs.: BCH 551, 
ZO 421, a 400-level nutrition course. 4(4-0) S. This course is designed to give the 
student knowledge in depth of the nutritional biochemistry of amino acids, vitamins 
and minerals. Nutritional principles are presented and interpreted from the view- 
point of metabolic pathways and biochemical reaction mechanisms. Garlich 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 195 

NTR 608 Energy Metabolism. Preqs.: BCH 551 and an introductory NTR course. 
3(3-0) F. This course relates biochemical and physiological events within the cell, 
tissue, organ and system with the nutrient needs as sources of energy for produc- 
tive animal life. Digestion, absorption and metabolism of energy sources will be 
discussed. Processes of energy transformations within living structures will be 
presented in relation to free energy, biological oxidations, coupled reactions, 
anabolic and catabolic systems, metabolic control and efficiency. Leatherwood 

NTR 690 Advanced Special Problems in Nutrition. Preq.: Grad. standing. Maxi- 
mum 6 F,S. Directed research in a specialized phase of nutrition designed to provide 
experience in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff 

NTR 699 Research in Nutrition. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Maxi- 
mum 6. F,S. Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science 
of Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

Associated courses related to nutrition are: 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition. 

FS 402 Food Chemistry. 

Occupational Education 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Occupational 
Education under Education, page 108. 



Operations Research 

PROGRAM COMMITTEE 

Professor: S. E. Elmaghraby, Chairman 

Professors: B. B. Bhattacharyya, J. W. Bishir, W. S. Galler, W. L. Hafley, D. A. 
Link; Associate Professors: W. D. Cooper, H. L. W. Nuttle, S. Stidham Jr.; 
Assistant Professors: W. A. Gruver, D. F. McAllister 

Operations research is a graduate program of a multidisciplinary nature, 
governed by an administrative board and the program committee, and adminis- 
tered through the office of the program director. 

The program offers the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 
Both are research degrees requiring thesis. A foreign language is not required at 
the master's level and is optional with the student's advisory committee at the 
doctoral level. A brochure is available which describes in more detail the require- 
ments for both degrees. 

An advanced program of study in operations research implies intensive study in 
at least two of the following areas: mathematical optimization, dynamical systems 
and control theory, stochastic systems, econometrics and economic decision theory 
and information and cybernetics. 



196 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CENTRAL COURSES 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research. Preqs.: MA 405, 421. 3(3-0) F.Sum. 
OR Approach: modeling, constraints, objective and criterion. The problem of Multi- 
ple criteria. Optimization, Model validation. The team approach. Systems Design. 
Examples, OR Methodology: mathematical programming; optimum seeking; simu- 
lation, gaming; heuristic programming. Examples. OR Applications; theory of in- 
ventory; economic ordering under deterministic and stochastic demand. The pro- 
duction smoothing problem; linear and quadratic cost functions. Waiting line 
problems: single and multiple servers with Poisson input and output. The theory 
of games for two-person competitive situations. Project management through 
PERT-CPM. Graduate Staff 

OR (IE, MA) 505 Mathematical Programming I. Preq.: MA 405. 3(3-0) F.Sum. A 
study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear program- 
ming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire to study 
this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete development of 
the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well as a discussion 
of a number of applications. Nuttle 

OR (IE) 509 Dynamic Programming. Preqs.: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. An 
introduction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming and 
its application to sequential decision problems. Elmaghraby, Nuttle 

OR 520 Theory of Activity Networks. Preqs.: OR 501, OR (IE, MA) 505. 3(3-0) S. 
Introduction to graph theory and network theory. A discussion in depth of the 
theory underlying (1) deterministic activity networks (CPM): optimal time-cost 
trade offs; the problem of scarce resources; (2) probabilistic activity networks 
(PERT): critical evaluation of the underlying assumptions; (3) generalized activity 
networks (GERT, GAN): applications of signal flow graphs and semi-Markov pro- 
cess to probabilistic branching; relation to the theory of scheduling. (Offered in alt. 
years.) Elmaghraby 

OR (IE) 522 Organizational Systems Dynamics. Preqs.: ST 371, IE 421. 3(3-0) F. 
A study of the behavior of large organizations as simulated on a large digital com- 
puter and driven by suitable exogenous inputs. Basic theory of feedback control of 
systems; methods of modeling for continuous simulation, including aspects of 
management policy. Projects cover study, modeling and simulation of industrial, 
business, political social organizations and systems; methods of changing system 
behavior by modifying parameters and model structure. Llewellyn 

OR (CHE) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. Preqs.: MA 511, CSC 111 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The formulation and solution of process optimization prob- 
lems, with emphasis on nonlinear programming techniques. Computer implementa- 
tion of optimization algorithms, and structuring of process models to increase 
computational efficiency. Felder, Gruver 

OR (E) 531 Dynamical Systems and Multivariate Control. Preqs.: MA 301, 405 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to analytical modeling, control and optimiza- 
tion of dynamical systems based on state space and transfer function descriptions. 
Emphasis on linear, continuous-time and discrete-time systems. Topics include 
state variables, transforms, flow graphs, canonical forms, system response, 
stability, controllability and observability, modal control, non-interacting control, 
observers, fundamental concepts of optimal control and estimation. Multidisciplinary 
applications chosen from biological, chemical, economic, electrical, mechanical and 
sociological systems. Gruver 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 197 

OR (IE) 561 Queues and Stochastic Service Systems. Preq.: MA 421. 3(3-0) F. 
General concepts of stochastic processes are introduced. Poisson processes. Markov 
processes, and renewal theory are presented. These are then used in the analysis of 
queues, starting with a completely memoryless queue to one with general para- 
meters. Applications to many engineering problems will be considered. Stidham 

OR (CSC, IE) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. 3(3-0) S. (See com- 
puter science, page 86.) 

OR (CSC) 585 Graph Theory. Preqs.: MA 231 or 405. 3(3-0) F. Basic concepts of 
graph theory. Trees and forests. Vector spaces associated with a graph. Repre- 
sentation of graphs by binary matrices and list structures. Traversability. Con- 
nectivity. Matchings and assignment problems. Planar graphs. Colorability. Directed 
graphs. Applications of graph theory with emphasis on organizing problems in a 
form suitable for computer solution. Gardner 

OR (IE) 586 Network Flows. Preqs.: OR (IE, MA) 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
This course will study problems of flows in networks. These problems will include 
the determination of the shortest chain, maximal flow and minimal cost flow in 
networks. The relationship between network flows and linear programming will be 
developed as well as problems with nonlinear cost functions, multi-commodity 
flows, and the problem of network synthesis. (Offered in alt. years.) 

Blair 

OR 591 Special Topics in Operations Research. Preqs.: CI. 1-3 F,S. Individual 
or small group studies of special areas of OR which fit into the students' programs 
of study and which may not be covered by other OR courses. Furthermore, the 
course serves as a vehicle for introducing new or specialized topics at the intro- 
ductory graduate level. Graduate Staff 

OR (MA, ST) 606 Mathematical Programming II. Preqs.: OR (IE, MA) 505. 3(3-0) 
S. This course provides an advanced mathematical treatment of the analytical 
and algorithmic aspects of finite dimensional nonlinear programming. It includes 
an examination of the structure and effectiveness of computational methods for 
unconstrained and constrained minimization. Special attention will be directed 
toward current research and recent developments in the field. 

Bhattacharyya, Gruver 

OR 609 Advanced Dynamic Programming. Preqs.: OR 509, MA 541. 3(3-0) F. 
Introduction to measure theoretic concepts, review of finite state Markov processes, 
theory of Markovian programming, discrete decision processes, continuous time 
dynamic programming, relation to calculus of variation and the Maximum Prin- 
ciple. Emphasis throughout is on recent theoretical development in the field. 
(Offered in alt. years.) Elmaghraby 

OR 629 Vector Space Methods in System Optimization. Preqs.: MA 405, 511 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to algebraic and function-analytic concepts used 
in system modeling and optimization: vector space, linear mappings, spectral de- 
composition, adjoints, orthogonal projection, duality, fixed points and differentials. 
Emphasis on geometric insight. Topics include least square optimization of linear 
systems, minimum norm problems in Banach space, linearization in Hilbert space, 
iterative solution of system equations and optimization problems. Broad range of 
applications in operations research and system engineering including control 
theory, mathematical programming, econometrics, statistical estimation, circuit 
theory and numerical analysis. Gruver 



198 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

OR (ESM) 631, 632 Variational Methods in Optimization Techniques I, II. Preqs.: 
(631) MA 511, 512; (632) OR 631. 3(3-0) F,S. Variational methods are applied to 
optimization problems in engineering, where examples are drawn from flight 
mechanics, operations research, heat transfer, structures and aerodynamics. The 
necessary conditions which follow from the general variation of a functional are 
developed. Solutions with corners and discontinuities are considered. Inequality 
constraints on control variables and constrained extreme are also considered. 
Gradient methods are described. Applications in operations research are made for 
problems with continuous function representation such as might be found in pro- 
duction scheduling, inventory control and process control. Maday 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research. Preqs.: OR 501, OR (IE, MA) 505. 
3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small 
groups of students to take on studies of special areas in OR which fit into their 
particular program and which may not be covered by other OR courses. The work 
will be directed by a qualified faculty member and in some instances by visiting 
professors. The subject matter in any year is dependent on the students and the 
faculty members. Graduate Staff 

OR (IE, MA) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming. Preqs.: OR (IE, 
MA) 505. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The study of special advanced topics in the area of 
mathematical programming. New techniques and current research in this area will 
be discussed. The faculty responsible for this course will select according to their 
preference and interest the areas to be covered during the semester. This course 
will not necessarily be taught by an individual faculty but can, on occasion, be a 
joint effort of several faculty members from this University as well as visiting 
faculty from other institutions. To date, courses on Theory of Networks, Optimal 
Control Algorithms and Integer Programming have been offered under the umbrella 
of this course. It is anticipated that these two topics will be repeated in the future, 
together with other topics. Graduate Staff 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research. Preq.: Enrollment in OR as a major or 
minor. 1(1-0) F,S. Seminar discussion of operations research problems. Case 
analyses and reports. Graduate students with minors or majors in operations re- 
search are expected to attend throughout the period of their residence. 

Graver 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research. Preqs.: Variable. 1-3 F,S,Sum. Individual 
research by graduate students minoring and majoring in operations research. 
Research may be done under the operations research faculty member meeting the 
interest need of the student. Graduate Staff 

SUGGESTED COGNATE COURSES 

Cognate courses in the Operations Research program are courses often included 
in programs of study but which carry other departmental designations. They cover 
subject matter closely related to Operations Research and provide additional in- 
sight into the basis or application of Operations Research techniques. Students 
should not assume they will be able to include any of the cognate courses in their 
own program of study unless they have made previous arrangements with their 
facultv advisor. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 199 

Biomathematics 

BMA (MA, ST) 571, 572 Biomathematics I & II 

Chemical Engineering 

CHE 525 Chemical Process Control 

Civil Engineering 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems 

Computer Science 

CSC (MA) 529, 530 Numerical Analysis I & II 

CSC (MA) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equations 

CSC (MA) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 

Equations 

CSC (MA) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 

Equations 

Economics and Business 

EB 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 

EB 555 Linear Programming 

EB 650 Economic Decision Theory 

EB (ST) 651 Econometrics 

EB (ST) 652 Topics in Econometrics 

Electrical Engineering 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 

EE 613,614 Advanced Feedback Control 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 

Industrial Engineering 

IE 523 Inventory Control Methods I 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II 

Mathematics 

MA (ST) 541, 542 Theory of Probability I & II 

MA (ST) 617, 618 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 

MA (ST) 619 Topics in Advanced Probability 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory 

MA (CSC) 635 Functional Analysis and Numerical Analysis 

MA 641, 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I & II 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 



200 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Statistics 

ST 583 Introduction to Statistical Decision Theory 
ST 613, 614 Time Series Analysis I & II 

Physical Oceanography 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see Geosciences, 
page 148. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY (CE, MAS) 487 Physical Oceanography. Preqs.: MA 202, PY 212. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY (CE, MAS) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. Preq.: ESM 303 or PY 411. 3(3-0) S. 
Classical gravity wave theory with emphasis on the basic mechanics of wave 
motions, mass transport induced by waves and various conservation laws with their 
applications in wave study. Graduate Staff 

OY (MAS) 551 Ocean Circulation. Preq.: ESM 303 or PY 411. 3(3-0) S. Basic 
study of the mechanics of ocean circulation with emphasis on various simple models 
of circulation systems. Pietrafesa 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

OY (MAS) 601, 602 Advanced Physical Oceanography I, II. Preq.: OY (CE, MAS) 
487. 3(3-0) F,S. An in-depth discussion of physical oceanography — both geographic 
and hydrodynamical aspects. Topics discussed include relief of ocean floor; physical 
properties of sea water; distribution of temperature, salinity and currents; and 
kinematical and dynamical studies of motion of sea water turbulence. Pietrafesa 

OY (ESM, MAS) 605, 606 Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: 
ESM 504, 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. An application of basic fluid mechanics 
principles in geophysical fluid mechanics studies with emphasis on the most im- 
portant physical parameters encountered in the field of geophysical fluid mechanics, 
such as: mechanics of stratified fluids, rotating fluids, stratified and rotating 
fluid, stability and turbulence in ocean and atmosphere. (Offered 1977-78 and alt. 
years.) Janowitz 

OY (ESM, MAS) 613, 614 Perturbation Method in Fluid Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: 
MA 401, ESM 303. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic theory and application of perturbation methods 
in fluid mechanics including: regular and singular perturbations, matching prin- 
ciples, method of strained coordinate, two variable expansion and applications to 
partial differential equations. (Offered 1976-77 and alt. years.) Janowitz 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201 

Physics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor A. W. Jenkins Jr., Acting Head 

Professors: W. R. Davis, W. O. Doggett, G. L. Hall, J. T. Lynn— Graduate Ad- 
ministrator, ( E. R. Manring, J. D. Memory, A. C. Menius Jr., G. E. Mitchell, 
M. K. Moss, J. Y. Park, R. R. Patty, L. W. Seagondollar, D. R. Tilley, A. W. 
Waltner; Visiting Professor: L. H. Thomas; Professors Emeriti: W. H. Bennett, 
H. C. Kelly, F. W. Lancaster, J. S. Meares; Associate Professors: K. T. Chung, 
G. C. Cobb Jr., G. H. Katzin, F. Lado Jr., D. H. Martin, G. W. Parker III, J. F. 
Schetzina; Assistant Professors: C. R. Gould, C. E. Johnson 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 

J. M. A. Danby (Mathematics), R. E. Fornes (Textiles), R. L. Murray (Nuclear 
Engineering), D. L. Ridgeway (Statistics) 

Study in physics is available leading to the degrees Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy. In addition to the areas of research listed below, thesis work may 
also be done in closely related departments in the fields of biophysics, environ- 
mental sciences, nuclear reactor theorv and computer science. Available to the 
department are the computer facilities (including the IBM System 370/165 com- 
puter) of the nearby Triangle Universities Computation Center which is jointly 
operated by Duke University, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and 
North Carolina State University. These three universities also jointly staff the 
Triangle Lmiversities Nuclear Laboratory located on the Duke campus. The major 
facilities are a 15 MeV model FN Tandem Van De Graaff accelerator with a 15 
MeV cyclotron injector and on-line computer facilities. 

Experimental along with theoretical work is being done in atmospheric physics, 
atomic and molecular physics, magnetic resonance, nuclear physics, plasma 
physics and semiconductor physics. Theoretical work is in relativity and general 
field theory and in statistical and solid state theory. 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science degree require a minimum 
of 30 semester hours, including four credits of research and two of seminar. In 
addition, a thesis is required. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful completion of examina- 
tions, independent research and the submission of an acceptable dissertation. A 
minor area of studv is required, mathematics usually being elected. 

A large number of teaching and research assistantships are available. Depending 
upon the student's experience, these pay from $3,200 to $4,600 for half-time 
duties during the nine-month school year and allow the student to carry 60 per- 
cent of a full course load. An out-of-state student holding such a half-time assistant- 
ship may be eligible for special tuition charges. 



202 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 401, 402 Modern and Quantum Physics I, II. Preq.: PY 411. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics. Preqs.: PY 208, MA 202. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 410 Introductory Nuclear Physics. Preq.: PY 203 or 407. 4(3-2) F,S. 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: PY 203 or 208, MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 413 Thermal Physics. Preq.: PY 202 or 208; Coreq.: MA 301. 3(3-0) S. 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Preqs.: PY 203 or 208; MA 301. 
3(3-0) F,S. 

PY 441 Spacetime Physics. Preq.: PY 203 or 407. 3(3-0) F. 

PY 451, 452 Intermediate Experiments in Physics I, II. Coreqs.: PY 411, 414. 
2(1-3) F,S. 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics. Preq.: Permission of department. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 506 Nuclear Physics I. Preqs.: PY 203 or 407; PY 412. 4(3-2) F. Nuclear 
properties and phenomena such as alpha, beta and gamma decay, accelerator- 
induced nuclear reactions and fission. Emphasis on experimental techniques for 
probing nuclear structure and interpretation of results in terms of current theories. 

Gould 

PY 508 Ion and Electron Physics. Preq.: PY 414. 3(2-2) S. Topics include colli- 
sion processes, electron emission, charged particle dynamics, gaseous discharges, 
and the physics of ion and electron beams. Doggett 

PY 509 Plasma Physics. Preq.: PY 414. 3(3-0) F. The individual and collective 
motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields and through ionized 
gases. Doggett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II. Preq.: PY 410. 4(3-2) S. The properties of the atomic 
nucleus as revealed by radioactivity, nuclear reactions and scattering experiments 
with emphasis on the experimental approach. The laboratory stresses independent 
research and offers project work in nuclear spectroscopy and in neutron physics. 

Waltner 

PY (NE) 511 Nuclear Physics for Engineers. Preq.: PY 410. 3(3-0) F. The proper- 
ties of atomic nuclei, of nuclear radiations and of the interaction of nuclear radiation 
with matter. Emphasis on the principles of modern equipment and techniques of 
nuclear measurement and their application to practical problems. Waltner 

PY 516 Physical Optics. Preq.: PY 415. 3(2-2) F. Emphasis on the wave properties 
of light. Subjects include boundary conditions, optics of thin films, interference and 
diffraction, applications to absorption, scattering, and laser operation. A background 
in Maxwell's equations and vector analysis is required. Manring 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 203 

PY 517 Atomic and Molecular Physics. Preqs.: PY 401, 412. 3(3-0) F. The 
quantum mechanical treatment of structure and spectra for atoms and molecules. 
Topics include the hydrogen atom, helium atom, multielectron atoms, selection 
rules, diatomic and simple polyatomic molecules, and nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectroscopy. Memory 

PY 520 Measurements in Nuclear Physics. Preq.: PY 410. 3(2-2) S. The funda- 
mentals of statistics (including the binomial, normal, Poisson and interval dis- 
tributions) as applied to the analysis of measurements on nuclear reactions and 
radioactivity. Waltner 

PY 521 Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preq.: PY 413. 3(3-0) F. A phenomenological 
and theoretical study of systems of dilute gases. After treatment of the continuum 
mechanics of fluids, the postulates of kinetic theory are presented and the deriva- 
tion from them of macroscopic conservation equations, transport laws and 
thermodynamic properties is discussed. Parker 

PY 543 Astrophysics. Preqs.: PY 203 or 407; PY 411. 3(3-0) S. The basic physics 
necessary to investigate, from observational data, the internal conditions and 
evolution of stars. Topics include the formation and structure of spectral lines, 
methods of energy generation and transport, stellar structure, degeneracy, white 
dwarfs and neutron stars. Danby 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids. Preq.: PY 401. 3(3-0) S. Basic 
considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors and semiconductors. 

Schetzina 

PY (MA) 555 Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. 3(3-0) F. (See 
mathematics, page 175.) 

PY (MA) 556 Orbital Mechanics. 3(3-0) S. (See mathematics, page 175.) 

PY 581, 582 Quantum Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: MA 512; PY 411 or 414; grad. 
standing or permission of the graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental 
concepts and formulations, including interpretation and techniques, and the appli- 
cation of theory to simple physical systems, such as the free particle, the harmonic 
oscillator, the particle in a potential well and central force problems. Other topics 
include approximation methods, identical particles and spin, transformation 
theory, symmetries and invariance, and an introduction to quantum theory of 
scattering and angular momentum. Lado 

PY 583, 584 Advanced Classical Mechanics I, II. Preqs.: MA 512, PY 412, PY 414; 
grad. standing or permission of the graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. An intro- 
duction to theoretical physics in preparation for advanced study. Emphasis is on 
classical mechanics, special relativity and the motion of charged particles. Topics 
include variational principles, Hamiltonian dynamics and the canonical transfor- 
mation theory, structure of the Lorentz group and elementary dynamics of un- 
quantized fields. Moss 

PY 585, 586 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Preqs.: PY 415; grad. 
standing or permission of the graduate administrator. 3(3-0) F,S. Topics include: 
techniques for the solution of potential problems, development of Maxwell's equa- 
tions; wave equations, energy, force and momentum relations of an electromagnetic 
field; covariant formulation of electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated charges. 

Doggett 



204 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 599 Senior Research. Preq.: Sr. honors program standing, except with special 
permission. 3 F,S. Investigations in physics under staff guidance. May consist of 
literature reviews, experimental measurements or theoretical studies. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres. Preq.: PY 517. 3(3-0) S. Gas dynamics of atmos- 
pheres with emphasis on recent results of rocket, satellite and interplanetary probes. 
Theories of the airglow, aurora and ionosphere are developed. Manring 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II. Preqs.: PY 583, 586; Coreq.: MA 661. 3(3-0) 
F,S. The mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between 
various branches of physics is treated. The restricted theory of relativity, electro- 
dynamics, classical field theory and the general theory of relativity and geometro- 
dynamics are considered. Davis 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics. Preq.: PY 410; Coreq.: PY 581. 3(3-0) F. A 
theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include the deuteron, low 
energy nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, nuclear moments, nuclear shell theory, 
collective model, compound nucleus, optical model and direct reaction theories. 

Park 

PY 611 Advanced Quantum Mechanics I. Preqs.: MA 512, PY 582. 3(3-0) F. An 
introduction to the relativistic quantum theory of Dirac particles and the positron. 
Other topics include second quantization technique and its application to many- 
body problems, radiation theory and the quantization of the electromagnetic field. 

Chung 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics II. Preqs.: PY 601, 611. 3(3-0) S. A general 
propagator treatment of Dirac particles, photons, and scalar and vector mesons. 
Applications of Feynman graphs and rules will be given illustrating basic tech- 
niques employed in the treatment of electromagnetic, weak and strong interactions. 
Renormalization theory, the effects of radiative corrections and aspects of the 
general Lorentz covariant theory of quantized fields will also be considered. 

Chung 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics. Preqs.: PY 413, 581, 583. 3(3-0) S. An introduction 
to the structure and techniques of equilibrium statistical mechanics (both classical 
and quantum) as a basis for the study of the equilibrium properties of bulk matter, 
including the derivation of the laws of thermodynamics and applications to simple 
physical systems. Parker 

PY 630, 631 Nuclear Structure Physics I, II. Preqs.: PY 582; PY 506 or 510. 
3(3-0) F,S. Advanced description of nuclear models and nuclear reactions. Topics 
include: internucleon forces, compound-nucleus processes, shell model, optical 
model, R-matrix theory, direct reactions, collective model, electromagnetic transi- 
tions, isobaric analog states. Mitchell 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics. Preqs.: MA 661, PY 601; Coreq.: PY 602. 
3(3-0) S. This course treats the theoretical description of the phenomena of me- 
chanics relating to noninertial frames of reference, with applications to space 
travel and the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to inertial guid- 
ance and electromagentic-inertial coupling effects are also considered. Davis 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 205 

PY 651 Mathematics of Solid-State and Many-Body Theory. Preqs.: MA 513, PY 
552, PY 582. 3(3-0) F. Fourier techniques from solid-state theory are generalized 
and adapted to many areas of physics. Topics include: Fourier series in n-dimen- 
sional Bravais lattices, Fourier integrals, Schwartz distributions, Brillouin zones, 
Green's functions, Patterson functions, convolutions and correlation coefficients. 
The Poisson sum formula and the theta function summation method are extensively 
developed for Bravais and non-Bravais lattices in n-dimensions. Hall 

PY 652 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids. Preq.: PY 651. 3(3-0) S. Classical and 
quantum theories of equilibrium and transport properties of ferromagnetism, anti- 
ferromagnetism, and order-disorder in alloys. Statistical mechanics of, and phase 
transitions in, these and other systems are treated. Hall 

The following five courses offer opportunities for advanced study in special areas of 
physics under staff members working in these areas. 

PY 690 Special Topics in Molecular Physics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 691 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 692 Special Topics in Plasma Physics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 693 Special Topics in Solid State Physics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 694 Special Topics in Theoretical Physics. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. 

PY 695 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Reports on topics of current interest in physics. 
Several sections are offered so that students with common research interests may be 
grouped together. Graduate Staff 

PY 699 Research. Credits Arranged. Graduate students sufficiently prepared may 
undertake research in some selected field of physics. Graduate Staff 



Physiology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: L. Goode, C. H. Hill, E. Hodgson, I. S. Longmuir, H. L. Lucas Jr., 
J. F. Roberts, D. E. Smith, L. C. Ulberg; Adjunct Professor: ]. A. Santolucito; 
Associate Professors: E. V. Caruolo, B. H. Johnson, T. E. LeVere, }. P. Thaxton, 
J. M. Whitsett, R. T. Yamamoto; Assistant Professors: F. W. Edens, G. W. 
Morgan Jr. 

Graduate study under the direction of the physiology faculty may lead to the 
Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The physiology faculty is 
an interdepartmental group drawn from the departments participating in the pro- 
gram. They are: animal science, biochemistry, entomology, physical education, 
poultry science, psychology, statistics and zoology. The program emphasizes the 
comparative approach implicit in this type of organization. 

Experimental facilities of the above departments are available for physiological 
research, as are such special facilities as the Electron Microscope Center and the 



206 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Wrightsville Marine Biomedical Laboratory. Experimental animals available cover 
a wide range, from insects and other invertebrates to large mammals. 

In addition to courses in physiology, majors in the program are expected to take 
selected courses in biochemistry and cell biology. Minors are usually chosen from 
such fields as biochemistry, cell biology, entomology, genetics, statistics and 
zoology. A strong basic knowledge in one of these areas is essential. 

Graduate students enrolled as physiology majors are located in the department 
of their major professor and may participate in departmental activities. 

Prerequisites for admission include a year of physics and organic chemistry 
Courses in biochemistry, physiology and calculus are strongly recommended. The 
Graduate Record Examination on aptitude is required and the advanced biology 
and chemistry tests are desirable. 

Financial assistance for qualified students in the form of research assistantships, 
fellowships and traineeships is available through participating departments. Pro- 
spective students mav obtain further information by writing to any one of the 
graduate faculty listed above or to the Chairman, Physiology Program, P. O. Box 
5306, N. C. State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

PHY (ANS) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. 3(3-0) S. (See animal 
science, page 54.) 

PHY 503 General Physiology I. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. The 
general principles of homeostatis will be discussed, emphasizing the importance 
of integrative action. The following systems will be studied: respiratory, cardio- 
vascular, renal, reproductive, and myological. Longmuir, Staff 

PHY 504 General Physiology II. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The 
general principles of homeostatis will be discussed, emphasizing the importance of 
integrative action. The following will be studied: alimentary, reticuloendothelial, 
central nervous, autonomic nervous, and endocrine systems; detoxication mechan- 
isms; special senses; and the response of man to the environment. 

Longmuir, Staff 

PHY (ZO) 513 Comparative Physiology. 4(3-3) S. (See zoology, page 261.) 

PHY (BCH) 553 Physiological Biochemistry. 3(3-0) S. (See biochemistry, page 60.) 

PHY (ZO, ENT) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. The course 
deals with the physiology of the invertebrates, including the Insecta but excluding 
the Protozoa. The unity of the physiology of the various groups is stressed, and the 
relationship of physiology to contemporary biology and to other related biological 
fields will be illustrated. Graduate Staff 

PHY (ANS) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. 3(3-0) F. (See animal science, 
page 54.) 

PHY 590 Special Problems in Physiology. Preq.: Grad. standing, CI. Credits 
Arranged. Graduate Staff 

PHY (ANS) 604 Experimental Animal Physiology. 4(2-4) F. (See animal science, 
page 55.) 

PHY 690 Physiology Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) S. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 207 

PHY 695 Selected Topics in Physiology. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-4. 

Graduate Staff 

PHY 699 Physiological Research. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. Credits Arranged. 
F,S. Graduate Staff 

COURSES FROM ASSOCIATED DEPARTMENTS 
PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology. 
BCH 551 General Biochemistry. 
ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology. 

OTHER SUPPORTING COURSES AVAILABLE 
GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations. 
PSY 502 Physiological Psychology. 
ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals. 

Certain courses on the interface between physiology and engineering may be 
taken after consultation with adviser and the instructors concerned. 

Plant Pathology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor R. Ay cock, Head 

Professors: J. L. Apple, K. R. Barker, C. N. Clayton, E. B. Cowling, C. B. Davey, 
E. Echandi, G. V. Gooding Jr., T. T. Hebert, S. F. Jenkins Jr., G. B. Lucas, 
R. D. Milholland, N. T. Powell, J. N. Sasser, D. L. Strider, H. H. Triantaphyllou, 
N. N. Winstead; Professors USDA: C. S. Hodges Jr., J. P. Ross, H. W. Spurr 
Jr.; Adjunct Professors: G. H. Hepting, E. G. Kuhlman; Extension Professor: 
J. C. Wells; Professors Emeriti: D. E. Ellis, L. W. Nielsen, C. J. Nusbaum, F. L. 
Wellman; Associate Professors: M. K. Beute, L. F. Grand, M. P. Levi, L. T. 
Lucas, C. E. Main; Associate Professors USDA: A. S. Heagle, K. J. Leonard, 
R. A. Reinert, R. E. Welty; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. W. Koenigs; 
Extension Associate Professors: H. E. Duncan — In Charge, C. W. Averre III; 
Assistant Professors: D. M. Benson, J. S. Huang, D. P. Schmitt, C. G. Van Dyke 

The plant pathology faculty exhibits strength in forest pathology, nematology, 
virology and general plant pathology. Programs leading to the Master of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences (non-thesis), Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees are offered. Program requirements for these three degrees generally follow 
University policies: 30 credit hours and thesis for the M.S. degree; 36 for the 



208 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Master of Agriculture and Lite Science degree. The latter affords students an 
opportunity for general training with a major emphasis in plant plathology course 
work and subject matter. 

Courses and number of hours taken by Ph.D. candidates are determined by 
the student's interest and background. Strong foundation courses in mathematics, 
biochemistry, chemistry, physics and soil science are prerequisite, however, for 
admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Students who enroll in any graduate 
program should have achieved a "B" average in the undergraduate major. 

Opportunities for employment include research, extension and teaching appoint- 
ments at Land-Grant colleges or universities and with the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture. The agricultural chemicals industry also employs plant pathologists 
in research, promotion and service. Plant pathologists often participate in foreign 
service through international and federal organizations, as well as in commercial 
enterprises. 

Separate laboratories fully equipped and staffed for research in nematologv, 
virology, soil microbiology, physiology of pathogenesis and special biochemical 
problems are available. Facilities also exist for training in general phvtopathologv. 
Since the facultv is comprised of more than 50 scientists with varied interests, 
in-depth training in all of these areas is possible. 

The department has greenhouse facilities and access to controlled environmental 
growth chambers in the phytotron. Student participation in the Plant Disease 
Clinic provides experience in the diagnosis of all types of plant diseases. 

North Carolina exhibits a wide range of soil types and climatic areas. Large 
acreages are planted to a variety of field, vegetable and ornamental crops, as well 
as forest trees. Special facilities for experimental work on diseases of these crops 
are found at 16 permanent research stations located throughout the State. 

A number of graduate assistantships and fellowships are funded bv the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station, the Agricultural Foundation and other agencies. 
Stipends are adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients. 
The E. G. Moss and W. E. Cooper Memorial Fellowship funds supplement stipends 
of exceptional students. Students applying direcdy for aid from the National 
Science Foundation, the National Institutes of Health and other granting agencies 
are invited to specify the department as host institution. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 450 Nematode Diseases of Plants and Their Control. Preq.: PP 315 or 318. 
2(1-3) F. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control. Preq.: PP 315. 3(2-3) S. Disease control strategies 
and tactics are developed in a practical manner. Control economics and practices 
are considered in relation to principles and current research on biological, cultural, 
physical and chemical methods. Disease resistance and regulatory methods are also 
discussed. Jenkins, Spurr 

PP 501 Phytopathology I. Preq.: PP 315, or equivalent. 5(3-6) F. A study of the 
classification, terminology, etiology and basic concepts of plant diseases caused by 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 209 

fungi and bacteria. In-depth studies of selected examples are used to illustrate and 
integrate general principles. Laboratory sessions consider research and diagnostic 
techniques including preparation of media, isolation and study of pathogens in pure 
culture, inoculation, symptom development and disease measurement. 

Echandi, L. Lucas 

PP 502 Phytopathology II. Preq.: PP 315, or equivalent. 5(3-6) S. A study of 
virus, nematode, and abiotic diseases of plants with an overall consideration of 
major topics such as epidemiology, and control. Laboratory sessions include basic 
studies of viruses, nematodes and epidemiology and useful research and diagnostic 
techniques. Powell, H. H. Triantaphyllou, Main, Gooding 

PP 503 Identification of Plant Pathogenic Fungi. Preq.: Mycology or one advanced 
course in PP. 3(4-12) Sum. A study of the recognition and identification of fungi 
which cause plant diseases and the differentiation of fungal diseases from those 
caused by other agents. Special consideration is given to use of keys in the identifi- 
cation of fungi and the major sources of descriptive information on plant pathogens. 
(Offered first summer session 1976 and alt. years.) Grand 

PP (BM, BO) 575 The Fungi. 3(3-0) F. (See botany, page 68.) 

PP (MB, BO) 576 The Fungi Lab. 1(0-3) F. (See botany, page 68.) 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged, Maxi- 
mum 6. Investigation of special problems in plant pathology not related to a thesis 
problem. The investigations may consist of original research and/or literature 
survey. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 604 Morphology and Taxonomy of Nematodes. Preqs.: PP 450, CI. 3(1-6) S. A. 
study of the morphology, anatomy and taxonomy of nematodes with emphasis on the 
identification of important plant-parasitic genera. Exercises include preparation 
of semipermanent and permanent nematode mounts. (Offered 1976 and alt. years.) 

H. H. Triantaphyllou 

PP 605 Plant Virology. Preqs.: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in organic chemis- 
try. 3(1-6) F. A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission, 
classification, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical nature, 
structure and multiplication. (Offered in 1977 and alt. years.) Hebert 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology. Preqs.: PP 315, CI. 1(1-0) F. Development of 
the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings to the early part of the 20th 
century. (Offered 1977 and alt. years.) Ellis 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research under Field Conditions. Preq.: Grad. 
standing. 2(1-3) S. Study of concepts involved, procedures used, and evaluation 
made in current phytopathological research by plant pathology staff. Visits to 
various research stations will be made by the class. Clayton 

PP 611 Advanced Plant Nematology. Preq.: PP 604. 3(2-3) F. A study of the 
biology, physiology and ecology of plant parasitic nematodes with emphasis on 
mechanisms of pathogenesis, host responses to infection and population dynamics. 
Laboratory exercises include methods of cultivating nematodes, special physiologi- 
cal techniques and approaches used in ecological investigations. (Offered in 1976 
and alt. years.) Barker 



210 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis. Preqs.: PP 500, CI. 3(2-3) F. Infection processes, 
alterations in photosynthesis, respiration, nitrogen metabolism, vascular function 
and growth regulator function are considered. The biochemical nature of the 
weapons utilized by pathogens in pathogenic attack and the defensive mechanisms 
employed by the hosts in resisting attack and the resultant dynamic interactions 
are studied. (Offered in 1976 and alt. years.) Huang 

PP 614 Nematode Development, Cytology and Genetics. Preq.: PP 604 or CI. 
2(1-3) F. A study of embryogenesis, post-embryonic development, gametogenesis, 
cytology, reproduction, sexuality, genetics and evolution of nematodes with em- 
phasis on plant-parasitic forms. Laboratory exercises include small research 
projects in each area of study and demonstrations of techniques and materials. 
(Offered in 1976 and alt. years.) A. C. Triantaphyllou 

PP (BO) 625 Advanced Mycology. Preq.: PP 575 or CI. 4(2-6) F. An in-depth 
treatment of major groups of fungi. Aspects of taxonomy, nomenclature, develop- 
mental morphology, genetics, host-parasite relations, physiology, and ecology will 
be presented. Cardinal characteristics of selected fungi representing the major 
groups are determined. Field observations and collecting are also required. (Offered 
1976 and alt. years.) Grand 

PP 650 Colloquium in Plant Pathology. Preq.: PP 502 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Group 
discussion of topics assigned by the instructor in order to develop a thorough under- 
standing of basic concepts and their significance in the etiology, pathogenesis, 
epidemiology and control of plant diseases. The genesis and evolution of funda- 
mental ideas and values and how new techniques and the acquisition of new 
knowledge influence the advancement of plant pathology and its various specialized 
fields are considered. (Offered 1977 and alt. years.) Cowling 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology. Preq.: Consent of seminar chairman. 1(1-0) 
F,S. Discussion of assigned phytopathological topics. L. Lucas 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. Credits Ar- 
ranged. Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff 



Politics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor \\'.}. Block, Head 

Professors: F. V. Cahill Jr., A. Holtzman, R. O. Tilman; Professor Emeritus: J. T. 
Caldwell; Associate Professors: W. G. Ellis, J. H. Gilbert, H. G. Kebschull, 
J. M. McClain, K. S. Petersen, J. O. Williams; Assistant Professors: B. B. Clary, 
J. A. Hurwitz, T. E. Marshall, J. P. Mastro, M. S. Soroos, D. W. Stewart 

The Department of Politics offers a program of graduate studies leading to a 
Master of Arts degree and a Master of Public Affairs degree. 

A candidate for admission to either program must have demonstrated an apti- 
tude for graduate studv in politics; the student may also be required to take 
certain further undergraduate courses to make up anv deficiencies that may exist 
in one's record. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 211 

The Master of Public Affairs degree requires completion of a 36-semester hour 
professional program for persons who are now or hope to be employed by govern- 
ment or by a government related private enterprise or association. 

The program requires 27 hours to be selected from courses offered by the 
Department of Politics. Students may concentrate either in administration, com- 
parative political development, or American political institutions and processes. 
The remaining hours may be taken in another discipline, such as economics and 
business, English, history, operations research, psychology, sociology or statistics. 
As an alternative the student may take the remaining hours in some area of 
technology, such as adult and community college education, water resources, 
civil engineering, or forestry. 

Students who enroll in the program should have completed nine hours in the 
social sciences (including three in government) as undergraduates and have 
achieved a B average in the undergraduate major. 

The Master of Arts degree requires each candidate to complete 30 hours of 
graduate work. The candidate must concentrate (18-21 hours, including thesis) 
in two major fields in politics. Major fields are to be selected from the following: 
political theory, American politics, comparative politics, international relations and 
public administration. A disciplinary minor of 9 to 12 hours outside the Depart- 
ment of Politics is required. In either case a student's work in a minor field must 
constitute a unified pattern and must contribute to one or both of the student's 
major fields. 

In either program each student will be assigned to a graduate committee chair- 
man for the preparation of a study which shall be subject to the approval of two 
other committee members, including one from outside the Department of Politics. 

Scope and Method of Politics (PS 571) is required of every candidate for both 
degrees as are comprehensive written and oral examinations. In addition, a candi- 
date for the Master of Arts degree must demonstrate reading proficiency in one 
modern language (normally German, French, Spanish or Russian) and write a 
thesis in one of his or her major areas. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups. 3(3-0) F. 

PS 406 Politics and Policies of American State Governments. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

PS 408 Urban Politics in a Changing South. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PS 411 Public Opinion in Democracies. Preq.: Three hours of PS. 3(3-0) S. 

PS 431 International Organization. 3(3-0) F. 

PS 437 National Security Policy. Preq.: PS 331. 3(3-0) S, Sum. 

PS 446 Comparative Communist Systems. Preq.: PS 344 or 332. 3(3-0) F,S. 
or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 

PS 447 Political Development. Preq. : Six hours of PS. 3(3-0) F. 



212 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PS 461 Jurisprudence. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) S. 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar. Preq.: Jr. standing; approval of 
the committee of selection. Credits Arranged. 3-6. S.Sum. 

PS 498 Special Topics in Politics. Preq.: Six hours of PS. 3-6. F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 502 The Legislative Process. Preq.: PS 206 or CI. 3(3-0) S. A study of the 
formulation of public policy from the institutional and behavioral viewpoints. Im- 
portant current legislative problems at the congressional and state legislative 
levels will be selected and will serve as a basis for analyzing the legislative 
process. Holtzman 

PS 506 American Constitutional Theory. Preq.: PS 271 or CI. 3(3-0) F. Basic 
constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial review, individual 
rights and political privileges, and national and state power. Special attention is 
given to the application of these doctrines to the regulation of business, agriculture 
and labor and to the rights safeguarded by the First, Fifth and Fourteenth Amend- 
ments to the Constitution. Cahill 

PS 507 Constitutional Theory II. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. A continuation of PS 506, but may be elected separately. An examina- 
tion of leading constitutional cases, especially in the fields of civil liberties and 
individual rights, and the writings of leading commentators. Cahill 

PS 508 Urban Politics. Preq.: PS 206. 3(3-0) F,S. A comparative study of political 
conditions in cities and localities. Topics will include the formal structures and 
rules of city and metropolitan governments, and the relationships to the informal 
norms and distribution of power; patterns of local decision-making; elite recruit- 
ment and citizen participation; variations of local autonomy and the scope of local 
politics; and approaches to urban policy issues. Clary 

PS 509 Problems in Urban and Metropolitan Area Government. Preq.: PS 206 
or CI. 3(3-0) S. This course examines theory and research on problems affecting 
governments in metropolitan areas. Principal attention is given to those problems 
which affect (or result from) governmental structure, institutions, and politics and 
to the alternative approaches to their solution. Clary 

PS 511 Public Administration. Preq.: PS 271 or CI. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. A study of 
the factors which contribute to goal displacement in public agencies and the 
institutions, concepts and techniques which may be used in such agencies to reduce 
the effects of these factors. Block, McClain, Ellis, Rassel, Stewart 

PS 512 Comparative Administration. Preq.: PS 511 or 346 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Concentration will be on administrative systems of developing nations with limited 
attention to developed systems. The major emphasis will be on administrative 
aspects of governmental change and modernization in developing nations; colonial 
influence on administration; problems of establishing new nations and adapting to 
change in established states; bureaucratic development and behavior; theories of 
development administration. Ellis 

PS 514 Public Finance. Preq.: EB 205. 3(3-0) F. A survey of the theories and 
practices of governmental taxing, spending, and borrowing, including intergovern- 
mental relationships and administrative practices and problems. McClain 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 213 

PS 516 Public Policy Analysis. Preqs. : Graduate standing; advanced under- 
grad. standing and CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Course will focus on the theories and 
methodology of analyzing and explaining public policy and the substance of recent 
domestic policies in the human and physical resources area, including welfare, 
poverty, education, housing, urban renewal, transportation, recreation-conservation, 
and agriculture. Williams 

PS (SOC) 517 The Police Bureaucracy in a Democratic Society. Preq. : Sr. or 
grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. This is a political science seminar which focuses on the 
proposition that police departments are bureaucratic organizations which can be 
studied as such. Emphasis is placed on understanding the process by which police 
policy is made. Internal and external, psychological and structural variables are 
identified in tracing decisions on specific issues. Thus, attitudes of policemen, the 
nature of their work, and the resources and power of various constituencies are 
factors seen as determining police behavior. Wentworth 

PS 522 Seminar on War and Peace. Preq.: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) S.Sum. The theory 
and research of the international peace research community examined following 
an overview of trends in international relations. Primary attention to the nature 
and causes of wars and arms races as well as to strategies for their prevention. 
Reflection on the nature of peace raises problems related to alleviation of poverty 
and injustice and to the planetary ecological concerns of population, resources, 
and pollution. Soroos 

PS 561 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F. The 
emergence and development of the theories underlying or explaining the political 
aspects of behavior, approached through the study of the writings of the principal 
political philosophers from the days of the Greek city-state to the Reformation. 

Marshall 

PS 562 Modern Political Theory. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. A study of the state and its 
relationship to individuals and groups, approached through reading of selected 
passages from the works of outstanding philosophers from the 16th century to the 
present. Marshall 

PS 563 Power and Ideology. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) 
F. This course will explore competing theories of power and its distribution in the 
United States, and of the nature of ideology. It will analyze various forms of elite 
theory, particularly pluralist theory and its critics and of empirical democratic 
theory, with specific reference to the concepts of power and ideology. Primary 
attention will be given to the case of the United States, with projections made 
regarding the nature of power and ideology, and the prospects for democracy, in 
post-industrial societies. Hurwitz 

PS 565 American Political Thought. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. 
The course will examine and evaluate major American writings on the nature and 
purpose of politics. Readings will be grouped under the following topics: (1) various 
interpretations of the American Constitution and the principles embodied therein; 
(2) writings on civil and natural rights; (3) the character of American liberalism; 
(4) Black American political thought and (5) the contemporary crisis in liberal 
thought. The purpose is to develop the independent capacity to read and reflect with 
care on the grounds of different views about American politics. Marshall 

PS 569 Topics in Political Theory. Preq.: Sr. or grad. standing. (Maximum of 6 
hours may be taken). 3(3-0) F,S. A close examination of particular topics or theorists 
that are not included in the basic courses in political theory. Course content changes 



214 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in different years, and, with permission of instructor, the course may be repeated for 
credit. Examples of course topics are: "Foundations of Modern Radicalism," 
"Twentieth Century Political Philosophy and Political Science," "Political Philoso- 
phy and the Problem of Law," and "Origins of Political Science." Marshall 

PS 571 Scope and Method of Politics. Preq.: PS 201 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This 
course reviews contemporary theories, concepts and methods fundamental to the 
study of politics. It emphasizes current empirical research and the collateral 
involvement in research activities aimed at the development of basic skills in this 
area. Williams, Rassel, Clary 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PS 601 Seminar in Party and Group Politics. Preq.: PS 401 or CI. 3(3-0) S. This 
course examines in depth such problems as mobilization of consent, recruitment of 
leaders, financing and conduct of campaigns, nomination processes, interparty and 
intraparty politics, party-interest group relations and ideology, and party-interest 
group relations with government and public policy. Short research papers will be 
required, some of which will be presented and evaluated in class. Holtzman 

PS 602 Seminar in Legislative Problems. Preq.: Grad. standing or CI. 3(3-0) S. 
This seminar considers basic problems characteristic of American legislative sys- 
tems: development and maintenance for formal and informal rules of the game; 
relationships between outside inputs (by parties, interest groups, constituents, 
executives, courts) and legislators; strategies and tactics of leadership; committee 
decision -making, roles and role behavior of legislators; bicameral and apportion- 
ment problems. Each student is required to do extensive reading, to interview 
legislators and those who seek to influence them and to prepare reports. Holtzman 

PS 604 The Chief Executive. Preq.: PS 271 or CI. 3(3-0) F,Sum. This course will 
focus upon three major concepts of the office of the chief executive, as developed 
under several incumbents. First are the institutions which surround that office and 
which facilitate the expansion of its power and operations. Next are the various 
roles, which are played by different chief executives. Last are the processes of 
leadership by which the chief executive can attempt to direct the machinery of 
government to achieve predetermined objectives. Holtzman 

PS 611 Public Personnel Administration. Preq.: PS 511 or CI. 3(3-0) Sum A 
study of the institutions and the sequence of processes in public personnel adminis- 
tration. It examines existing practices but is primarily concerned with emerging 
theories and trends. Ellis 

PS 612 The Rudgetary Process. Preqs.: CI and at least nine hours in the social 
sciences including a course in American government. 3(3-0) S.Sum. A study of the 
generalized budgetary process used at all levels of government in the United 
States. Understanding of the process is based upon comprehension of the institu- 
tions involved, the roles of politicians and professionals, and the objectives of 
budgetary systems. The course will also focus upon budgetary reforms and the 
expanding Planning-Programming-Rudgeting System as a management tool. 

McClain 

PS 613 Government and Planning. Preq.: PS 511. 3(3-0) F.Sum. A study of the 
planning function at all levels of government in the United States, with particular 
attention to the problems posed for planning by the rapid growth of metropolitan 
areas. McClain 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 215 

PS 614 Seminar in Management Systems. Preqs.: PS 571 or equivalent and have 
completed at least one semester full-time graduate work in MPA program or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A special graduate-level seminar that is to be an integral part 
of the Master of Public Affairs Program in the Department of Politics. The students 
in this seminar will study in detail the various management systems in use in the 
public administration field. Thrpugh case studies and applied methodology, stu- 
dents in the course apply management systems theory" to practical problems in the 
public sector. Graduate Staff 

PS 615 Seminar in Administrative Problems. Preq.: PS 511 or equivalent. 2-4. 
S, Sum. An advanced course in administrative principles and methods. Students 
will perform individual or group research, under supervision in specific administra- 
tive topics within the context of those public agencies which function in their 
respective fields of technology. Block, McClain, Ellis 

PS 616 Seminar in Program Evaluation. Preq.: PS 516 or CI. 3(3-0) S. The course 
will be concerned with program evaluation at various levels of government. The 
types, purposes, and applications of evaluation research as well as the development 
of evaluation procedures will be treated. Considerable emphasis will be placed on 
the application of methodologies to specific evaluation problems and particular 
programs. The development of evaluation procedures for use in particular agencies 
will be discussed at length. The importance of procedures to assess and improve 
the managerial and operational efficiency of programs as well as their output will 
also be covered. Rassel 

PS 617 Seminar in Organization Theory. Preq.: PS 511 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
seminar in which the students read, analyze, and discuss the original writings of 
some of the major theories of organizational structures and behavior. It will focus 
upon classical management theory, the human relations theories, and recent 
empirical and integrative organizational theories. Among the writers upon whose 
works the seminar will focus are Max Weber, Maty Parker Follett, Luther Gulick, 
Frederick Taylor, Elton Mayo, F. J. Roethlisberger, Chester Barnard, Herbert 
Simon, Amitai Etzioni, Robert Presthus, Victor Thompson, and Robert Golembiew- 
ski. Organization theories are based upon studies of both private and public 
organizations, so the literature of both areas is relevant. However, most of the 
emphasis upon current theories will focus on the public or governmental sector. 

Ellis, Block 

PS 618 Seminar in Policy and Administration. Preqs.: PS 511 and three additional 
hours in administration. 3(3-0) F. A seminar in theories and techniques of adminis- 
tration in applied situations, using case study techniques. McClain 

PS 621 Collective Negotiations in the Public Service. Preq.: PS 511 or CI. 3(3-0) 
Sum. This course includes intensive consideration of the background of the collec- 
tive negotiations movement; analysis of key policy issues, such as bargaining rights 
and the use of strike weapons; framework for collective negotiations; scope and 
conduct of negotiations; impasse resolution; grievance procedure. Ellis 

PS 641 Seminar in Comparative Politics. Preqs.: One course in comparative 
politics and one course in political science methodology or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. This 
seminar will open with a survey of the problems and methods of comparative 
political analysis, after which students will be assigned a specific, limited subject 
to be examined within the framework of a systematic, analytical scheme appro- 
priate to the topic. Specific topics will be drawn from the subjects of political 
ideologies, political groups, political elites, and dec is ion -making institutions and 
processes. Kebschull 



216 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PS 696 Seminar in Politics. Preq.: Advanced grad. standing. 2-4 F,S. An inde- 
pendent advanced research course in selected problems of government and politics. 
The problems will be chosen in accordance with the needs and desires of the stu- 
dents registered for the course. Graduate Staff 

PS 699 Research in Politics. Preqs. : Grad. standing and approval of adviser. 
Credits Arranged. F,S. Research for writing of master's thesis. Graduate Staff 



Poultry Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor R. E. Cook, Head 

Professors: W. E. Donaldson, E. W. Glazener, P. B. Hamilton, C. H. Hill, J. B. 
Ward; Extension Professor: J. R. Harris; Associate Professors: J. D. Garlich, 
C. R. Parkhurst, W. R. Prince, J. P. Thaxton; Associate Professor Emeritus: 
W. L. Blow; Assistant Professors: D. M. Briggs, F. W. Edens, G. W. Morgan 
Jr.; Extension Assistant Professor: M. H. Gehle 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 

Professor: W. M. Colwell; Associate Professor: D. G. Simmons 

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science degree in 
poultry science. Doctoral programs are offered in the disciplines of microbiology, 
physiology, genetics and nutrition. 

The department occupies Scott Hall, a building containing well-equipped labora- 
tories, animal rooms and offices. Additional research facilities are located on the 
University farms and the Piedmont Research Station. 

The Dearstyne Avian Health Center, a three-building complex, is used in con- 
nection with special research projects related to disease resistance and treatment 
of various pathological conditions. The complex is made up of animal isolation 
rooms, biochemical laboratories and related facilities. 

The research program is comprehensive and includes fundamental studies in 
nutrition, physiology, genetics, pathology and microbiology. In addition, investiga- 
tion of problems of more practical urgency is undertaken when appropriate. 

The demand for men and women with advanced training in poultry science is 
far greater than the supply. Opportunities exist for graduates in research in univer- 
sities, in government and in private industry. The extension service is anxious to 
hire properly trained persons in this field. The industry is seeking properly 
trained people to fill management positions. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO (VET) 401 Poultry Diseases. 4(3-3) S. 

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises. 4(3-3) S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 217 

PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(2-3) F. 

PO 405 Avian Physiology. Preq.: CH 220. 4(3-3) F. 

PO 410 Production and Management of Game Birds in Confinement. Preq.: PO 
201. 3(2-3) S. 

PO (ANS, NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq.: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding. Preq.: GN 411. 3(2-2) S. Application of genetic 
principles to poultry breeding, considering physical traits and physiological char- 
acteristics. Briggs 

PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology. Preq.: ZO 421 or equivalent. 4(3-3) S. 
Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological importance to 
metabolism, growth and reproduction. Prince 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science. Preq.: Grad. standing. Maximum 6 
F,S. Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry science. 

Graduate Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. F,S. A 
maximum of six credits is allowed towards a master's degree. Appraisal of present 
research; critical study of some particular problem involving original investigation. 
Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition, disease, endocrinology, hematology or 
microbiology. Graduate Staff 



Product Design 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professor V. M. Foote, Program Director 

Professor: C. E. McKinney; Assistant Professor: A. V. Cooke 

The product design program offers programs of studv in product and visual 
design leading to the Master of Product Design. 

All students with a four-year undergraduate degree shall be required to com- 
plete a minimum of 48 hours of course work of which approximately 70 percent 
will be in the major field and the remainder elected from various specialized 
areas. All students with a five-year undergraduate degree shall be required to 
complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work of which approximately 70 per- 
cent will be in the major field and the remainder elected from various specialized 
areas. 

The program of course work to be followed by the student and the terminal 
project is under the direction of the student's graduate committee. The terminal 



218 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

project shall continue the final test of the candidate's masterv of his or her design 
studies. The project shall be developed in the design studio or special projects 
framework in the sixth vear and shall consist of an in-depth investigation of an 
approved problem which relates product or visual design studies to the student's 
minor field. 

Admission — Applicants for this program mav come from the following sources: 
1) Graduates of approved schools of product design. 2) Graduates of approved 
programs of industrial design. 3) Graduates of accredited schools of engineering. 
4) Graduates of accredited schools of architecture. 5) Graduates of approved 
schools of visual design. 6) Under special circumstances, students with degrees in 
fields other than design. In these latter instances an advisory committee will evalu- 
ate the applicant's preparation with regard to design capabilities and professional 
competence. 

In addition, course offerings are available to any graduate student who can 
demonstrate reasonable competence or equivalent qualifications for prerequisites 
in the requested courses. 

All applicants, in addition to meeting the requirements of the Graduate School, 
must meet the special requirements of the product design program with regard to 
design capabilities and professional competence. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PD 400 Intermediate Product Design (Series). Preq.: DN 202 or equivalent or 
consent of department. 6(6-3) F,S. 

PD 411, 412 Materials and Processes I, II. 3(2-2) F,S. 

PD 415, 416 Visual Design Materials and Processes I, II. 3(2-2) F.S. 

PD 421, 422 Colloquium III, IV. 1(1-0) F,S. 

PD 431, 432 Office and Industrial Practice I, II. 1(1-0) F,S. 

PD 440 Intermediate Visual Design (Series). Preq.: DN 202 or equivalent or de- 
partmental approval. 6(6-3) F,S. 

PD 490 Intermediate Special Projects (Series). 2-4 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PD 501, 502 Product Design V, VI. Preq.: PD 400 or grad. standing. 6(3-12) F,S. 
PD 501 — Unlimited production systems designed with object(s) possibilities pro- 
duced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing new molecular joining for 
national class and age groups. PD 502 — Unlimited production systems design with 
object(s) possibilities produced additively of new synthetic materials utilizing new 
molecular joining for international class and age groups. (Individually selected 
problems within interdisciplinary team organizations.) NOTE: It shall be assumed 
that the program is cumulative and that these statements are problem parameters, 
exclusive of communication requirements. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 219 

PD 511 Materials and Processes V. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) F. Advanced 
studies in mass production processes and their influence on design and development 
of products. Emphasis is placed on material search and process selection in relation 
to cost, function, human factors, form, finishes and joining methods. An analysis of 
paper, wood, metal and manufacturing processes utilized in the production of mass- 
produced products. 

PD 512 Materials and Processes VI. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) S. Advanced 
studies in mass production processes and their influence on design and development 
of products. Emphasis is placed on material search and process selection in relation 
to cost, function, human factors, form finishes and joining methods. An analysis of 
plastics and rubber and the related manufacturing processes utilized in the pro- 
duction of mass-produced products. 

PD 532 Office and Industrial Practice. Preq.: PD 432 or grad. standing. 1(1-0) 
F,S. Advanced studies and procedures of professional product design practice, 
product and industrial planning and patent law. 

PD 541, 542 Advanced Visual Design I, II. Preqs.: ARC 400, LAR 400, PD 400 
and PD 440; waiver of prerequisite is at the discretion of the instructor. 6(3-9) F,S. 
Application of previous studies in design and visual communications to a wide 
variety of visual problems presented by our physical environment. 

PD (ARC, LAR) 571 Issues in Housing. 3(3-0) F. (See architecture, page 58.) 

PD 590, 591 Special Projects. 2-4 F,S. Special projects of an interdisciplinary 
nature, guided by various faculty specialists involved in areas supplementary to 
product design. Emphasis placed on latest technological development of new 
materials. Also emphasis on concept of new useful designs for the mass market. 
The production aspects of products such as materials, processes, functions, human 
factors, form, sales appeal, finishing and assembly methods and packaging will be 
stressed in special project design. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PD 601, 602 Advanced Product Design VII, VIII. Preq.: PD 501, 502 or grad. 
standing. 6(0-18) F,S. Continuation of PD 501, 502 at an advanced level. Unlimited 
production systems designed with object(s) possibilities produced additively of new 
synthetic materials utilizing new molecular joining for international class and age 
groups. 

PD 631, 632 Advanced Concepts in Product Engineering. Preqs.: PD 502, grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Group investigation of advanced concepts in product design 
with emphasis on engineering. Engineering principles play an important role in 
the design of useful products. The scope of this course will include mass movement 
of persons as well as the designs of consumer products. The field of transportation 
and consumer products are fast changing to satisfy the needs of the present and 
future generations. The product designer is to be made aware of these needs by 
special investigations into future technologies and future material developments. 

PD 690, 691 Special Topics in Product Design. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-6 F,S. An 
investigation of special topics in product/visual design of a particular interest to 
advanced students under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. 
Credits and content will vary with each student. 



220 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Psychology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor H. G. Miller, Head 

Professors: H. M. Corter, J. W. Cunningham, D. W. Drewes, J. C. Johnson, S. E. 
Newman, R. G. Pearson; Professor Emeritus: K. L. Barkley; Associate Professors: 
J. L. Cole, T. E. LeVere, J. E. R. Luginbuhl, B. A. Norton, R. F. Rawls, J. L. 
Wasik, B. W. Westbrook; Adjunct Associate Professor: M. N. Wiebe; Associate 
Professor Emeritus: J. W. Magi 11; Assistant Professors: V. G. Cowgell, D. H. 
Mershon, F. J. Smith, L. S. Taylor; Adjunct Assistant Professors: B. C. Ball, 
B. F. Corder, L. D. Silber 

The Department of Psychology offers courses of study leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Specialization in experimental psy- 
chology, ergonomics, social psychology, school psychology and human resource 
development is available. 

A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate credit is required for the master's 
degree. Though no minimum number of additional hours is required for the doc- 
toral degree, the student may expect to take 30 or more additional semester hours 
of graduate credit. The actual graduate program for each master's and doctoral 
student is determined on the basis of individual needs, interests and accomplish- 
ments. Admission requirements for the beginning graduate student in psychology 
are: satisfactory grades in all undergraduate work and at least a "B" average in 
undergraduate psychology courses and in the undergraduate major; satisfactory 
scores on the Graduate Record Examination including the advanced test in psy- 
chology and the Miller Analogies Test; and three satisfactory letters of recommen- 
dation in regard to quality of work and character. It is possible to enter the pro- 
gram without undergraduate coursework in psychology, but some preparation 
in experimental psychology, statistics and mathematics is desirable. 

Admission requirements for students already possessing the master's degree who 
wish to obtain the doctorate in psychology are: a minimum of a "B" average in 
their graduate work and a substantial background in psychology or related fields; 
satisfactory grades in undergraduate studies; satisfactory scores on the Graduate 
Record Examination including the advanced test in psychology (if the applicant's 
master's degree is in a field other than psychology, he should also submit the 
advanced score in that field and the Miller Analogies Test); and three satisfactory 
letters of recommendation in regard to quality of work and character. 

Research and teaching assistantships and fellowships are available to qualified 
graduate students. The assistantships are usually based on one-third time assign- 
ments but are occasionally for one-half time. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 411 Social Psychology. Preq.: PSY 200. 3(3-0) S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 221 

PSY 475 Child Psychology. Preq.: PSY 200 or 304. 3(3-0) S. 
PSY 476 Adolescent Psychology. Preq.: PSY 200 or 304. 2(2-0) F,S. 
PSY 493 Special Topics in Psychology. Preq.: CI. 1-6. F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PSY 500 Perception. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) S. A survey of the anatomy 
and physiology of the visual system and their relationship to such processes as 
sensory adaptation, binocularity, and color vision. Modern quantitative approaches 
to the problems of detection, discrimination, and psychophysical scaling. Examina- 
tion of the chief determiners of visual perception, including both stimulus variables 
and such organismic variables as learning, motivation, and attention. The discus- 
sion of perceptual theory and processes will emphasize several topics in two- and 
three-dimensional spatial perception. Mershon 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology. Preq.: Twelve hours of PSY including PSY 
200, 300, 310. 3(3-0) F. First of two sequence series concerned with the physiologi- 
cal foundations of behavior. The emphasis in this first course is basic vertebrate 
neuroanatomy and neurophysiology. LeVere 

PSY (ZO) 503 Comparative Psychology. Preqs.: PSY 310 and BS 100 or CI. 
3(3-0) S. Covers the history of the study of the comparative behavior of organisms; 
methodological and theoretical problems peculiar to comparative psychology, with 
emphasis on the ontogeny and evolution of behavior in vertebrate animals. 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology. Preq.: Six hours of PSY. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant to educa- 
tional practice and theory. Johnson 

PSY 505 History and Systems of Psychology. Preqs.: PSY 200, 300, 310, 320 or CI 
or grad. status. 3(3-0) S. The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the 
history of psychology and psychological systems and to give students some prac- 
tice in taking different approaches to a particular problem area. Cole 

PSY 510 Learning and Motivation. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. A systematic 
analysis of some of the major classes of variables determining behavioral change. 
Learning variables are analyzed within their primary experimental setting, and 
emphasis is upon the diversity of the functions governing behavior change rather 
than upon the development of some comprehensive theory. Both learning and 
motivational variables are examined as they contribute to changes in performance 
within the experimental setting. Cole, Newman, Pearson 

PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology. Preq.: Grad. standing or CI. 3(3-0) S. A 
survey of theory and research in social psychology through reading and discussion 
of primary source materials. In addition, the course will deal with issues of method- 
ology, ethical questions in social psychological research and application of research 
findings to the world at large. Luginbuhl 

PSY 514 Logical Foundations of Behavioral Analysis. Preq.: Grad. standing in 
PSY. 3(3-0) F. An analysis of fundamental considerations involved in the formu- 
lation and verification of theories of behavior. The objectives are to provide 
insight into the nature of scientific research, to foster the ability to derive empirical 
hypotheses, to develop facility in designing experimental tests of hypotheses, and 
to promote effective writing and speaking about psychological theory and experi- 
mentation. Westbrook 



222 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PSY 520 Cognitive Processes. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) F. This course will 
emphasize the results from research on a number of complex processes (e.g. 
remembering, concept learning, problem solving, acquisition and use of language) 
and the theories that have been proposed to explain these results. Newman 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology. Preqs.: PSY 200, 302. 3(3-0) S. The causes, 
symptomatic behavior and treatment of the major personality disturbances. Em- 
phasis on theory, experimental psychopathology and preventive measures. 

Corter 

PSY (ED) 531 Mental Deficiency. 3(3-0) F.Sum. (See education courses, page 114.) 

PSY 532 Psychological Aspects of Exceptionality. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S,Sum. The 
course is designed to give consideration to effects of severe deficiency (sensory, 
physical, mental, etc.) arising from any causes at any stage of life; the personal and 
social ramifications of these; and possible courses of intervention; as well as utili- 
zation of psychological theory and clinical information in interpreting probable 
implications. Research findings related to sensory deprivation, research needs and 
possible research projects will be discussed. Rawls 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements. Preq.: Six hours of PSY. 3(3-0) F,S. A study 
of the principles of psychological testing including norms and units of measure- 
ment, elementary statistical concepts, reliability and validity. In addition, some 
attention is devoted to the major types of available tests such as general intel- 
lectual development, tests of separate abilities, achievement tests, measures of 
personality and interest inventories. Westbrook 

PSY (IE) 540 Human Factors in Systems Design. Preq.: IE (PSY) 338 or IE 354; 
Coreq.: ST 507 or 515. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to problems of the systems develop- 
ment cycle, including man-machine function allocation, military specifications, 
display-control compatibility, the personnel sub-system concept and maintainability 
design. Detailed treatment is given to man as an information processing mechanism. 

PSY 545 Fundamentals of Skill. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) Alt. F. Funda- 
mentals of human perceptual, cognitive and sensory-motor abilities that are basic 
to skilled performance. Treatment of such topics as channel capacity, short-term 
memory, stress, fatigue, arousal theory, task taxonomy, skill acquisition, pro- 
ficiency decrement, information feedback and performance analysis. Problems of 
attention, search, monitoring, tracking, complex tasks, and skill maintenance. 

PSY 565 Organizational Psychology. Preq.: Nine hours of PSY. 3(3-0) S. A study 
of the application of behavioral science, particularly psychology and social psy- 
chology, to organizational and management problems. Miller 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. A review of 
theories of personality, with emphasis on research, application in psychotherapy 
and measurement, principles involved in similarities and differences among them 
and development of a personal model. Corter 

PSY 571 Individual Intelligence Measurement. Preq.: PSY 570. 3(3-0) S. A 
practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the Wechsler Belle- 
vue, Stanford-Binet, report writing and case studies. 

PSY 575 Behavior Modification. Preqs.: Grad. standing, PSY 510 or equivalent 
and/or CI. 3(2-2) S. The course will deal with the application of behavior modifica- 
tion techniques. Balanced emphasis will be placed upon theoretical foundations, 
ethical considerations, acquisition of skills, and practicum experiences. Specifically, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 223 

course content will consist of methods of applying laws derived from the psychology 
learning laboratory such as reinforcement schedules, contingency specifications and 
objective behavioral analyses to the solution of behavioral problems in practical 
situations. Enrollment limited to 12 students; priority (1) community/clinical and 
school psychology, (2) other psychology graduate students. Staff 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology. Preq.: Nine hours of PSY, including PSY 
475 or PSY 476. 3(3-0) F. A survey of the role of growth and development in 
human behavior, particularly during the child and adolescent periods. This course 
will pay particular attention to basic principles and theories in the area of develop- 
mental psychology. Johnson, Rawls 

PSY 578 Individual Differences. Preq.: Six hours of PSY. 3(3-0) F,S. The objec- 
tive and quantitative investigation of individual differences in behavior. The course 
deals with the following questions: What is the nature and extent of individual 
differences? What can be discovered about their causes? How are the differ- 
ences affected by training, growth, and physical conditions? In what manner are 
the differences in various traits related to one another, or organized? Westbrook 

PSY 592 Area Seminar in Experimental Psychology. Preq.: Grad. standing in 
PSY. 1-3, Maximum 6. F,S. The following topics will be dealt with: (1) the develop- 
ment of experimental psychology as an area of inquiry, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) 
contemporary issues, (4) ethical questions, (5) relationship to other areas within 
psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY (IE) 593 Area Seminar in Ergonomics. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(0-2), Maxi- 
mum 3. F. Introduction to ergonomics as an area of study; historical aspects; 
contemporary issues; ethical questions; overview of campus research, facilities 
and courses in the area; consideration of information sources, financial support 
for research proposals and employment opportunities. Pearson 

PSY 594 Area Seminar in Human Resources Development. Preq.: CI. 1-3, Maxi- 
mum 6. F,S. The following topics will be dealt with: (1) human resources develop- 
ment as an area of inquiry, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary issues, (4) 
ethical questions, (5) relationship to other areas within psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 595 Area Seminar in School Psychology. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3, Maxi- 
mum 6. F,S. The following topics will be dealt with: (1) the development of school 
psychology as a professional area, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) scientific and theoreti- 
cal bases, (4) contemporary issues, (5) ethical questions, (6) relationship to other 
areas within psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 596 Area Seminar in Social Psychology. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3, Maxi- 
mum 6, F,S. This course will deal with the following topics: (1) a survey of areas 
within social psychology, (2) methods of inquiry, (3) contemporary issues, (4) 
ethical questions, (5) the relation of social psychology to other branches of psy- 
chology, to other disciplines, and to society and its problems. Graduate Staff 

PSY 599 Research Problems in Psychology. Preq.: CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. 
Research project for graduate students supervised by members of the graduate 
faculty. Research to be elected on basis of interest of student, and is not to be part 
of thesis or dissertation research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PSY 602 Physiological Psychology. Preq.: PSY 502 and/or CI. 3(3-0) S. PSY 602 
is the sequel to PSY 502 and will concentrate on relating the neuroanatomy and 



224 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

neurophysiology studied in PSY 502 to overt observable behaviors such as sleep- 
waking, motivation-emotion, and reflexive and learned behaviors. LeVere 

PSY 603 Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. Preqs.: PSY 510, 514. 3(3-0) S. 
This seminar will provide the opportunity for exploring in depth problems and 
issues in verbal learning and memory, concept learning, problem solving, psycho- 
linguistics and other areas of cognition. Newman 

PSY 605 Instrumental Learning. Preqs.: PSY 510, 514. 3(3-0) S. A systematic 
analysis of various experimental techniques and alternative data languages for 
the study of instrumental learning. Primary orientation will be upon what is hap- 
pening in the experimental situation rather than upon theoretical explanations of 
the data. Special problems — for example, discrimination, avoidance chaining and 
reinforcement schedules — will be studied in depth. Various models for description 
of the data will be compared with special emphasis upon mathematical learning 
models. Cole 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I. Preq.: Nine hours of PSY and ST or 

concurrent with statistics. 3(3-0) S. Application of scientific methods to the measure- 
ment and understanding of industrial behavior. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II. Preq.: PSY 607. 3(3-0) F. Applica- 
tion of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of industrial 
behavior. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 610 Theories of Learning. Preqs.: PSY 510, 514. 3(3-0) F or S. The objectives 
of this course are to promote learning of the theories currently used to explain how 
learning and forgetting occur so that testable consequences of these theories can 
be derived and so that the theories and their testable consequences are capably 
written and spoken about. Cole, Newman 

PSY 611 Social Psychology: Small Groups Research. Preq.: PSY 511. 3(3-0) F. 
An attributional analysis of the manner in which individuals infer the causes of 
both their behavior and the behavior of others. Topics will include the attribution 
of personal characteristics, intention and responsibility, freedom, motivation, and 
emotional state. The influence of one's behavior toward others will also be studied, 
as it relates to perceptions. Luginbuhl 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement. Preqs.: ST 507, 511 or equivalent, 12 hours 
of PSY. 3(3-0) F. Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and 
techniques in test construction. Cunningham, Drewes 

PSY (IE) 640 Skilled Operator Performance. Preqs.: PSY 545, ST 507, or ST 515. 
3(3-0) F. Theories of the human operator are considered with regard to the classical 
problems of monitoring, vigilance and tracking. Factors such as biological rhythm. 
Sleep loss, sensory restriction, environmental stress and timesharing are con- 
sidered as they interact with and determine overall systems efficiency. (Offered in 
alt. years.) Pearson 

PSY 672 Personality Measurement. Preqs.: PSY 570, 571. 3(2-3) S. Theory and 
practicum in individual personality testing of children and adults with emphasis 
on projective techniques, other personality measures, report writing and case 
studies. Corter 

PSY 674 Psychological Intervention I. Preq.: PSY 672, 530 and CI. 3(2-2) F. This 
course is designed to examine theories, research, techniques, ethics and profes- 
sional responsibilities related to approaches to psychological intervention. Types 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 225 

of psychological intervention to be studied will include behavior modification, milieu 
approaches, crisis intervention techniques and group process methods, in addition 
to more intensive relationship approaches. A close integration of experiences, con- 
tent and supervision will be emphasized in a variety of professional settings with a 
wide range of personal problems and age groups. Norton 

PSY 675 Psychological Intervention II. Preq.: PSY 674. 3(2-2) S. The primary 
purpose of this course is to provide students opportunities to acquire information, 
conceptual frameworks, interpersonal skills and a sense of ethical responsibility, 
all of which are basic to their fuither development as practicing psychologists. A 
major effort in the course is made to help the student increase his interpersonal 
skills as a means of promoting the psychological growth and effectiveness of others. 

Norton 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology. 3(3-0) F,S. Scientific articles, analysis 
of experimental designs in industrial psychology and study of special problems of 
interest to graduate students in industrial psychology. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 691 Special Topics in Psychology. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. 1-3 F,S. Course 
will provide opportunity for exploration in depth of advanced topical areas which, 
because of their degree of specialization, are not generally involved in other courses, 
for example, multivariate methodology in psychology, computer simulation, mathe- 
matical model building. Some new 600-level courses will first be offered under this 
title during the developmental phase and as such may involve lectures and/or 
laboratories. Graduate Staff 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum. Preq.: Nine hours in PSY. Maximum 12 
F,S. Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and adminis- 
tration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with adults and children. 

Corter 

PSY 696 Advanced Problems in Perception. Preqs.: PSY 500, 514. 3(2-2) F. 
Advanced topics in perception will be the subject matter of this course. Topics will 
include a survey and analysis of contemporary trends in perceptual research and 
theory. Mershon 

PSY (ED) 697 Advanced Seminar in Research Design. Preqs.: Nine hours of sta- 
tistical methods and research or CI, advanced grad. status. 3(3-0) S. This course 
will be designed as a seminar-type course, with topics selected each semester in 
accordance with the interests and needs of the students. Attention will be given to 
the research strategies that underlie educational and psychological research, to 
the development of theoretical constructs, to a critical review of research related 
to problems in which the students are interested, and to a systematic analysis and 
critique of research problems in which the students are engaged. Kniefel 

PSY 699 Thesis and Dissertation Research. Preqs.: Grad. standing, CI. Credits 
Arranged. F,S. Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits 
is allowed toward the master's degree, but any number toward the Ph.D. degree. 

Graduate Staff 



226 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Recreation Resources Administration 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor T. I. Hines, Head 

Professors: W. E. Smith, R. E. Sternloff; Associate Professors: L. L. Miller, M. R. 
Warren |r.; Associate Professor Emeritus: G. A. Hammon; Assistant Professors: 
H. K. Cordell, D. L. Eriekson, P. K. McKnelly 

The Department of Recreation Resources Administration offers programs of 
study leading to the Master of Science and Master of Recreation Resources degrees. 
The programs are based on an interdisciplinary approach and are designed to meet 
the problems and opportunities posed by changing social forces which affect the 
recreation profession. Students pursuing these degrees will have an opportunity 
to develop an understanding of the relationship between recreation and disciplines 
such as forestry, wildlife management, horticulture, landscape design, conserva- 
tion, economics and business, politics, sociology and anthropology. 

The Master of Science degree is designed to enhance in advanced students 
scholarly development and a more adequate comprehension of the requirements 
and responsibilities essential for independent research. A student will be required 
to complete a minimum of 30 hours of graduate work. The program will consist of 
a major and minor field of study. The minor may be concentrated whollv in a 
different discipline or may consist of courses selected from the offering of two de- 
partments. In either case, the minor field must constitute a unified pattern and 
must contribute to the student's education in the major field. A high degree of 
flexibility is maintained to permit each student s program to be structured to meet 
individual needs. 

Each candidate for the Master of Science degree will be required to complete a 
thesis representing an original investigation as a part of the minimum requirements 
for the degree. 

The Master of Recreation Resources degree is designed for students who are 
interested in the more advanced applications of administrative principles in 
specialized areas of the recreation field. Students for this degree will usually 
terminate their graduate program upon completion of the master's degree. Require- 
ments for the Master of Recreation Resources degree include a minimum of 36 
hours of course work. In lieu of a thesis, the student will be required to complete 
a departmental course in research and a problem report. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RRA 440 Recreation Resource Inventory and Planning. Preq.: RRA 241. 3(2-2) 
F,S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 227 

RRA 441 Recreation Resource Development. Preq.: RRA 241. 3(3-0) F,S. 
RRA 442 Wildland Recreation Environments. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(2-3) F,S. 
RRA 451 Facility and Site Planning. Preqs.: RRA 215 and 216. 3(0-6) F,S. 
RRA 453 Administrative Policies and Procedures. Preq.: RRA 359. 3(3-0) F,S. 

RRA 454 Recreation and Park Finance. Preq.: Six hours of RRA courses, sr. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 

RRA 491 Special Problems in Recreation. Preq.: Consent of department. 3(2-2) 
F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RRA 500 Theories of Leisure and Recreation. Preq.: Nine hours of RRA courses. 
3(3-0) F. Analysis of leisure and recreation and a study of their origin and develop- 
ment as revealed by man's behavioral patterns. Interpretation of the influence and 
social significance of leisure and recreation concepts on contemporary American 
culture and their implications on future recreation thought and action. Warren 

RRA 501 Theory Development in Recreation Research. Preq.: ST 311 and SOC 

416. 4(3-2) F. Review of the historical emphasis of recreation research with 
analyses of various approaches to research design and model building. Examination 
of the philosophy of social scientific investigation, and possible application of 
existing behavioral theory to recreation research with a special emphasis on efforts 
to develop theory useful in explaining use of leisure time. Cordell 

RRA (EB) 503 Economics of Recreation. Preq.: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. The 
principal emphasis will be on identity and importance of economic information for 
planning. The market mechanism and government will be examined as they affect 
and interact to affect allocation of resources to recreation, distribution of recreation 
services, and behavior of recreationists. Other topics include demand analysis, 
economics of planning, cost/benefit analysis, secondary economic impacts, public 
decision-making, externalities, public finance, and supply considerations in urban 
and rural recreation situations. Cordell 

RRA 538 Recreation for Special Populations. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis on the leisure 
concerns of deprived groups with exposure to the status, problems, and community 
service needs of special populations found in most American communities. Special 
populations include the physically disabled, the mentally retarded, the aging, 
and the economically deprived. Sternloff 

RRA 591 Recreation Resources Problems. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
status. 1-4 F,S. Assigned or selected problems in the field of recreation administra- 
tion, planning, supervision, maintenance, operations, financing, or program. Special 
research problems selected on basis of interest of students and supervised by 
members of the graduate faculty. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

RRA 691 Seminar in Recreation Administrative Policies. Preq.: RRA 501 or 
equivalent. 2(0-4) S. Advanced course in administrative principles; students do 
individual and group research, under supervision, in specific administrative cate- 



228 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

gories of study in the field of recreation. Independent study and research required 
of students who must develop written and oral presentations for critical analyses 
by graduate students and faculty. Hines 

RRA 692 Advanced Problems in Recreation. Preq.: Twelve hours of RRA courses. 
Credits Arranged. F,S. Directed research in a specialized phase of recreation other 
than a thesis problem. Graduate Staff 

RRA 699 Research in Recreation. Preq.: Twelve hours of RRA courses. Credits 
Arranged. F,S. Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis. 

Graduate Staff 



Sociology and Anthropology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor S. C. Mavo, Head 

Professors: L. W. Drabick, G. C. McCann, C. P. Marsh, H. D. Rawls, J. X. Young; 
Extension Professor: J. D. George; Professor Emeritus: C. H. Hamilton; Asso- 
ciate Professors: R. C. Brisson, W. B. Clifford II, A. C. Davis — Graduate Admin- 
istrator, C. V. Mercer, R. L. Moxley, R. D. Mustian, G. S. Nickerson, M M. 
Savvhnev, E. M. Suval, O. Uzzell, R. C. Wimberley; Extension Associate Pro- 
fessors: J. A. Christenson, C. E. Lewis, M. E. Voland; Adjunct Associate 
Professors: J. L. Franklin, H. D. Holder; Assistant Professors: C. G. Dawson, 
K. D. Kim, J. G. Peck, L. J. Rhoades 

The Department of Sociology and Anthropology offers programs of study in 
sociology leading to the advanced degrees of Master of Sociology, Master of 
Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. The curriculum includes several major areas 
of concentration: community and area development; demography; planned change; 
social change and development; and deviancy and rehabilitation. The core pro- 
gram includes sociological theory, research methods and quantitative analysis. 
Special attention is given in the curriculum to the development of sociological 
skills involved in analyzing social factors and public policies as they affect com- 
munity, regional, national and international development. 

Graduate students on assistantships and fellowships are usually provided with 
office space and equipment. Computer facilities are available for students whose 
research problems involve extensive analyses of data as well as for those students 
who want to learn to do their own programming. Computer facilities available to 
students and faculty in the department are described on page 18. 

The department has the responsibility for a state-wide program in community 
and area development which provides a research laboratory for interested graduate 
students. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 229 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 511 Anthropological Theory. Preqs.: Six hours SOC, ANT 252 and 305, 
or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Approaches theory from both an historical and contemporary 
point of view. Emphasizes the key anthropological concept of culture and its 
significance for understanding man and his works. Graduate Staff 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology. Preq.: ANT 252 or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Includes a 
review of the historical development of applied anthropology and a study of 
anthropology as applied in government, industry, community development, educa- 
tion and medicine. The processes of cultural change are analyzed in terms of the 
application of anthropological techniques to programs of developmental change. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC (ED) 501 Leadership. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Leadership 
in various fields of American life; analysis of factors associated with it; techniques 
of leadership. Stresses recreational, scientific and executive leadership procedures. 

Young 

SOC 502 Society, Culture and Personality. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Studies human personality from its origins in primary groups through its 
development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with social norms. 
Explores comparative anthropological materials but places emphasis on the normal 
personality and individual adjustment to our society and culture. Dynamics of 
personality and character structure analyzed in terms of society's general culture 
patterns and social institutions. Uzzell 

SOC 503 Contemporary Sociology. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. An over- 
view of the current status of sociological theory and research. Introduction to con- 
temporary sociological thinking and research. Marsh 

SOC 504 Education in Modern Society. Preqs.: SOC 202, 301 or equivalent. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Places varying emphasis on the historical development of education in the 
United States, cross-cultural comparisons of educational structure and function, 
professionalization of educators, investigation of the ecological factors affecting 
education, effects of group processes upon learning, and the effects of social pro- 
cesses and changes upon the educational institution. Drabick 

SOC 505 The Sociology of Rehabilitation I. Preq.: Grad. standing and/or CI. 
3(3-0) F. The area of disability and handicap is introduced from a conceptual and 
theoretical standpoint. Sociological and social-psychological aspects of handicaps, 
the rehabilitation processes and rehabilitative organizations are stressed. Empha- 
sizes rehabilitation of the sociology of work in the rehabilitation processes. Socio- 
cultural factors in disability and handicap (residence, social class, family relation- 
ships, etc.) are analyzed. Rawls 

SOC 506 The Sociology of Rehabilitation II. Preq.: Grad. standing and/or CI. 
3(3-0) S. Students engage in individual research projects on a specific handicap, 
a rehabilitation process or a rehabilitative agency or subagency. Lectures and 
discussions furnish perspective concerning rehabilitation work in process while 
student pursues a specialized interest. Emphasizes sociological methods and tech- 
niques applicable to above aspects of social behavior. Graduate Staff 

SOC 509 Population Problems. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines 
population growth, rates of change and distribution. Emphasizes functional roles 
of population, i.e., age, sex, race, residence, occupation, marital status, and educa- 



230 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

tion. Population dynamics are stressed: fertility, mortality and migration. Popu- 
lation policy is analyzed in relation to national and international goals stressing a 
world view. Clifford 

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Indus- 
trial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and dynamic network 
of rights, obligations, sentiments and rules. This social system is viewed as an 
interdependent part of total community life. The background and functioning of 
industrialism are studied as social and cultural phenomena and its social problems 
are analyzed. Mercer 

SOC 511 Sociological Theory. Preqs.: Six hours SOC and grad. standing or CI. 
3(3-0) F,S. The interdependence of theory and method; the major theoretical and 
methodological systems. Examines selected cases of research in which theory and 
method are classically combined. Sawhney 

SOC 512 Family Analysis. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines 
the basic theoretical and methodological framework in sociology within which 
contemporary family research is conducted. Mercer 

SOC (ED) 513 Community Organization and Development. Preq.: SOC 202 or 

equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing 
about desirable changes in community life. Community needs and resources are 
studied. Democratic processes in community action and principles of organization 
are stressed, along with techniques and procedures. Roles of lay and professional 
are analyzed. Moxley 

SOC 514 Developing Societies. Preq.: Six hours SOC or ANT or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. Defines major problems posed for development sociology and explores 
the social barriers and theoretical solutions for development set forth with regard 
to the newly-developing countries. Significant past strategies reviewed and main 
themes in current development schemes presented. Untested strategies for the 
future proposed and discussed. These problems are examined in their national and 
international contexts. Moxley 

SOC 515 Deviant Behavior. Preq.: Six hours SOC or ANT or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. Topics include: the inevitability of deviance and its social utility; cross- 
cultural variations in appearance and behavioral cues for labeling the deviate; 
descriptive and explanatory approaches to kinds and amounts of deviance in con- 
temporary American society; social change, anomie and social disorganization 
theories; the process of stigmatization; formal and informal societal responses to 
deviance and the deviate; social action implications. Suval 

SOC (PS) 517 The Police Bureaucracy in a Democratic Society. 3(3-0) F,S. (See 
politics, page 213.) 

SOC 523 Sociological Analysis of Agricultural Land Tenure Systems. Preq.: 
Three hours SOC. 3(3-0) F. A systematic sociological analysis of the major agri- 
cultural and land-tenure systems of the world with emphasis on problems of U.S. 
family farm ownership and tenancy. Graduate Staff 

SOC 533 Theory of Human Communication Behavior. Preq.: Six hours SOC or 
social psychology and grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. The behavioral science approach 
to understanding human communication which is treated as a basic social psy- 
chological process in which communication events are analyzed in terms of their 
effects on individual, interpersonal and group behavior. Surveys theory, research 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 231 

methods and empirical findings. Communication behavior as a mediating mechanism 
in social interaction. Graduate Staff 

SOC 534 Agricultural Organizations and Movements. Preqs.: Three hours SOC, 
American history, American government or a related social science or consent of 
department. 3(3-0) F,S. A history of agricultural organizations and movements 
in the United States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, 
the Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm Bureau, 
the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative marketing, government 
programs and present problems. Graduate Staff 

SOC 541 Social Systems and Planned Change. Preq.: Three hours SOC. 3(3-0) F,S. 
An examination of social systems within the framework of both functional theory 
and conflict theory, with particular emphasis upon system change and the plan- 
ning of social change. Marsh 

SOC 555 Social Stratification. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) F,S. The theoretical 
background, methodological approaches, and analysis of the consequences of sys- 
tems of stratification. Emphasizes the static and dynamic qualities of stratification 
systems on relations within and between societies. Attention to the integrative 
and divisive quality of stratification as it is expressed in life styles, world views, 
etc. Davis 

SOC 560 Racial and Cultural Contacts. Preq.: Six hours SOC or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. 

1) Examines intergroup relations as a legitimate concern of the social sciences, 

2) Appraises cross-cultural data drawn from a variety of situations wherein race 
and ethnicity figure in a significant manner, 3) Attempts to interpret data by 
delineating observable patterns, trends and relationships. Graduate Staff 

SOC 565 Sociology and General Systems Theory. Preqs.: Six hours SOC, one ST 
course. 3(3-0) F,S. Examines the basis of general systems theory and its applica- 
tion in the sociological fields. Emphasizes the philosophical nature of systems 
theory and its potential as an alternative conceptualization to mechanistic and 
organismic models. Scrutinizes the underlying basis of systems theory; cybernetics 
as models of change and control; learning and equilibrium; information theory as 
models of choice and selection; decision theory, and game theory. Holder 

SOC 570 Commitment. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) F. The process of commit- 
ment and its strength are covered from several theoretical views as applicable to 
collective behavior, social movements, the sociology of religion, political sociology, 
deviance, attitudes, decision making, dissonance, structural effects and other topics. 
An aim is to construct propositions and testable models of the commitment process. 

Wimberley 

SOC (EB) 574 The Economics of Population. 3(3-0) S. (See economics and busi- 
ness, page 96.) 

SOC 590 Applied Research. Preq.: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Studies re- 
search process with emphasis upon its application to action problems. The develop- 
ment of research design to meet action research needs is stressed. Graduate Staff 

SOC 591 Special Topics in Sociology. Preq.: CI. 1-6 F,S. An examination of 
current problems organized on a lecture-discussion basis. Course content varies as 
changing conditions require new approaches to emerging problems. 

Graduate Staff 



232 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SOC 592 Demographic Structure and Processes. Preq.: SOC 509 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) S. Explores in depth the major demographic variables (size, composition and 
distribution) and basic demographic processes (fertility, mortality and migration). 
Attention to theoretical and methodological considerations as well as to current 
substantive knowledge. Specific course content varies depending upon student needs 
and interests. Clifford, Mustian 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

SOC 601 Urban Ecology. Preq.: SOC 509. 3(3-0) S. The course involves an his- 
torical approach to the development of the field as well as an analysis of the present 
state of the field. Because of the range of subject matter subsumed under the 
topic of ecology, the linkages between sociology and other disciplines concerning 
themselves with the subject will be delineated and examined. Davis 

SOC 611 Research Methods in Sociology. Preqs.: SOC 416, ST 311 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F. Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, the 
interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques and their 
relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation equipment in 
research. McCann 

SOC 613 Theory of Mass Communication. Preq.: SOC 533 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
This course provides the advanced student in the social sciences with an oppor- 
tunity to examine the emerging body of theory and research in the field of mass 
communications. Course content will treat: (1) the systems character of mass com- 
munication, (2) social communication at the individual and group level, (3) per- 
suasive communication and social control, (4) communication and opinion change, 
and (5) communication and societal development. In addition to the theoretical 
and methodological underpinnings drawn from the behavioral sciences, the course 
will examine contributions from the communication arts and applied communica- 
tions. Graduate Staff 

SOC 615 Research on Crime and Deviance. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Major 
topics include: an examination of conceptual problems and research issues and 
methods in the study of crime and deviance; an assessment of current research on 
crime causation and deviance processes; an examination of research on social 
control processes and agencies; and an assessment of social action and evaluative 
research. A variety of substantive topics will be dealt with in the context of the 
above topical areas including: delinquency, drug usage, mental illness, obesity, 
stuttering, suicide, prostitution, homicide and rape. Graduate Staff 

SOC 621 Social Psychology. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) S. The objective of this 
course is to present the major ideas of social psychology in the context of the 
theoretical orientations from which they have emerged. The nature and role of 
theory in social psychology are examined. The social psychologies of various 
theorists are then examined in terms of their particular approaches including the 
Gestalt, Field, Role, Psychoanalytic, and Reinforcement orientations and combina- 
tions of these. McCann 

SOC 631 Population Analysis. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) S. Methods of describ- 
ing, analyzing and presenting data on human populations: distribution, characteris- 
tics, natural increase, migration and trends in relation to resources. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 233 

SOC 632 Sociology of the Family. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) S. Emphasis is 
placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame of reference for family 
analysis; on discovering both the uniquely cultural and common-human aspects of 
the family by means of cross-cultural comparisons; on historical explanations for 
variability in American families with special concern for the family; and on 
analyzing patterns of family stability and effectiveness. Graduate Staff 

SOC 633 The Community. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) S. The community is 
viewed in sociological perspective as a functioning entity. A method of analysis is 
presented and applied to eight "dimensions," with emphasis on the unique types 
of understanding to be derived from measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect 
of change on community integration and development is analyzed. Graduate Staff 

SOC 641 Statistics in Sociology. Preq.: ST 513 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The appli- 
cation of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis on selecting appro- 
priate models, instruments and techniques for the more frequently encountered 
problems and forms of data. Mustian 

SOC 645 Advanced Sociological Measurement. Preqs.: SOC 611, ST 511 or 513. 
3(3-0) S. Various issues concerning the measurement of social variables are 
examined and techniques are described. These issues and techniques include opera- 
tionalism and epistemic correlation, levels of measurement, transformations, social 
indicators, scaling, dimensionality, validity, and reliability. Existing examples and 
potential applications in sociological research are considered. Wimberley 

SOC 646 Advanced Sociological Analysis. Preqs.: SOC 611, ST 511 or 513. 3(3-0) S. 
Advanced analysis techniques adaptable to the needs of sociological research are 
examined. Special attention is given to causal analysis, the analysis of change, and 
aggregate versus individual level data analyses. Sociological examples are con- 
sidered. Emerging issues and techniques are given attention. Wimberley 

SOC 652 Comparative Societies. Preq.: Six hours SOC. 3(3-0) S. Sociological 
analysis of societies around the world with particular reference to North and South 
America. Special emphasis is given to cultural and physical setting, population 
composition, levels of living, relationship of the people to the land, structure and 
function of the major institutions and forces making for change. Graduate Staff 

SOC 653 Theory and Development of Sociology. Preqs.: SOC 511, CI. 3(3-0) S. 
Detailed analysis of methodological and substantive problems in utilizing sociologi- 
cal theories in varied areas, and an examination of events and trends in the develop- 
ment of sociology. Graduate Staff 

SOC 670 Theories of Population. Preqs.: SOC 509 and/or SOC 511 or CI. 3(3-0) F. 
This course provides an overview of population theory utilizing a combined 
chronological and topical approach. Major topics include: sociological analysis of 
ancient and medieval views of population; mercantilism and population; eco- 
nomic, Utopian, philosophical and biological theories of population in the 18th 
century; Malthusian theory; and post-Malthusian theory, including biological, 
anthropological, mathematic, economic, political, historical, and especially social 
and social-psychological approaches. Suval 

SOC 671 Social Demography. Preqs.: Grad. standing, SOC 509 or 631 or equiva- 
lents. 3(3-0) S. The basic purpose of this course is to develop on the part of the 
student an appreciation of the sociological variables capable of being used in 
demographic research and to provide an overview of the current substantive knowl- 
edge concerning social and demographic relationships. Attention will be given to 



234 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

interrelationships between demographic systems, social action systems, and social 
aggregate systems. Graduate Staff 

SOC 690 Seminar. Credits Arranged. F,S. Appraisal of current literature; presen- 
tation of research papers by students; progress reports on departmental research; 
review of developing research methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings 
and conferences; other professional matters. Graduate Staff 

SOC 699 Research in Sociology. Preq.: Consent of chairman of graduate study 
committee. Credits Arranged. F,S. Planning and execution of research, and prepara- 
tion of manuscript under supervision of graduate committer. Graduate Staff 



Soil Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor C. B. McCants, Head 

Professors: S. W. Buol, M. G. Cook, C. B. Davey, J. W. Fitts, J. W. Gilliam, W. A. 
Jackson, E. J. Kamprath, R. J. Volk, J. B. Weber, S. B. Weed, W. G. Woltz; 
Extension Professors: J. V. Baird, J. A. Phillips; Professor USDA: R. B. Daniels; 
Adjunct Professors: L. J. Metz, C. G. Wells; Professors Emeriti: W. V. Bartholo- 
mew, J. F. Lutz, W. W. Woodhouse yr.; Associate Professor USDA: G. R. Bums; 
Associate Professors: D. K. Cassel, F. R. Cox, G. A. Cummings, E. E. Gamble, 
R. E. McCollum, C. D. Raper Jr., P. A. Sanchez, E. D. Seneca, R. W. Skaggs, 
A. G. Wollum II; Visiting Associate Professors: A. H. Hunter, y. L. Walker 
(AID); Assistant Professors: C. K. Martin, G. S. Miner; Visiting Assistant 
Professor: J. J. Nicholaides III; Research Associate: L. D. King 

The Department of Soil Science offers graduate programs leading to the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. These are research-oriented degrees 
and require a dissertation based on individual research on some aspect of the 
science. 

Laboratories in the department are well equipped for research in all phases of 
the science. Service laboratories for soil and plant analvses are available as well as 
special preparation rooms for soil and plant samples. Greenhouses, growth cham- 
bers and a phytotron are easily accessible for controlled plant studies. Sites for field 
experiments are available on the 16 research farms and four experimental forests 
owned or operated in conjunction with the University. 

This department is highly regarded for its expertise in tropical soil science. A 
graduate student may orient one's program so that emphasis is given to the proper- 
ties and management of tropical soils. With this approach, a significant portion of 
the thesis research is conducted in tropical regions under senior faculty supervision. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate student's oppor- 
tunities for high quality training. Opportunitv for undergraduate teaching experi- 
ence is available. Graduates of the department find positions in industrv, govern- 
ment, and academic institutions. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 235 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

SSC 501 Tropical Soils: Characteristics and Management. Preqs.: Six credits 
in SSC. 3(3-0) F. Characteristics of the tropical environment. Distribution and 
classification of tropical soils. Soil plant relationships in the tropics. Soil manage- 
ment systems emphasizing shifting cultivation, flooded rice production, subsistence 
farming and tropical pasture management. Sanchez 

SSC 511 Soil Physics. Preqs.: SSC 200, PY 212. 4(3-3) F. Soil physical properties 
and their measurement; soil structure, soil water, air, heat. Emphasis placed on 
energy relations and transport of soil water. Cassel 

SSC 520 Soil and Plant Analysis. Preqs.: PY 212; CH 315; at least three soils 
courses including SSC 341 or CI. 3(1-6) S. Theory and advanced principles of the 
utilization of chemical instruments to aid research on the heterogeneous systems 
of soils and plants. Gilliam 

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry. Preqs.: SSC 200, one year of general inorganic chemistry. 
3(3-0) S. A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil 
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solvation of 
clays and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. Weed 

SSC (MB) 532 Soil Microbiology. Preqs.: MB 401; CH 220 or CI. 4(3-3) S. Soil as 
a medium for microbial growth, the relation of microbes to important mineral 
transformations in soil, the importance of biological equilibrium, and significance 
of soil microbes to environmental quality. Wollum 

SSC 541 Soil Fertility. Preq.: SSC 341. 3(3-0) F. Soil conditions affecting plant 
growth and the chemistry of soil and fertilizer interrelationships. Factors affecting 
the availability of nutrients. Methods of measuring nutrient availability. 

Kamprath 

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification. Preqs.: GY 120, SSC 200, 
SSC 341. 3(3-0) F. Morphology: Concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and 
chemical, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing them. 
Genesis: Soil-forming factors and processes. Classification: Historical development 
and present concepts of soil taxonomy with particular reference to great soil groups 
as well as discussion of logical basis of soil classification. Buol 

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy. Preqs.: SSC 200, SSC 341, GY 330. 3(2-3) F. Composi- 
tion, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence, and significance of 
soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable silicates, layer silicate clays, 
and sesquioxides. Cook 

SSC 560 Advanced Soil Management. Preqs.: SSC 200, 341. 3(3-0) Sum. Studies 
of soil characteristics in the coastal plain, Piedmont and mountain areas of North 
Carolina including several field trips. Discussion of management practices that 
should be associated with various soils for different types of enterprises. (Offered 
Sum. 1977 and alt. years.) Cook, Kamprath, Phillips 

SSC 590 Special Problems. Preq.: SSC 200. Credits Arranged. F,S. Special 
problems in various phases of soils. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent 
and current research. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

SSC (CS, HS) 614 Herbicide Behavior in Plants and Soils. 3(3-0) S. (See crop 
science, page 89.) 



236 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SSC (MB) 632 Ecology and Functions of Soil Microorganisms. Preqs.: MB 401, 
SSC (MB) 532 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A comprehensive examination of theories and 
concepts relative to ecology and functions of soil microorganisms. Topics include 
relationships of microbes to their environments, adaptive mechanisms, microbial 
processes in soil organic matter formation and degradation, and function of organic 
matter in soil systems. Subject emphasis will be determined by class interests and 
by current literature. (Offered 1977 and alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

SSC 651 Pedology. Preqs.: SSC 522, 511; 551 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A critical 
study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis, morphology, and classification. 
(Offered 1976 and alt. years.) Buol 

SSC (BAE) 671 Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow. 3(3-0) Alt. F. (See biological 
and agricultural engineering, page 63.) 

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development. Preqs.: BCH 551, SSC 522 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. An examination of the interrelationships of soil properties and 
plant characteristics which regulate inorganic ion accumulation and dry matter pro- 
duction in higher plants. (Offered 1976 and alt. years.) Jackson 

SSC (BAE) 674 Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow. 3(3-0) Alt. S. (See bio- 
logical and agricultural engineering, page 63.) 

SSC 690 Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing in SSC. 1(1-0) F,S. A maximum of two 
semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree, but any number toward the 
doctorate. Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of 
interest to soil scientists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

SSC 693 Colloquium in Soil Science. Preq.: Grad. standing in SSC. Credits Ar- 
ranged. F,S. Seminar-type discussions and lectures on specialized and advanced 
topics in soil science. Graduate Staff 

SSC 699 Research. Preq.: Grad. standing in SSC. Credits Arranged. F,S. A 
maximum of six semester hours is allowed toward the master's degree but any 
number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



Special Education 

For information on this program see Special Education under Education, 
page 110. 



Statistics 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor D. D. Mason, Head 

Professors: B. B. Bhattacharyya, C. C. Cockerham, H. J. Gold, A. H. E. Grandage, 
R. J. Hader, W. L. Hafley, D. W. Hayne, H. L. Lucas Jr., F. E. McVay, R. J. 
Monroe, L. A. Nelson, C. H. Proctor, C. P. Quesenberry, J. O. Rawlings, D. L. 
Ridgeway, J. A. Rigney, R. G. D. Steel— Graduate Administrator, H. R. van der 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 237 

Vaart, O. Wesler; Adjunct Professor: J. T. Wakeley; Professor Emeritus: G. M. 
Cox; Associate Professors: A. R. Gallant, T. M. Gerig, F. G. Giesbrecht, M. M. 
Goodman, T. Johnson, A. C. Linnerud, A. R. Manson, J. L. Wasik; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: D. L. Bayless, H. L. Crutcher; Research Associate: J. H. 
Goodnight; Adjunct Assistant Professor: H. T. Schreuder 

The Department of Statistics offers the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees in biomathematics and statistics, as well as the Master of 
Statistics (nonthesis) and the Master of Biomathematics (nonthesis). It has a 
working arrangement with the Department of Biostatistics in the School of Public 
Health at Chapel Hill, whereby graduate students can minor in the Division of 
Health Affairs, and maintains a close liaison with the Department of (Mathematical) 
Statistics at Chapel Hill in order to supplement the offerings in statistical theory. 
The three departments are affiliated with the Institute of Statistics (see page 16). 

Members of the department conduct research in biomathematics, operations re- 
search, probability theory and the development and application of statistical 
theory. Many staff members consult with researchers in the biological, physical 
and social sciences and conduct their research on statistical problems encountered 
there. 

A graduate student may minor in one of many applied departments, or in mathe- 
matics or mathematical statistics. For the graduate student who wishes to minor in 
statistics, the department has a flexible curriculum. Many employers offer added 
inducements for research personnel with such a minor. 

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and postdoctoral levels 
is available in the department. This program requires that students become well 
grounded in four areas — mathematics, statistics, physical science and some phase 
of biologv. Mathematical biology and related areas are now developing rapidly and 
there is much opportunity for properly trained people. 

The department provides computer programming and other assistance to the 
Agricultural Experiment Station staff in close cooperation with the campus com- 
puting center. It furnishes research and consulting services on a contract basis and 
this supplies live problems on which graduate students mav acquire experience 
and maturity. 

The department is located in a new building and ample space for graduate 
students is provided. A computing laboratory is located in the graduate student 
area. 

The computing facilities described on page 18 are fully available to statistics 
students and faculty. The department has access to this facility through a medium- 
speed terminal conveniently near for batch processing, with several low-speed 
terminals of different types, including Teletype, IBM 2741 (with plotter), Tek- 
tronics 4010-1 graphics with a hard copy unit, and an IMLAC PDS-4 graphics unit 
with light pen and a 16K word memory. Interactive computing is done largely 
through TSO (Time Sharing Option). In addition, the University Systems Analysis 
and Control Center has various computers including the IBM System 7, PDP 
11/40, a hybrid 1130 analog unit, and additional graphics devices. This Center 
is available for use by graduate students in statistics. 



238 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The department has approximately 15 assistantships at stipends adjusted to the 
previous training and experience of the recipients. Students with a major in an 
applied field and at least one year of calculus, or with a major in statistics or 
mathematics are encouraged to apply for assistantships. Students with no advanced 
calculus or matrix algebra are advised that their program may be somewhat 
lengthened as a consequence. An adequately prepared graduate assistant can 
complete the master's degree in two years (in less time if one takes courses during 
the summer); with a master's degree in statistics, one can complete the require- 
ments for the doctorate in two years. 

Most fields of research, development, production and distribution are seeking 
persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The demand is equally strong 
from universities, agricultural and engineering experimental stations, national de- 
fense agencies, other federal agencies and a wide variety of industrial concerns. 
There is a need for experimental statisticians with the master's degree as well as 
for those with the doctorate. 

North Carolina State University is represented on the Committee on Statistics 
of the Southern Regional Education Board. This committee sponsors a continuing 
series of graduate summer sessions. Each of the sponsoring institutions will accept 
the credits earned by students in the summer session as residence credit. Informa- 
tion regarding these courses may be obtained from the Department of Statistics 
or the Dean of the Graduate School. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Preqs.: (421) MA 202 or MA 

212 or MA 232; (422) ST 421. 3(3-0) F,S. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis. Preq.: ST 372 or equivalent or CI. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Basic concepts, random variables, distributions, statistical measures, esti- 
mation, tests of hypotheses, the anova, elementary design and sampling, factorial 
experiments, multiple regression, covariance, analysis of discrete data and other 
topics. Primarily for statistics majors and minors. Steel 

ST 507 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I. 3(3-0) F. A general introduction 
to the use of descriptive and inferential statistics in behavioral science research. 
Methods for describing and summarizing data are presented, followed by procedures 
for estimating population parameters and testing hypotheses concerning the sum- 
marized data. Wasik 

ST 508 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II. Preq.: ST 507 or CI. 3(3-0) S. 
The use of statistical design principles in behavioral science research is introduced. 
Emphasis is placed upon the identification of an appropriate model for use and to 
analyze, by computer, data collected from a designed experiment or survey and the 
use of secondary post-hoc data analysis procedures. Least squares principles in 
multiple regression analysis and the analysis of covariance are also presented. 

Wasik 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences I. Preq.: ST 311 or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; varia- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 239 

tion, statistical measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance 
and elementary experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. 

Staff 

ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences II. Preq.: ST 511 or equiva- 
lent. 3(3-0) F,S. Covariance, multiple regression, curvilinear regression, concepts 
of experimental design, factorial experiments, confounded factorials, individual 
degrees of freedom and split-plot designs. Staff 

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I. Preq.: ST 311 or grad. 
standing. 3(3-0) F. Basic ideas of statistical inference; probability distributions, 
hypothesis testing, estimation, with emphasis on applications to sample data from 
experiments and surveys. McVay 

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II. Preq.: ST 513 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) S. Extension of basic statistical concepts to computer handling of data from 
social surveys; sample designs using clustered, stratified, systematic and multi- 
stage selections; analysis of variance continued; multiple, multivariate regression. 

Proctor 

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers. Preq.: ST 361 or grad. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) F,S. General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research 
workers in engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, 
measurement of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of significance, 
analysis of variance, enumeration data, and experimental designs. Hader 

ST 517 Applied Least Squares. Preq.: ST 502 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Least 
squares estimation and hypothesis testing procedures for linear models. Regression, 
analysis of variance and covariance is considered in a unified manner that re- 
quires no extensive mathematical background. Emphasis is on the use of the com- 
puter to apply these techniques to experimental (including unequal cell sizes) and 
survey situations. Wasik 

ST 521 Statistical Theory I. Coreqs.: MA 425 or MA 511 and MA 405 or CI. 3(2-2) 
F. Discussion of the use of statistics as illustrated by an example, pointing out the 
need for a probabilistic framework. The probability tools for statistics: description 
of discrete and absolutely continuous distributions, expected values, moments, 
moment generating functions, transformation of random variables, marginal and 
conditional distributions, independence, order statistics, multivariate distributions, 
concept of random sample, derivation of many sampling distributions. 

Bhattacharyya 

ST 522 Statistical Theory II. Preq.: ST 521. Coreq.: MA 426 or 512. 3(2-2) S. 
General framework for statistical inference. Point estimators: biased and unbiased, 
minimum variance unbiased, least mean square error, maximum likelihood and 
least squares, asymptotic properties. Interval estimators and tests of hypotheses: 
confidence intervals, power functions, Neyman-Pearson lemma, likelihood ratio 
tests, unbiasedness, efficiency and sufficiency. Bhattacharyya 

ST 531 Design of Experiments. Preq.: ST 502 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Review of 
completely randomized, randomized complete block and Latin square designs, and 
the basic concepts in the techniques of experimental design. Designs and analysis 
methods in factorial experiments, confounded factorials, response surface methodol- 
ogy, change-over design, split-plot experiments and incomplete block designs. 
Examples will be used to illustrate application and analysis of these designs. 

Monroe 



240 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST (MA) 541 Theory of Probability I. 3(3-0) F. (See mathematics, page 174.) 

ST (MA) 542 Theory of Probability II. 3(3-0) S. (See mathematics, page 174.) 

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and Variance Components. Preqs.: MA 405, 
ST 521. Coreq.: ST 522. 3(2-2) S. Theory of least squares; multiple regression; 
analysis of variance and covariance; experimental design models; factorial experi- 
ments; variance component models. Staff 

ST (EB) 561 Intermediate Econometrics. 3(3-0) S. (See economics and business, 
page 96.) 

ST (BMA, MA) 571 Biomathematics I. 3(3-0) F. (See biomathematics, page 65.) 

ST (BMA, MA) 572 Biomathematics II. 3(3-0) S. (See biomathematics, page 65.) 

ST 581 Introduction to Nonparametric Statistics. Preq.: ST 522. 3(3-0) F. This 
course will treat both theoretical and methodological material relevant to inference 
problems arising when sampling is from a parent family with distribution function 
that is not assumed to have a particular functional form. Most of the course will 
be devoted to inference problems for the absolutely continuous family of distribu- 
tions. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) Quesenberry, Gerig 

ST 583 Introduction to Statistical Decision Theory. Preq.: ST 522. 3(3-0) F. Zero 
sum two-person game and statistical inference. Bayesian methods and orthodox 
statistical estimation and testing; minimax decision rule; empirical Bayes pro- 
cedure; Bayes sequential decision procedure. (Offered F 1975 and alt. years.) 

Bhattacharyya 

ST 591 Special Problems. 1-3 F,S. Development of techniques for specialized 
cases, particularly in connection with thesis and practical consulting problems. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ST (MA, OR) 606 Mathematical Programming II. Preq.: OR (IE, MA) 505. 3(3-0) 
S. This course provides an advanced mathematical treatment of the analytical and 
algorithmic aspects of finite dimensional nonlinear programming. It includes an 
examination of the structure and effectiveness of computational methods for un- 
constrained and constrained minimization. Special attention will be directed 
toward current research and recent developments in the field. 

Bhattacharyya, Gruver 

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I. Preqs.: ST 522 and 502 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. 
Statistical analysis of realizations of covariance stationary stochastic processes 
with emphasis throughout on the spectrum. Applications of the theory and methods 
developed are discussed and illustrated with examples. Topics include autoregres- 
sive processes, moving average processes, spectral analysis; estimation of the 
parameters appearing in a time series generated by a linear response function and 
covariance stationary errors; estimation of the spectrum and its use in the analysis 
of the residuals from fitted models. (Offered S 1977 and alt. years.) Gallant 

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II. Preq.: ST 613. 3(3-0) F. Extension of the theory 
and methods developed in ST 613 to multiple time series and nonlinear response 
functions. Topics include cross-spectral density, co-spectral density, quadrature- 
spectral density, coherence and phase; estimation of the parameters appearing in 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 241 

a time series generated by a nonlinear response function and covariance stationary 
errors; estimation of the cross-spectral density. (Offered F 1977 and alt. years.) 

Gallant 

ST (MA) 617, 618 Measure Theory and Advanced Probability. Preqs.: MA 426; 
ST 521 or MA 541 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. Modern measure and integration theory 
in abstract spaces. Probability measures, random variables, expectations. Distribu- 
tions and characteristic functions. Modes of covergence. Independence, zero-one 
laws, laws of large numbers, three-series theorem. Central limit problem. Condi- 
tional expectations, martingales and martingale convergence theorems. Wesler 

ST (MA) 619 Topics in Advanced Probability. Preqs.: ST (MA) 617, 618. 3(3-0) F. 
Infinitely divisible distributions and stable laws. Stationarity, ergodic theorems. 
Markov chains. Weak convergence of probability measures on metric spaces, 
Brownian motion, invariance principles, law of the iterated logarithm. Wesler 

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science. Preq.: ST 517 (ST 502 for statistics majors) 
or CI. 3(3-0) S. Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, 
experimental designs and computer methods of analysis adapted to specific types 
of animal research; relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data required 
for specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics. Linnerud 

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science. Preq.: ST 512 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Prin- 
ciples and techniques of planning, establishing and executing field and greenhouse 
experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border effects; estimation of size 
of experiments for specified accuracy; subsampling plots and yields for laboratory 
analysis; combining data from a series of years and/or locations; rotation experi- 
ments; soil test correlation; multiple comparisons in variety trial results; selection 
of predictors in multiple regression; introduction to interspecies and intraspecies 
plant competition experiments and models. Nelson 

ST (GN) 626 Statistical Concepts in Genetics. Preq.: GN 506. Coreq.: ST 502 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Migration, mutation, selection, drift, linkage, mating system, 
and other processes that bear on rates of change in population frequencies, means, 
and variances; magnitude and nature of genotypic and nongenotypic variability 
and their role in alternative procedures of plant and animal breeding; experimental 
and statistical approaches to the analysis of quantitative inheritance. (Offered S 
1976 and alt. years.) Cockerham 

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design. Preqs.: MA 214 or equiva- 
lent; ST 502 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Principles for interpretation and design of 
sample surveys. Estimator biases, variances and comparative costs. Simple random 
sample, cluster sample, ratio estimation, stratification, varying probabilities of 
selection. Multi-stage, systematic and double sampling. Response errors. 

Proctor 

ST 637 Advanced Statistical Inference. Preqs.: ST 522, 617. 3(3-0) S. This course 
will treat the classical areas of statistical inference, estimation and hypothesis 
testing, at the measure-theoretical level. Emphasis will be upon treatment of these 
areas in depth. Quesenberry, van der Vaart 

ST (EB) 651 Econometrics. 3(3-0) F. (See economics and business, page 98.) 

ST (EB) 652 Topics in Econometrics. 3(3-0) S. (See economics and business, 
page 98.) 



242 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST 671 Advanced Analysis of Variance and Variance Components. Preqs.: ST 502 
or equivalent, ST 552. 3(3-0) S. Expected mean squares, exact and approximate 
tests of hypotheses for balanced and unbalanced data sets. Fixed, mixed and random 
models. Randomization theory. Estimation of variance components using regression, 
MINQUE and general quadratic unbiased estimation theory. Giesbrecht 

ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and Analysis of Experimental Designs. 

Preqs.: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552. 3(3-0) S. Construction and analysis of multi- 
factor designs, factorials, fractional factorials, balanced incomplete block designs, 
Latin squares, orthogonal arrays of strength d, and response surface designs. 
Fractionating mixed level factorials, confounding and blocking techniques, study of 
robustness of designs to loss of design point. Manson 

ST 682 Statistical Analysis for Linear Models. Preqs.: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 
552. 3(3-0) F. Theory and analysis of the general linear model including models 
with equality and inequality constraints, with possibly singular covariance struc- 
ture, and with multivariate responses. Canonical decompositions and optimality 
properties of standard methods. Applications to certain designs and growth curve 
analysis. Robust regression techniques. Strategic transformation of data. Gerig 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems. Preqs.: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552. 1-3 F,S. 
Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in lecture series 
as unique opportunities arise. Graduate Staff, Visiting Professors 

ST 694 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. A maximum of two semester hours is allowed toward 
the master's degree, but any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

ST 699 Research. Credits Arranged. F,S. A maximum of nine semester hours is 
allowed toward the Master of Science degree; no limitation on semester hours in 
doctorate programs. Graduate Staff 

UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL 

STATISTICS COURSES 

U.N.C. ST 133 Introduction to Time Series Analysis. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 126. 3(3-0) 
F. Topics chosen from: Time series data analysis. Fitting parametric models, such 
as regression- auto regress ion models to time series. Spectrum analysis. Filtering. 

Wegman 

U.N.C. ST 150 Analysis of Variance with Application to Experimental Designs. 

Coreq.: U.N.C. ST 135. 3(3-0) S. Linear estimation. Gauss-Markoff theorem. Sums 
of squares. Analysis of variance and simple factorial designs. Intrablock analysis of 
incomplete block designs. Balanced, lattice and Latin square designs. 

Chakravarti, Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 170 Order Statistics. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 127. 3(3-0) S. Distribution and 
moments of order statistics. Estimation of location and scale parameters, censoring. 
Robust estimation. Shortcut procedures. Treatment of outliers. Extreme-value 
theory. Carroll 

U.N.C. ST 210 Design and Analysis of Experiments. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 102 and 
150. 3(3-0) F. The principles of the design and analysis of experiments. Randomized 
blocks. Latin and Graeco-Latin squares, factorial experiments. Confounding, frac- 
tional factorials, split plots, missing plots. Interblock analysis. Covariance analysis. 
Response surfaces. Johnson, Chakravarti 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 243 

U.N.C. ST 220 Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 
132 and 135. 3(3-0) F. Bayes procedures for estimation and testing. Minimax pro- 
cedures. Unbiased estimators. Unbiased tests and similar tests. Invariant pro- 
cedures. Sufficient statistics. Confidence sets. Large sample theory. Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 221 Sequential Analysis. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 132 and 135. 3(3-0) F. 
Hypothesis testing and estimation when the sample size depends on the observa- 
tions. Sequential probability ratio tests. Sequential design of experiments. Optimal 
stopping. Stochastic approximation. Simons 

U.N.C. ST 222 Nonparametric Inference. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 132, 135 and 112. 
3(3-0) S. Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population distribu- 
tion is unknown. Rank, sign, and permutation tests. Optimum nonparametric tests 
and estimators. Robust procedures. Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 223 Statistical Large-Sample Theory. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 132 and 135. 
3(3-0) S. Asymptotically efficient estimators; maximum likelihood estimators; 
maximum probability estimators. Asymptotically optimal tests; likelihood ratio 
tests. (1975-1976 and alt. years.) Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 232 General Theory of Statistical Decision. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 135 and 

112. 3(3-0) S. Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based 
on the work of Abraham Wald. (1976-1977 and alt. years.) Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 112 and 132. 3(3-0) F. 
Advanced theoretic course including topics selected from: foundations of stochastic 
processes, renewal processes, stationary processes, Markov processes, martingales, 
point processes. (1975-1976 and alt. years.) Leadbetter, W. L. Smith 

U.N.C. ST 237 Time Series Analysis. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 112 and 132. 3(3-0) S. 
Analysis of time series data by means of particular models such as autoregressive 
and moving average schemes. Spectral theory for stationary processes and asso- 
ciated methods for inference. Stationarity testing. (1976-1977 and alt. years.) 

Leadbetter, Wegman 

U.N.C. ST 251 Combinatorial Problems of the Design of Experiments. Preq.: 
U.N.C. ST 150. 3(3-0) F. Finite fields and finite geometries. Construction of ortho- 
gonal Latin squares and balanced incomplete block designs. Difference sets. 

Chakravarti 

U.N.C. ST 254 Special Topics in Design of Experiments I. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 150. 
3(3-0) F. Factorial experiments. Confounding, construction and analysis of sym- 
metrical and fractional factorial designs. Orthogonal arrays. Asymmetrical factorial 
designs. Response surface designs, second and third order rotatable designs. Mix- 
ture designs. Recent developments. Chakravarti 

U.N.C. ST 255 Special Topics in the Design of Experiments II. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 
251. 3(3-0) S. Combinatorial properties and construction of balanced, group divisible 
and partially balanced designs. Impossibility proofs. Orthogonal Latin squares of 
non-prime power orders. Orthogonal arrays. Asymmetrical fractionally replicated 
designs. Recent developments. Chakravarti 

U.N.C. ST 260 Multivariate Analysis. Preqs.: U.N.C. ST 135 and matrices. 3(3-0) 
F. Multivariate normal distributions. Related distributions. Tests and confidence 
intervals. Multivariate analysis of variance, covariance and regression. Association 
between subsets of a multivariate normal set. Theory of discriminant, canonical 
and factor analysis. Chakravarti, Johnson 



244 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

U.N.C. ST 261 Advanced Parametric Multivariate Analysis. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 260. 
3(3-0) S. Distribution problems involved in the normal theory analysis of general 
multivariate linear models including the growth curves. Roy's union intersection 
principle and its role in multivariate analysis. An introduction to Zonal polynomials 
and orthogonal groups. (1976-1977 and alt. years.) Sen 

U.N.C. ST 262 Introductory Nonparametric Multivariate Analysis. Preqs.: U.N.C. 
ST 222 and 260. 3(3-0) F. The problem of symmetry in the multivariate case. Non- 
parametric MANOVA in one-way classifications. Robust rank order estimation 
in MANOVA. Large sample properties of the tests and estimates. Tests for in- 
dependence. Sen 

U.N.C. ST 263 Advanced Nonparametric Multivariate Analysis. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 
262. 3(3-0) S. Nonparametric inference in multifactor multiresponse experiments. 
Robust procedures in general linear models including the growth curves. Non- 
parametric classification problems. (1975-1976 and alt. years.) Sen 

U.N.C. ST 300, 301 Seminar in Statistical Literature. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 135. 
1(1-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 302 Seminar in Statistical Data Analysis. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 102. (Var.) 
S. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 310, 311 Seminar in Theoretical Statistics. Preq.: U.N.C. ST 135. 
3(3-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 321, 322 Special Problems. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 331, 332 Advanced Research. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Graduate Staff 



Textiles 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor D. W. Chaney, Dean 

Professors: J. F. Bogdan— Head of the Department of Textile Technology, K. S. 
Campbell, D. M. Gates, J. A. Cuculo, A. H. M. El-Shiekh, R. D. Gilbert- 
Chairman of the Graduate Studies Committee for the Fiber and Polymer Science 
Program, G. Goldfinger, D. S. Hamby, S. P. Hersh — Graduate Administrator in 
Textile Technology, P. R. Lord, R. McGregor — Graduate Administrator in 
Textile Chemistry, J. A. Porter Jr., M. R. Shaw, W. M. Whaley — Head of the 
Department of Textile Chemistry; Professors Emeriti: H. A. Rutherford, R. W. 
Work; Adjunct Professors: H. R. Mark, A. M. Sookne; Associate Professors: 
W. D. Cooper, C. L. Dyer, P. D. Emerson, R. E. Fornes, T. W. George, T. H. 
Guion, B. S. Gupta, J. J. F. Knapton, C. D. Livengood, M. H. M. Mohamed, 
M. L. Robinson Jr., W. C. Stuckey Jr., M. H. Theil, W. K. Walsh; Associate 
Professor Emeritus: T. G. Rochow; Adjunct Associate Professors: V. F. Holland, 
P. E. Sasser; Assistant Professors: P. L. Grady, P. A. Tucker Jr.; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: L. A. Graham, D. M. Powell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 245 

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree 
in textile chemistry and in textile technology, the professional degree of Master of 
Textile Technology, and the Doctor of Philosophy in fiber and polymer science. 
(For a description of the fiber and polymer science program, see page 137.) 

Students otherwise meeting the requirements of the Graduate School and with 
Bachelor of Science degrees with majors in textiles, the physical sciences or engi- 
neering will normally qualify for the graduate degree programs. 

The minimum requirement for a Master of Textile Technology degree is the 
satisfactory completion of 33 semester hours of advanced courses. There is no thesis 
or foreign language requirement. This program offers the student advanced profes- 
sional training with emphasis on management. Students pursuing this degree are 
encouraged to minor in economics and business or industrial engineering. 

The programs of study for the Master of Science degree include a minimum of 30 
semester hours of advanced courses, including six semester hours devoted to a 
thesis based on research conducted by the student. There is no foreign language 
requirement. The plan of course work and the research activities for the Master of 
Science degree are designed to prepare the student for a career in research, devel- 
opment or other technical phases of the textile and allied industries. Students may 
minor in any one of a number of associated fields. 

Programs of study may be arranged to develop a broad background in three gen- 
eral areas: advanced textile technology; production and marketing management of 
textiles; and textile chemistry. Those students interested in the first of these mav 
emphasize areas such as fiber and yarn technology, fabric technology, knitting 
technology, and testing or quality control. Programs leading to the Master of Sci- 
ence degree in textile chemistrv emphasize fiber and polymer chemistrv. In the 
area of marketing and production management, the program emphasizes the appli- 
cations of quantitative decision methods including operations research and compu- 
ter techniques to the textile industry. Programs in this area normally terminate 
within the School of Textiles with either the Master of Textile Technology or Mas- 
ter of Science degree in textile technology, but may be structured to provide suit- 
able backgrounds for students wishing to do further graduate work in the areas of 
economics and business, industrial management, industrial engineering or business 
administration. 



Textiles (General Courses) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

T 492 Problems in Science and Technology. Preq.: Jr. standing. 1(0-2) S. 

T 493 Industrial Internship in Textiles. Preq.: Jr. or sr. in good standing. 3-6. 
Sum. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

T 500 Advanced Microscopy. Preq.: T 300 or CI. 3(1-4) F,S. Art and science of 
light and electron microscopy. Introduction to microradiography; theoretical and 



246 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

practical aspects of visibility, resolution and contrast. Assembly, testing and use of 
microscopes and accessories in describing, identifying and micrographing crystal- 
line, oriented or amorphous materials, especially those of interest to the student. 
May include special projects for independent investigations. Tucker 

T 501 Resinography. Preqs.: T 300 or T 500 and TX 460 or TX 560 or TC 461. 
3(1-4) F,S. Structure and morphology of resins, fibers, elastomers and composites, 
studied by reflected and transmitted light or electrons. Other methods of diffraction 
and spectrometry. Crystallographic and optical properties emphasized. 

Graduate Faculty 

T 506 Color Science. Preq.: Sr. in TC or grad. student. 3(2-2) F. A thorough 
discussion of color theory with particular emphasis on color measurement. Color 
and color difference calculations. From the data of the basic color matching experi- 
ments the description of a color space and its transformation into the CIE color 
space will be followed in detail. The basis of color difference calculations will be 
discussed. Color matches and color differences will be calculated based on experi- 
mental data obtained in the course. Goldfinger 



Textile Chemistry 

For a listing of graduate facultv and other information, see textiles, page 244. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 401 Textile Industry and the Environment. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) S. 

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology. (403) Coreq.: CH 223; (404) Preq.: TC 
403. 3(3-0) F,S. 

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory. (405) Preqs.: T 301, TC 
303, Coreq.: TC 403; (406) Preqs.: CH 223, TC 303; Coreq.: TC 404. (405) 1(0-3), 
(406) 2(0-6) F,S. 

TC 411 Textile Chemical Analysis I. Preq.: T 301. 3(2-2) S. 

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II. Preq.: T 203. 3(2-3) S. 

TC (CH) 461 Chemistry of Fibers. Preq.: CH 223. 3(3-0) F. 

TC 490 Special Topics in Textile Chemistry. 1-6 F,S. 

TC 491 Seminar in Textile Chemistry. Preqs.: TC 303, 403. 1(0-2). 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TC 504 Fiber Formation— Theory and Practice. Preqs.: MA 301, PY 208 or CI. 

3(3-0) F. Practical and theoretical analysis of the chemical and physical principles 
underlying the conventional methods of converting bulk polymer to fiber; rheology; 
melt, dry and wet polymer extrusion; fiber drawing; heat setting; general theory 
applied to unit processes. Cuculo 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 247 

TC 505 Theory of Dyeing. Preq.: CH 433 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Mechanisms of dyeing. 
Application of thermodynamics to dyeing systems. Kinetics of diffusion in dyeing 
processes. McGregor 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. Preqs.: TC (CH) 461, CH 331 or 
CH 431. 3(3-0) S. Principles of step- and chain-growth polymerizations; copolymeri- 
zation theory; homogeneous free radical polymerization; emulsion polymerization; 
Ziegler-Natta polymerization; ionic polymerization. Gilbert, Theil 

TC (CH) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties. Preqs.: CH 
220 or 223, CH 331 or 431. 3(3-0) F. Molecular weight; states of aggregation and 
their interconversion; rubbery, glassy and crystalline states; rubber elasticity; 
molecular friction; diffusion and viscosity; dynamics of network response; retarda- 
tion- and relaxation-time spectra; thermodynamics of nucleation; kinetics of crystal- 
lization. Cates, Walsh 

TC (CHE) 569 Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials. 3(3-0) F. (See 
chemical engineering, page 72.) 

TC (CHE) 570 Radiation Chemistry and Technology of Polymeric Systems. 3(3-0) 
S. (See chemical engineering, page 72.) 

TC 591 Special Topics in Textile Science. Preqs.: Sr. or grad. standing and CI. 1-4 
F,S. Intensive treatments of selected topics in textile, polymer and fiber science. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TC 662 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Solution Properties. Preqs.: CH 
433, TC (CH) 562. 3(3-0) S. Sorption and diffusion; thermodynamics of polymer 
solutions; phase equilibria; configurational and fractional properties; determina- 
tion of molecular weight. Cates, Walsh 

TC (CHE) 669 Diffusion in Polymers. 2(2-0) S. (See chemical engineering, page 
73.) 

TC (CHE) 671 Special Topics in Polymer Science. 1-3 F. (See chemical engineer- 
ing, page 73.) 

TC (TX) 691 Special Topics in Fiber Science. 1-3 S. (See textile techology, 
page 250.) 

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry. 1 F,S. Discussion of scientific articles and 
presentations; review and discussion of student papers and research problems. 

Graduate Staff 

TC 699 Textile Research for Textile Chemistry. Credits Arranged. Individual 
research in the field of textile chemistry. Graduate Staff 



Textile Technology 

For a listing of graduate faculty and other information see textiles, page 244. 



248 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 405 Non-Conventional Fabric Structures. Preqs.: Sr. standing and CI. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 

TX 420 Modern Developments in Yarn Manufacturing Systems. Preq.: Sr. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) F,S. 

TX 425 Textured Yarn Production and Properties. Preqs.: TX 211, T 220. 3(2-2) 
F.S.Sum. 

TX 426 Long Staple and Tow Systems. Preqs.: TX 211, T 220. 3(2-2) F,S,Sum. 

TX 431 Special Topics in Testing. Preqs.: TX 330, sr. or grad. standing. 3(2-2) F. 

TX 441 Knitwear and Hosiery Manufacture. Preq.: TX 340. 3(2-2) F,S,Sum. 

TX 449 Warp Knitting Systems. Preq.: TX 340. 3(2-2) F,S. 

TX 450 Advanced Design and Weaving. Preq.: TX 350. 3(2-2) F,S. 

TX 451 Complex Woven Structures. Preq.: TX 450. 3(2-2) S. 

TX 460 Physical Properties of Textile Fibers. Preqs.: MA 212, PY 212. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 

TX 470 Fabric Styling and Design. Preqs.: Jr. or sr. standing and CI. 2(2-0) F,S. 

TX 480 Textile Cost Control. Preqs.: EB 201, TX 320, TX 350. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 

TX (EB) 482 Sales Management for Textiles. Preq.: TX 380. 3(3-0) F,S. 

TX 484 Management Decision Making for the Textile Firm. Preq.: TX (EB) 482. 
3(3-0) F,S. 

TX 490 Development Project in Textile Technology. Preqs.: Sr. standing, CI. 2-3 
F,S,Sum. 

TX 491 Special Topics in Textiles. Preq.: Sr. standing. 1-3 F,S. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

TX 520 Yarn Processing Dynamics. Preqs.: MA 301 and CI or grad. standing. 
3(2-2) F. Theoretical analysis of the dynamics and machine-fiber interactions of 
such functions as opening, cleaning, carding actions, fiber attenuation, ring spin- 
ning, open-end spinning, texturing and winding. The role of fiber placement, co- 
hesion and lubrication on yarn processing and properties. Laboratory experiments 
are designed to verify the analysis discussed in the lectures. El-Shiekh 

TX 530 Textile Quality Control. Preq.: TX 330 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Quality control 
systems for textile operations with emphasis on sampling plans for attributes and 
variables and on interpretation of data as related to identifying sources of product 
variability. Stuckey 

TX 550 Fabric Analytics. Preq.: TX 350 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Develop- 
ment of a numerical system for characterizing designs. Permutations and combina- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 249 

tions of weave elements. Correlation of fiber and yarn properties with those of the 
fabric. Engineering design of fabrics. Relationship between fabrics having geo- 
metrical similiarity and the prediction of their physical properties. Bogdan 

TX 555 Production Mechanics and Properties of Woven Fabrics. Preqs.: MA 301 
and CI or grad. standing. 3(2-2) S. The interrelations between the mechanics of 
production and mechanical properties of woven fabrics; unit operations required to 
prepare yarns for weaving and the mechanisms employed in weaving; fabric struc- 
ture, geometry and mechanical properties; designing for specific fabric proper- 
ties. Mohamed 

TX 560 Structural and Physical Properties of Fibers. Preq.: MA 301. 3(3-0) F. 
Advanced study of the structure and physical properties (moisture, thermal, optical, 
frictional and electrical) of textile fibers. Theoretical relations and advanced tech- 
niques are presented and discussed. Fornes, Gupta 

TX 561 Mechanical and Rheological Properties of Fibrous Material. Preq.: MA 
301. 3(2-2) S. In-depth study of the stress-strain, bending, torsional, dynamic and 
rheological behavior of natural and man-made fibers. Theoretical relations and 
advanced techniques are presented and discussed. Gupta 

TX (EB) 585 Market Research in Textiles. Preqs.: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. A 
study and analysis of the quantitative methods employed in market research in the 
textile industry. The function of market research and its proper orientation to 
management and decision-making. Cooper 

TX 586 Textile Labor Management. Preq.: CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A study of labor 
management problems in the textile industry, with particular emphasis directed 
toward the role of production supervision in a non-union textile plant. A study of 
NLRB decision and court opinions involving textile corporations. Powell 

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles. Preqs. Sr. standing or grad standing, CI. 2-3 
F,S,Sum. Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced under- 
graduate or graduate student. These studies will include current problems of the 
industry, independent investigations, seminars and technical presentations, both 
oral and written. Graduate Staff 

TX 591 Special Topics. Preq.: CI. 1-4 F,S. An intensive treatment of selected 
topics involving textile technology. Graduate Staff 

TX 598 Textile Technology Seminar. Preqs.: Sr. standing, CI. 2(2-0) S. Lecture 
and discussion of current topics relating to the textile industry. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TX 601 Staple Fiber Structures I. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) S. Studies of 
advanced techniques in textile production; the technological aspects of fiber 
properties in relation to processing; studies of research findings and application of 
these to processing equipment. Lord 

TX 602 Staple Fiber Structures II. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(2-2) F,Sum. Prob- 
lems dealing with advanced textile production and the technological implications 
of fiber processing will be assigned for study and investigation. Attention will be 
given to the preparation of reports for oral and written presentation. 

Graduate Staff 



250 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TX 621 Textile Testing III. Preq.: TX 530 or equivalent. 2(2-0) S. Design of tex- 
tile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and instruments required for 
specific needs; performance of tests and analysis of data on industrial problems; 
specialized physical tests; interlaboratory tests and analysis; study of A.S.T.M. 
specifications and work on task groups for A.S.T.M. Gupta 

TX 631 Synthetic Fibers. Preq.: TX 425 or 426 or equivalent. 2(1-2) F,S,Sum. 
Lectures and projects on advanced problems associated with the properties and 
processing of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns. Hersh 

TX 641, 642 Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms. Preq.: TX 441 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the 
development of the modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption 
for specific uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse operation; 
construction and functioning of cooperating elements including sliders, jacks, 
sinkers, dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and tensioning and draw-off 
motions, regulating mechanisms, timing and control chains and cams. Use will be 
made of patent literature which covers important developments in the hosiery 
industry. Graduate Staff 

TX 643, 644 Knitting Technology. Preqs.: Grad. standing, eight hours in knitting 
technology. 3(1-4) F,S. Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be 
assigned for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be 
emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. 

Graduate Staff 

TX 651, 652 Fabric Development and Construction. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(1-4) 
F,S. Application of advanced technology to the development and construction of 
woven fabrics. Graduate Staff 

TX 663 Mechanics of Twisted Structures. Preqs.: ESM 301, TX 560. 3(3-0) F. 
Study of the basic mechanics of fibrous assemblies. Geometry and mechanics of 
twisted structures (yarns, cords, braids. . .) and the translation of fiber properties 
into structural behavior. El-Shiekh 

TX 664 Mechanics of Fabric Structures. Preq.: TX 663. 3(3-0) S. Analysis of the 
geometry and behavior of woven, knitted and nonwoven fabrics under various stress 
conditions and end use applications. El-Shiekh 

TX 680 Special Projects in Textile Management. Preq.: TX (EB) 585. 1-3 F.S.Sum. 
Special studies in textile management covering current problems of the industry, 
independent investigations, seminars and technical presentations, both oral and 
written. Cooper 

TX 686 Advanced Textile Labor Management Seminar. Preq.: TX 586. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A study of advanced labor management problems in the textile industry, with par- 
ticular emphasis directed toward the application of the Occupational Safety and 
Health Act. Powell 

TX (TC) 691 Special Topics in Fiber Science. Preq.: CI. 1-3 S. The study of selected 
topics of particular interest in various advanced phases of fiber science. 

Graduate Staff 

TX 698 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Discussion of scientific articles of interest to the 
textile industry; review and discussion of student papers and research problems. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 251 

TX 699 Textile Research. Credits Arranged. Problems of specific interest to the 
textile industry will be assigned for study and investigation. The use of experimen- 
tal methods will be emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of 
reports for publication. The Master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained. 

Graduate Staff 



Toxicology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: W. C. Dauterman, W. E. Donaldson, D. S. Grosch, F. E. Guthrie, 
D. W. Hayne, E. Hodgson, A. R. Main, R. J. Monroe, J. J. Perry, T. J. Sheets; 
Professor USDA: D. E. Moreland; Adjunct Professor: J. R. Fouts 

The combined impact of population increase and urbanization has magnified 
the problem of environmental contamination in recent years. As technology 
attempts to keep pace with the increased demands of our complex civilization, 
additional toxicants will be introduced which may affect man and other animals. 
The need for increased scrutiny of toxic agents and an understanding of their mode 
of toxic action (especially in trace amounts) is evidenced by recent findings sum- 
marized in many reports by government and professional organizations. 

A graduate minor in toxicology at the master's or doctor's level provides the 
coordination necessary to offer the student a background in toxicology. This is an 
interdepartmental program which draws faculty from the departments of bio- 
chemistry, botany, crop science, entomology, genetics, microbiology, poultry sci- 
ence, statistics and zoology. Students majoring in these and related subject matter 
departments may elect the toxicology minor. 

Requirements for a minor at the M.S. level will be either TOX 510 or TOX 515 
and for the Ph.D. degree both TOX 510 and TOX 515. Additional courses from 
the supplementary list will be added at the discretion of the faculty member 
representing the minor (the same facultv member cannot represent both the 
major and minor). The supplementary list includes: RCH 452, CH 428, GN (ZO) 
532, RCH 551, RCH 557, RCH 652, ST 511, ZO 614 and ENT 622. 

The toxicology minor program is administered by a toxicology advisory commit- 
tee whose chairmanship is on a rotational basis. Additional information about the 
program may be obtained by writing to one of the faculty mentioned above. 

TOX 510 Introduction to Biochemical Toxicology. Preqs.: Biochemistry, sr. 
standing. 2(2-0) F. Emphasis is placed on the molecular events that occur during 
the toxic action of xenobiotics, including penetration phenomena, and the enzymatic 
mechanisms involved in detoxication. 

TOX 515 Environmental Toxicology. Preq.: Two years of biology. 2(2-0) S. The 
nature, distribution and significance of microchemical contamination will be dis- 
cussed. 

TOX 590 Special Problems in Toxicology. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1-3. 

TOX 690 Toxicology Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) S. 



252 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Urban Design 

For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information, see page 55. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LT) 501 Introductory Problems in Urban Design. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(0-6) F. 
Introduction to descriptive analysis of physical and socio-economic phenomena of 
urban environments, and application of research methods in the definition and 
resolution of urban design problems. 

UD 502 Urban Design Workshop I. Preq.: UD 501. 3(0-6) S. A complete synthesis 
of design factors influencing an environmental system or an urban complex. 

UD 510 Theory of Urban Form. Preq.: Grad. standing or advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(3-0) S. Survey of interdisciplinary theory of urban growth and evolution 
with about one-half of the class periods devoted to historical development of theory, 
and the other half devoted to contemporary quantitative models of urban form. 

UD 520 Theory and Principles of Urban Design. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. 
An examination of the nature of the design process in urban environments with 
special emphasis on contemporary theory and practice. 

UD 530 Programming and Design Criteria for Community Development. Preq.: 
Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing, or CI. 3(2-1) F,S. This course is designed 
to reveal the programmatic requirements of communities in terms of density, size, 
physical structure and evolutionary characteristics of urban populations, and pro- 
vides the designer and planner with estimates of the projected demand for facilities 
and services. 

UD 590 Special Topics in Urban Design I. Preq.: Fourth year standing. 1-6 F,S. 
This course provides a flexible means for investigation into areas of special interest 
related to urban design. It is intended primarily to encourage independent study 
and research. 

UD 595 Environmental Perception. Preq.: Grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The course is 
designed to acquaint the student with the theories and research on the perception 
of urban environments. Emphasis is placed on the visual attributes as well as user 
perceptions of the environment with a focus on the structuring of research to 
explore these dimensions. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

UD 601 Urban Design Workshop II. Preq.: UD 502. 6(0-12) F. Analysis of com- 
plex environmental problems ranging in scale from area redevelopment to new 
towns design. 

UD 602 Advanced Problems in Urban Design. Preq.: UD 601. 6(0-12) S. Investi- 
gation of current urban design problems with special emphasis on individual re- 
search and investigation. 

UD 690 Special Topics in Urban Design II. Preq.: Interdisciplinary core and 
intergrative core in urban design. 1-6 F,S. A course designed to allow for indepen- 
dent study and research in areas of special interest for graduate students in urban 
design only. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 253 

Veterinary Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor T. M. Curtin, Head 

Professors: E. G. Batte, W. M. Colwell; Associate Professors: D. J. Moncol, D. G. 
Simmons 

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT 

Extension Professors: R. F. Behlow, J. R. Harris; Assistant Professor: K. E. Muse 

The veterinary science faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and 
graduate levels. Courses are designed to support other departments of the institu- 
tion, giving students a background in animal health, poultry health and laboratory 
animal care. 

VET (PO) 401 Poultry Diseases. 4(3-3) S. 

VET 490 Special Topics in Veterinary Science. Preq.: Jr. standing. 1-6, F,S. 

VET (ANS) 505 Diseases of Farm Animals. Preqs.: CH 101, 103. 3(3-0) F. The 
pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional thermal and mechanical disease 
processes. Batte 

VET 590 Advanced Special Topics in Veterinary Science. Preqs.: Sr. or grad. 
standing or CI. 1-3 F,S. A course offered as needed to cover new or special subject 
matter within the scope of veterinary science at the graduate level. Staff 

Water Resources 

(An interdepartmental, intercampus graduate program) 

WATER RESOURCES COMMITTEE— RALEIGH CAMPUS 

Dr. E. H. Wiser (Biological and Agricultural Engineering), Chairman 

Dr. W. J. Block (Politics), Dr. M. T. Huish (Zoology), Dr. D. W. Hayne (Statistics), 
Prof. D. H. Howells (Water Resources Research Institute) — Secretary, Dr. V. A. 
Jones (Food Science), Dr. J. W. Gilliam (Soil Science), Dr. T. E. Maki (Fores- 
try), Dr. D. B. Marsland (Chemical Engineering), Dr. W. T. McKean Jr. (Wood 
and Paper Science), Dr. H. H. Neunzig (Entomology), Prof. K. S. Campbell 
(Textile Chemistry), Dr. E. D. Seneca (Botany), Dr. J. A. Seagraves (Econom- 
ics), Dr. T. J. Sheets (Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory), Prof. C. Small- 
wood (Civil Engineering), Dr. C. W. Welby (Geosciences), Prof. R. R. Wilkin- 
son (Landscape Architecture) 



254 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Water resources management is a major issue throughout the country, and 
national policy supports strong water resources programs at all levels of govern- 
ment. These are multidisciplinary and require understanding of the complex effects 
of conservation and development. They require well-trained specialists in engineer- 
ing and the physical, biological and social sciences who also possess a sound grasp 
of overall objectives and a full appreciation of the respective roles of the participat- 
ing disciplines. 

Water resources is generally considered to be an area of specialization and not 
a discipline. Graduate education provides an opportunity for broad training in 
water-related subjects along with intense study in the major disciplines. Students 
are encouraged to reach beyond their own departments for courses to extend their 
range of understanding and to participate in water resources courses and seminars 
designed to develop interdisciplinary communication and a basis for future working 
relationships. 

A large number of courses related to water resources conservation, development 
and management are currently offered on the North Carolina State University and 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill campuses. In order to capitalize on the 
combined training resources of both campuses and to offer them in an organized 
way to graduate students seeking interdisciplinary training in this field, an inter- 
campus graduate minor in water resources has been established. 

The program offers a strong graduate minor in water resources, with the major 
in any of the basic disciplines contributing to water resources planning, conserva- 
tion, development and management. The graduate courses currently offered on 
both campuses have been separated into the following general areas: Water law 
and institutions, Planning of water resources and related systems, Municipal and 
industrial water management, Agricultural and forest water management, Aquatic 
biology and ecology, Hydrology and hydrogeology. 

Graduate students majoring in any discipline closely allied with one of the 
designated water resource areas will be qualified for admission to the program. 
They will be expected to select their water resources minor courses from one or 
more areas outside their major. The cohesive elements in the graduate program 
will be two interdisciplinary core courses including a water resources seminar and 
a course in water resources planning or water resources economics. 

The minimal course requirements for a graduate minor in water resources are: 
Master's Degree — The two core courses in water resources plus two courses in 
water resource areas outside the major discipline approved by the student's ad- 
visory committee; Ph.D. Degree— The two core courses in water resources plus 
five other courses in water resource areas outside the major discipline approved by 
the student's advisory committee. The complete listing of courses available under 
this program follow. 

WATER RESOURCES CORE COURSES 

*Campus Course Title 

R CE591 Civil Engineering Seminar. (Water Re- 

sources Seminar) 
or 
CH ENVR 183 Water Resources Seminar. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



255 



CH 



EB515 



PLAN 234 (ENVR 284) 



Water Resources Economics. 

Planning of Natural Resource and Environ- 
mental Systems. (Including Water Resource 
Systems) 



LAW AND INSTITUTIONS OF WATER RESOURCES 



R 


PS 511 


R 


PS 516 


R 


PS 542 


CH 


PLAN 230 


CH 


ENVR 283 (PLAN 233)** 


CH 


POLI 101*** 


CH 


POLI 238 


CH 


POLI 181 



The Budgetary Process. 
Public Policy Analysis. 
Governmental Planning. 
Planning Law. 

Natural Resource Law and Policy. 
Public Administration. 
Intergovernmental Relations. 
National Policy and Administration. 



PLANNING OF WATER RESOURCES AND RELATED SYSTEMS 



Civil Engineering Systems. 
Senior Seminar in Economics. 
Environmental Issues and Assessment. 
Systems Analysis in Environmental Plan- 
ning. 

Engineering Project Design. 
Development of a Water Project. 
Geography of Natural Resources. 
Techniques of Public Investment Analysis. 
Environmental Systems Analysis. 
Public Investment Theory. 
Environmental Planning. 



R 


CE 575** 


R 


EB490 


CH 


ENVR 215 


CH 


ENVR 217** 


CH 


ENVR 277 


CH 


ENVR 278 


CH 


GEOG 156 


CH 


PLAN 214 


CH 


PLAN 219 


CH 


PLAN 232 (ENVR 282)** 


CH 


PLAN 241 



MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL WATER MANAGEMENT 



R 
R 
R 


BAE (CE) 578 
CE 484 
CE486 


R 
R 
R 


CE 571 
CE 572 
CE 573 


R 


CE (NE) 574 


R 
R 


CE 671 
CE672 


R 


CE 673 


R 
R 
R 


CE 674 

TC401 
FS690 



Agricultural Waste Management. 
Water Resources Engineering II. 
Sanitary Engineering Measurements of 
Water Quality. 

Theory of Water and Waste Treatment. 
Design of Water and Wastewater Facilities. 
Unit Operations and Processes in Waste 
Treatment. 

Environmental Consequences of Nuclear 
Power. 

Advanced Water Management Systems. 
Advanced Water and Waste Treatment: 
Principles and Design. 

Industrial Water Supply and Waste Dis- 
posal. 

Stream Sanitation. 

The Textile Industry and the Environment. 
Seminar in Food Science. 



256 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



R 


WPS 525 


CH 


ENVR 122 


CH 


ENVR 171** 


CH 


ENVR 174 


CH 


ENVR 172 


CH 


ENVR 176 


CH 


ENVR 223 


CH 


ENVR 272** 


CH 


ENVR 273 


CH 


ENVR 276 


CH 


PLAN 140 



Pollution Abatement in Forest Products 
Industries. 
Water Chemistry. 

Principles of Water Quality Management. 
Water and Waste Treatment Processes. 
Workshop in Water Quality Management. 
Hydraulics and Hydrology. 
Trace Analysis. 

Technology of Engineered Water Systems. 
Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant 
Design. 

Industrial Water Quality Management. 
Natural Resource and Environmental Sys- 
tems in Urban Areas. 



AGRICULTURAL AND FOREST WATER MANAGEMENT 



R 


BAE 321 


R 


BAE (SSC) 471 


R 


FOR 452 


R 


FOR 472 


R 


FOR 501 


R 


FOR 692 


R 


RRA 440 


R 


SSC 461** 



Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control. 
Agricultural Water Management. 
Silvics. 

Renewable Resource Management. 
Forest Influences and Watershed Manage- 
ment. 

Advanced Forest Management Problems. 
Recreation Resource Inventory and Plan- 
ning. 
Soil and Water Conservation. 



AQUATIC BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY 



R 


BAE (CE, MB) 570 


Sanitary Microbiology. 


R 


BO (ZO) 560** 


Principles of Ecology. 


R 


BO (MB) 574 


Phycology. 


R 


MAS (ZO) 529 


Biological Oceanography. 


R 


MAS 693 


Special Topics in Marine Sciences. 

(Estuarine Ecology) 


R 


ZO420 


Fishery Science. 


R 


Z0 519** 


Limnology. 


R 


Z0 619 


Advanced Limnology. 


R 


Z0 621 


Fishery Science. 


CH 


BOTN 114 


Algae. 


CH 


BOTN 141 


Ecology. 


CH 


BOTN 216 


Marine Algae. 


CH 


ENVR 123 


Organic Materials in Natural Waters. 


CH 


ENVR 132** 


Limnology and Water Pollution. 


CH 


ENVR 137 


Ecology of Wetlands. 


CH 


ENVR 128 (MSCS 105) 


Chemical Oceanography. 


CH 


ENVR 231 


Limnological Methods. 


CH 


ENVR 233 


Microbial Ecology. 


CH 


ENVR 235 


Ecology of Phytoplankton. 


CH 


ZOOL 108 


Ecology. 


CH 


ZOOL 109** 


Introduction to Hydrobiology. 


CH 


ZOOL 126 (MSCS 101)** 


Oceanography. 


CH 


ZOOL 140 S 

(MSCS 104 S)** 


Biological Oceanography. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



257 



CH 


ZOOL 141 S 


CH 


ZOOL 146 


CH 


ZOOL 213 


CH 


ZOOL 226 



Special Problems in Marine Biology. 

Marine Ecology. 

Advanced Marine Ecology. 

Ecological and General Systems Theory. 



HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 



R 


BAE (SSC) 671 


Theory of Drainage: Saturated Flow. 


R 


BAE (SSC) 674 


Theory of Drainage: Unsaturated Flow. 


R 


CE 383** 


Water Resources Engineering I. 


R 


CE 580 


Flow in Open Channels. 


R 


CE (MAS) 581 


Introduction to Oceanographic Engineer- 


R 


CE 644 


ing. 

Ground Water Engineering. 


R 


GY400 


Environmental Geology. 


R 


GY563 


Applied Sedimentary Analysis. 


R 


GY 565** 


Hydrogeology. 


R 


GY567 


Geochemistry. 


R 


GY581 


Geomorphology. 


R 


OY (MAS, CE) 487 


Physical Oceanography. 


R 


GY (MAS) 584 


Marine Geology. 


R 


MY 411 


Introductory Meteorology. 


R 


MY 555 


Meteorology of the Biosphere. 


R 


SSC 511 


Soil Physics. 


CH 


ENVR 281 


Topics in Advanced Hydrology. 


CH 


GEOG110 


Meteorology. 


CH 


GEOG 112 


Micrometeorology. 


CH 


GEOG115 


Climatology. 


CH 


GEOG 117 


Soils. 


CH 


GEOG 156 


Natural Resources. 


CH 


GEOL 104 


Geomorphology. 


CH 


GEOL 142 


Principles of Geochemistry. 


CH 


GEOL 173 (MSCS 103) 


Geological Oceanography. 


CH 


GEOL 242 


Physical Geochemistry. 


CH 


GEOL 247 


Sedimentation. 


CH 


GEOL 250 


Advanced Sedimentation. 


CH 


MSCS 102 


Physical Oceanography. 


CH 


MSCS 206 


Seminar on Oceanography. 



Requests for information regarding the water resources graduate programs 
should be directed to the Chairman of the Water Resources Committee, the 
departments represented on the Water Resources Committee, or the Water Re- 
sources Research Institute, 124 Riddick Building, North Carolina State University, 
Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 



* Courses bearing the prefix "R" are taught at Raleigh and those bearing "CH" at Chapel Hill. 

Unlisted courses can be substituted for listed courses with the approval of the student's advisory 

committee. 
** Courses from which requirements for master's degree minor will normally be met. Substitutions 

can be made with approval of the student's advisory committee. 
** Prerequisites can be waived for graduate students with water resources minor. 



258 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Wood and Paper Science 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor I. S. Goldstein, Head 

Professors: A. C. Barefoot Jr., R. M. Carter, E. B. Cowling, E. L. Ellwood, J. S. 
Gratzl, C. A. Hart, R. G. Hitchings, R. G. Pearson, R. J. Thomas; Professor 
Emeritus: A. J. Stamm; Adjunct Professor: P. Koch; Associate Professors: 
H. Chang, M. P. Levi, W. T. McKean Jr., R. H. Reeves, D. H. J. Steensen; 
Associate Professor Emeritus: C. G. Landes; Adjunct Associate Professors: W. T. 
Gladstone, K. P. Kringstad, Assistant Professor: M. W. Kelly; Research 
Associate: C. L. Chen 

Graduate studv programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees are offered for students in a wide variety of areas in the field of 
wood and paper science. The Master of Wood and Paper Science is available for 
students who do not wish to emphasize research in their graduate studv program. 

Because the field of wood and paper science is a derived science, considerable 
emphasis is placed upon developing a strong minor in the graduate program in any 
one or more of the supporting disciplines such as organic chemistry, polymer 
chemistry, chemical engineering, mathematics, statistics, biology, engineering 
mechanics, mechanical engineering, physics, economics or business administration. 

Areas of study and research in pulp and paper science and technologv cover 
wood and fiber chemistry, lignin and carbohydrate chemistry, pulping chemistry, 
pollution abatement processes, fiber and paper properties, and paper coatings and 
additives. In wood science and technology, study and research areas include 
wood physics (especially wood liquid relations), wood chemistry, wood biology, 
wood mechanics and engineering, manufacturing processes, operations research 
applications, wood industry economics and marketing. 

Modern facilities are completely equipped to conduct education and research 
in all forms of wood and fiber processing. Included are specialized laboratories 
for study of wood physics, wood anatomy, wood processing, wood engineering, 
wood chemistry, pulping, papermaking, paper testing and paper coating. Equip- 
ment available includes optical and electron microscopes, a range of spectro- 
photometers, gas and liquid chromatographs, an ultracentrifuge, membrane osmo- 
meters, electron spin resonance and nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. 

Prerequisites for graduate study in the department are an undergraduate degree 
in wood science, pulp and paper science or in related disciplines such as any of a 
number of branches of science or engineering. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis. Preqs.: WPS 321, 322. 3(0-6) S. 

WPS 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes I, II. Preqs.: CHE 301, 302. 3(3-0) 
F,S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 259 

WPS 413 Paper Properties and Additives. Preq.: Sr. standing. 3(1-6) F. 

WPS (FOR) 423 Logging and Milling. Preq.: Jr. standing. 3(2-3) F. 

WPS 434 Wood Operations. Preqs.: WPS 301, 302. 3(2-3) F. 

WPS (FOR) 435 Systems Analysis in Forest Products. Preq.: Sr. standing. 
3(3-0) S. 

WPS 441 Introduction to Wood Mechanics. Preqs.: MA 212, PY 221 or PY 211. 

2(2-0) F. 

WPS 442 Wood Mechanics and Design. Preq.: ESM 211 or WPS 441. 3(2-3) S. 

WPS 461 Paper Converting. Preq.: Jr. standing. 1(1-0) S. 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections. Preq.: Sr. standing in pulp and paper. 1(0-3) S. 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis. Preq.: WPS 321. 3(1-6) F. 

WPS 481 Pulping Processes and Products. Preqs.: WPS 202, CH 103. 2(2-0) S. 

WPS 491 Senior Problems in Wood and Paper Science. Preq.: Consent of depart- 
ment. Credits Arranged. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

WPS 513 Tropical Woods. Preqs.: WPS 203, 301. 2(1-3) F. Structure, identifica- 
tion, properties, characteristics and use of tropical woods, especially those used in 
plywood and furniture. Staff 

WPS 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products. Preqs.: CH 315, CH 331, 
WPS 202, PY 212. 3(2-3) F,S. Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and 
wood components; pulping principles, electrical and thermal properties. Staff 

WPS 525 Pollution Abatement in Forest Products Industries. Preq.: Grad. or 
advanced undergrad. standing in science or engineering curricula. 3(3-0) S. Pollu- 
tion sources, inplant control and treatment of water and air pollution in forest 
products with concentration on the pulp and paper industry. McKean 

WPS 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification. Preq.: WPS 202. 2(1-3) F. 
Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the United States 
and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features and laboratory tech- 
niques. Thomas 

WPS 591 Wood and Paper Science Problems. Preq.: Advanced undergrad. or 
grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Assigned or selected problems in the field of 
silviculture, logging, lumber manufacturing, pulp technology or forest manage- 
ment. Staff 

WPS 599 Methods of Research in Wood and Paper Science. Preq.: Advanced 
undergrad. or grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Research procedures, problem out- 
lines, presentation of results; consideration of selected studies by forest research 
organizations; sample plot techniques. Staff 



260 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

WPS 604 Timber Physics. Preq.: WPS 441. 3(3-0) F,S. Density, specific gravity 
and moisture content variation affecting physical properties; physics of drying at 
high and low temperatures; thermal, sound, light and electrical properties of 
wood. Hart 

WPS 606 Wood Process Analysis. Preq.: WPS 604. 3(3-0) F. Analysis of wood 
process through the solution of comprehensive problems involving the physics of 
temperature and moisture relations. Staff 

WPS 691 Graduate Seminar. Preq.: Grad. standing. 1(1-0) F,S. Presentation and 
discussion of progress reports on research, special problems and outstanding pub- 
lications. Graduate Staff 

WPS 693 Advanced Wood Technology Problems. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits 
Arranged. Selected problems in the field of wood technology. Graduate Staff 

WPS 699 Problems and Research. Preq.: Grad. standing. Credits Arranged. Spe- 
cific problems that will furnish material for a thesis. Graduate Staff 



Zoology 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor R. Harkema, Acting Head 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., B. J. Copeland, D. S. Grosch, W. W. Hassler, 
D. W. Hayne, C. F. Lytle, B. S. Martof, L. E. Mettler, G. C. Miller, T. L. 
Quay, J. F. Roberts, D. E. Smith; Professor Emeriti: B. B. Brandt, D. E. Davis; 
Adjunct Professors: J. E. Hobbie, T. R. Rice, J. G. Vandenbergh, P. N. Witt; 
Associate Professors: P. C. Bradbury, M. T. Huish (USDI), J. M. Whitsett; 
Assistant Professors: G. T. Barthalmus, P. D. Doerr, W. C. Grant, J. M. Miller, 
K. E. Muse, G. G. Shaw, H. A. Underwood Jr., T. G. Wolcott; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors: R. L. Ferguson, D. E. Hoss, G. R. Huntsman, G. W. Thayer; Visiting 
Assistant Professor: W. L. Rickards III 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the opportunity to earn 
the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Students may 
specialize in many areas: behavior, general ecology, population dynamics, limnol- 
ogy, marine biology, fisheries biology, wildlife biology, ecological life histories of 
parasites, morphology and systematics of vertebrates, cellular and comparative 
physiology and endocrinology. For certain specialities, a master's degree without 
a thesis is available. 

The department is located in Gardner Hall where facilities for research activities 
are available. Opportunity for many types of ecological studies is provided in the 
extensive natural areas of state parks; a 200 ha field research area only 10 km from 
campus contains various types of vegetation and a pond. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 261 

A prospective student must submit Graduate Record Examination scores for 
the verbal, quantitative and advanced tests with the application for admission. 

The Southport Marine Laboratory is located on the estuary of the Cape Fear 
River. Research here is concentrated on the effect of a nuclear power plant on 
the ecology of the estuarv and the nearby ocean. 

Individual projects may be based at one of three Marine Resource Centers 
operated by the state and located in the north, central and southern parts of the 
coastline. Research in these laboratories is aimed at solving coastal zone problems, 
particularly as they apply to man's activities. 

Finally, a student may arrange with his or her adviser to conduct research at 
the Atlantic Estuarine Fisheries Center, operated by the National Marine Fisheries 
Service (NOAA) at Beaufort. In addition to a variety of studies on fish, this 
laboratory conducts research on basic ecology of estuaries and marshes. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology. Preqs.: CH 223, PY 212, ZO 201 or 203. 3(3-0) F. 

ZO 415 Cellular and Animal Physiology Laboratory. Coreq.: ZO 414 or 421. 
2(0-5) F,S. 

ZO 420 Fishery Science. Preqs.: ZO 201 or 203; ZO 360. 3(2-2) S. 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology. Preqs.: CH 223, PY 212, ZO 201 or 203. 3(3-0) F,S. 

ZO 441 Ichthyology. Preqs.: ZO 201 or 203; jr. standing. 3(3-0) S. 

ZO 442 Ichthyology Laboratory. Preq.: ZO 201 or 203. Coreq.: ZO 441-jr. stand- 
ing. 3(3-0) F. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ZO 501 Ornithology. Preqs.: ZO 323 or 203, ZO 421. 3(2-3) F,S. The biology of 
birds: systematics, physiology, life histories, ecology and behavior. Quay 

ZO (PSY) 503 Comparative Psychology. 3(3-0) S. (See psychology, page 221.) 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals. Preq.: ZO 421 or CI. 4(3-3) F. The com- 
parative study of animal behavior including a treatment of physiological mechan- 
isms and adaptive significance. Both invertebrates and vertebrates are studied. 

Whitsett 

ZO (PHY) 513 Comparative Physiology. Preq.: ZO 421 or CI. 4(3-3) S. A compara- 
tive study of the organ systems of vertebrates and the physiological processes 
involved in maintaining the homeostatic state. The various compensatory mechan- 
isms employed during environmental stress are included. Underwood 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes. Preqs. or coreqs.: GN 411, ZO 420, 
421, 441. 3(2-3) S. The biology of fishes: physiology, anatomy, pathology, behavior 
and genetics. This course is designed especially for graduate students in fisheries. 
Several trips to research laboratories are taken. (Offered S 1975 and alt. years.) 

Huish 



262 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 517 Population Ecology. Preqs.: ZO (BO) 360 and ST 511 or equivalent. 3(3-0) 
S. The dynamics of natural populations. Current work, theories and problems deal- 
ing with population growth, fluctuation, limitation and patterns of dispersion, the 
ecological niche, food chains and energy flow. Emphasis on methods of study. 

Hayne 

ZO 519 Limnology. Preq.: ZO (BO) 360 or equivalent. 4(3-3) F. A study of inland 
waters. Lectures dealing with physical, chemical and biological factors that affect 
freshwater organisms. General principles are illustrated in the laboratory and on 
field trips. Hobbie 

ZO (PO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology. 4(3-3) S. (See poultry science, page 217.) 

ZO (MAS) 529 Biological Oceanography. Preq.: ZO (BO) 360 or CI. 3(3-0) F. A 
comprehensive course stressing the dynamic interrelationships between organisms 
of the sea and their physical and chemical environment. The latter part of the 
course will examine fundamental concepts in biological oceanography and will par- 
ticularly stress experimental methods. J. M. Miller 

ZO (GN) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations. 3(3-0) S. (See genetics, page 146.) 

ZO (GN) 540 Evolution. 3(3-0) F. (See genetics, page 146.) 

ZO 542 Herpetology. Preqs.: ZO 323 or 203, ZO 421. 3(2-3) S. The biology of the 
amphibians and reptiles: systematics, life history, anatomy, behavior, physiology 
and ecology. Martof 

ZO 544 Mammalogy. Preqs.: ZO 323 or ZO 203, CI. 3(2-3) S. The classification, 
identification and ecology of the major groups of mammals. Barkalow 

ZO (GN) 550 Experimental Evolution. 3(3-0) F. (See genetics, page 147.) 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science. Preq.: ZO (BO) 360. 3(2-3) F. The principles 
of wildlife management and their application are studied in the laboratory and in 
the field. Doerr 

ZO (MB) 555 Protozoology. Preq.: CI. 4(2-6) S. The biology of the Protozoa: 
lectures include morphology, physiology, ecology, genetics, reproduction, evolution, 
systematics and life-cycles of both free-living and parasitic taxa; laboratory will 
stress recognition of selected forms and demonstrate techniques used to prepare 
specimens for microscopic examination. Bradbury 

ZO (BO) 560 Principles of Ecology. Preqs.: Three semesters of college-level 
biology courses. 4(3-3) F. A consideration of the principles of ecology at the gradu- 
ate level. Each of the major subject areas of ecology is developed in sufficient depth 
to provide a factual and philosophical framework for the understanding of ecology. 

Staff 

ZO (PHY, ENT) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. 3(3-0) S. (See physiology, 
page 206.) 

ZO 581 Helminthology. Preqs.: ZO 323 or 203, ZO 315 or equivalent. 4(2-4) F. The 
study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic helminths. G. C. Miller 

ZO (ENT) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. 3(2-3) S. (See entomology, 
page 136.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 263 

ZO 590 Special Studies. Preqs.: Twelve hours ZO, CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. A 
directed individual investigation of a particular problem in zoology, accompanied 
by a review of the pertinent literature. A maximum of three hours is allowed toward 
the master's degree. Graduate Staff 

ZO 592 Topical Problems. Preq.: CI. 1-3 F,S. Organized, formal lectures and dis- 
cussion of a special topic. Graduate Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ZO 603 Advanced Parasitology. Preq.: ZO 581. 3(2-3) S. The study of the theoreti- 
cal and practical aspects of parasitism; taxonomy, physiology and immunology of 
animal parasites. Harkema, Roberts 

ZO 610 Current Aspects of Animal Behavior. Preq.: ZO 510 or equivalent. 4(3-3) S. 
Lectures, discussions, seminars and laboratories. The course will treat in detail 
selected aspects of the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates. The relationship 
of behavior to physiology, ecology and other related biological fields will be 
emphasized. Whitsett 

ZO 614 Advanced Cell Biology. Preq.: ZO (BO) 414 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A 
study of the current problems of cell biology including the problems of the molecu- 
lar organization and functions of membrane systems, subcellular organelles and 
specialized cells. Roberts, Smith 

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology. Preq.: ZO 519. 3(1-6) S. A study of primary pro- 
ductivity, population interactions and effects of pollution. An experimental ap- 
proach is used in the laboratory. Hobbie 

ZO 621 Fishery Science. Preqs.: ST 511, ZO 420, a course in calculus. 3(2-3) F. An 
analysis of fishery research methods. Population enumeration and dynamics. The 
relationship between fluctuations in natural populations and environmental factors. 
(Offered 1976 and alt. years.) Hassler 

ZO (BO) 660 Advanced Topics in Ecology I. 4(3-3) S. (See botany, page 69.) 

ZO (BO) 661 Advanced Topics in Ecology II. Preq.: ZO (BO) 560 or equivalent. 
4(3-3) S. Reports and seminar discussions of five major topics, such as secondary 
productivity, competitive exclusion, predator-prey and other interspecies relation- 
ships, regulation of populations, physiological ecology and management of re- 
sources. Some field trips. Laboratory provides experience in analysis of ecological 
systems, modeling and computer simulation. (Offered 1977 and alt. years.) 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 690 Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. The presentation and defense of original research and 
current literature. Graduate Staff 

ZO 699 Research in Zoology. Preqs.: Twelve semester credits in ZO and CI. 
Credits Arranged. F,S. 



264 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

North Carolina State University 

Walter L. Smith, Charlotte, Chairman 

Grover A. Gore, Southport, Vice Chairman 

Mary Virginia McFadyen, Raeford, Secretary 

Helen Mann, Raleigh, Assistant Secretary 

Robert J. Brown, High Point 

Dr. W. W. Dickson, Gastonia 

C. A. Dillon Jr., Raleigh 

James M. Peden Jr., Raleigh 

Philip H. Pitts, Glen Alpine 

Dr. J. W. Pou, Athens, Ga. 

Zeno O. Ratcliff Jr., Pantego 

Lexie L. Ray, Burlington 

Fred L. Wilson, Kannapolis 

Mary Beth Spina, president, Student Government, NCSU 



Term expires 
1977 
1979 
1979 

1979 
1977 
1979 
1977 
1979 
1977 
1979 
1977 
1977 



BOARD OF GOVERNORS 

The University of North Carolina 



William A. Dees Jr., Goldsboro, Chairman 
T. Worth Coltrane, Asheboro, Vice Chairman 
Louis T. Randolph, Washington, Secretary 



Term expires 
Class of 1977 



Victor S. Bryant, Durham 
George Watts Hill, Durham 
Wallace N. Hyde, Asheville 
Robert B. Jordan, III, Mount Gilead 



Mrs. John McCain, Wilson 
Reginald F. McCoy, Laurinburg 
Maceo A. Sloan, Durham 
Thomas J. White, Jr., Kinston 



Class of 1979 



Julius L. Chambers, Charlotte 
Dr. Hugh S. Daniel, Jr., Waynesville 
William A. Dees, Jr., Goldsboro 
Jacob H. Froelich, Jr., High Point 



William A. Johnson, Lillington 

E. B. Turner, Lumberton 

Mrs. George D. Wilson, Fayetteville 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



265 



Class of 1981 



Hugh Cannon, Raleigh 
Philip G. Carson, Asheville 
T. Worth Coltrane, Asheboro 
Luther H. Hodges, Jr., Charlotte 



Mrs. Hugh Morton, Linville 
J. J. Sansom, Jr., Raleigh 
David J. Whichard, II, Greenville 
George M. Wood, Camden 



Class of 1983 



Irwin Belk, Charlotte 

Wayne Corpening, Winston-Salem 

Daniel C. Gunter, Gastonia 

Mrs. Howard Holdemess, Greensboro 



John R. Jordan, Jr., Raleigh 
J. Aaron Prevost, Hazelwood 
Louis T. Randolph, Washington 
Harley Shuford, Jr., Hickory 



266 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GRADUATE FACULTY* 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

Charlie Frank Abrams, Jr., Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Daniel Morton Adams, Jr., Assistant Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University 
of Minnesota. 

Elsayed M. Afify, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Arnold John Aho, Assistant Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Merritt James Aldrich, Jr., Assistant Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., University of 
New Mexico. 

Raul Eduardo Alvarez, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. M.S., North 
Carolina State University. 

Michael Amein, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Charles Eugene Anderson, Professor of Botany. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Henry A. Foscue 
Professor of Furniture Manufacturing and Management. Ph.D., Ohio State 
University. 

Donald Benton Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Botany. Ph.D., Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 

Norman Dean Anderson, Professor of Science Education. Ph.D., Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 

Jay Lawrence Apple, Professor of Plant Pathology and Genetics and Assistant 
Director of Academic Affairs and Research for the Biological Sciences. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Ernest S. Armstrong, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Frank Bradley Armstrong, University Professor of Genetics, Microbiology and 
Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of California. 

Leonard William Aurand, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry. Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State University. 

William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Materials Engineering and Head of the 
Department. Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 

Charles Wilson Averre, III, Extension Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Richard Charles Axtell, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Robert Aycock, Professor of Plant Pathology and Horticultural Science and Head of 
the Department of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Mahmoud Amin Ayoub, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., Texas 
Technological University. 

Willard Farrington Babcock, Professor of Civil Engineering. S.M., Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Walter Debele Bach, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Meteorology. Ph.D., 
University of Oklahoma. 

James Ronald Bailey, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., University of Southampton. 

John Albert Bailey, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 
University College of Swansea. 



* Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) full status or (2) asso- 
ciate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all phases of the graduate 
programs of the University. Associate members may teach courses at the graduate level and serve 
as chairmen of master's advisory committees. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 267 

Jack Vernon Baird, Extension Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Washington State 
University. 

Glenn Earl Baker, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts Education and Coordina- 
tor of Graduate Studies. Ed.D., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University. 

James Robert Baker, Extension Assistant Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Kansas. 

Brenda C. Ball, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

David Stafford Ball, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Hershell Ray Ball, Jr., Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University of 
Missouri. 

Walter Elmer Balling er, Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Michigan State 
University. 

William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Stanford Uni- 
versity. 

Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Professor of Wood and Paper Science, and University 
Studies; Head of the Division of University Studies and University Coordinator 
for Environmental Studies. D.F., Duke University. 

Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology and Forestry. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Michigan. 

Kenneth Reece Barker, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of Wis- 
consin. 

Key Lee Barkley, Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina. 

Donald Warren Barnes, Jr., Assistant Professor of Architecture. M.A., University of 
California. 

Rolin Farrar Barrett, Assistant Dean of Research Administration and Professor of 
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State Univer- 
sity. 

Elliott Roy Barrick, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

George Timothy Barthalmus, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Pennsylvania 
State University. 

William Victor Bartholomew, Professor Emeritus of Soil Science. Ph.D., Iowa State 
University. 

Peter Batchelor, Associate Professor of Urban Design. M.A., University of Penn- 
sylvania. 

Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Veterinary Science and Animal Science. D.V.M., 
Texas A & M University. 

Gerald Robert Baughman, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

David Lee Bayless, Adjunct Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., Texas A & M 
University. 

Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., R. J. Reynolds Industries Professor of Chemical Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Joe Robert Beeler, Jr., Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Materials Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., Kansas University. 

Burton Floyd Beers, Professor of History. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Bruce Gerald Beezer, Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction. Ed.D., 
University of Arizona. 

William H. Beezley, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

Robert Frank Behlow, Extension Professor of Animal Science and Veterinary 
Science. D.V.M., Ohio State University. 

Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. M.S., Cornell 
University. 

Thomas Alexander Bell, Professor (USDA) of Food Science. M.S., North Carolina 
State University. 



268 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Willard Harrison Bennett, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., University of 

Michigan. 
David Michael Benson, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Colorado 

State University. 
Ray Braman Benson, Jr., Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., University of 

California at Berkeley. 
Henry Albert Bent, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of California at 

Berkeley. 
Richard Harold Bernhard, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., 

Cornell University. 
Leonidas Judd Betts, Jr., Associate Professor of English and Education. Ed.D., Duke 

University. 
Marvin Kenneth Beute, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Michigan 

State University. 
Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., London School of 

Economics. 
William Louis Bingham, Associate Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
George Lee Bireline, Jr., Associate Professor of Design. M.A., University of North 

Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
John William Bishir, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 
Roger Lee Blair, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Forestry. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Carl Thomas Blake, Extension Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 

University. 
Philip Everett Blank, Jr., Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., University of North 

Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
William Joseph Block, Professor of Politics and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 

University of Illinois. 
William Lowry Blow, Associate Professor Emeritus of Poultry Science. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Udo Blum, Associate Professor of Botany. Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
John Francis Bogdan, Albert G. Myers Professor of Textiles and Head of the 

Department of Textile Technology. B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute. 
James Raymond Bohannon, Jr., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. M.S., 

North Carolina State University. 
Edgar John Boone, Professor of Adult and Community College Education and Head 

of the Department and Assistant Director of Agricultural Extension Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Jon Bordner, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry. Ph.D., University 

of California at Berkeley. 
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Professor Emeritus of Genetics. Ph.D., University of Pitts- 
burgh. 
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology. 
Phyllis Clarke Bradbury, Associate Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of 

California at Berkeley. 
Julius Roscoe Bradley, Jr., Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Louisiana 

State University. 
Charles Raymond Bramer, Riddick Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering. E.M., 

Michigan College of Mining and Technology. 
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 269 

Eugene Paschal Brantly, Assistant Professor of Architecture. Ph.D., Stanford 

University. 
Charles Henry Brett, Professor Emeritus of Entomology. Ph.D., Kansas State 

College. 
Dinus Marshall Briggs, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 

Iowa State University. 
Richard Bright, Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering. M.S., State Univer- 
sity of Iowa. 
Charles Aloysius Brim, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 

University of Nebraska. 
Robert Curtis Brisson, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Robert Charles Brooks, Extension Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Duke University. 
Wayne Maurice Brooks, Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of 

California at Berkeley. 
Henry Seawell Brown, Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Marvin Luther Brown, Jr., Professor of History. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
William Jasper Brown, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Occupational Education. 

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Robert Sedgwick Bryan, Professor of Philosophy and Head of the Department of 

Philosophy and Religion. Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Charles Douglas Bryant, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. Ed.D., 

Michigan State University. 
J. Bruce Bullock, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of California 

at Berkeley. 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 

Chicago. 
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Professor of Chemistry and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Stanley Walter Buol, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Lawrence G. Burk, Associate Professor (USDA) of Genetics. M.S., University of 

Georgia. 
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Birkbeck College, 

London. 
George Robert Burns, Associate Professor (USDA) of Soil Science. Ph.D., Iowa 

State University. 
Joseph Charles Burns, Associate Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. Ph.D., Purdue 

University. 
Robert Paschal Burns, Jr., Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 
Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science. Ph.D., Iowa State 

University 
Kenneth Roy Butcher, Extension Assistant Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of Politics. Ph.D., Yale University. 
Billy E. Caldwell, Professor of Crop Science and Head of the Department Ph.D., 

Iowa State University 
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor Emeritus of Politics and Chancellor Emeritus. Ph.D., 

Princeton University. 
Leon Raymond Camp, Associate Professor of Speech-Communication. Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania State University. 
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry. B.S., Clemson Uni- 
versity. 
Steven Lavern Campbell, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Northwestern 

University. 
William Vernon Campbell, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., North Carolina State 

University. 



270 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

John Robert Canada, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Associate Dean of Engi- 
neering for Extension. Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. 

Thomas Franklin Cannon, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Ohio 
State University. 

Gerald A. Carlson, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia at Davis. 

Charles Hope Carlton, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia at Los Angeles. 

Halbert Hart Carmichael, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 
California at Berkeley. 

William Lester Carpenter, Professor of Adult and Community College Education 
and Head of the Department of Agricultural Information. Ed.D., Florida State 
University. 

Daniel Edward Carroll, Jr., Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute. 

Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor Emeritus of Industrial Engineering and 
Associate Dean Emeritus of Engineering. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. M.S., Michigan State 
College. 

William Randolph Carter, Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion. Ph.D., 
University of Virginia. 

Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota. 

Donald Keith Cassel, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., University of 
California at Davis. 

David Marshall Gates, Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Victor Viosca Cavaroc, Jr., Associate Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., Louisiana 
State University. 

Thomas Courtney Caves, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Columbia Uni- 
versity. 

Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Larry Stephen Champion, ProfessoF of English and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina. 

Richard Edward Chandler, Professor of Mathematics and Graduate Administrator. 
Ph.D., Florida State University. 

David Webb Chaney, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania. 

Hou-min Chang, Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., University 
of Washington. 

Tien-Sun Chang, Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Michigan and University of Illinois. 

James F. Chaplin, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Joe Senter Chappell, Associate Professor of Economics. PhD., North Carolina State 
University. 

Harvey ,hnson Charlton, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute. 

Albert Leon Chasson, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. M. D., University 
of Cincinnati. 

Chen-Loung Chen, Research Associate in Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Heidelberg. 

Bob E. Childers, Adjunct Professor of Occupational Education. Ed.D., University of 
Tennessee. 

James A. Christenson, Extension Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthro- 
pology. Ph.D., Washington State University. 

Erich Christian, Adjunct Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Dipl. Ing., 
Vienna Institute of Technology. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 271 

Kwong Tuzz Chung, Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., State University of New 
York. 

Lung Ock Chung, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia at Los Angeles. 

James W. Clark, Jr., Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Lawrence M. Clark, Professor of Mathematics and Science Education. Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of Virginia. 

Robert L. Clark, Assistant Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Roger H. Clark, Associate Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., University of 
Washington. 

John M. Clarkson, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Bruce Bennett Clary, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of Southern 
California at Los Angeles. 

Joseph Ray Clary, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education and Coordinator 
of the Program. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Albert J. Clawson, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of Wis- 
consin. 

Maurice Hill Clayton, Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 

William Bramwell Clifford, II, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 
Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 

Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of 
Virginia. 

William Younts Cobb, Adjunct Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Penn- 
sylvania State University. 

Harold Dean Coble, Extension Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Illinois. 

Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
University of California at Berkeley. 

Columbus Clark Cockerham, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Statistics and 
Genetics. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Eloise Snowden Cofer, Extension Professor of Food Science and Assistant Director, 
Agricultural Extension Service (Home Economics). Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. 

James Lawrence Cole, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Duke University. 

William Kerr Collins, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

David Payne Colvin, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 

William Maxwell Colwell, Professor of Veterinary Science and Poultry Science. 
Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

James Lin Compton, Assistant Professor of Adult and Community College Educa- 
tion. Ph.D., University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. 

Maurice Gayle Cook, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic In- 
stitute. 

Robert Edward Cook, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Armand Vincent Cooke, Assistant Professor of Product Design. B.S.I.D., University 
of Cincinnati. 

Arthur Wells Cooper, Professor of Botany and Forest Resources. Ph.D., University 
of Michigan. 

William Douglas Cooper, Associate Professor of Textile Technology and Economics. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Alonzo Freeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Vanderbilt Uni- 
versity. 

Will Allen Cope, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 



272 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Billy Joe Copeland, Professor of Zoology and Botany and Director, North Carolina 
Sea Grant Program. Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Frederick Thomas Corbin, Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., North Caro- 
lina State University. 

Harold Kenneth Cordell, Assistant Professor of Recreation Resources Administra- 
tion. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Billie F. Corder, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ed.D., University of 
Kentucky. 

Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Uni- 
versity. 

John K. Coster, Professor of Occupational Education and Coordinator of the Pro- 
gram. Ph.D., Yale University. 

Arthur James Coutu, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

Virginia Outman Cowgell, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity. 

Ellis Brevier Cowling, Professor of Plant Pathology, Forestry and Wood and 
Paper Science. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Filosofie Doctor, University of 
Uppsala, Sweden. 

Frederick Russell Cox, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Gertrude Mary Cox, Professor Emeritus of Statistics. M.S., Iowa State University. 

Joseph H. Cox, Professor of Design. M.F.A., University of Iowa. 

Walter Lee Cox, Assistant Professor of Education. Ed.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Harris Bradford Craig, Professor of Food Science and Associate Director of Aca- 
demic Affairs for the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Director of 
the Agricultural Institute. Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

Paul Day Cribbins, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Harold Lee Crutcher, Adjunct Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., New York 
University. 

John Anthony Cuculo, Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., Duke University. 

George August Cummings, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Purdue Uni- 
versity. 

Joseph William Cunningham, Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Terrence Michael Curtin, Professor and Head of the Department of Veterinary 
Science. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

James Alvin Daggerhart, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Robert David Dahle, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

John Michael Anthony Danby, Professor of Mathematics and Physics. Ph.D., Man- 
chester University, England. 

Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Jr., Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Virginia. 

Stylianos D. Danielopoulos , Assistant Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Raymond Bryant Daniels, Professor (USDA) of Soil Science. Ph.D., Iowa State 
University. 

Walter Carl Dauterman, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Donald Gould Davenport, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Charles Bingham Davey, Professor of Soil Science, Forestry and Plant Pathology, 
and Head of the Department of Forestry. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Adam Clarke Davis, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Graduate Admin- 
istrator. Ph.D., Duke University. 

David Edward Davis, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. Ph.D., Harvard University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 273 

Henry Mauzee Davis, Adjunct Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Minnesota. 

Robert Foster Davis, Associate Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of California at Berkeley. 

William Robert Davis, Professor of Physics. Doktor der Naturuiss, University of 
Hanover, Germany. 

Cleburn Gilchrist Dawson, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Donald Lee Dean, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

M. Keith DeArmond, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Arizona. 

Fred Roark DeJamette, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering and 
Graduate Administrator. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 

Donald Warren DeJong, Associate Professor (USDA) of Botany. Ph.D., University 
of Georgia. 

Donald Ray Deuel, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., University of 
California at Berkeley. 

James William Dickens, Professor (USDA) of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. M.S., North Carolina State University. 

Emmett Vrcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
University of Missouri. 

George Osmore Doak, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Wis- 
consin. 

Walter Jerome Dobrogosz, Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 
University. 

Phillip David Doerr, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Wesley Osborne Doggett, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of California at 
Berkeley. 

Carl John Dolce, Professor of Education and Dean of the School of Education. 
Ed.D., Harvard University. 

William Emmert Donaldson, Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., University of 
Maryland. 

Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor Emeritus of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 

William Grady Dotson, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Robert Alden Douglas, Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., 
Purdue University. 

Murray Scott Downs, Assistant Provost and Professor of Histoiy. Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity. 

Robert Jack Downs, Professor of Botany and Horticultural Science and Director of 
the Phytotron. Ph.D., George W T ashington University. 

Laivrence William Drabick, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 7 . Ph.D., Penn- 
sylvania State University. 

Donald William Drewes, Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Earl G. Droessler, Vice Provost and Dean for Research and Professor of Geo- 
sciences. B.A., Loras College. 

John Warren Duffield, Professor of Forestry and Genetics. Ph.D., University of 
California at Berkeley. 

Harry Ernest Duncan, Extension Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and In 
Charge, Plant Pathology Extension. Ph.D., West Virginia University. 

William Lewis Dunn, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Jack Davis Durant, Professor of English and Director of the Graduate Programs. 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 



274 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Carl L. Dyer, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Yukiko Ebisuzaki, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Indiana University. 

Eddie Echandi, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Arthur Raymond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering. D.Engr., Yale Uni- 
versity. 

Herbert Martin Eckerlin, Assistant Professor of Engineering Science and Mechan- 
ics. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Frank Wesley Edens, Assistant Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., University of 
Georgia. 

John Audi Edwards, Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., 
Purdue University. 

Eugene J. Eisen, Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. Ph.D., Purdue Univer- 
sity. 

Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity. 

Gerald Hugh Elkan, Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Insti- 
tute. 

Thomas Smith Elleman, Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Head of the Depart- 
ment. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Robert Xeal Elliott, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Don Edwin. Ellis, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Walter Glenn Ellis, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of Washing- 
ton. 

Eric Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood and Paper Science, Dean of the School of 
Forest Resources and Assistant Director of Research, School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. Ph.D., Yale University. 

Salah E. Elmaghraby, University Professor of Industrial Engineering and Director 
of Operations Research. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Aly H. M. El-Shiekh, Professor of Textile Technology. Sc.D., Massachusetts Insti- 
tute of Technology. 

John Frederick Ely, Professor of Civil Engineering and Associate Dean for Aca- 
demic Affairs, School of Engineering. Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Paul D. Emerson, Associate Professor and Head, Textile Machine Design and 
Development. B. S., Purdue University. 

Donald Allen Emery, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics and Coordinator of 
Graduate Programs. Ph.D. University of Wisconsin. 

David Lee Erickson, Assistant Professor of Recreation Resources Administration. 
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Edivard Walter Erickson, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 

John Lincoln Etchells, Professor (USDA) of Food Science and Microbiology. Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. 

James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Microbiology and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the School of 
Engineering. S. D., Harvard University. 

Abdel-Aziz Fahmy, Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., University of 
Sheffield. 

Maurice Hugh Farrier, Professor of Entomology and Forestry. Ph.D., North Caro- 
lina State University. 

Robert Morcom Fearn, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

Richard Mark Felder, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering and Graduate 
Administrator. Ph.D., Princeton University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 275 

Randolph Lyons Ferguson, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Florida 
State University. 

James K. Ferrell, Alcoa Professor of Chemical Engineering and Head of the Depart- 
ment. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

William Thomas Fike, Jr., Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., University of 
Minnesota. 

Charles Page Fisher, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Hilbert Adam Fisher, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. M.S., North Carolina 
State University. 

Roger Carl Fites, Associate Professor of Botany. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science, and Coordinator AID Latin American 
Soil Testing Project. Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

Henry Pridgeti Fleming, Associate Professor (USDA) of Food Science. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Illinois. 

Walter A. Flood, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Vincent M. Foote, Associate Professor of Product Design and Program Director. 
B.S., University of Cincinnati. 

Robert Joseph Fornaro, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., Pennsyl- 
vania State University. 

Raymond Earl Forties, Associate Professor of Textile Technology and Physics. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Benjamin Eagles Fountain, Adjunct Professor of Adult and Community College 
Education. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

James R. Fonts, Adjunct Professor of Entomology and Toxicology. Ph.D., North- 
western University. 

Barbara J. Fox, Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

John Erivin Franke , Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Northwestern 
University. 

Jack Lee Franklin, Adjunct Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 
Ph.D., Indiana University. 

William Glenwood Franklin, Professor of Speech-Communication and Head of the 
Department. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 

Leon David Freedman, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 

Ronald Owen Fulp, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Auburn University. 

A. Ronald Gallant, Associate Professor of Economics and Statistics. Ph.D., Iowa 
State University. 

William Sylvan Guile}-, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Northwestern Uni- 
versity. 

Gene John Galletta, Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of California at Berkeley. 

Erling Edward Gamble, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Bertram Howanl Garcia, Jr., Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 

Bruce Lynn Gardner, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. 

Marianne Lepp Gardner, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University 
of Wisconsin. 

Robm Pierce Gardner, Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Chemical Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 

Jimmy Dale Garlich, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D. .Cornell Uni- 
versity. 

Dennis Evo Garoutte, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Montana State 
University. 



276 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

James Wade Gault, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., University 
of Iowa. 

Marvin Harlan Gehle, Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Science and 
Coordinator of Institutional Studies and Planning. Ph.D., Iowa State Univer- 
sity. 

Ralph Cellar, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Columbia University. 

James Dalton George, Extension Professor of Sociology and Adult and Community 
College Education. Ph.D., Florida State University. 

Thomas Waller George, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. M.A., Univer- 
sity of Illinois. 

Thomas Michael Gerig, Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., University of 
North Carolina. 

Dan Ulrich Gerstel, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. 
Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 

Forrest William Getzen, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology. 

George Gosselin Gicldings, Assistant Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. 

Francis Gerhard Giesbrecht, Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., Iowa State 
University. 

John H. Gilbert, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of Virginia. 

Richard Dean Gilbert, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Chairman of the Gradu- 
ate Studies Committee for the Fiber and Polymer Science Program. Ph.D., 
University of Notre Dame. 

William Best Gilbert, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Hen)~y Cornelius Gilliam, Jr., Associate Professor (USDA) of Agricultural Eco- 
nomics. Ph.D., Clemson University. 

James Wendell Gilliam, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Mississippi State Uni- 
versity. 

Stanley Eugene Gilliland, Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., North Caro- 
lina State University. 

William T. Gladstone, Adjunct Associate Professor of Forestry and Wood and 
Paper Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Joseph Conrad Glass, Jr., Assistant Professor of Adult and Community College 
Education. Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Genetics and Associate 
Dean and Director of Academic Affairs, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Chester Eugene Gleit, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Tildon H. Glisson, Jr., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., South- 
ern Methodist University. 

Alfred John Goetze, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Duke 
University. 

Harvey Joseph Gold, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

George Goldfinger, Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Paris. 

Irving S. Goldstebi, Professor of Wood and Paper Science and Head of the Depart- 
ment. Ph.D., Harvard University. 

Alan Gonzalez, Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures and Head of the 
Department. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 

Lemuel Goode, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Guy Vernon Gooding, Jr., Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia at Davis. 
Major M. Goodman, Associate Professor of Statistics and Genetics and Botany. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 277 

Michael Jerome Goodman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

James Howard Goodnight, Research Associate in Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Gordon Gordh, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of 
California. 

Christopher R. Gould, Assistant Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Perry Linwood Grady, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

William Lee Gragg, Associate Professor of Adult and Community College Educa- 
tion. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Louis A. Graham, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Textile Chemistry. M.Ch.E., 
University of Virginia. 

Larry Frank Gratui, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry. Ph.D., 
Washington State University. 

Arnold Herbert Edward Grandage, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

William Cullen Grant, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Josef Stefari Gratzl, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., University of 
Vienna. 

Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Professor of History. Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Walton Carlyle Gregory, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science and 
Genetics. Ph.D., University of Virginia. 

Thomas J. Grennes, Assistant Professor of Economics. M.A., University of Chicago. 

Wayland Coleman Griffith, R. J. Reynolds Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering and Director, Engineering Design Center. Ph.D., Harvard Uni- 
versity. 

Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics, Zoology and Entomology. Ph.D., 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Harry Douglass Gross, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

William A. Gruver, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering and Operations 
Research. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Thomas Hyman Guion, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., University 
of North Carolina. 

Gary Frederick Gumz, Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. M.L.A., Har- 
vard University. 

Bhupender Singh Gupta, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., Man- 
chester College of Science and Technology. 

Edward Dewitt Gurley, Associate Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. 
Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Frank Edwin Guthrie, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

George Richard Gwynn, Associate Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. 
Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Robert John Hader, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

William Leroy Hafley, Professor of Forestry and Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Fred Paul Hain, Research Associate in Entomology and Forestry. Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. 

Francis Joseph Hale, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Sc.D., 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

George Lincoln Hall, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of Virginia. 

Max Halperen, Professor of English. Ph.D., Florida State University. 

Donald Dale Hamann, Professor of Food Science and Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 



278 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textile Technology and 
Associate Dean of Textiles Extension and Continuing Education. B.S., Ala- 
bama Polytechnic Institute. 

Charles Horace Hamilton, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Sociology 
and Anthropology. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Pat Brooks Hamilton, Professor of Poultry Science and Microbiology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 

John Valentine Hamme, Associate Professor of Materials Engineering and Direc- 
tor of Cooperative Engineering Education. Ph.D., North Carolina State Univer- 
sity. 

Larry Keith Hammett, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Gordon A. Hammon, Associate Professor Emeritus of Recreation Resources Ad- 
ministration. B.S., New York State College of Forestry. 

Leigh Hugh Hammond, Extension Associate Professor of Economics and Assistant 
Vice-Chancellor for Extension and Public Service. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Kenneth William Hanck, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 
Illinois. 

Arthur Paul Hansen, Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Donald Joseph Hansen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Texas. 

Durwin Melford Hanson, Professor of Industrial and Technical Education and Co- 
ordinator of the Program. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

James William Hanson, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. M.A., University 
of Michigan. 

Warren Durward Hanson, Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

John J. Harder, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. Dr.Ing., Technische 
Hochschule. 

James Walker Hardin, Professor of Botany and Forest Resources. Ph.D., University 
of Michigan. 

Harry Allen Hargrave, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Vanderbilt Univer- 
sity. 

Reinard Harkeyna, Professor of Zoology and Acting Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
Duke University. 

Charles Wayne Harper, Jr., Assistant Professor of Education and History. Ed.D., 
University of Northern Colorado. 

Cleon Wallace Harrell, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. M.A., University of 
Virginia. 

George Oliver Harrell, Associate Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Ohio 

State University. 
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Harwell Hamilton Harris, Professor Emeritus of Architecture. 

James Ray Harris, Extension Professor of Poultry Science and Veterinary Science. 

D.V.M., Auburn University. 
William Charles Harris, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of 
Alabama. 

Clarence Arthur Hart, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Franklin Delano Hart, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor Emeritus of English. Ph.D., Princeton Univer- 
sity. 

Robert Eduard Hartwig, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Adelaide. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 279 

Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Raymond W. Harvey, Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Hassan Ahmed Hassan, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 

University of Illinois. 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering and Head of the Department. Ph.D., Michigan State 

College. 
William Walton Hassler, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
John Reid Hauser, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Duke University. 
Thomas R. Hauser, Adjunct Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., 

University of Cincinnati. 
Kerry Shuford Havner, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Oklahoma State 

University. 
Don William Hayne, Professor of Statistics and Zoology. Ph.D., University of 

Michigan. 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 

Cornell University. 
Mary Kaleel Head, Extension Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Purdue 

University. 
William Joseph Head, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue 

University. 
Allen Streeter Heagle, Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., 

University of Minnesota. 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology and Genetics. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Walter Webb Heck, Professor (USDA) of Botany. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., University of 

Michigan. 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of North Caro- 
lina. 
George Henry Hepting, Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry, Ph.D., 

Cornell University. 
Solomon Philip Hersh, Charles A. Cannon Professor of Textiles and Graduate Ad- 
ministrator of Textile Technology. Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Marvin Thomas Hester, Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Randolph Thompson Hester, Jr., Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture. 

M.L.A., Harvard University. 
Charles Horace Hill, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Poultry Science and 

Animal Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas Ira Hines, Professor of Recreation Resources Administration and Head of 

the Department. M.A., University of North Carolina. 
Robert Grant Hitchings, Professor and In Charge of Pulp and Paper Technology. 

M.F., Duke University. 
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering. D.Sc, 

Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
John Eyres Hobbie, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Joseph Patrick Hobbs, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

University. 
Charles Sasnette Hodges, Jr., Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Hodgson, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Thomas Henry Hodgson, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., University of London. 



280 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Harold Douglas Holder, Adjunct Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Syracuse University. 
Virgil Fortune Holland, Adjunct Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., 

University of Southern California. 
Daniel Lester Holley, Jr., Associate Professor of Forestry and Economics. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Abraham Holtzman, Professor of Politics. Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Thomas Lynn Honeycutt, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Basil Honikman, Professor of Design and Assistant Dean of the School of Design. 

Ph.D., University of London. 
Dale Max Hoover, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Maurice William Hoover, Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Harold Bruce Hopfenberg, Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology. 
William Ernest Hopke, Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services and Head of 

the Department. Ed. D., Teachers College, Columbia University. 
Yasuyuki Horie, Associate Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., 

Washington State University. 
Horace Robert Horton, Professor of Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Donald Earl Hoss, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
David Hewes Howells, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and 

Director of the Water Resources Research Institute. M.S., Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology. 
Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Jeng-Sheng Huang, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of 

Missouri. 
Norden Eh Huang, Adjunct Associate Professor of Oceanography. Ph.D., Johns 

Hopkins University. 
Z Zimmerman Hugus, Jr., Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of California 

at Berkeley. 
Melvin Theodore Huish, Associate Professor (USDI) of Zoology. Ph.D., University 

of Georgia. 
Frank James Humenik, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering and Associate Head of the Department In Charge of Extension. Ph.D., 

Ohio State University. 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and 

Engineering Science and Mechanics. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
James Ernest Huneycutt, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Arvel Hatch Hunter, Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Gene Raymond Huntsman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Iowa 

State University. 
John Calvin Hurt, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., 

Rutgers University. 
Jacob Allan Hurwitz, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., Michigan State Uni- 
versity. 
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science, Associate Dean of Agriculture and 

Life Sciences and Director of Agricultural Extension Service. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin. 
David Neil Hyman, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Ijoren Albert Ihnen, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
John E. Ikerd, Extension Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of 

Missouri. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 281 

Stanley Dean Ivie, Associate Professor of Education. Ed.D., George Peabody Col- 
lege. 

William Addison Jackson, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Gerald. Saul Janowitz, Associate Professor of Oceanography. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 
University. 

Lance Flippin Jeffers, Associate Professor of English. M.A., Columbia University. 

Alvin Wilkins Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Physics and Acting Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., University of Virginia. 

Samuel Forest Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Linda Lee Jewell, Visiting Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. MLAR, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Bobby Ray Johnson, Assistant Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Oklahoma State 
University. 

Bryan Hugh Johnson, Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Oklahoma 
State University. 

Charles Edward Johnson, Assistant Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Yale University. 

Joseph Clyde Johnson, Professor of Psychology. Ed.D., George Peabody College for 
Teachers. 

Norman Elden Johnson, Adjunct Professor of Forestry. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia. 

Paul Reynolds Johnson, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

Thomas Johnson, Associate Professor of Economics and Statistics. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

William Hugh Johnson, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

William L. Johnson, Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Cornell Univer- 
sity. 

Charles Parker Jones, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina. 

Edgar Walton Jones, Associate Professor of Economics and Associate Vice Presi- 
dent for Research and Public Service Programs of the University of North 
Carolina. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Evan Earl Jones, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry. Ph.D., 
University of Illinois. 

Guy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science and Soil Science and In Charge of 
Agronomy Extension. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor Emeritus of Food Science. Ph.D., University of 
Minnesota. 

James Robert Jones, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University. 

Lawrence Keith Jones, Assistant Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services. 
Ph.D., University of Missouri. 

Louis Allman Jones, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Texas A&M Uni- 
versity. 

Victor Alan Jones, Associate Professor of Food Science and Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

Joseph Stephan Kahn, Professor of Botany and Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of 
Illinois. 

Henry Leveke Kamphoefner, Professor Emeritus of Architecture and Dean Emeritus 
of the School of Design. M.S., Columbia University. 

Eugene John Kamprath, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Shun Kanda, Assistant Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., Harvard University. 



282 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Robert E. Kanich, Adjunct Associate Professor of Microbiology. M.D., Medical Col- 
lege of Virginia. 
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Gerald Howard Katzin, Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., North Carolina State 

University. 
James F. Kauffman, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Harvey G. Kebschull, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Director of 

Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Ph.D., Iowa State Univer- 
sity. 
Robert Clay Kellison, Associate Professor of Forestry. Ph.D., North Carolina State 

University. 
Harry Charles Kelly, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute 

of Technology. 
John Rivard Kelly, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California at Los Angeles. 
Myron William Kelly, Assistant Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
James A. Kilby, Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
Kyong-Dong Kim, Assistant Professor of Sociology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Professor Emeritus of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 
Dannie H. King, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., North Caro- 
lina State University. 
Doris Elizabeth King, Professor of History. Ph.D., Duke University. 
Larry Dean King, Research Associate in the Department of Soil Science. Ph.D., 

University of Georgia. 
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Harvard Uni- 
versity. 
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor Emeritus of Education and Dean Emeritus of the 

School of Education. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Wesley Edwin Kloos, Professor of Genetics and Microbiology. Ph.D., Iowa State 

University. 
James J. F. Knapton, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., University 

of Leeds. 
David Raymond Kniefel, Assistant Professor of Education. Ed.D., New Mexico 

State University. 
Kenneth Lee Knight, Professor of Entomology and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 

University of Illinois. 
Richard Bennett Knight, L. L. Vaughan Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering. M.S., University of Illinois. 
James Arthur Knopp, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of 

Illinois. 
Albert Sidney Knowles, Professor of English. M.A., University of Virginia. 
Charles Ernest Knowles, Associate Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., Texas A&M 

University. 
Malcolm S. Knowles, Professor of Adult and Community College Education. Ph.D., 

University of Chicago. 
Peter Koch, Adjunct Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., University of 

Washington. 
Jerome William Koenigs, Adjunct Associate Professor of Forestry and Plant 

Pathology. Ph.D., Washington State University. 
Kwangil Koh, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at 

Chapel Hill. 
John Ronald Kolb, Professor of Mathematics and Mathematics Education. Ph.D., 

University of Maryland. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 283 

Thomas Rhinehart Konsler, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Professor of English. Ph.D., Princeton University. 

William Wurth Kriegel, Professor Emeritus of Materials Engineering. Dr. Ing., 
Technische Hochschule. 

Knut Paul Kringstad, Adjunct Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 
Dr. rer. nat., Technical University. 

George James Kriz, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and 
Assistant Director of Research for the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 

Arnold Krochmal, Adjunct Professor (USFS) of Botany. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Elmer George Kuhlman, Adjunct Professor of Plant Pathology and Forestry. 
Ph.D., Oregon State University. 

Dennis Joseph Kulanda, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Thomas J. Lada, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Notre 
Dame. 

Fred Lado, Jr., Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of Florida. 

John Ralph Lambert, Jr., Professor of University Studies. Ph.D., Princeton Uni- 
versity. 

Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forestry. Ph.D., University of California at 
Berkeley. 

Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Chester Grey Landes, Associate Professor Emeritus of Wood and Paper Science. 
B.S.Ch.E., Ohio State University. 

Leonard Jay Langfelder, Professor of Civil Engineering and Director of Center for 
Marine and Coastal Studies. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Roy Axel Larson, Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Rollin Amos Lasseter, III, Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., Yale University. 

Charles James Law, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adult and Community 
College Education. Ed.D., Duke University. 

James Murray Leatherwood, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

James Giacomo Lecce, Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania. 

Joshua Alexander Lee, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
University of California at Davis. 

James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal Science and 
Genetics and Dean of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Ph.D., Iowa 
State University. 

Carlton James Leith, Professor of Geosciences and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
University of California at Berkeley. 

Vern Blair Lentz, Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., University of Iowa. 

Kurt John Leonard, Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Cornell 
University. 

Thomas Earl LeVere, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 

Michael Phillip Levi, Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science and Plant 
Pathology and Extension Wood Products Specialist. Ph.D., Leeds University. 

Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Princeton University. 

Samuel Gale Levme, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Harvard University. 

Charles Sanford Levings, III, Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Charles Edward Lewis, Extension Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropol- 
ogy. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Paul Edwin Lewis, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

William Mason Lewis, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 



284 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

David Alan Link, Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Ardell Chester Linnerud, Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., University of 

Minnesota. 
Michael Anthony Littlejohn, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Charles Dwayne Livengood, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ed.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Robert Warren Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering. M.S.I.E., Purdue 

University. 
Don Cary Locke, Assistant Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services. Ed.D., 

Ball State University. 
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry and Assistant to the Department 

Head. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Gilbert Long, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Raymond Carl Long, Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., University of 

Illinois. 
Ian Stewart Longmuir, Professor of Biochemistry. M.B.B., St. Bartholomew's 

Medical School. 
Peter Reeves Lord, Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., University of London. 
John Loss, Professor of Design and Director of the Architecture Program. M.Arch., 

University of Michigan. 
Joseph William Love, Extension Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Ohio 

State University. 
Richard Lawrence Lower, Professor of Horticultural Science and Graduate Co- 
ordinator. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Doris M. Lucas, Assistant Professor of English. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
George Blanchard Lucas, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Louisiana State 

University. 
Henry Lawrence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., 

Cornell University. 
Leon Thomas Lucas, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of 

California at Davis. 
Geraldine H. Luginbuhl, Assistant Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., University of 

North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
James Emory Robinson Luginbuhl, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Jiang Luh, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
James Fulton Lutz, Professor Emeritus of Soil Science. Ph.D., University of 

Missouri. 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Professor of Physics, Graduate Administrator and Assistant 

to the Department Head. M.S., Ohio State University. 
Charles F. Lytle, Professor of Zoology and Teaching Coordinator in the Biological 

Sciences. Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Jerry Lee Machemehl, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Texas A&M 

University. 
Clarence Joseph Maday, Associate Professor of Engineering Science and Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
John William Magill, Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Pittsburgh. 
James Kitchener Magor, Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

State University. 
Cathy C. Mahmoud, Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction. Ed.D., 

University of Tennessee. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 285 

Alexander Russell Main, Professor of Biochemistry. Ph.D., Cambridge University. 

Charles Edward Main, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin. 

Charles Michael Mainland, Extension Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 
Ph.D., Rutgers University. 

T. Ewald Maki, Carl Alwin Schenck Professor Emeritus of Forestry. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota. 

Heinrich Valdemar Mailing, Adjunct Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., University of 
Copenhagen. 

Fred Allen Mangum, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Michigan State 
University. 

Thurston Jefferson Mayin, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., Cornell 
University. 

Charles Richard Manning, Jr., Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. M.S., North 
Carolina State University. 

Edward Raymond Manring, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Allison Ray Manson, Associate Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute. 

Herman F. Mark, Adjunct Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 
Vienna. 

Joe Alton Marlin, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Culpepper Paul Marsh, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. M.S., North 
Carolina State University. 

Terence Edward Marshall, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of 
Pennsylvania. 

David Boyd Marsland, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University. 

Clifford K. Martin, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

David Hamilton Martin, Associate Professor of Physics. M.S., University of Wis- 
consin. 

Donald Crowell Martin, Professor and Head of the Department of Computer Science 
and Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

LeRoy Brown Martin, Jr., Professor of Computer Science and Director of the Com- 
puting Center and Assistant Provost for University Computing. Ph.D., Harvard 
University. 

Robert H. Martin, Jr., Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Georgia Institute 
of Technology. 

Bernard Stephen Martof, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Statistics and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Joseph Paul Mastro, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 
University. 

Gene Arthur Mathia, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

Neely Forsyth Jones Matthews, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Prince- 
ton University. 

Dale Frederick Matzinger, Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

George Mayer, Adjunct Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Head of the Depart- 
ment. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

David F. McAllister, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 



286 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Warren Lee McCabe, R. J. Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Glenn Crocker McCann, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., Washing- 
ton State University. 

Charles Bernard McCants, Professor of Soil Science and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

Jackson Mearns McClain, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of 
Alabama 

William Fred McClure, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Robert Edmund McCollum, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., University 
of Illinois. 

Kathleen Anderton McCutchen, Assistant Professor Emeritus in the School of 
Education. M.A., Columbia University. 

Benjamin Thomas McDaniel, Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Patrick Hill McDonald, Jr., Harrelson Professor of Engineering Science and Me- 
chanics and Head of the Department. Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Michael B. McElroy, Assistant Professor of Economics Ph.D., Northwestern Uni- 
versity. 

Ralph McGregor, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Graduate Administrator. 
Ph.D., Leeds University. 

William Thomas McKean, Jr., Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. 
Ph.D., University of Washington. 

Wendell Herbert McKenzie, Assistant Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Claude Eugene Mc Kinney , Professor of Design and Dean of the School. B.A., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Philip Keith McKnelly, Assistant Professor of Recreation Resources Administra- 
tion. Ph.D., Texas A & M University. 

John Joseph McNeill, Associate Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Donald Ikerd McRee, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Engineering Science and 
Mechanics. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Francis Edward McVay, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., University of North Caro- 
lina. 

Julie Gegner McVay, Assistant Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services. 
Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor Emeritus of Physics. M.S., North Carolina 
State University. 

Gerhard K. Megla, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., University 
of Dresden. 

Jasper Durham, Memory, Professor of Physics and Associate Dean, School of 
Physical and Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Dean of the School of Physical 
and Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Charles Venable Mercer. Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Donald Hartland Mershon, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., University of 
California at Santa Barbara. 

Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Professor of Genetics and Zoology. Ph.D., University of 
Texas. 

Louis John Metz, Adjunct Professor of Forestry and Soil Science. Ph.D., Duke 
University. 

Carl Dean Meyer, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Colorado State Uni- 
versity. 

Walter Earl Meyers, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., University of Florida. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 287 

Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor Emeritus of Crop Science. Ph.D., Cornell 
University. 

Marion Lawrence Miles, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 
Florida. 

Robert Donald Milholland, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of 
Minnesota. 

Conrad Henry Miller, Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Michigan State 
University. 

Grover Cleveland Miller, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 

Howard George Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State University. 

John Maurice Miller, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
at Madison. 

Latham Lee Miller, Associate Professor of Recreation Resources Administration. 
M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Philip Arthur Miller, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., Iowa State 
University. 

Texton Robert Miller, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education and Graduate 
Administrator. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

William Dykstra Miller, Professor Emeritus of Forestry. Ph.D., Yale University. 

Gordon S. Miner, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Jehangir Farhad Mirza, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Walter Joseph Mistric, Jr., Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Texas A&M University. 

Adolphus Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Engineering Science and Mechanics. 
M.S.C.E., University of North Carolina. 

Gary Earl Mitchell, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Florida State University. 

Theodore Bertis Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Entomology. D.S., Harvard Uni- 
versity. 

Thornton W. Mitchell, Adjunct Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., Columbia 
University. 

Khosrow Louis Moazed, Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., Carnegie Insti- 
tute of Technology. 

Richard Douglas Mochrie, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Mansour H. M. Mohamed, Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., Man- 
chester College of Science and Technology. 

Subhas Chandra Mohapatra, Research Associate in the Department of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Robert Harry Moll, Professor of Genetics and Horticultural Science. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Thomas Joseph Monaco, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Daniel James Moncol, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science and Animal Sci- 
ence. D.V.M., University of Georgia. 

Robert James Monroe, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

Larry King Monteith, Professor and Head of the Department of Electrical Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Clifford James Moore, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., Southern Methodist University. 

Frank Harper Moore, Professor of English. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Han-y Ballard Moore, Jr., Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Robert Parker Moore, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 



288 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Charles Galloway Morehead, Professor Emeritus of Guidance and Personnel Serv- 
ices. Ed.D., University of Kansas. 

Charles Glen Moreland, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Florida. 

Donald Edwin Moreland, Professor (USDA) of Crop Science, Botany and Forestry. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

George Wallace Morgan, Jr., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., Missis- 
sippi State University. 

Marvin Kent Moss, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Ralph Lionel Mott, Associate Professor of Botany and Horticultural Science. Ph.D., 
Cornell University. 

Robert Lonnie Moxley, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
Cornell University. 

James Andrew Mulholland, Assistant Professor of History. Ph.D., University of 
Delaware. 

Wesley Grigg Mullen, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

James Colvin Mulligan, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., Tulane University. 

Charles Franklin Murphy, Associate Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
Iowa State University. 

Raymond Le Roy Murray, Burlington Professor of Physics and Nuclear Engineering. 
Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Kenneth Earl Muse, Assistant Professor of Zoology and Veterinary Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Robert David Mustian, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
Florida State University. 

Richard Monier Myers, Professor of Animal Science. M.S., Pennsylvania State 
University. 

Howard Movess Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics and Assistant to Department 
Head. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Gene Namkoong, Professor (USFS) of Genetics and Forestry. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

James Nelson Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Ala- 
bama. 

Lawrence Alan Nelson, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

Paul Victor Nelson, Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Joseph Taft Nerden, Professor Emeritus of Industrial and Technical Education. 
Ph.D., Yale University. 

William Belton Nesbitt, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Rut- 
gers University. 

Herbert Henry Neunzig, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Slater Edmund Newman, Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

John J. Nicholaides III, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Florida. 

Thomas Everett Nichols, Jr., Extension Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Duke 
University. 

Paul Adrian Nickel, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of California at 
Los Angeles. 

Gifford Spruce Nickerson, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Cornell 
University. 

Stuart McGuire Noblin, Professor of History. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Glenn Ray Noggle, Professor of Botany and Head of the Department. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Illinois. 

Bruce Augustus Norton, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Ohio State 
University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 289 

Charles Joseph Nusbaum, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Plant 
Pathology. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Henry Lee Williamson Nuttle, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 

Bernard Martin Olsen, Professor of Economics and Assistant Department Head. 
Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

Delmar Walter Olson, Professor Emeritus of Industrial and Technical Education. 
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

John Benjamin O'Neal, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., University 
of Florida. 

Michael Ray Overcash, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing and Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Guy Owen, Jr., Professor of English. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Mehmet Necati Ozisik, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 
University of London. 

Lavon Barry Page, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Vir- 
ginia. 

Hayne Palmour, III, Professor of Materials Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Chia-Ven Pao, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 

Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics and Associate Department Head. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Jae Young Park, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Charles Alexander Parker, Professor of Speech. Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 

George William Parker, III, Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina. 

John Mason Parker, III, Professor Emeritus of Geosciences. Ph.D., Cornell Uni- 
versity. 

Carmen R. Park hurst, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., Ohio State 
University. 

Barbara Mitchell Parramore, Associate Professor of Curriculum and Instruction and 
Head of the Department. Ed.D., Duke University. 

Gerald E. Parsons, Associate Professor of Adult and Community College Education. 
Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Mary Paschal, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Ernest Caleb Pasour,Jr., Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

Yale Nance Patt, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., Stanford Uni- 
versity. 

Harold Edward Pattee, Professor (USD A) of Botany. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Robert Preston Patterson, Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., Cornell Uni- 
versity. 

Richard Roland Patty, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Sandra Orley Paur, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Indiana University. 

Michael Pause, Assistant Professor in the School of Design. M.A., Washington 
University. 

Richard Gustave Pearson, Professor of Psychology and Industrial Engineering. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 

Ronald Gray Pearson, Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., University of 
Melbourne. 

John Gregory Peck, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Ralph James Peeler, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics and Associate Dean of 
the Graduate School. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

John Noble Perkins, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 



290 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Richard Kidd Perrin, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Iowa State Uni- 
versity. 
Jerome John Perry, Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Thomas Oliver Perry, Professor of Forestry, Genetics and Landscape Architecture. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Keith Stuart Petersen, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
James Teigen Peterson, Adjunct Associate Professor of Meteorology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 
Walter John Peterson, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Chemistry and 

Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School. Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
Wilbur Carroll Peterson, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., 

Northwestern University. 
David Mason Pharr, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., University 

of Illinois. 
Andrew Craig Phillips, Adjunct Professor in School of Education. Ed.D., University 

of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Joseph Allen Phillips, Extension Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Iowa State Uni- 
versity. 
Lyle Llewellyn Phillips, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., University 

of Washington. 
Richard Michael Philpot, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Todd Huntley Pierce, Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Leonard Joseph Pietrafesa, Assistant Professor of Oceanography. Ph.D., University 

of Washington. 
Julius Carl Poindexter, Jr., Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of 

North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
George Waverly Poland, Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., 

University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Townsend Pope, Research Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Cornell 

University. 
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Professor of Textile Technology. M.S., North Carolina 

State University. 
Ira Deward Porterfield, Professor of Animal Science and Head of the Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Dillard Martin Powell, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. J.D., 

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
James Douglas Powell, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., University 

of Kentucky. 
Nathaniel Thomas Powell, Professor of Plant Pathology and Genetics. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Anco Luning Prak, James T. Ryan Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor Emeritus of Forestry and Dean Emeritus of the 

School of Forest Resources. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Walter Ray Prince, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Charles Harry Proctor, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Charles Ray Pugh, Extension Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Albert Ernest Purcell, Professor (USDA) of Food Science. Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Mohan Putcha, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of California 

at Santa Barbara. 
Thomas Ijavelle Quay, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
John William Querry, Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Ph.D., State 

University of Iowa. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 291 

Charles Price Quesenberry, Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute. 

Robert Lamar Rabb, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

Allen Huff Rakes, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Robert Todd Ramsay, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Miami. 

Harold Arch Ramsey, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Charles David Raper, Jr., Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Purdue 
University. 

James Chester Raulston, Jr., Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., 
University of Maryland. 

John Oren Rawlings, Professor of Statistics and Genetics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Horace Darr Rawls, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity. 

Rachel F. Rawls, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Bibekananda Ray, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University 
of Minnesota. 

Isaac Epps Ready, Visiting Professor of Adult and Community College Education. 
Ed.D., New York University. 

Goodwyn George Reeves, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Ralph Heath Reeves, Associate Professor of Wood and Paper Science. Ph.D., Insti- 
tute of Paper Chemistry. 

Thomas Howard Regan, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion. Ph.D., 
University of Virginia. 

Willis Alton Reid, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Richard Allyn Reinert, Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin. 

William Frederick Reiter, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Gunther John Phillip Reuer, Associate Professor of Architecture. Ph.D., Frei 
University. 

James F. Reynolds, Assistant Professor of Botany. Ph.D., New Mexico State Uni- 
versity. 

Michael Shane Reynolds, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Lawrence J. Rhoades, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. 

Donald Robert Rhodes, University Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Ohio 
State University. 

Theodore Roosevelt Rice, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Harvard University. 

Frances Marian Richardson, Research Associate Professor of Engineering Research. 
M.S., University of Cincinnati. 

William Lawrence Rickards, III, Visiting Assistant Professor of Zoology and 
Assistant Director, N.C. Sea Grant Program. Ph.D., University of Miami. 

John Marion Riddle, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina. 

Don Lee Ridgeway, Professor of Statistics and Physics. Ph.D., University of 
Rochester. 

Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Statistics and Dean for International Pro- 
grams. M.S., Iowa State College. 



292 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Woodrow Ernest Robbins, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., Syra- 
cuse University. 

John Frederick Roberts, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Arizona. 

William Milner Roberts, Professor of Food Science and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Robert LaFon Robertson, Extension Professor of Entomology. M.S., Auburn Uni- 
versity. 

Mendel Leno Robinson, Jr., Associate Professor of Textile Technology and Aca- 
demic Coordinator for the School of Textiles. Ed.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Ward Rhyne Robinson, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education, 
Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Odis Wayne Robison, Professor of Animal Science and Genetics. Ph.D., University 
of Wisconsin. 

Theodore George Rochow, Associate Professor Emeritus of Textile Technology. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

George Calvert Rock, Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Charles Herman Rogers, Adjunct Associate Professor of Occupational Education. 
Ed.D., Cornell University. 

Roger Phillip Rohrback, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Ernest William Rollins, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 

Xicholas John Rose, Professor of Mathematics and Head of the Department. Ph.D., 
New York University. 

Laurence S. Rosenstein, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering. Ph.D., University of Cincinnati. 

John Paul Ross, Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

John Arthur Roulier, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Syracuse Uni- 
versity. 

Thelma Louise Roundtree, Adjunct Professor of Education. Ph.D., Emory Univer- 
sity. 

Ronald W. Rousseau, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., Louisiana 
State University. 

Hobart Gilbert Royall, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Education. M.A., Appa- 
lachian State University. 

Larry Herbert Royster, Associate Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Paul James Rust, Associate Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of 
Washington. 

Henry Ames Rutherford, Cone Mills Professor Emeritus of Textile Chemistry. 
M.S., George Washington University. 

Ronald Herbert Sack, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of Minne- 
sota. 

Hans Sagan, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Vienna. 

Edward Aaron Saibel, Adjunct Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Pedro A. Sanchez, Associate Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Douglas Charles Sanders, Extension Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Henry Sanoff, Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., Pratt Institute. 

Frank Dorrance Sargent, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Joseph Seal Sasser, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Preston Eugene Sasser, Adjunct Associate Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 293 

Walter Joseph Saucier, Professor of Meteorology. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

Man Mohan Sawhney, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 
Indian Agricultural Research Institute. 

Raymond Frederick Saxe, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Ph.D., University of 
Liverpool. 

LeRoy Charles Saylor, Professor of Genetics and Forestry and Associate Dean of 
the School of Forest Resources. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

John G. Scandalios, Professor of Genetics and Head of the Department. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Hawaii. 

Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Education. Ed.D., 
University of Illinois. 

Henry Elkiyx Schaffer, Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., North Carolina State Univer- 
sity. 

Jan Frederick Schetzina, Associate Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Donald Peter Schmitt, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Iowa State 
University. 

Howard A. Schneider, Professor of Nutrition and Director of the Institute of Nutri- 
tion. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Edivard Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Charles H. Herty Professor Emeritus of Chemical 
Engineering. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Anton Franz Schreiner, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Director of Graduate 
Studies. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Hans T. Schreuder, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Forestry and Statistics. Ph.D., 
Iowa State University. 

Ronald Arthur Schrimper, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor Emeritus of Botany. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

James Arthur Seagraves, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

John Frank Seely, Professor of Chemical Engineering. M.Ch.E., North Carolina 
State University. 

Kenyon Bertel Segner, III, Assistant Professor of Adult and Community College 
Education. Ed.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

James Francis Selgrade, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin. 

Heinz Seltmann, Professor (USDA) of Botany. Ph.D., University of Chicago. 

Ernest Davis Seneca, Associate Professor of Botany and Soil Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

Henry Anthony Shannon, Associate Professor Emeritus of Science Education. 
Ed.M., University of Missouri. 

George Gerald Shaw, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Morton Russell Shaw, Professor of Textile Technology and Assistant Dean for 
Textile Research. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 

Samuel David Shearer, Jr., Adjunct Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin. 

Ronald Wilson Shearon, Associate Professor of Adult and Community College 
Education. Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Thomas Jackson Sheets, Professor of Entomology, Crop Science and Horticultural 
Science. Ph.D., University of California at Davis. 

Vernon Frederick Shogren, Professor of Architecture. M.Arch., Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 

Thomas Clmard Shore, Jr., Assistant Professor of Industrial and Technical Educa- 
tion. Ed.D., University of Maryland. 

Douglas Dean Short, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Charles Edward Siewert, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Graduate 
Administrator. Ph.D., University of Michigan. 



294 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Leon David Silber, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ed.D., University of 
Massachusetts. 

Robert Silber, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Clemson University. 

Donald Glick Simynons, Associate Professor of Poultry Science and Microbiology 
and Veterinary Science. Ph.D., University of Georgia. 

Richard Lee Simmons, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., University of California at 
Berkeley. 

Ronald Dale Simpson, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Science Education. 
Ed.D., University of Georgia. 

Edward Carroll Sisler, Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Crop Science. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Richard W. Skaggs, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering 
and Soil Science. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

Walter Arthur Skroch, Extension Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 

Charles Smallwood, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering. M.S., Harvard University. 

Frederick Otto Smetana, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 
Ph.D., University of Southern California. 

Benjamin Warfield Smith, Professor of Genetics and Botany. Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin. 

Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Donald E. Smith, Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Farmer Sterling Smith, Associate Professor of Industrial and Technical Education. 
Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Frank Houston Smith, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science. M.S., North Carolina 
State University. 

Frank James Smith, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Michigan State 
University. 

Henry Brower Smith, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Associate Dean for 
Research and Graduate Studies, School of Engineering. Ph.D., University of 
Cincinnati. 

J. C. Smith, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue University. 

James Roy Smith, Adjunct Associate Professor of Oceanography. M.S., Massachu- 
setts Institute of Technology. 

Norwood Graham Smith, Associate Professor of English. M.A., Duke University. 

William Adams Smith, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of the 
Department. Eng.Sc.D., New York University. 

William Edward Smith, Professor of Recreation Resources Administration. Ed.D., 
George Peabody College. 

Jean Johannessen Smoot, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Ronald Ernest Sneed, Extension Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Fred David Sobering, Extension Professor of Economics and Specialist In Charge, 
Extension Economics. Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 

Arnold M. Sookne, Adjunct Professor of Textile Chemistry. M.S., George Washing- 
ton University. 

Kenneth Alan Sorensen, Extension Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., 
Kansas State University. 

Marvin Stanley Soroos, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., Northwestern Uni- 
versity. 

Furman Yates Sorrell, Jr., Associate Professor of Engineering Science and 
Mechanics. Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. 

Russell M. Southall, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

Robert Seago Sowell, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 295 

Jason Loy Sox, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Marvin Luther Speck, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Food Science and 
Microbiology and Graduate Administrator in Food Science. Ph.D., Cornell 
University. 

Herbert Elvin Speece, Professor of Mathematics and Mathematics Education and 
Head of the Department of Mathematics and Science Education. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of North Carolina. 

William Henry Spence, Associate Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., Rutgers Uni- 
versity. 

Harvey Wesley Spurr, Jr., Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University 
of Wisconsin. 

Edward M. Stack, Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Ph.D., Prince- 
ton University. 

Hans Heinrich Stadelmaier, Research Professor of Metallurgy in Engineering Re- 
search. Dr.rer.nat., T. H. Stuttgart. 

Edward Paul Stahel, Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 

Ephraim Stam, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Ph.D., Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute. 

Alfred J. Stamm, Reuben B. Robertson Professor Emeritus of Wood and Paper 
Science. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

Vivian Thomas Stannett, Camille Dreyfus Professor of Chemical Engineering; Vice 
Provost and Dean of the Graduate School. Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of 
Brooklyn. 

John Staudhammer, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., University of 
California at Los Angeles. 

Robert George Douglas Steel, Professor of Statistics and Graduate Administrator. 
Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Donald Henry John Steensen, Associate Professor of Forestry and Wood and Paper 
Science. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Allen Frederick Stein, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Stanley George Stephens, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Genetics. 
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. 

Robert Elmer Sternloff, Professor of Recreation Resources Administration. Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin. 

William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering, Associate Head 
of the Department and Graduate Administrator. M.S., University of Michigan. 

Debra Wehrle Stewart, Assistant Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science. Ph.D., University of 
Minnesota. 

John Stedman Stewart, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace 
Engineering. Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Shaler Stidham, Jr., Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., Stan- 
ford University. 

Ronald Edwin Stinner, Assistant Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of 
California at Berkeley. 

Ernest Lester Stitzinger, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Pittsburgh. 

Robert Franklin Stoops, Research Professor of Materials Engineering and Director 
of Engineering Research Services Division. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

David Lewis Strider, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

James Walter Strobel, Professor of Horticultural Science and Head of the Depart- 
ment. Ph.D., Washington State University. 



296 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Raymond William Stroh, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., 

Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 
Raimond Aldrich Struble, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Notre 

Dame. 
Duncan Robert Stuart, Professor of Design. 
Charles William Stuber, Professor (USDA) of Genetics. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
William Clifton Stuckey, Jr., Associate Professor of Textile Technology. M.S., 

North Carolina State University. 
Jon M. Stucky, Assistant Professor of Botany. Ph.D., Texas Technical University. 
Charles Wilson Suggs, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Arthur L. Sullivan, Associate Professor of Design and Forestry. Ph.D., Cornell 

University. 
Gene Autry Sullivan, Extension Assistant Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Joseph Gwyn Sutherland, Professor Emeritus (USDA) of Economics. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Jimmie Ray Suttle, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Elizabeth Manny Suval, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Stanley S. Suval, Professor of History. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at 

Chapel Hill. 
Harold Everett Swaisgood, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry. Ph.D., 

Michigan State University. 
Ernst Warner Swanson, Professor Emeritus of Economics. Ph.D., University of 

Chicago. 
William Lawrence Switzer, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 

Illinois. 
Edith Dudley Sylla, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Richard Eugene Sylla, Associate Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Harvard Univer- 
sity. 
Banks Cooper Talley, Jr., Associate Professor of Guidance and Personnel Services 

and Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at 

Chapel Hill. 
Fred Russell Tarver, Jr., Extension Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University of 

Georgia. 
Lanelle Selby Taylor, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., University of North 

Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
John O. Tector, Visiting Assistant Professor of Design. M.ASc, University of 

Waterloo. 
Paul Tesar, Assistant Professor of Design. M.A., University of Washington. 
Alan Lee Tharp, Associate Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., Northwestern 

University. 
James Paul Thaxton, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., University of 

Georgia. 
Gordon Wallace Thayer, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Elizabeth C. Theil, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. Ph.D., Columbia Univer- 
sity. 
Michael Herbert Theil, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., Polytechnic 

Institute of Brooklyn. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 297 

Frank Bancroft Thomas, Extension Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Joab L. Thomas, Professor of Botany and Chancellor. Ph.D., Harvard University. 

Llewellyn Hilleth Thomas, Visiting University Professor of Physics. D.Sc., Cam- 
bridge University. 

Richard Joseph Thomas, Professor of Wood and Paper Science and Botany. Ph.D., 
Duke University. 

Donald Loraine Thompson, Professor (US DA) of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., 
Iowa State College. 

Edwin Gilbert Thurlow, Professor Emeritus of Landscape Architecture. M.L.A., 
Harvard University. 

David Ronald Tilley, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 

Robert O. Tilman, Professor of Politics and Dean of the School of Liberal Arts. 
Ph.D., Duke University. 

David Harry Timothy, Professor of Crop Science, Botany and Genetics. Ph.D., 
University of Minnesota. 

Frederick Joseph Tischer, Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., University of 
Prague. 

James A. Tompkins, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. Ph.D., Purdue 
University. 

William Bell Toole, III, Professor of English and Associate Dean of Liberal Arts. 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 

William Douglas Toussaint, Professor of Economics and Head of the Department of 
Economics and Business. Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

Samuel B. Tove, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Animal Science and Bio- 
chemistry and Head of the Department of Biochemistry. Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin. 

Curtis Trent, Professor of Adult and Community College Education. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin. 

Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Professor of Genetics. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou, Professor of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., University 
of Erlangen, Germany. 

James Richard Troyer, Professor of Botany. Ph.D., Columbia University. 

Harry Tucker, Jr., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Paul Arthur Tucker, Jr., Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

William Preston Tucker, Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina. 

Jerry J. Tulis, Adjunct Associate Professor of Microbiology. Ph.D., Catholic Uni- 
versity. 

Chi Chao Tung, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia at Berkeley. 

Carl Byron Turner, Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Lester Curtiss Ulberg, Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 

David Frederick Ullrich, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Carnegie In- 
stitute of Technology. 

Herbert A. Underwood Jr., Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of 
Texas. 

Claude Richard Unrath, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Michi- 
gan State University. 

Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering. Ph.D., University of Illinois. 

Odell Uzzell, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., Ohio State 
University. 

John G. Vandenbergh, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 
University. 



298 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Drexel Professor of Statistics and Mathematics. 
Ph.D., Leiden University. 

Albert Donald VanDeVeer, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion. Ph.D., 
University of Chicago. 

John Wey Van Duyn, Extension Assistant Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., Clemson 
University. 

Cecil Gerald Van Dyke, Assistant Professor of Botany and Plant Pathology. Ph.D., 
University of Illinois. 

Kuruvilla Verghese, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Ph.D., Iowa 
State University. 

Maurice Earl Voland, Extension Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 

Richard James Volk, Professor of Soil Science and Horticultural Science. Ph.D., 
North Carolina State University. 

George Henry Wahl, Jr., Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., New York University. 

Harvey Edward Wahls, Professor of Civil Engineering and Graduate Administrator. 
Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Jay Townsend Wakeley, Adjunct Professor of Statistics. Ph.D., North Carolina State 
University. 

James Lester Walker, Visiting Associate Professor (AID) of Soil Science. Ph.D., 
University of Hawaii. 

Monroe Eliot Wall, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., Rutgers University. 

James Clarence Wallace, Professor of University Studies. M.A., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Richard Gaither Walser, Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of North 
Carolina. 

William Kershaw Walsh, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. Ph.D., North 
Carolina State University. 

William Mood Walter, Jr., Associate Professor (USDA) of Food Science. Ph.D., 
University of Georgia. 

Thomas Noble Walters, Associate Professor of English and Education. Ed.D., Duke 
University. 

Arthur Walter Waltner, Professor of Physics. Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

James Britton Ward, Professor of Poultry Science. Ph.D., Michigan State Univer- 
sity. 

Thomas Marsh Ward, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., North Carolina 
State University. 

Frederick Gail Warren, Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State 
College. 

Marlin Roger Warren, Jr., Associate Professor of Recreation Resources Adminis- 
tration. Dr.Rec., University of Indiana. 

John Louis Wasik, Associate Professor of Statistics and Psychology. Ed.D., Florida 
State University. 

William Meade Waters, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Science Edu- 
cation and Mathematics. Ph.D., Florida State University. 

Gerald Francis Watson, Assistant Professor of Meteorology. Ph.D., Florida State 
University. 

Larry Wayne Watson, Associate Professor of Mathematics Education. Ph.D., Duke 
University. 

Neil Broyles Webb, Associate Professor of Food Science. Ph.D., University of 
Missouri. 

Allen Howard Weber, Associate Professor of Meteorology. Ph.D., University of 
Utah. 

Jerome Bernard Weber, Professor of Crop Science and Soil Science. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Minnesota. 

Sterling Barg Weed, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 299 

Gerald Thomas Weekman, Extension Professor of Entomology, In Charge Entomol- 
ogy Extension. Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Willard Wesley Weeks, Associate Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., University of 
Kentucky. 

Charles William Welby, Associate Professor of Geosciences. Ph.D., Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Frederick Lovejoy Wellman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 

Bertram Whittier Wells, Professor Emeritus of Botany. Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. 

Carol Glenn Wells, Adjunct Professor of Soil Science and Forestry. Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin. 

J. C. Wells, Extension Professor of Plant Pathology. M.S. A., University of Georgia. 

Robert Charles Wells, Extension Professor of Economics. Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Ronald Earle Welty, Associate Professor (USDA) of Plant Pathology. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota. 

Earl Allen Wemsman, Professor of Crop Science and Genetics. Ph.D., Purdue 
University. 

Dennis William Wertz, Associate Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of 
South Carolina. 

Oscar Wesler, Professor of Statistics and Mathematics. Ph.D., Stanford University. 

Harry Carter West, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., Duke University. 

Bert Whitley Westbrook, Associate Professor of Psychology. Ed.D., Florida State 
University. 

Philip Wayne Westerman, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural 
Engineering. Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 

Joseph Arthur Weybrew, William Neal Reynolds Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin. 

Wilson Monroe Whaley, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Head of the Department. 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

Mary Elizabeth Wheeler, Associate Professor of History. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Thomas Burton Whitaker, Associate Professor (USDA) of Biological and Agri- 
cultural Engineering. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Estelle Edwards White, Extension Associate Professor of Adult and Community 
College Education. Ed.D., North Carolina State University. 

Raymond Cyrus White, Professor of Chemistry. Ph.D., West Virginia University. 

Robert Benjamin White, Jr., Professor of English and Assistant Head of the 
Department. Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Robert Ernest White, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 
Massachusetts. 

John Kerr Whitfield, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Ph.D., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 

Larry Alston Whitford, Professor Emeritus of Botany. Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

John Mallory Whitsett, Associate Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of Texas. 

Margaret Utley Wiebe, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. Ph.D., Duke 
University. 

John Clark Wilk, Associate Professor of Animal Science. Ph.D., University of 
Minnesota. 

Richard R. Wilkinson, Professor of Landscape Architecture and Forest Resources 
and Program Director of Landscape Architecture. M.L.A., University of 
Michigan. 

James Clifford Williams, III, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 
and Associate Head of the Department. Ph.D., University of Southern Cali- 
fornia. 

James Oliver Williams, Associate Professor of Politics. Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 



300 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Joel Lawson Williams, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Mary Cameron Williams, Associate Professor of English. Ph.D., University of 

North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Porter Williams, Jr., Professor of English. M.A., Cambridge University; University 

of Virginia. 
James Claude Williamson, Jr., Professor of Economics and Associate Dean and 

Director of Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. M.S., North 

Carolina State University. 
Norman Francis Williamson, Jr., Assistant Professor of Computer Science. Ph.D., 

North Carolina State University. 
Daniel Hoover Willits, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 
James Blake Wilson, Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of 

Florida. 
Ronald Coleman Wimberley, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Nash Nicks Winstead, Professor of Plant Pathology and Provost and Vice Chancel- 
lor. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Hubert Melvin Winston, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University. 
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D., Duke University. 
George Herman Wise, William Neal Reynolds Professor Emeritus of Animal Sci- 
ence. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Edward Hempstead Wiser, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Bernard Wishy, Professor of History and Head of the Department. Ph.D., Columbia 

University. 
Augustus M. Witherspoon, Associate Professor of Botany. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Peter Nicholas Witt, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. M.D., University of Tuebingen. 
Horst Richard Wittman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Graz, Austria. 
Thomas G. Wolcott, Assistant Professor of Zoology. Ph.D., University of California. 
Arthur George Wollum, II, Associate Professor of Soil Science, Forestry and 

Microbiology. Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
William Garland Woltz, Professor of Soil Science. Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Denis Wood, Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. Ph.D., Clark Univer- 
sity. 
James Woodburn, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. Dr.Engr., 

Johns Hopkins University. 
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Professor Emeritus of Soil Science. Ph.D., Cornell 

University. 
Robert Wyllie Work, Professor Emeritus of Textiles. Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Arch Douglas Worsham, Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., North Carolina State 

University. 
Jimmie Jack Wortman, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering. Ph.D., Duke 

University. 
Charles Gerald Wright, Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., North Carolina State 

University. 
Tommy Elmer Wynn, Assistant Professor of Botany. Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Johnny Calvin Wynne, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. Ph.D., North Carolina 

State University. 
Robert Takichi Yamamoto, Associate Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of 

Illinois. 
David Allen Young, Jr., Professor of Entomology. Ph.D., University of Kansas. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 301 

James Herbert Young, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. Ph.D., Oklahoma State University. 

James Neal Young, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. Ph.D., University of 
Kentucky. 

Talmage Brian Young, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts Education and Co- 
ordinator of the Program. Ed.D., University of Florida. 

Mohamed Gamal Zaalouk, Adjunct Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 

Donald C. Zeiger, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. Ph.D., Rutgers 
University. 

Paul Zung-Teh Zia, Professor of Civil Engineering and Associate Head of the 
Department. Ph.D., University of Florida. 

Bruce J. Zobel, Edwin F. Conger Professor of Forestry and Genetics. Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of California at Berkeley. 

Carl Frank Zorowski, R. J. Reynolds Industries Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, and Head of the Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. 
Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 

Lloyd Robert Zumwalt, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. Ph.D., California Insti- 
tute of Technology. 



302 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

UNIVERSITY DISRUPTIONS 
POLICY AND PROCEDURES 

POLICIES PROCEDURES, AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS IN CASES OF 
DISRUPTION OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROCESS 

The following statements concerning policies, procedures, and disciplinary actions 
in cases of disruption of the educational process were approved by the Trustees of 
the University of North Carolina and as such they remain in effect until modified by 
action by the Board of Governors of the new University system or by the Trustees of 
North Carolina State University. 

Section 1. Policies Relating to Disruptive Conduct 

The University of North Carolina has long honored the right of free discussion 
and expression, peaceful picketing and demonstrations, the right to petition and 
peaceably to assemble. That these rights are a part of the fabric of this institution is 
not questioned. They must remain secure. It is equally clear, however, that in a com- 
munity of learning willful disruption of the educational process, destruction of prop- 
erty, and interference with the rights of other members of the community cannot be 
tolerated. Accordingly, it shall be the policy of the University to deal with any 
such disruption, destruction or interference promptly and effectively, but also fairly 
and impartially without regard to race, religion, sex or political beliefs. 

Section 2. Definition of Disruptive Conduct 

(a) Any faculty member (the term "faculty member", wherever used in this policy 
shall include regular faculty members, full-time instructors, lecturers, and all other 
persons exempt from the North Carolina State Personnel System [Chapter 126 of 
the General Statutes as amended} who receive compensation for teaching, or other 
instructional functions, or research at the University), any graduate student 
engaged in the instructional program, or any student who, with the intent to ob- 
struct or disrupt any normal operation or function of the University or any of its 
component institutions, engages, or incites others to engage, in individual or collec- 
tive conduct which destroys or significantly damages any University property, or 
which impairs or threatens impairment of the physical well-being of any member of 
the University community, or which, because of its violent, forceful, threatening or 
intimidating nature or because it restrains freedom of lawful movement, otherwise 
prevents any member of the University community from conducting his normal 
activities within the University, shall be subject to prompt, and appropriate discipli- 
nary action, which may include suspension, expulsion, discharge or dismissal from 
the University. 

The following, while not intended to be exclusive, illustrate the offenses encom- 
passed herein, when done for the purpose of obstructing or disrupting any normal 
operation or function of the University or any of its component institutions: (1) 
occupation of any University building or part thereof with intent to deprive others of 
its normal use; (2) blocking the entrance or exit of any University building or corri- 
dor or room therein with intent to deprive others of lawful access to or from, or use 
of, said building or corridor or room; (3) setting fire to or by any other means 
destroying or substantially damaging any University building or property, or the 
property of others on University premises; (4) any possession or display of, or 
attempt or threat to use, for any unlawful purpose, any weapon, dangerous instru- 
ment, explosive, or inflammable material in any University building or on any 
University campus; (5) prevention of, or attempt to prevent by physical act, the 
attending, convening, continuation or orderly conduct of any University class or 
activity or of any lawful meeting or assembly in any University building or on any 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 303 

University campus; and (6) blocking normal pedestrian or vehicular traffic on or 
into any University campus. 

(b) Any person engaged in the instructional program who fails or refuses to carry 
out validly assigned duties, with the intent to obstruct or disrupt any normal opera- 
tion or function of the University or any of its component institutions, shall be 
subject to prompt and appropriate disciplinary action under this policy if (but only 
if) his status is such that he is not subject to the provisions of Section 603 of Chap- 
ter VI of the Code of the University of North Carolina. 

Section 3. Responsibilities of Chancellors 

(a) When any Chancellor has cause to believe than any of the provisions of this 
policy have been violated, he shall forthwith investigate or cause to be investigated 
the occurrence, and upon identification of the parties involved shall promptly deter- 
mine whether any charge is to be made with respect thereto. 

(b) If he decides that a charge is to be made, he shall, within thirty (30) days 
after he has information as to the identity of the alleged perpetrator of the offense 
but in no event more than twelve (12) months after the occurrence of the alleged 
offense, (i) refer the case to the appropriate existing University judicial body, [See 
Faculty Hearing Committee in Chapter VIII below] or (ii) refer the matter to a 
Hearing Committee drawn from a previously selected Hearings Panel [See Hear- 
ings Panel in Chapter VIII below] which, under this option, is required to imple- 
ment action for violation of Section 2 (a) or (b) of this Chapter. If the case is 
referred to an existing University judicial body under (i) above, the procedural rules 
of that body shall be followed, and subsections (c) through (f) below shall not be 
applicable. If the matter is referred to a Hearing Committee under (ii) above, the 
procedural rules prescribed in subsections (c) through (f) below shall be followed. 

(c) The accused shall be given written notice by personal service or registered 
mail, return receipt requested, stating: 

(1) The specific violations of this policy with which the accused is charged. 

(2) The designated time and place of the hearing on the charge by the Hearing 
Committee, which time shall be not earlier than seven (7) nor later than ten (10) 
days following receipt of the notice. 

(3) That the accused shall be entitled to the presumption of innocence until found 
guilty, the right to retain counsel, the right to present the testimony of witnesses 
and other evidence, the right to cross-examine all witnesses against him, the right 
to examine all documents and demonstrative evidence adverse to him, and the 
right to a transcript of the proceedings of the hearing. 

(d) The Hearing Committee shall determine the guilt or innocence of the accused. 
If the person charged is found guilty, the Hearing Committee shall recommend to 
the Chancellor such discipline as said body determines to be appropriate. After 
considering such recommendation the Chancellor shall prescribe such discipline as 
he deems proper. In any event, whether the person is found guilty or not guilty, a 
written report shall be made by the Chancellor to the President within ten (10) days. 

(e) Any person found guilty shall have ten (10) days after notice of such finding 
in which to appeal to the President of the University. Such an appeal if taken shall 
be upon the grounds set forth in Section 5. 

(f) Any accused person who, without good cause, shall fail to appear at the time 
and place fixed for the hearing of his case by the Hearing Committee shall be sus- 
pended indefinitely or discharged from University employment. 

(g) A Chancellor, unless so ordered or otherwise prevented by court, shall not be 
precluded from carrying out his duties under this policy by reason of any pending 
action in any State or Federal court. Should a delay occur in prosecuting the charge 
against the accused because the accused or witnesses that may be necessary to a 
determination of the charge are involved in State or Federal court actions, the time 
limitations set forth above in thfs Section 5-3 shall not apply. 

(h) Conviction in any State or Federal court shall not preclude the University or 



304 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

any of its officers from exercising disciplinary action in any offense referred to in 

this policy. 

(i) Nothing contained in this policy shall preclude the President or any Chancellor 
from taking any other steps, including injunctive relief or other legal action, which 
he may deem advisable to protect the best interests of the University. 

Section 4. Aggravated Acts or Threatened Repetition of Acts 

(a) The Chancellor of each of the component institutions of the University shall 
appoint an Emergency Consultative Panel which shall be composed of not less than 
three (3) nor more than five (5) faculty members and not less than three (3) nor 
more than five (5) students who shall be available to advise with the Chancellor in 
any emergency. No member of such Panel shall serve for more than one (1) year 
unless he be reappointed by the Chancellor. The Chancellor may make appointments, 
either temporary or for a full year, to fill any vacancies which may exist on the 
Panel. 

(b) If, in the judgment of the Chancellor, there is clear and convincing evidence 
that a person has committed any of the acts prohibited under this policy which, 
because of the aggravated character or probable repetition of such act or acts, 
necessitates immediate action to protect the University from substantial interfer- 
ence with any of its orderly operations or functions, or to prevent threats to or acts 
which endanger life or property, the Chancellor, with the concurrence as hereinafter 
provided of the Emergency Consultative Panel established pursuant to (a) above, 
may forthwith suspend such person from the University and bar him from the 
University campus; provided, however, that in the event of such suspension the 
person suspended shall be given written notice of the reason for his suspension, 
either personally or by registered mail addressed to his last known address, and 
shall be afforded a prompt hearing, which, if requested, shall be commenced within 
ten (10) days of the suspension. Except for purposes of attending personally any 
hearings conducted under this policy, the bar against the appearance of the accused 
on the University campus shall remain in effect until final judgment has been ren- 
dered in his case and all appellant proceedings have been concluded, unless such 
restriction is earlier lifted by written notice from the Chancellor. 

(c) A quorum of the Emergency Consultative Panel provided for in (a) above 
shall consist of not less than four (4) of its members, and the required concurrence 
shall have been obtained if a majority of such quorum shall indicate their concur- 
rence. The Chancellor shall meet personally with members of such Panel at the time 
he seeks concurrence, if it is feasible to do so. However, if the circumstances are 
such that the Chancellor deems it not to be feasible to personally assemble such 
members, then he may communicate with them or the required number of them 
individually by telephone or by such other means as he may choose to employ, in 
which event he may proceed as provided in (b) above after the required majority of 
such members have communicated their concurrence to him. 

(d) In the Chancellor's absence or inability to act, the President may exercise 
the powers of the Chancellor specified in this Section 4 in the same manner and to 
the same extent as could the Chancellor but for such absence or inability to act. 

Section 5. Right of Appeal 

Any person found guilty of violating the provisions of this policy by the Hearing 
Committee referred to in Section 3 shall have the right to appeal the finding and the 
discipline imposed upon him to the President of the University. Any such appeal 
shall be in writing, shall be based solely upon the record, and shall be limited to one 
or more of the following grounds: 

(1) That the finding is not supported by substantial evidence; 

(2) That a fair hearing was not accorded the accused; or 

(3) That the discipline imposed was excessive or inappropriate. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 305 

It shall be the responsibility of the President to make prompt disposition of all such 
appeals, and his decision shall be rendered within thrity (30) days after receipt of 
the complete record on appeal. 

Section 6. No Amnesty 

No administrative official, faculty member, or student of the University shall 
have authority to grant amnesty or to make any promise as to prosecution or non- 
prosecution in any court, State or Federal, or before any student, faculty, adminis- 
trative, or Trustee committee to any person charged with or suspected of violating 
Section 5-2 (a) or (b) of these Bylaws. 

Section 7. Publication 

The provisions of this policy shall be given wide dissemination in such manner 
as the President or Chancellors may deem advisable, and shall be printed in the 
official catalogues which may be issued by each component institution of the Uni- 
versity. 



306 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



INDEX 



Abbreviations used in catalog, 49 

Accounting, 94 

Administration, 5 

Administration and Supervision, Education, 102- 
103 

Admission, 24-26: Full Graduate Standing, 25; 
Provisional Admission, 25; Graduate-Unclassi- 
fied Students, 25; Post-Baccalaureate Studies 
(PBS). 25-26; Certificate Renewal, 26 

Adult and Community College Education, 50-51 

Agricultural Education, 101 

Air Conservation, 51-52 

Air Pollution, Triangle Universities Consortium 
on, 22-23 

Animal Science, 53-55 

Anthropology, see Sociology. 

Application, fee, 24 

Architecture, 55-59 

Assistantships, 33-34 

Audits, 28; fee, 30 



B 



Biochemistry, 59-61 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering, 61-64 

Biological Science, 6 (-65 

Biology Field Laboratory, 17 

Biomathematics, 65-66 

Botany. 66-69 



Calendar. 6-12 

Certificate renewal, public school, 26 

Chemical Engineering, 69-73 

Chemistry, 73-77 

Civil Engineering, 77-84 

Computer Science, 84-87 

Computing facilities, 18 

Course load, 27 

Crop Science, 87-90 

Curriculum and Instruction, 101-102 

Curriculum Materials Center, 16, 100 



Industrial Arts Education, 105-107; Mathe- 
matics and Science Education, 107-108; Occu- 
pational Education, 108-109; Special Education, 
110; Education courses, 110-121. Also see 
Adult and Community College Education, 50- 
51, and Psychology, 220-225. 

Electrical Engineering, 122-127 

Electron Microscope Center, 18 

Engineering Science and Mechanics, 127-130 

English, 131-134 

Entomology, 134-137 

Examination requirements. Master's degrees, 42; 
Doctoral degrees, 46-48 



Faculty, Graduate, 266-301 

Fees, see Tuition and Fees. 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships, 33-34 

Fiber and Polymer Science, 137-138 

Fields of Instruction, 49-263 

Financial Aid, 34-35; National Direct Student 

Loans, 34-35; Part-time Jobs, 35; Short-term 

Emergency Loans, 35 
Food Science, 139-141 

Foreign Language and Literature, 141-142 
Forestry, 142-145 



General Information, 24-37; Application, 24; Ad- 
mission, 24-26; Registration, 26-28; Tuition 
and Fees, 28-33; Fellowships and Graduate 
Assistantships, 33-34; Other Financial Aid, 
34-35; Military Education and Training, 36; 
Health Services, 36-37; Housing, 37 

Genetics, 145-147 

Geology courses, 149-151 

Geosciences, 148-151 

Governors, Board of, UNC, 264-265 

Grades, 40 

Graduate Programs, 38-48; Master's Degrees, 38- 
43; Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Educa- 
tion Degrees, 43-48 

Graduate School, North Carolina State Univer- 
sity, 15 

Guidance and Personnel Services, 103-104 



Deadlines for theses, see Calendar. 

Design. 90-91 

Disruptions Policy and Procedures, 302-306 

Dissertation requirement, 48 

Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education 
degrees, 43-48; Advisory Committee and Plan 
of Graduate Work, 44; Credit from Outside 
Sources, 45; Residence Requirement, 45; 
Grades, 45; Language Requirements, 45-46; 
Preliminary Comprehensive Examination, 46- 
47; Candidacy, 47; Final Oral Examination, 
47-48; The Dissertation, 48; Time Limit, 48 



Ecology, 91-92 

Economics and Business, 92-98 

Education, 99-121; Agricultural Education, 101; 
Curriculum and Instruction, 101-102; Educa- 
tional Administration and Supervision, 102- 
103; Guidance and Personnel Services, 103- 
104; Industrial and Technical Education, 105; 



H 



Health Services, 36-37 
Highlands Biological Station, 19 
History, 151-154 
Horticultural Science, 154-156 
Housing, 37 



I 



Industrial and Technical Education, 105 
Industrial Arts Education, 105-107 
Industrial Engineering, 157-161 
International Development, 161-162 
Institutes, 16-17; Institute of Statistics, 16; Water 
Resources Research Institute, 16-17 



Landscape Architecture, 162-165 
Language requirements, Master's degrees, 41; 
Doctoral degrees, 45-46 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



307 



Learning Center, 19 
Library, D. H. Hill, 15-16 
Loans, 34-35 

M 



Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory, 21 
Residence requirement, Master's degrees, 39; 

Doctoral degrees, 45 
Residence status, 31-32; Classification procedures, 

32-33 



Map of the campus, 309-310 

Marine and Coastal Studies, Center for, 19-20 

Marine laboratories, 261 

Marine Sciences, 165-166 

Married student housing, 37 

Master's degrees, 38-43; Master of Science and 
Master of Arts, 38-39: Program of Study, 39; 
Advisory Committee, 39; Residence, 39; Credits, 
39-40; Credit from Outside Sources, 40; Grades, 
40; Language Requirements, 41; Candidacy, 
41; Thesis, 42; Comprehensive Written Exami- 
nations, 42; Comprehensive Oral Examinations, 
42; Time Limit, 42; Master's Degree in a 
Designated Field, 43 

Materials Engineering, 167-171 

Mathematics, 171-178 

Mathematics and Science Education, 107-108 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, 178-186 

Meterology, 186-188 

Microbiology, 188-190 

Microfilming fee for doctoral dissertation, 30 

Military Education and Training, 36 



N 



National Direct Student Loans, 34-35 
Nondiscrimination statement, 23 
North Carolina State University, 13-14; Adminis- 
tration, 5 
North Carolina System, University of, 2-3 
Nuclear Engineering, 190-193 
Nuclear Laboratory, Triangle Universities, 22 
Nuclear Service Facilities, 20 
Nutrition, 194-195 



Oak Ridge Associated Universities, Research Pro- 
gram, 22 
Occupational Education, 108-109 
Occupational Education, Center for, 20 
Operations Research, 195-200 



Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory, 20-21 

Physical examinations, 27 

Physical Oceanography, 200 

Physics, 201-205 

Physiology, 205-207 

Phytotrons, 21-22 

Plant Pathology. 207-210 

Politics, 210-216 

Post-Baccalaureate Studies (PBS). 25-26 

Poultry Science, 216-217 

Product Design, 217-219 

Psychology, 220-225 



Recreation Resources Administration, 226-228 

Refund of tuition and fees, 31 

Registration, 26-28; Physical Examinations, 27; 

Inter-institutional Registration, 27; Course 

load, 27; Seniors, 28; Audits, 28 



Sociology and Anthropology, 228-234 

Soil Science, 234-236 

Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories — 
Phytotrons, 21-22 

Special Education, 110 

Special Laboratories and Facilities, 17-22; Biol- 
ogy Field Laboratory, 17; Computing Facilities, 
18; Electron Microscope Center, 18; Highlands 
Biological Station, 19; Learning Center, 19; 
Center for Marine and Coastal Studies, 19-20; 
Nuclear Service Facilities, 20; Center for Occu- 
pational Education, 20; Pesticide Residue Re- 
search Laboratory, 20-21; Reproductive Physiol- 
ogy Research Laboratory, 21 ; Southeastern 
Plant Environment Laboratories — Phytotrons, 
21-22; Triangle Universities Nuclear Labora- 
tory, 22 

Special Programs, 22-23; Research Program at 
the Oak Ridge Associated Universities, 22; 
The Triangle Universities Consortium on Air 
Pollution, 22-23 

Statistics. 236-244 

Statistics, Institute of, 16 

Summer School fees, 29 



Textile Chemistry, 246-247 

Textile Technology, 247-251 

Textiles, 244-246 

Toxicology, 251 

Triangle Universities Consortium on Air Pollu- 
tion, 22-23 

Triangle Universities Nuclear Laboratory, 22 

Trustees, Board of. North Carolina State Univer- 
sity, 264 

Tuition and Fees, 28-33; Semester Rates, 28-29 
Required Fees, 29; Summer Rates (Per Ses 
sion), 29; Special Registration and Fees, 29-30 
Part-Time Students, 30; Full-Time Faculty and 
Employees. 31; Refund of Tuition and Fees, 31 
Residence Status, 31-32: Classification Pro- 
cedures, 32-33 



U 



Urban Design, 252 



Veterinary Science, 253 



W 



Water Resources, 253-257 
Water Resources Research Institute, 16-17 
Wood and Paper Science, 258-260 
Work-Study Program, 35 



Zoology, 260-263 



EL b 
« • 

or;' W 
st o 
- x 

O CO 

H CO _. 

N 

n « 

p ST 

£. S. 

3 

fa 

In9 

~3 

OS 

© 7 

J 

c 



North 
Carolina State 
University 
Bulletin 




1976 

summer session 






VOLUME 76 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 
FEBRUARY 1976 



NUMBER 1 



Published four times a year in February, June, August and December by North Carolina State 
University at Raleigh. Department of Admissions, Peele Hall, P. O. Box 5126, Raleigh, N. C. 27611. 

Martha G. Daughtry. University Catalog Editor; Joseph S. Hancock, Assistant Director, Publications; 
Hardy D. Berry, Director. Information Services. Printed by North Carolina State University Graphics. 



F| t- i* 




| 

■ 

I 

i 
i 

■ 

i 





SUMMER SESSIONS 1976 

North Carolina State University 
Raleigh, North Carolina 



S0W2H 


n 


EL 


o 


o =r 


o 


S. 


X 




2 


B? 


ca 


a- a 


•fl 


ST 


tNi 


^5" 


r 


a 


01 


8 « 

3 ? 


H 


p 




ST. 1 


H 


ts5 




3 O 


55 


^1 




(XI !/5 


oa 

o 




si 

eS 

s "" 


O 


-i 




PS 
H 
H 

50 






3 2. 


2 






•» 2 


H 






^ 3 

CO 


O 



CONTENTS 



Administration 4 

Summer Sessions Calendar 1976 5 

North Carolina State University 6 

The Summer Sessions 8 

Admissions 8 

Registration 11 

Academic Regulations 14 

Expenses 15 

Financial Aid 17 

Counseling 17 

Housing 18 

D. H. Hill Library 19 

Summer Activities 20 

University Student Center 21 

Special Courses and Institutes 22 

Adult and Community College Education 22 

English Institute for Foreign Students 23 

Course Listings 24 

Summer Sessions Faculty 77 

University Disruptions Policy and Procedures 89 

Campus Map 94 



NORTH CAROLINA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 



ADMINISTRATION 

Joab L. Thomas, Chancellor 

Nash N. Winstead, Provost and Vice Chancellor 

Vivian T. Stannett, Vice Provost and Dean of the Graduate School 

Earl G. Droessler, Vice Provost and Dean for Research 

William L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

Jackson A. Rigney, Dean for International Programs 

Banks C. Talley Jr., Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 

George L. Worsley, Acting Vice Chancellor for Fina)ice and Business 

Rudolph Pate, Vice Chancellor for Foundations and Development 

DEANS OF THE SCHOOLS 

James E. Legates, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

Claude E. McKinney, School of Design 

Carl J. Dolce, School of Education 

Ralph E. Fadum, School of Engineering 

Eric L. Ellwood, School of Forest Resources 

Robert O. Tilman, School of Liberal Arts 

Arthur C. Menius Jr., School of Physical and Mathematical Scioices 

David W. Chaney, School of Textiles 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

William L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 
Charles F. Kolb, Director 

ADMISSIONS 

Anna P. Keller, Director 

REGISTRATION 

James H. Bundy, University Registrar 



SUMMER SESSIONS 
CALENDAR 1976 



FIRST SESSION 

May 7 
May 18 



Friday 
Tuesday 



May 19 
May 24 


Wednesday 
Monday 


June 4 


Friday 


June 22 
June 23 


Tuesday 
Wednesday 



SECOND SESSION 

June 18 Friday 



June 28 



Monday 



June 29 
July 2 


Tuesday 
Friday 


July 5 
July 16 


Monday 
Friday 


August 3 
August 4 


Tuesday 
Wednesday 



Last day to pre register for first session 
Registration day — 8:30 a.m. to 12 noon; 
preregistration will automatically be can- 
celled for those who do not complete 
registration by 12 noon; late registration 
fee for those who complete registration 
after 12 noon, May 18 
First day of classes 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund 
Last day to drop a course or withdraw 
without a grade 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



Last day to preregister for second ses- 
sion 

Registration day — 8:30 a.m. to 12 noon; 
preregistration will automatically be can- 
celled for those who do not complete 
registration by 12 noon; late registration 
fee for those who complete registration 
after 12 noon, June 28 
First day of classes 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund 
Holiday 



Last day to drop a 
without a grade 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



course or withdraw 




Harrelson Hall in University Plaza is State's unusual round classroom building. 



NORTH CAROLINA 
STATE UNIVERSITY 



North Carolina State University is a large and complex state university, 
one of the major state universities of the nation. 

It shares the distinctive character of Land-Grant state universities nation- 
ally — broad academic offerings, extensive public involvement, national and 
international activities, and large-scale extension and research programs. 

State was founded as a Land-Grant state university under terms of the 
famed federal Morrill Act of 1862 which provided for public land endowments 
to support a college in each state. 

The Land-Grant heritage of fulfilling three major functions — research, exten- 
sion and academic affairs — is reflected in the large dimensions of these func- 
tions at North Carolina State University. 

The rich and varied academic program of the University is comprised of 
some 90 bachelors of arts and science programs, 68 master's degree fields and 
45 doctoral degrees. 

Its research activities span a broad spectrum of about 700 scientific, tech- 
nologic and scholarly endeavors, with a budget of about $18 million annually. 



Extension programs of the University are similarly diverse and include 
urban affairs; marine sciences; environmental protection; engineering, 
industrial, textiles and agricultural extension; and many others. 

The annual University budget is about $90 million. The University has 
4,600-plus employees. There are 1,652 faculty and professional staff and 182 
adjunct and federal agency faculty, including 1,075 graduate faculty. 

There are 120 campus buildings with an estimated value of about 
$150,000,000. The central campus is 596 acres. Research farms; biology and 
ecology sites; genetics, horticulture, and floriculture nurseries; and Carter 
Stadium areas near the main campus comprise about 2,500 acres. 

North Carolina State University is one of the three Research Triangle 
Universities along with Duke University and the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill. In the 30-mile triangle formed by the three Universities is the 
5,000-acre Research Triangle Park, the Research Triangle Institute, a Uni- 
versities' subsidiary, and the Research Triangle Universities Computation 
Center, a central facility for the extensive computing centers of the institutions. 

N. C. State's enrollment is about 17,000. There are 14,500 undergraduates 
and 2,500 graduate students. Students come from all 50 states and some 50 
other countries. The international enrollment is a distinctive feature with 
about 600 foreign students. 

North Carolina State University is organized in eight schools and the 
Graduate School. The schools are Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, 
Education, Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathe- 
matical Sciences and Textiles. In addition, a complex of divisions and pro- 
grams provide for a wide range of special programs in academic affairs, 
research and extension. 

NCSU is a member of the National Association of State Universities and 
Land-Grant Colleges. It is also a member of the American Council on Educa- 
tion, the College Entrance Examination Board, the Council of Graduate 
Schools in the United States, the National Commission on Accrediting, and 
the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 

The University is accredited by national and regional accrediting agencies 
applicable to the University and its numerous professional fields. 

In the fall of 1975, 72.1 percent of the entering freshmen were in the top 
one-quarter of their high school graduating classes. A total of 95.7 percent 
were in the top half of their classes. About 76.8 percent of all applicants are 
accepted. The average combined SAT score for the entering freshmen in 1975 
was 1009. 



Horticulture students observe environmental effects on floriculture crops. 




THE SUMMER SESSIONS 

The Summer Sessions at North Carolina State University offer an extensive 
educational program planned to meet the varied needs and interest of over 
9,400 students. Fifty departments offer instruction in more than 600 courses, 
over two-fifths of which are at the graduate level. 

Each of State's eight schools, with a combined faculty of more than 300, 
participates in the summer study program; six schools offer courses during 
two regular five-week sessions, the School of Design offers one nine-week 
program, the School of Forest Resources conducts a summer camp for sopho- 
mores and two five-week practicums, and the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences offers a three-week practicum and a three-week program for extension 
workers and other adult educators. In addition, special programs and institutes 
are offered during the summer by the University. 

Summer courses and special programs are designed for the new student, 
the undergraduate wanting to advance his or her academic standing at State, 
the graduate desiring to continue study and research during the summer 
months and for visiting students pursuing degrees at other institutions. 
Teachers who need to earn credit toward renewal of teaching certificates or 
advanced degrees in education and persons in professional fields who wish to 
keep abreast of new developments and trends also take advantage of State's 
summer programs. In addition, the Summer Sessions offer high school students 
planning to enroll at North Carolina State University the opportunity of taking 
required sub-college work in mathematics. 



ADMISSIONS 

All students regardless of race or sex are equally welcome at North Carolina 
State University. Anyone may apply for and accept admission confident that 
the policy and practices of the University will be administered without dis- 
crimination. 

Students are admitted to the summer sessions in one of seven categories: 
1) new freshmen, 2) new undergraduate transfer students, 3) new graduate 
students, 4) special students, 5) continuing North Carolina State University 
students, 6) former North Carolina State University students, 7) suspended 
North Carolina State University students. 

NEW FRESHMEN 

Application forms for new freshmen should be obtained from the Director of 
Admissions, Peele Hall, P. O. Box 5126, NCSU, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 
and submitted before May 1. The summer school application form in this 
catalog should not be completed. 

A freshman applicant should be a graduate of an accredited secondary school. 
Non-graduates should have a high school equivalency certificate. The following 
high school preparation, or its equivalent, is necessary: English, 4 units; 
history or social studies, 2 units; mathematics, 2 units in algebra, 1 unit in 
geometry, and 1 unit in advanced math is strongly recommended for some 
programs; science, 2 units, preferably biology, chemistry, or physics; foreign 
language, 2 units for the School of Liberal Arts only. 

Freshman applicants must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College 
Entrance Examination Board. These scores, together with the high school 
record, will be considered in determining admissibility. Information as to the 

8 



time and place at which the Scholastic Aptitude Test will be given may be ob- 
tained from high school guidance counselors, or by writing directly to the 
College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 
for the Bulletin of Information. The Bulletin includes an application form and 
is available without charge. 

Although the Achievement Test scores are not used in the admissions 
decision, the English and Math Level I Tests are recommended for proper 
placement. Other Achievement Tests are recommended also, depending upon 
the college curriculum the applicant intends to enter. Additional information 
concerning these tests is included in the Freshman University Bulletin and 
the Notice of Admissions. 

NEW TRANSFER STUDENTS 

In addition to submitting an application form which may be obtained from 
the Director of Admissions, Peele Hall, before May 1, all transfer students must 
have official transcripts sent to the Admissions Office directly from each insti- 
tution attended. The summer school application in this catalog should not 
be completed. 

Transfer applicants must have an overall grade average of "C + " (2.5) or 
better on all college-level academic work attempted and be eligible to return 
to the last college or university regularly attended. For admission as an upper- 
class transfer student, the applicant must present a minimum of 28 semester 
hours of work with grades of 2.5 or better from accredited institutions. If 
credit has not been received on a college-level mathematics course, the secon- 
dary school record must be submitted. Those applicants with less than 28 
semester hours of transferable credit must also meet the admissions require- 
ments for entering freshmen. 

NEW GRADUATE STUDENTS 

All students working towards advanced degrees are enrolled in the Graduate 
School. An application for admission may be obtained from the Dean of the 
Graduate School, Peele Hall, P. O. Box 5335, NCSU, Raleigh, North Carolina 
27607. 

STUDENTS ADMITTED TO THE FALL SEMESTER 

Any student accepted for regular admission for the fall semester wishing to 
attend either summer session should notify the Admissions Office, Peele Hall, 
to change the date of entrance. He or she should not fill out a summer sessions 
application. 

SPECIAL (NON-DEGREE) STUDENTS 

Special (non-degree) students must complete the Summer Sessions registra- 
tion application in the front of this catalog. A special (non-degree) student is 
one who has not been formally admitted as a degree candidate at North Caro- 
lina State University. All students visiting from other schools will be classified 
as special students. Special (non-degree) students are limited to a class load 
of not more than seven semester hours. In unusual cases, a special (non-degree) 
student visiting from another college may be allowed to take more than seven 
hours if permission is obtained from the Director of Summer Sessions. 

Undergraduate special Students (UGS) — This classification is used for indi- 
viduals who have not obtained a baccalaureate degree and who wish to take 
courses but who are not currently admitted to a degree program. 



Post-Baccalaureate Students (PBS) — This classification is used for individuals 
who have obtained at least a baccalaureate degree and who wish to pursue 
further academic work but who are not currently admitted to a degree pro- 
gram. The following rules apply to students registered as a Post- Baccalaureate 
student (PBS): 

1. Must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution 
of higher learning. Submission of transcripts is not required. 

2. PBS students taking graduate level courses (500-600) are registered 
automatically for credit only. Performance of credit only students is 
graded as satisfactory (S) or unsatisfactory (U). 

3. Students classified as PBS who are taking 500 or 600 level courses and 
who wish to change to a regular letter grade status may do so by having 
a graduate adviser sign an approval form not later than May 24, 1976, 
the last day to register for the first summer session and/or July 2, 1976 
for the second summer session. Approval forms may be obtained from 
Registration and Records, Harris Hall, and when signed must be 
turned in at Harris Hall. 

4. Registration for regular course credit is limited to a cumulative total of 
nine semester hours. Included in this nine hour total must be any 
graduate letter grade credit received previously at North Carolina State 
University. 

5. The PBS classification carries no implication that students will be 
admitted to the Graduate School in any degree classification. 

6. If the PBS student is in due course admitted to a graduate degree pro- 
gram, at least one-half of his graduate program must be completed after 
admission to the Graduate School and approval of his Plan of Graduate 
Work. All course work included in the Plan of Graduate Work must be 
approved by the advisory committee as germane to the particular pro- 
gram with performance at an adequate level. No more than six hours 
of credit-only courses may be transferred to a degree program upon the 
recommendation of the student's advisory committee when filing the 
Plan of Graduate Work. 

7. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with Graduate School 
policies which are included in the Graduate Catalog and to seek further 
advice or clarification when needed. 

CONTINUING NCSU DEGREE STUDENTS 

Any regular NCSU degree candidate student may attend summer school. 
The summer school application in this catalog must not be completed, but 
registration procedures as listed on page 11 must be followed. 



The Chess Club at NCSU provides a diversion from studies. 



' 



READMISSION OF FORMER NCSU DEGREE STUDENTS 

Former NCSU degree students who wish to attend the Summer Sessions 
must apply for readmission through Registration and Records at least 30 days 
prior to the intended date of return. The readmission application may be 
obtained by writing to Registration and Records, Harris Hall, P. O. Box 5745, 
NCSU, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. The summer school application in this catalog 
must not be completed, but registration procedures as listed on page 11 must 
be followed. 

SUSPENDED NCSU DEGREE STUDENTS 

NCSU degree students suspended at the end of the spring semester, 1976, 
may attend one or both sessions of summer school to become eligible to con- 
tinue in the fall. The summer school application in this catalog must not be 
completed, but registration procedures as listed on page 11 must be followed. 
Students suspended prior to the spring semester, 1976, may attend one or 
both sessions of summer school but should follow readmissions procedures. 
The readmission application may be obtained by writing Registration and 
Records, Harris Hall, P. O. Box 5745, NCSU, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 



REGISTRATION 

PREREGISTRATION FOR NCSU DEGREE STUDENTS 

All NCSU degree students who plan to attend summer school must pre- 
register. Preregistration consists of selecting the courses to be taken during 
the first and/or second session and filing a Preregistration Schedule Request 
Form with Registration and Records. On registration day, each student obtains 
a completed class schedule. (Graduate degree students who preregister will be 
allowed to complete registration by mail.) 

Currently enrolled degree students will preregister for the summer session 
at the time they preregister for the 1976 fall semester. 

Former degree students returning may preregister for the summer session 
after they have filed an application for readmission and have received their 
letter of approval. 

New freshmen and new transfer degree students may preregister for the 
summer sessions after they have received their letter of approval. New students 
who desire to attend the summer sessions should contact the Admissions 
Office. 

The preregistration period for all NCSU degree students will be from 
Monday, April 5, 1976, through Friday, April 16, 1976. The last day to pre- 
register for the first summer session will be Friday, May 7, 1976, and for 
the second session, Friday, June 18, 1976. 

PREREGISTRATION FOR SPECIAL (NON-DEGREE) STUDENTS 

Special (non-degree) students will preregister for the summer session by 
completing the Summer Sessions Registration Application in the front of the 
Summer Sessions Catalog and filing this with the Summer Sessions Office by 
mail or in person. Preregistration requests for the first summer session will 
be accepted through Friday, May 7, 1976, and for second summer session 
through Friday, June 18, 1976. On Registration Day, each student will 
obtain a completed class schedule. 

11 



REGISTRATION 

All students will complete registration on May 18, 1976 (first session) 
and/or June 30, 1976 (second session) at Reynolds Coliseum. Registration on 
both days will be from 8:30 a.m. to 12 noon. There will be a $10 late registra- 
tion fee for all students who fail to register by 12 noon on the respective 
registration day. Preregistration ivill automatically be cancelled for those who 
do not complete registration by t2 noon on th< respective registration day. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

If a regularly enrolled degree student wishes to withdraw from the Univer- 
sity during the summer session (dropping all course work for which one has 
registered), he or she must initiate the official withdrawal process at the 
Counseling Center. Special (non-degree) students who wish to withdraw 
should contact the Summer Sessions Office. 

Determination of grades and the entry on the permanent record for a student 
withdrawing during a summer session depend upon one's reasons for with- 
drawal, the time of withdrawal in the summer session, and one's standing in 
the courses at the time of withdrawal. A student who discontinues attendance 
in all classes without officially withdrawing will receive all "NC" grades. A 
student who withdraws after the fourth day of classes in a summer session 
will receive no refund of tuition and fees, except in unusual cases approved by 
the refund committee. The committee is empowered to approve a petition for 
unexpected military orders, when a physician advises withdrawal due to 
extensive illness, or when circumstances justify waiving the rules. These 
petitions are available in the office of the Associate Dean of Student Affairs, 
Peele Hall, and the Director of Student Accounts, Office of Business Affairs, 
Holladay Hall. 

SPECIAL NOTES 

1. Tuition and fees are payable by check or cash on the day of registration. 
Students must have the necessary funds with them. Advanced billing of 
tuition and fees will be made only for those students who preregister. 

2. Students planning to take courses in both sessions should plan their 
sequences well in advance. Offerings in the second session are often 
substantially less in number than in the first session, and in many in- 
stances, departments do not offer courses in both summer sessions. 

3. Everything possible will be done to insure that the courses listed in the 
catalog will be given at the time indicated. The Director of Summer 
Sessions reserves the right, iioweiur, to withdraw courses in which 
enrollment is d< i med insufficient. 

4. The normal load for either session of summer school is six or seven 
hours for undergraduates and six hours for graduates. Any student may 
carry less. Regularly enrolled students who desire to carry more than 
seven hours must obtain the approval of the dean or director of instruc- 
tion of the school in which they are enrolled. Such approval in writing 
must be presented to the Director of Summer Sessions. Students visiting 
from other schools who wish to take more than seven hours must obtain 
the approval of the Director of Summer Sessions. 

5. All special (non-degree) students (including those from other universities 
and colleges) are advised that NCSU degree students are always given 
priority for Summer Session classes. Acceptance of the Registration 
Application for special (non-degree) students by the Summer Sessions 
Office in no way constitutes a guarantee that class space will be available. 

12 



NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY 

North Carolina State University is dedicated to equality of opportunity 
within its community. Accordingly, North Carolina State University does not 
practice or condone discrimination, in any form, against students, employees, 
or applicants on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, 
or handicap. North Carolina State University commits itself to positive action 
to secure equal opportunity regardless of those characteristics. 

North Carolina State University supports the protection available to mem- 
bers of its community under all applicable Federal laws, including Titles VI 
and VII if the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments 
of 1972, Sections 799A and 845 of the Public Health Service Act, the Equal 
Pay and Age Discrimination Acts, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Execu- 
tive Order 11246. For information concerning these provisions, contact: 

Dr. Lawrence M. Clark 

Assistant Provost & Affirmative Action Officer 

208 Holladay Hall 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

Phone: 919 737-3148. 



13 




Foreign students receive an insight into U. S. social and cultural life as well as 
reading, writing and language skills. 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

North Carolina State University's grading system for measuring academic 
achievement, which became effective the fall semester, 1974, is: 



LETTER GRADES 



Quality Poi)its Per Credit Hour 
4 



Grades Definition 

A Excellent 

B Good 3 

C Satisfactory 2 

NC No Credit 

S Satisfactory (Grade for Credit-only course) 

U Unsatisfactory (No credit for Credit-only course) 

IN Incomplete 

LA Temporarily Late 

A U Audit 

NR No Recognition Given for Audit 

QUALITY POINT AVERAGE 

The number of credit hours officially attempted in a semester or summer 
session (for which a report of A, B, C, NC is received) is divided into the 
total number of quality points earned to arrive at the Quality Point Average 
(QPA). 



14 



A = 4 quality points per credit hour 

B = 3 quality points per credit hour 

C — 2 quality points per credit hour 

.V( ' = quality points per credit hour 

The Quality Point Average of work attempted will be computed to three 
decimal points and used solely for class ranking and academic recognition. 
Questions concerning this grading system should be directed to James H. 
Bundy, University Registrar, P. O. Box 5745, NCSU, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

UNIVERSITY JUDICIAL SYSTEM 

All students are subject to and are responsible for familiarizing themselves 
with the Student Body Statutes. Copies of the Student Body Statutes are avail- 
able in the Student Development Office, Harris Hall or the Student Attorney 
General's office, 4130 University Student Center. 



EXPENSES 

The following expenses apply for each of the summer sessions. 

TUITION AND FEES — SUMMER SCHOOL 1976 

RESIDENTS OF NORTH CAROLINA NONRESIDENTS 





Tuition & 








Tuition & 








Academic 


Required 






Academic 


Required 




'ours 


Fee 


Fees 


Total 


Hours 


Fee 


Fees 


Total 


1 


$ 18.50 


$ 33.00 


$ 51.50 


1 


$ 60.00 


$ 33.00 


$ 93.00 


2 


30.00 


33.00 


63.00 


2 


113.00 


33.00 


146.00 


3 


41.50 


33.00 


74.50 


3 


166.00 


33.00 


199.00 


4 


53.00 


33.00 


86.00 


4 


219.00 


33.00 


252.00 


5 


64.50 


33.00 


97.50 


5 


272.00 


33.00 


305.00 


6 


76.00 


33.00 


109.00 


6 


325.00 


33.00 


358.00 


7 


87.50 


33.00 


120.50 


7 


378.00 


33.00 


411.00 


8 


99.00 


33.00 


132.00 


8 


431.00 


33.00 


464.00 


9 


110.50 


33.00 


143.50 


9 


484.00 


33.00 


517.00 


10 


122.00 


33.00 


155.00 


10 


537.00 


33.00 


570.00 



REQUIRED FEES 

(must be paid by all students) 



Medical 


$ 10.00 


Student Center 


17.50 


Physical Education 


5.50 



$ 33.00 



15 



SPECIAL REGISTRATION AND FEES 

Summer Research (GR 596S or GR 696S) 

In-Residence ($28.50 plus $33.00 fees) $ 61.50 

*Not-In-Residence 28.50 

Thesis Preparation Only (GR 598 or GR 698) 

In-Residence ($28.50 plus $33.00 fees) 61.50 

*Not-In-Residence 28.50 

Dissertation Research (GR 697) 

In-Residence ($28.50 plus $33.00 fees) 61.50 

*Not-In-Residence 28.50 

Examination Only (GR 597) 

In-Residence ($18.50 plus $33.00 fees) 51.50 

*Not-In-Residence 18.50 

Audit Only Rates same as for credit 

Full-Time Faculty and Staff 7.00 

RESIDENCE STATUS 

North Carolina's General Assembly in its 1973 session amended the law 
applying to determination of a student's residence status for tuition purposes 
(G.S. 116-143.1) to read: "To qualify for in-state tuition a legal resident must 
have maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least the 12 months 
immediately prior to his classification as a resident for tuition purposes. In 
order to be eligible for such classification, the individual must establish that 
his or her presence in the State during such 12-month period was for purposes 
of maintaining a bona fide domicile rather than for purposes of mere temporary 
residence incident to enrollment in an institution of higher education; further, 
(1) if the parents (or court-appointed legal guardian) of an individual seeking 
resident classification are (is) bona fide domiciliaries of this State, this fact 
shall be prima facie evidence of domiciliary status of the individual applicant 
and (2) if such parents or guardian are not bona fide domiciliaries of this 
State, this fact shall be prima facie evidence of non-domiciliary status of the 
individual." 

University regulations concerning the classification of students by residence, 
for purposes of applicable tuition differentials, are set forth in detail in A 
Manual To Assist The Public Higher Education Institutions of North Carolina 
in the Matter of Student Residence Classification for Tuition Purposes. Each 
enrolled student is responsible for knowing the contents of the Manual, which 
is the controlling administrative statement of policy on this subject. Copies of 
the Manual are available on request at the Admissions Office, 112 Peele Hall. 

REFUND OF TUITION AND FEES 

A student who withdraws from school on or before the fourth day of classes 
of either summer session will receive a refund of the full amount paid less a 
registration fee. After the period specified, no refunds will be made. 

In some instances circumstances justify waiving rules regarding refunds. 
An example might be withdrawal from the University because of illness. Stu- 



A statement from the employer, department head, or major advisor indicating the student will not 
be residing in the Raleigh area during the semester must be submitted to the Office of Business 
Affairs to qualify for the reduced rate. 



16 



dents have the privilege of appeal to the refund committee when they feel 
special consideration is merited. Application for such appeals may be secured 
from the Division of Student Affairs. 

FINANCIAL AID 

The financial aid available to regular students attending summer school is 
ordinarily limited to loans and jobs. Students who must have financial aid 
should make application to the Financial Aid Office, Peele Hall, as far in 
advance as possible, preferably by April 1. 

The University has no financial aid for summer visitor students. However, 
these students may have access to the part-time job listings in the Financial 
Aid Office. 

COUNSELING 

The Counseling Center in Harris Hall has a staff of full-time counselors to 
help students with adjustment to college life, vocational and curricular choice 
and other problems a student might wish to discuss with a professionally 
trained counselor. The Center administers vocational tests and maintains a 
file of occupational information to help guide students in career selection. 

Referral can be made for students needing special kinds of help. 

Students may come to the Center on their own accord, or they may be 
referred by teachers, advisers or other members of the University staff. There 
normally is no charge for conferences; nominal fees are charged for group 
counseling and continuing marriage counseling. 



Forestry students parti- 
cipate in summer camp 
and practicums. 



wn 




^■^Sdfc^^" 


■ ■ ■*£■ fy \ i'*- J< * 'JHBP* 


m 


m>m £»&5 


jJjJKl--.. ■&9s%p-~i, £2* 


WD* 





HOUSING 

RESIDENCE HALLS 

During the 1976 summer sessions, housing will be provided for men and 
women. To be eligible to live in a residence hall, a student must be enrolled 
for one or more courses. Participants in short courses, conferences, and work- 
shops of less than one month's duration will be located in separate facilities. 
These persons should write to the director of their program for specific 
housing information and application pertaining to their particular group. 

Assignment to a room for summer session does not guarantee that a room 
will be available for the fall semester. A student must be accepted by NCSU 
for fall enrollment in order to be eligible to apply for University housing. 

A selected student staff under the supervision of professionally trained 
personnel will be available to advise and assist residents. They also are 
responsible for overseeing the operation of the building and its condition. 

The rooms are furnished with desks, dressers, beds, and closets and the 
building is equipped with lounges, laundry rooms and vending areas. 
None of the residence halls are air-conditioned. 

MARRIED STUDENT HOUSING 

The University operates 300 apartments (King Village) for married students. 
Information on availability and application should be requested from the 
Department of Residence Life, NCSU, Box 5072, Raleigh, North Carolina 
27607. 

FRATERNITY HOUSES 

Several of the 17 fraternity houses located on or adjacent to the campus 
provide housing for summer school students. Twelve of the 17 houses are fully 
air-conditioned and all provide furnished rooms and living areas. In addition, 
several houses offer board plans during the summer months. Any student 
interested in further details should write to the Office of Student Development, 
Box 5505, NCSU, Raleigh, N. C. 27607 or telephone 737-2442. 

ROOM RENTALS AND APPLICATIONS 

The rental rate for a five-week session is $60 per person in a double room. If 
space is available, a single room may be reserved for $90 each session. To 
obtain an assignment, the student completes the room application card (new 
students will be mailed a card) and returns it with a check to the Office of 
Business Affairs, NCSU, Box 5067, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. The room 
assignment will be mailed if time permits, or may be picked up at the Depart- 
ment of Residence Life in Harris Hall on the day the residence halls open for 
the session. 

Residents will be permitted to change rooms after the first week of classes 
with the approval of the Department of Residence Life. The room change fee 
is $5. Opening days of the residence halls: 

First Session - 12 noon, Monday, May 17, 1976 
Second Session - 12 noon, Sunday, June 27, 1976 



18 



HOUSING REFUND POLICY 

A room application must be cancelled in writing addressed to the Depart- 
ment of Residence Life, NCSU, Box 5072, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607. 

If the room application is cancelled BEFORE the first day of classes, the 
rental fee paid will be refunded less a $10 processing fee. 

If the room application is cancelled AFTER the first day of classes, a refund 
will be given only if the space is reassigned to a NEW resident. The refund 
will be the rental fee paid less $10 processing fee and a prorated daily charge 
from the first day of classes until the space is reassigned. If there are more 
vacant spaces than there are room applications waiting for assignment, NO 
REFUND of room rent will be made until ALL spaces are filled. 

If a student fails to check-in and secure his or her keys by the first day of 
classes, the room application will be subject to cancellation and NO REFUNDS 
will be made except as stated above. 



D. H. HILL LIBRARY 



The D. H. Hill Library of North Carolina State University houses a collec- 
tion of more than 700,000 volumes of books and bound journals. The collection 
has been developed to reflect the scientific and technological interests of the 
University, but the arts and social sciences are also well represented. The 
library subscribes to more than 6,700 current periodicals and receives all 
publications of the various experiment stations. The library has been a deposi- 
tory for U. S. Government publications since 1924 and has been designated as 
one of the depositories for all unclassified publications of the Energy Research 
and Development Administration (formerly AEC), the National Aeronautics 
and Space Administration, and the Food and Agricultural Organization of the 
United Nations. Publications from many foreign countries are received on 
exchange — especially those publications dealing with the sciences and engi- 
neering. 



The D. H. Hill Library collection of 700,000 volumes offers varied resources for 
students and faculty. 



Three special collections outside the main library serve the specialized needs 
of individual schools but are branches of the D. H. Hill Library. The Textiles 
Library, housed in Nelson Hall, contains holdings in textiles and textile 
chemistry. The School of Design Library, in Brooks Hall, has a collection of 
books, journals and slides in the fields of architecture, landscape architecture 
and product design. The Forest Resources Library, which contains a limited 
collection of specialized literature, is located in Biltmore Hall. 

There are several reading rooms in the air-conditioned main library com- 
plex. Carrels, conference and seminar rooms are available for students and 
faculty. The Library maintains a photocopy service and provides equipment 
for reading microfilms and microcards. 

Films and other media presentations may be scheduled by classes and other 
university groups for showing in the Library's Erdahl-Cloyd Theater. The 
Library's Media Center will reserve films through the North Carolina State 
Library Film Service. Tape recorders and tapes for listening are located in the 
Reserve Reading Room. 

The scholar, student and browser will each discover the materials and 
services of the library to be useful and enjoyable additions to his summer 
sessions program. The bookstack and all areas of the library complex are open 
to all students and faculty. 

Library hours for Summer Sessions are as follows: 
Monday-Friday 8 a.m. -11 p.m. 

Saturday 9 a.m.- 6 p.m. 

Sunday 1 p.m. -10 p.m. 

SUMMER ACTIVITIES 

Through many curricular and extracurricular activities, the Summer Ses- 
sions provide special opportunities to those students engaged in summer study. 
Interesting, informative and entertaining programs and activities are scheduled 
for each session. 

A few of the more popular activities and special features include the Car- 
michael Gym athletic and recreation programs and the varied activities 
sponsored by the University Student Center. 

The University's regular program of student personnel services is available 
to summer students. It includes the Counseling Center for educational, career 
and personal counseling; the Career Planning and Placement Center for career 
planning and placement; the Residence Life and Residence Facilities offices 
for residence quarters; the Financial Aid Office for financial assistance; and 
the Student Health Service for medical care. 

Several of State's buildings are air-conditioned for summer comfort. Among 
these are the Student Supply Store, where students will find books and equip- 
ment for recreational as well as academic pursuits; Harrelson Hall, State's 
unusual round classroom building where more than half of the Summer Ses- 
sions classes are held; and the University Student Center, conveniently located 
near many of the residence halls. 

Beyond the campus, the city of Raleigh offers cultural and recreational oppor- 
tunities of interest to students. The Raleigh Little Theater presents several 
productions during the summer, the North Carolina Museum of Art sponsors 
gallery concerts and exhibits, and there are several swimming pools and city 
and state parks located in and around Raleigh. 



20 







Mechanical and aerospace students examine a noise pollution research project. 



UNIVERSITY STUDENT CENTER 

The hub of campus summer activity is the University Student Center. The 
Center is supported in part by student fees, and all regularly enrolled students 
are invited to attend the programs and activities sponsored by the Summer 
Programs Board. 

These programs include movies and a variety of social and recreational 
events. 

The air-conditioned Center offers many facilities, including a television 
lounge, an art gallery, offices for student organizations, a billiards room, cloak 
room, snack bar, craft shop, theater and meeting rooms. 

A Center annex in the Erdahl-Cloyd Wing of the D. H. Hill Library offers 
a barbershop, a snack bar and a games room. 
Building hours during the summer are: 
University Student Center 

Monday-Saturday 7a.m.-llp.m. 

Sunday 9 a.m. -11 p.m. 

University Student Center Annex Snack Bar and Games Area: 
Monday-Friday 7 a.m.- 3 p.m. 

Saturday and Sunday Closed 

Vending open 24 hours a day 



21 



SPECIAL COURSES 
AND INSTITUTES 

Department of Adult and Community College Education 

SPECIAL THREE-WEEK SUMMER SESSION FOR ADULT 
AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE EDUCATORS 

June 28-July 16 

The Department of Adult and Community College Education offers a special 
three- week summer program of instruction designed to provide graduate educa- 
tion and professional improvement opportunities for extension workers, com- 
munity college and technical institute personnel, public school adult educators, 
adult basic education personnel, vocational education teachers and others in 
public or private adult education services. The program provides adult 
educators with the opportunity to increase their understanding of adults, 
contemporary society, administration of educational programs, leadership, 
social action, group processes, communication and planning. 

The program is interdisciplinary; it utilizes the professional competence of 
a permanent and visiting faculty. Courses are in areas of adult and community 
college education, behavioral and social sciences and technical agriculture. 
The student is encouraged to synthesize concepts from these areas and apply 
them to his or her professional responsibilities. 

Eleven offerings are scheduled. Each participant may take only one course. 
Currently enrolled or former degree students at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity must preregister through the normal preregistration procedures. All 
special (non-degree) students must preregister by completing the Summer 
Session registration application in the front of this catalog. Special students 
should see page 10 and page 12 for additional information on registration. 
To assist the Department of Adult and Community College Education in 
planning, students are requested to complete and return an information form 
by June 16, 1976. The form may be obtained from Dr. W. L. Gragg, Department 
of Adult and Community College Education, 310 Poe Hall. 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College 

Education 

ED 537 The Extension and Public Service Function in Higher Educa- 

tion 

ED 593 (002) Special Problems in Agricultural Education (Teaching in 
Contemporary Agricultural Education Programs) 

ED 596 (002) Change and the Community College 

ED 596 (003) Evaluation and Accountability in Informal Adult Education 

ED 596 (004) Education and Aging 

BAE 578 Agricultural Waste Management 

EB 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science (Food Preparation Theory) 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 

SOC 501 Leadership 



22 



Summer Institute in English for Foreign Students 

July 5-August 13 

The Summer Institute in English for Foreign Students at North Carolina 
State University is designed for those students from other countries who 
intend to pursue university studies or specialized training programs in the 
United States in the fall. It is designed to furnish them with intensive instruc- 
tion and practice in the use of the English language. Emphasis is placed on 
developing fluency in speaking and understanding spoken English as well as 
reading and writing skills. The institute also offers orientation to American 
life and institutions to give the students insight into life in the U. S. and help 
them to adjust to the new environment. There are field trips on weekends to 
various industries and places of historic, cultural and scenic interest. 

Any student who has a score of 400 on the TOEFL Test (Test of English 
as a Foreign Language) or an equivalent facility in the use of spoken English 
may attend the institute. (Information about taking the test at one of the 
centers located in the students' home countries may be obtained by writing 
to: Test of English as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Service, 
Princeton, New Jersey.) 

Admission to the institute does not imply admission to the regular session 
at North Carolina State University or any other campus of the University of 
North Carolina. 

The institute, which is sponsored by the Division of Continuing Education 
in cooperation with the Summer Sessions and the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures, is under the direction of Miss Virginia Prichard 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. All classroom work 
is conducted in Harrelson Hall on the campus. Classes, including language 
laboratory practice sessions, are held five and a half hours a day, Monday 
through Friday, from 0800 to 1230 and from 1400 to 1500. (Attendance at the 
institute does not carry academic credit, although students who complete the 
program receive a certificate of attendance.) 

The total cost of the six-week program is approximately $650.00. The cost 
of the institute is estimated on the basis of campus dormitory accommodations 
and meals at the campus cafeterias. Incidental expenses, such as laundry, dry 
cleaning, entertainment, etc., are not included. (Room rent includes sheets and 
towels.) 

Tution, Books and Fees $295.00 

Room in Campus Dormitory $108.00 

Food (Estimated) $225.00 

Insurance and Infirmary Fee $ 28.00 

Financial assistance is available to those students who qualify. The Depart- 
ment of State has made available to the institute a number of tuition grants 
under the auspices of the Institute of International Education. To be eligible 
for one of these grants, a student must arrive in the U. S. just prior to the 
institute, must be accepted at an American institution of higher learning for 
study in the fall, and must be financing his own studies without other scholar- 
ship aid. 

For further information about the institute or financial assistance, write to 
John F. Cudd, Program Coordinator, Division of Continuing Education, P. O. 
Box 5125, NCSU, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27607. 



23 



COURSE LISTINGS 

Courses are listed by department, departmental abbreviation and numerical 
designator. Semester hour credits for each course are given following the name 
of the course. Classes meet daily, Monday through Friday, except where speci- 
fied to the contrary. The symbols "LR" and "LB" before the clock hours refer 
to lecture-recitation and laboratory hours, respectively. If there is no symbol 
before the clock hours, lecture-recitation is implied. The symbol "CN" refers 
to the call number for each course. This number must be indicated on the pre- 
registration schedule request form by students who are preregistering for 
summer sessions courses. 

Courses numbered from one through 100 are preparatory courses carrying 
no college credit; courses in the 100, 200, 300 and 400 series are primarily 
designed for undergraduates; courses in the 500 series for graduates and 
advanced undergraduates; and courses in the 600 series for graduates only. 

All courses are subject to cancellation by the Director of Summer Sessions 
if there is inadequate enrollment. 

Waiver of prerequisites is at the discretion of the instructor. 

Please note that class meeting times in this catalog are indicated in inter- 
national time which is measured in hours numbered to 24 instead of 12. 




If the schedule The beginning 

shows the class hour in terms of a 

beginning at: 12-hour clock is: 

0800 8:00 a.m. 

0900 9:00 a.m. 

1000 10:00 a.m. 

1100 11:00 a.m. 

1200 12:00 noon 

1300 1:00 p.m. 

1400 2:00 p.m. 

1500 3:00 p.m. 



If the schedule 
shows the class 
beginning at: 



The beginning 

hour in terms of a 

12-hour clock is: 



1600 4:00 p.m. 

1700 5:00 p.m. 

1800 6:00 p.m. 

1900 7:00 p.m. 

2000 8:00 p.m. 

2100 9:00 p.m. 

2200 10:00 p.m. 



24 



Special Graduate Categories 

FIRST SESSION AND SECOND SESSION 

GR 596S MR Summer Research 
GR 597 Masters Exam 
GR 598 MR Thesis Preparation 
GR 696S DR Summer Research 
GR 697 Dissertation Research 
GR 698 DR Thesis Preparation 

Accounting 

(Also see Economics and Business.) 
FIRST SESSION 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of Financial Reporting 

0800-0930 (CN 04-260-001) 
0800-0930 (CN 04-260-002) 
0950-1120 (CN 04-260-003) 
1140-1310 (CN 04-260-004) 

ACC 261 Accounting II — Financial Information Systems 

Prerequisite: ACC 260 
0950-1120 (CN 04-261-001) 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data 

Prerequisite: ACC 260 
1140-1310 (CN 04-262-001) 

ACC 262 N Managerial Uses of Cost Data 

Prerequisite: Non-accounting major 
0950-1120 (CN 04-262N-001) 

ACC 360 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice I 

Prerequisite: ACC 261 
0950-1120 (CN 04-360-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of Financial Reporting 

0950-1120 (CN 04-260-001) 
1140-1310 (CN 04-260-002) 

ACC 261 Accounting II — Financial Information Systems 

Prerequisite: ACC 260 
0800-0930 (CN 04-261-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 04-261-002) 

Animal Science 
FIRST SESSION 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science 

Hours arranged (CN 10-590-001) 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science 

Hours arranged (CN 10-699-001) 



(CN 46-596-001) 
(CN 46-597-001) 
(CN 46-598-001) 
(CN 46-696-001) 
(CN 46-697-001) 
(CN 46-698-001) 



3 

Hilliard 

Bergold 

Margolis 

Margolis 



Brown 
3 

Brown 

Hilliard 
3 

Bergold 



3 
Jefferys 
Jefferys 



Windham 
Windham 



Maximum 6 
Credits Arranged 



25 



SECOND SESSION 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 

Hours arranged (CN 10-590-001) 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 10-699-001) 

Anthropology 
FIRST SESSION 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

0800-0930 (CN 12-252-001) Nickerson 

0930-1120 (CN 12-252-002) Nickerson 

SECOND SESSION 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

0800-0930 (CN 12-252-001) Wallace 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World 3 

0950-1120 (CN 12-305-001) Wallace 

Biochemistry 
FIRST SESSION 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Biochemistry 1-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Hours arranged (CN 15-490-001) Staff 

*BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology 2 

Prerequisite: BCH 351 or permission of instructor 

0810-1200 (CN 15-554-001) Sisler 

*Three-week course 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: BCH 351 or equivalent 

Hours arranged (CN 15-590-001) Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged , 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biochemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 15-695-001) Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 15-699-001) Graduate Staff j 

SECOND SESSION 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

0950-1120 (CN 15-351-001) Main 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Biochemistry 1-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Hours arranged (CN 15-490-001) Staff 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: BCH 351 or equivalent 

Hours arranged (CN 15-590-001) Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biochemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 15-695-001) Graduate Staff 



26 



BCH 699 Biochemical Research 

Hours arranged (CN 15-699-001) 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

BAE 590 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing in agricultural engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 16-590-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



Credits Arranged 



BAE 690 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 16-690-001) 



Staff 
Credits, Arranged, 1-4 

Staff 



BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Credits, Arranged, 1-4 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 16-699-001) Graduate Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

*BAE 578 Agricultural Waste Management 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 

LR 0800-1000 (CN 16-578-001) 

LB Hours Arranged (CN 16-578-101) 

"Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16 



BAE 590 Special Problems 



Credits Arranged 



Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing in agricultural engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 16-590-001) 



BAE 690 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 16-690-001) 



Staff 
Credits, Arranged, 1-4 

Staff 



BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Credits, Arranged, 1-4 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biological and agricultural engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 16-699-001) Graduate Staff 

Biological Sciences 
FIRST SESSION 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 17-100-001) 
LB 1020-1300 T Th (CN 17-100-101) 
LB 1340-1620 T Th (CN 17-100-102) 
LB 1020-1300 T Th (CN 17-100-103) 
LB 1340-1620 T Th (CN 17-100-104) 
LB 1020-1300 W F (CN 17-100-105) 
LB 1340-1620 W F (CN 17-100-106) 



BS 495 Special Topics in Biology 

Hours arranged (CN 17-495-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

BS (ENT) 410 Biology of Insects 

Prerequisites: ZO 201 orZO 202 
(See Entomology, page 45.) 



Staff 

Credits Arranged, 1-6 
Staff 



27 



BS 495 Special Topics in Biology Credits Arranged, 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 17-495-001) Staff 

Biomathematics 
FIRST SESSION 

BMA 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-493-001) Staff 

BMA 591 Special Topics Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-591-001) Staff 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-691-001) Staff 

BMA 699 Research Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: As required 

Hours arranged (CN 18-699-001) Staff 

Hours arranged (CN 18-699-002) D. L. Ridgeway 

SECOND SESSION 

BMA 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-493-001) Staff 

BMA 591 Special Topics Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-591-001) Staff 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 18-691-001) Staff 

BMA 699 Research Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: As required 

Hours arranged (CN 18-699-001) Staff 

Hours arranged (CN 18-699-002) D. L. Ridgeway 

Botany 

FIRST SESSION 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

(See Biological Sciences, page 27.) 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

Prerequisite: A 200-level biology course 
(See Zoology, page 75.) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Prerequisites: BS 100 or BO 200 and one year of college chemistry 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 19-421-001) 

LB 1340-1750 T Th (CN 19-421-101) Noggle 

BO 499 Independent Study in Botany 1-3 

Prerequisites: At least eight hours of botany, advanced standing, and presentation 

of plan of study approved by a faculty member 

Hours arranged (CN 19-499-001) Staff 



28 



BO 590 Topical Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 19-590-001) 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany 

Hours arranged (CN 19-693-001) 

BO 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 19-699-001) 



1-3 

Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



SECOND SESSION 

BO 200 Plant Life 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 19-200-001) 

LB 1340-1750 T Th (CN 19-200-101) 

BO 320 Local Flora 

LR 1340-1750 M W (CN 19-320-001) 



4 

Seibert 

2 
Staff 



BO 499 Independent Study in Botany 1-3 

Prerequisites: At least eight hours of botany, advanced standing, and presentation 

of plan of study approved by a faculty member 

Hours arranged (CN 19-499-001) Staff 



BO 590 Topical Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 19-590-001) 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany 

Hours arranged (CN 19-693-001) 

BO 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 19-699-001) 

Chemical Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 

Elective for seniors in chemical engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 20-497-001) 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 20-597-001) 

CHE 699 Research 

Hours Arranged (CN 20-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 

Elective for seniors in chemical engineering 
Hours arranged (CN 20-497-001) 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 20-597-001) 

CHE 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 20-699-001) 



1-3 

Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



1-3 

Ferrell 
1-3 

Ferrell 

Credits Arranged 
Ferrell 



1-3 

Ferrell 
1-3 

Ferrell 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



29 



Chemistry 

FIRST SESSION 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 21-101-001) 

LB 1340-1750 MW (CN 21-101-101) 

(CN 21-101-102) 

(CN 21-101-103) 

(CN 21-101-104) 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 

Prerequisite: CH 101 
LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-103-001) 

LB 1340-1750 (CN 21-103-101) 

(CN 21-103-102) 

CH 104 Experimental Chemistry 

Corequisite: CH 105 

1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-104-001) 

CH 105 Chemistry — Principles and Applications 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

0950-1120 (CN 21-105-001) 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-107-001) 

LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-107-101) 

(CN 21-107-102) 

(CN 21-107-103) 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 

1340-1620 (CN 21-111-001) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107, or CH 104 and CH 105 
LR 0800-0930 (CN 21-220-001) 

LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-220-101) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 

Prerequisite: CH 107 
*LR 0800-0930 
LB 1340-1750 MW 



*LR 0950-1120 
LB 1340-1750 TTh 



(CN 21-221-001) 
(CN 21-221-101) 
(CN 21-221-102) 
(CN 21-221-002) 
(CN 21-221-103) 
(CN 21-221-104) 



CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 

Prerequisite: CH 221 
LR 0800-0930 (CN 21-223-001) 

LB 1340-1750 MW (CN 21-223-101) 
LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-223-102) 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107, or CH 104 and CH 105 
LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-315-001) 

LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-315-101) 



4 
Staff 



Staff 
3 



* Students preregistering for this course must list one of the laboratory sections listed immediately 
following the lecture section. 



30 



CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

Prerequisite: CH 107, MA 202, PY 203 or PY 208 

Corequisite: MA 301 

0800-0930 (CN 21-431-001) Staff 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry 1-3 

Prerequisite: Three years chemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 21-499-001) Staff 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 21-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 21-101-001) 

LB 1340-1750 MW (CN 21-101-101) Staff 

(CN 21-101-102) 

(CN 21-101-103) 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

Prerequisite: CH 101 
LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-103-001) 

LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-103-101) Staff 

(CN 21-103-102) 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

Prerequisite: CH 101 with grade of C or better 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-107-001) 

LB 1340-1750 TTh (CN 21-107-101) Staff 

(CN 21-107-102) 

(CN 21-107-103) 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Prerequisite: CH 221 

LR 0800-Q930 (CN 21-223-001) 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 21-223-002) 

LB 1340-1750 (CN 21-223-101) Staff 

(CN 21-223-102) 

(CN 21-223-103) 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry 1-3 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 21-499-001) Staff 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Hours arranged (CN 21-699-001) Staff 

Civil Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil Engineering 2 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

LR 0910-1010 (CN 22-202-001) 

LB 1020-1120 (CN 22-202-101) Staff 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 301 

LR 0800-0900 (CN 22-325-001) 

LB 1340-1620 TTh (CN 22-325-101) Staff 



31 



CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 

Prerequisite: CE 325 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 22-326-001) 

LB 1340-1620 TTh (CN 22-326-101) Staff 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 

Prerequisite: MAT 200 

LR 1020-1120 (CN 22-332-001) 

LB 1340-1620 MW (CN 22-332-101) Staff 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering 1-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in CE or CEC 

Hours arranged (CN 22-498-001) Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 22-598-001) Staff 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 22-698-001) Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 22-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 22-598-001) Staff 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 22-698-001) Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 22-699-001) Staff 

Computer Science 

The following Computer Science courses will be offered in an eight week period 
instead of the usual five week period. May 19th is the first day of classes and the 
last day of classes is July 9th. Final exams will be held on Saturday, July 10. 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 

LR 1200-1300 MWF (CN 23-101-001) 

LB 1200-1330 TTh (CN 23-101-101) Powell 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts 3 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 

1020-1120 (CN 23-102-001) Danielopoulos 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Corequisite: MA 102 

LR 0800-0900 MWF (CN 23-111-001) 

LB 0800-0900 TTh (CN 23-111-101) Lewis 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization and Assembly Language 3 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC 111 

1340-1440 (CN 23-112-001) Finger 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers and their Uses 3 

A student who has previously taken CSC 101 or CSC 111 may not receive credit for 

this course. 

0910-1010 (CN 23-200-001) Finger 



32 



CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC 111 
Corequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
1200-1300 (CN 23-302-001) 

CSC 311 Data Structures 

Prerequisites: CSC 112 and CSC 102 
1020-1120 (CN 23-311-001) 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures 

Prerequisite: MA 231 or MA 405 
0910-1010 (CN 23-322-001) 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Language and Automata 

Prerequisite: CSC 322 
1340-1440 (CN 23-412-001) 

Co-op Program 

FIRST SESSION AND SECOND SESSION 

Engineering Students Only 

COP 100E Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-100-001) 

COP 200E Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-200-001) 

COP 300E Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-300-001) 

COP 400E Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-400-001) 

COP 500E Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-500-001) 

Forest Resources Students Only 

COP 100F Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-100-002) 

COP 200F Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-200-002) 

COP 300F Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-300-002) 

COP 400F Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-400-002) 

COP 500F Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-500-002) 

Liberal Arts Students Only 

COP 100L Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-100-003) 

COP 200L Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-200-003) 

COP 300L Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-300-003) 

COP 400L Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-400-003) 



Lewis 
3 

Tharp 
3 

Robbins 
3 

Deimel 




Hamme 


Hamme 


Hamme 


Hamme 


Hamme 




Saylor 


Saylor 


Saylor 


Saylor 


Saylor 




Parker 


Parker 


Parker 


Parker 



33 



COP 500L Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-500-003) 

Physical and Mathematical Students Only 

COP 100P Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-100-004) 

COP 200P Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-200-004) 

COP 300P Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-300-004) 

COP 400P Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-400-004) 

COP 500P Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-500-004) 

Textiles Students Only 

COP 100T Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-100-005) 

COP 200T Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-200-005) 

COP 300T Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-300-005) 

COP 400T Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-400-005) 

COP 500T Co-op Work Program 

Hours arranged (CN 25-500-005) 




Parker 




Honeycutt 


Honeycutt 


Honeycutt 


Honeycutt 


Honeycutt 




Klibbe 


Klibbe 


Klibbe 


Klibbe 


Klibbe 



Crop Science 
FIRST SESSION 

*CS (HS, GN) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 

Prerequisite: CS (HS, GN) 541 

■"Conducted on an arranged basis during the entire summer. Students should 

register for the course first session only. 

Hours arranged (CN 24-542-001) Caldwell 



CS 591 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 24-591-001) 

CS 699 Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 24-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

CS 591 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 24-591-001) 

CS 699 Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 24-699-001) 



Credits Arranged 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 

Credits Arranged 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 



34 



Design 

FIRST SESSION 

(This course starts First Session and runs for nine weeks.) 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series) 6 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 
1300-1700 (CN 13-400-001) 

Economics and Business 

(Also see Accounting.) 
FIRST SESSION 

EB 201 Economics I 3 

0800-0930 (CN 27-201-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 27-201-002) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 27-201-003) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 27-201-004) Staff 

EB 202 Economics II 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 

0800-0930 (CN 27-202-001) Clark 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 

Prerequisites: MA 112 and EB 201 or EB 212 

0950-1120 (CN 27-301-001) Wilson 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Theory and Policy 3 

Prerequisites: EB 201 and MA 112 

1140-1310 (CN 27-302-001) Poindexter 

EB 307 Business Law I 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 or EB 212 

0800-0930 (CN 27-307-001) Holcomb 

EB 308 Business Law II 3 

Prerequisite: EB 307 

1140-1310 (CN 27-308-001) Holcomb 

EB 326 Personnel Management 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 or EB 212 

0800-0930 (CN 27-326-001) Wessels 

0950-1120 (CN 27-326-002) Wessels 

EB (ST) 350 Economics and Business Statistics 3 

Prerequisites: MA 112, EB 201, EB 202 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 27-350-001) Wilson 

EB 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

Prerequisites: EB 301, EB 302 and EB 317 or ST 311 (plus two courses from the 

list of restricted EB electives). 

1140-1310 (CN 27-490-001) El-Kammash 

EB 502 Income and Employment Theory 3 

Prerequisites: MA 112 and EB 301 and EB 302 

0950-1120 (CN 27-502-001) Poindexter 

EB 598 Topical Problems in Economics 1-6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 27-598-001) Staff 



35 



EB 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 27-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

EB 201 Economics I 3 

0800-0930 (CN 27-201-001) Fearn 

0800-0930 (CN 27-201-002) Mundell 

0950-1120 (CN 27-201-003) Staff 

EB 202 Economics II 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 

0950-1120 (CN 27-202-001) Davidson 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 

Prerequisites: MA 112 and EB 201 or EB 212 

0950-1120 (CN 27-301-001) Ball 

EB 310 Economics of the Firm 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 or EB 212 

0950-1120 (CN 27-310-001) Harrell 

EB 332 Industrial Relations 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 or EB 212 

0950-1120 (CN 27-332-001) Fearn 

EB 475 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Prerequisite: EB 201 or EB 212 

0800-0930 (CN 27-475-001) Turner 

EB 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

Prerequisites: EB 301, EB 302 and EB 317 or ST 311 (plus two courses from list 

of restricted EB electives). 

1140-1310 (CN 27-490-001) Harrell 

EB 501 Price Theory 3 

Prerequisites: MA 112 and EB 301 

1200-1330 (CN 27-501-001) Ball 

EB 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3 

Prerequisite: EB 301, EB 303, or EB 401 or consent of instructor 

0900-1200 (CN 27-523-001) 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 

EB 598 Topical Problems in Economics 1-6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 27-598-001) Staff 

EB 603 History of Economic Thought 3 

Prerequisites: EB 501 and EB 502 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 27-603-001) Turner 

EB 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 27-699-001) Staff 

Education 
FIRST SESSION 

ED 344 School and Society 3 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

0800-0930 (CN 28-344-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 28-344-002) Beezer 



36 



ED 421 Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative Training 3 

Prerequisites: ED 327, ED 344 

0800-0930 (CN 28-421-001) Smith 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials 3 

Prerequisites: ED 327, ED 344 

0950-1120 (CN 28-428-001) Smith 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education 1-3 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Hours Arranged (CN 28-496-001) Staff 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary Nature 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

0800-0930 (CN 28-510-001) Vis. Prof. 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 

Prerequisite: Six hours ED or PSY 

1340-1510 (CN 28-520-001) Locke 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate credit, consent of department head 

Hours arranged (CN 28-591-001) Hanson 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult and Community College Education 

(See ED 596, Second Session) Staff 

ED 597 Special Problems in Education 1-3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 28-597-001) Staff 

ED 600 Organizational Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and 

Community College Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 503, PS 502, SOC 541 

0950-1120 (CN 28-600-001) Vis. Prof. 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 28-615-001) Kniefel 

ED 621 Internship in Education 3-9 

Prerequisites: Nine credit hours in graduate level courses and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 28-621-001) Staff 

ED 641E Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 3 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 

1610-1730 (CN 28-641-001) Locke 

1610-1730 (CN 28-641-002) Poole 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Fifteen hours, consent of adviser 

Hours arranged (CN 28-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

ED (PHI) 304 Philosophy of Education 3 

(See Philosophy, page 59.) Bryan 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED 100 

0950-1120 (CN 28-327-001) Shore 

ED 457 Organization and Management of Youth Club Activities 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

0800-0930 (CN 28-457-001) Parker 



37 



ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional Media 3 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate standing 

1300-1700 (June 29-July 30) (CN 28-483-001) Gibson 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 28-496-001) Staff 

ED 496a Senior Seminar — Teaching Modern Languages 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

0800-1100 (CN 28-496-002) Girardi 

(Three week course June 29-July 20) (Especially for public school teachers.) 

ED 500 The Community College System 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 

0800-0930 (CN 28-500-001) Segner 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 501, consent of instructor 

0900-1200 (CN 28-503-001) Boone 

(Three week summer workshop June 28-July 16) 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations 3 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours ED 

0800-0930 (CN 28-504-001) Cox 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate status 

0800-0930 (CN 28-505-001) Hanson or Vis. Prof. 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY 

0800-0930 (CN 28-506-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 28-506-002) 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY 

0950-1120 (CN 28-507-001) Fox 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY 

1140-1310 (CN 28-508-001) Fox 

ED 512 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary and Junior High School 3 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

1140-1300 (CN 28-512-001) Watson 

ED 514 Formative Ideas in American Education 3 

Prerequisite: Six hours ED or PSY or permission of instructor 

0800-0930 (CN 28-514-001) Ivie 

ED 515 Teaching Disadvantaged Youth 3 

Prerequisite: Six hours in ED or PSY; teaching experience 

0950-1020 (CN 28-515-001) Ivie 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY 

0800-0930 (CN 28-520-001) Jones 

ED 522 Career Exploration 3 

Prerequisites: ED 344 and graduate status or permission of instructor 

0950-1120 (CN 28-522-001) Cox 



38 



ED 524 Occupational Information 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or equivalent 

0950-1120 (CN 28-524-001) Jones 

ED 526 Teaching in College 3 

Prerequisite: None. Designed for graduate students not in ED 

1340-1510 (CN 28-526-001) Simpson 

ED 527 Philosophy of Occupational Education 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

0800-0930 (CN 28-527-001) Shore 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours ED or PSY, ED 520 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 28-530-001) Locke 

ED 531 Mental Deficiency 3 

Prerequisites: Nine hours PSY and special education 

1140-1310 (CN 28-531-001) Staff 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 28-533-001) Martin 

ED 537 The Extension and Public Service Function in Higher Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED 510 

1300-1600 (CN 28-537-001) Andrews 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours ED including student teaching; Coreq. ED 597a 
0950-1120 (CN 28-563-001) Bryant 

ED 570 Foundations of Mathematic Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

1340-1510 (CN 28-570-001) Watson 

ED 575 Foundations of Science Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED 475 or equivalent 

0950-1120 (CN 28-575-001) Simpson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate credit, consent of department head 

Hours arranged (CN 28-591-001) Hanson 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education 3 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Hours arranged (CN 28-593-001) Bryant 

ED 593c Special Problems — Teaching Contemporary Vo-Ag 3 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

1340-1650 (CN 28-593-002) Clary and Bryant 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult and Community College Education 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

1300-1600 Change and the Community College (CN 28-596-002) Johnson 

1300-1600 Evaluation and Accountability in Informal Adult Education 

(CN 28-596-003) Forest 

0900-1200 Education and Aging (CN 28-596-004) Glass 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 



39 



ED 597 Special Problems in Education 1-3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 28-597-001) Staff 

ED 597a Special Problems — Occupational Education for Handicapped 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Corequisite: ED 563 

0800-0930 (CN 28-597-002) Clary 

ED 597b Special Problems — Communication Disorders in the Classroom 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

0950-1120 (CN 28-597-003) Mahmoud 

ED 597c Special Problems — Education of Emotionally Disturbed 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

1140-1310 (CN 28-597-004) Mahmoud 

ED 601 Administrative Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult 

and Community College Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 600 or comparable course(s) on organizational theory 

0950-1120 (CN 28-601-001) Gragg 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational Education 3 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

0950-1120 (CN 28-611-001) Hanson 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational Education 
Programs 3 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

0950-1120 (CN 28-612-001) Hanson 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

1140-1310 (CN 28-615-001) Waters 

ED 621 Internship in Education 3-9 

Prerequisites: Nine credit hours in graduate level courses and consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 28-621-001) Staff 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields: economics, education, psychology or 

sociology 

0950-1120 (CN 28-633-001) Locke 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

Hours arranged (CN 28-693-001) Clary 

ED 699 Research Credits ArraneeH 

Prerequisites: Fifteen hours, consent of adviser 

Hours arranged (CN 28-699-001) Staff 

Electrical Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

Prerequisites: EE 201, MA 201 

Offered only in a 12-week sequence. The course counts for two semester hours in 

calculating load for each session. Students should register for four semester hours 

at registration for First Session only. 

LR 0800-0900 (CN 30-202-001) Seagraves 



40 



LR 0940-1040 (CN 30-202-002) Seagraves 

LB 1300-1500 M W (CN 30-202-101) Staff 

LB 1500-1700 M W (CN 30-202-102) Staff 

LB 1300-1500 T Th (CN 20-202-103) Staff 

LB 1500-1700 T Th (CN 30-202-104) Staff 

EE 213 Electric Circuits I Lab 1 

Prerequisite: EE 211 

1500-1700 T Th (CN 30-213-001) Staff 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering 3 

Prerequisite: EE 331 

0730-0900 (CN 30-332-001) Staff 

EE 512 Communication Theory 3 

Prerequisites: EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Hours arranged (CN 30-512-001) Staff 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3 

Prerequisites: EE 440, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Hours arranged (CN 30-520-001) Snyder 

EE 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 

(Digital Systems Architecture) 

Prerequisite: EE 520 Gault 

Hours arranged (CN 30-692-001) 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in electrical engineering and approval of adviser 
Hours arranged (CN 30-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II 

(See First Session) 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in Manufacturing Processes 3 

Prerequisites: PY 212, MA 201 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 30-350-001) Easter 

LB 1340-1620 T Th (CN 30-350-101) Easter 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering and approval of adviser 
Hours arranged (CN 30-699-001) Staff 

Engineering (General Courses) 
FIRST SESSION 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

0800-0930 (CN 31-101-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 31-101-002) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

0800-0930 (CN 31-101-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 31-101-002) Staff 



41 



Engineering Science and Mechanics 
FIRST SESSION 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Corequisite: MA 202 

0800-0930 (CN 34-200-001) Liddell 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering Mechanics 3 

Prerequisite: PY 205 

Corequisite: MA 202 

0950-1120 (CN 34-205-001) Liddell 

1140-1310 (CN 34-205-002) Bingham 

ESM 301 Mechanics of Solids 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 200 

0800-0930 (CN 34-301-001) Gurley 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 200 or ESM 205 

0950-1120 (CN 34-303-001) Bingham 

1140-1310 (CN 34-303-002) Edwards 

ESM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 205 

Corequisite: MA 301 

0800-0930 (CN 34-305-001) Clayton 

ESM 307 Solids Mechanics I 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 205 

Corequisite: MA 301 

0950-1120 (CN 34-307-001) Horie 

ESM 699 Research In Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 34-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

ESM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Corequisite: MA 202 

0800-0930 (CN 34-200-001) Rumbough 

ESM 205 Principles of Engineering Mechanics 3 

Prerequisite: PY 205 

Corequisite: MA 202 

0800-0930 (CN 34-205-001) Sigmon 

0950-1120 (CN 34-205-002) Howland 

ESM 301 Mechanics of Solids 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 200 

0950-1220 (CN 34-301-001) Gurley 

ESM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 200 or ESM 205 

0950-1120 (CN 24-303-001) Edwards 

ESM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

Prerequisite: ESM 205 

Corequisite: MA 301 

0800-0930 (CN 34-305-001) Mettrey 

ESM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 34-699-001) Staff 






42 



English 
FIRST SESSION 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

General University requirement. 

0800-0930 (CN 36-111-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-111-002) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 36-111-003) Staff 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

General University requirement. 

Prerequisite: ENG 111 

0800-0930 (CN 36-112-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-112-002) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 36-112-003) Staff 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, or litera- 
ture is the completion of ENG 111 and ENG 112. Desirable preparation 

for literature courses of the 300 level or above is ENG 205, ENG 206, 
ENG 207, ENG 208 or any semester of ENG 261, ENG 262 or ENG 265, 
ENG 266. 

ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature 3 

The courses ENG 205, ENG 206, ENG 207, and ENG 208 are designed for students 
not enrolled in Liberal Arts. 

0800-0930 (CN 36-205-001) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 36-205-002) Staff 

ENG 208 Studies in Fiction 3 

The courses ENG 205, ENG 206, ENG 207, and ENG 208 are designed for students 
not enrolled in Liberal Arts. 

0800-0930 (CN 36-208-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-208-002) Staff 

ENG 261 English Literature I 3 

0800-0930 (CN 36-261-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-261-002) Staff 

ENG 265 American Literature I 3 

0800-0930 (CN 36-265-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-265-002) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 36-265-003) Staff 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information 3 

0800-0930 (CN 36-321-001) Dandridge 

0950-1120 (CN 36-321-002) Dandridge 

ENG 323 Creative Writing 3 

0950-1120 (CN 36-323-001) Jeffers 

ENG 395 Black American Literature 3 

1140-1310 (CN 36-395-001) Lucas 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II (1940 to present) 3 

0800-0930 (CN 36-399-001) Knowles 

ENG 462 18th-century English Literature 3 

0800-0930 (CN 36-462-001) Durant 

ENG 485 Shakespeare 3 

0950-1120 (CN 36-485-001) Baines 



43 



ENG 578 English Drama to 1642 

Prerequisite: Upper division or graduate standing 
0950-1120 (CN 36-578-001) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENG 671 20th-century British Poetry 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
0800-0930 (CN 36-671-001) 

ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate adviser 
Hours arranged (CN 36-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 

General University requirement. 
0800-0930 (CN 36-111-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 36-111-002) 
1140-1310 (CN 36-111-003) 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 

General University requirement. 
Prerequisite: ENG 111 
0800-0930 (CN 36-112-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 36-112-002) 
1140-1310 (CN 36-112-003) 

NOTE: 



3 
Meyers 



Halperen 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



Staff 
Staff 
Staff 



Staff 
Staff 
Staff 



The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, or litera- 
ture is the completion of ENG 111 and ENG 112. Desirable preparation 
for literature courses of the 300 level or above is ENG 205, ENG 206, 
ENG 207, ENG 208 or any semester of ENG 261, ENG 262 or ENG 265, 
ENG 266. 

ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature 3 

The courses ENG 205, ENG 206, ENG 207, and ENG 208 are designed for students 
not enrolled in Liberal Arts. 

0800-0930 (CN 36-205-001) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 36-205-002) Staff 

ENG 208 Studies in Fiction 3 

The courses ENG 205, ENG 206, ENG 207, and ENG 208 are designed for students 
not enrolled in Liberal Arts. 

0800-0930 (CN 36-208-001) Staff 

0950-1120 (CN 36-208-002) Staff 



ENG 262 English Literature II 

0800-0930 (CN 36-262-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 36-262-002) 

ENG 266 American Literature II 

0800-0930 (CN 36-266-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 36-266-002) 

1140-1310 (CN 36-266-003) 

ENG 290 Classical Backgrounds of English Literature 

0800-0930 (CN 36-290-001) 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information 

0800-0930 (CN 36-321-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 36-321-002) 



3 
Staff 
Staff 

3 
Staff 
Staff 
Staff 

3 
Wall 

3 
Spears 
Spears 



44 



ENG 371 The Modern Novel 

0950-1120 (CN 36-371-001) 

ENG 451 Chaucer 

0800-0930 (CN 36-451-001) 

ENG 463 The Victorian Period 

1140-1310 (CN 36-463-001) 

ENG 468 American Romanticism 

0950-1120 (CN 36-468-001) 

ENG 526 History of the English Language 

Prerequisite: Upper division or graduate standing 
0800-0930 (CN 36-526-001) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENG 658 Studies in Shakespeare 

Prerequisites: ENG 485 or equivalent and graduate standing 
0950-1120 (CN 36-658-001) 

ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis) 

Prerequisite: Consent of graduate adviser 
Hours arranged (CN 36-699-001) 

Entomology 
FIRST SESSION 

ENT 590 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 38-590-001) 

ENT 699 Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 38-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

ENT (BS) 410 Biology of Insects 

Prerequisite: ZO 201 orZO 202 
Hours arranged (CN 38-410-001) 

ENT 590 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 38-590-001) 

ENT 699 Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 38-699-01) 

Food Science 
FIRST SESSION 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science 

Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 39-491-001) 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 39-591-001) 



C. Moore 

3 
Koonce 



Harrison 

3 
Kilby 

3 
Short 



M. Williams 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



Credits Arranged 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



Maximum 6 

Staff 
Maximum 6 

Graduate Staff 



45 



FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science 

Hours arranged (CN 39-691-001) 

FS 699 Research in Food Science 

Hours arranged (CN 39-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science 

Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 39-491-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



Maximum 6 
Staff 



FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science — Food Preparation Theory 3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor 

0900-1100 and 1330-1530 (CN 39-491-002) Staff 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 39-591-001) Graduate Staff 



FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science 

Hours arranged (CN 39-691-001) 

FS 699 Research in Food Science 

Hours arranged (CN 39-699-001) 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

French 

FIRST SESSION 

FLF 101 Elementary French I 

0800-0930 (CN 64-101-001) 
0800-0930 (CN 64-101-002) 

FLF 102 Elementary French II 

Prerequisite: FLF 101 
1140-1310 (CN 64-102-001) 

FLF 201 Intermediate French I 

Prerequisite: FLF 102 
0950-1120 (CN 64-201-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 64-201-002) 

SECOND SESSION 

FLF 102 Elementary French II 

Prerequisite: FLF 101 
0800-0930 (CN 64-102-001) 
0800-0930 (CN 64-102-002) 

FLF 202 Intermediate French II 

Prerequisite: FLF 201 
0950-1120 (CN 64-202-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 64-202-002) 

FLF 401 French for Graduate Students 

Not open to undergraduates. 
0800-0930 (CN 64-401-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Graduate Staff 



3 
Hughes 
Paschal 



Jezierski 
3 

Jezierski 
Paschal 



Hammond 
Hollar 



Hollar 
Hammond 




Stack 



46 



German 



FIRST SESSION 

FLG 101 Elementary German I 

0800-0930 (CN 65-101-001) 
0800-0930 (CN 65-101-002) 

FLG 201 Intermediate German I 

Prerequisite: FLG 102 
0950-1120 (CN 65-201-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

FLG 102 Elementary German II 

Prerequisite: FLG 101 
0800-0930 (CN 65-102-001) 

FLG 202 Intermediate German II 

Prerequisite: FLG 201 
0950-1120 (CN 65-202-001) 

Spanish 

FIRST SESSION 

FLS 101 Elementary Spanish I 

0950-1120 (CN 68-101-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 68-101-002) 

FLS 102 Elementary Spanish II 

Prerequisite: FLS 101 
0800-0950 (CN 68-102-001) 

FLS 201 Intermediate Spanish I 

Prerequisite: FLS 102 
1140-1310 (CN 68-201-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

FLS 102 Elementary Spanish II 

Prerequisite: FLS 101 
0950-1120 (CN 68-102-001) 

FLS 202 Intermediate Spanish II 

Prerequisite: FLS 201 
1140-1310 (CN 68-202-001) 

Forestry 
FIRST SESSION 

FOR 204 Silviculture 

Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOR 
0800-1700 (CN 40-204-001) 

FOR 263 Dendrology 

Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite: FOR 210, FOR 211 
0800-1700 (CN 40-263-001) 



Simonsen 
Rollins 



Simonsen 



Rollins 
3 

Tucker 



G. Gonzalez 
Feeny 



Kloe 
3 



Feeny 



Alonso 
3 

Alonso 



2 
Duffield 



Duffield 



47 



FOR 264 Forest Protection 2 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOR 

0800-1700 (CN 40-264-001) Staff 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration 4 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: FOR 272 

0800-1700 (CN 40-274-001) Steensen, Jervis 

FOR 284 Utilization 1 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in FOR 

0800-1700 (CN 40-284-001) Gemmer 

FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Hours arranged (CN 40-491-001) Staff 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-591-001) Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-692-001) Staff 

FOR 699 Problems in Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Hours arranged (CN 40-491-001) Staff 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-591-001) Staff 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-692-001) Staff 

FOR 699 Problems in Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 40-699-001) Staff 

Genetics 
FIRST SESSION 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing 

0800-0930 (CN 41-301-001) Staff 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Prerequisites: BS 100, junior standing 

1140-1310 (CN 41-411-001) Staff 



48 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 



GN (CS, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures 

(See Crop Science, page 34.) 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 41-695-001) 

GN 699 Research 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 41-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 41-695-001) 

GN 699 Research 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 41-699-001) 

Geology 
FIRST SESSION 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 
Hours arranged (CN 43-593-001) 

GY 699 Geological Research 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 43-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 
Hours arranged (CN 43-593-001) 

GY 699 Geological Research 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 43-699-001) 

History 

FIRST SESSION 

HI 205 Western Civilization Since 1400 

0950-1120 (CN 44-205-001) 

HI 208 The Middle Ages 

0950-1120 (CN 44-208-001) 

HI 209 Renaissance to Waterloo 1300-1815 

1140-1310 (CN 44-209-001) 

HI 210 Europe in the Nineteenth Century 

1140-1310 (CN 44-210-001) 

HI 233 The World in the 20th Centurv 

0800-0930 (CN 44-233-001) 



1-3 

Graduate Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 

1-3 

Graduate Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Graduate Staff 



1-6 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 

1-6 

Staff 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 



3 
Brown 

3 
Banker 

3 
Banker 

3 
Brown 



Czupryna 



49 



HI 241 United States to 1783 
0800-0930 (CN 44-241-001) 

HI 242 United States, 1783-1845 

1140-1310 (CN 44-242-001) 

HI 244 United States Since 1914 

0950-1120 (CN 44-244-001) 

HI 244 United States Since 1914 

0950-1120 (CN 44-244-002) 

HI 263 Traditional East Asia: Prehistory to 1800 
1140-1310 (CN 44-263-001) 

HI 452 Recent America 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history 
1140-1310 (CN 44-452-001) 

HI 463 North Carolina to 1860 
Prerequisite: Three hours of history 
0800-0930 (CN 44-463-001) 



Constantin 



Constantin 

3 
Hobbs 

3 
Staff 



Czupryna 
3 

Hobbs 
3 

Elliott 



SECOND SESSION 

HI 204 Western Civilization to 1400 

0950-1120 (CN 44-204-001) 

HI 205 Western Civilization Since 1400 

0950-1120 (CN 44-205-001) 

HI 207 The Ancient World to 180 A.D. 

0800-0930 (CN 44-207-001) 

HI 210 Europe in the Nineteenth Century 

1140-1310 (CN 44-210-001) 

HI 216 Latin America Since 1826 

0950-1120 (CN 44-216-001) 

HI 233 The World in the 20th Century 

0800-0930 (CN 44-233-001) 

HI 242 United States, 1783-1845 

1140-1310 (CN 44-242-001) 

HI 243 United States, 1845-1914 

0950-1120 (CN 44-243-001) 

HI 244 United States Since 1914 

0800-0930 (CN 44-244-001) 

HI 264 Modern East Asia: 1800 to Present 

1140-1310 (CN 44-264-001) 

HI 465 The American West 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history 
0950-1120 (CN 44-465-001) 

HI 467 Modern Mexico 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history 
1140-1310 (CN 44-467-001) 



3 
Sack 

3 
Nelson 

3 

Sack 

3 
Nelson 

3 
Beezley 

3 
Metzgar 

3 
King 

3 
Collins 

3 
Collins 

3 
Metzgar 

3 

Crisp 
3 

Beezley 



50 



Horticultural Science 

FIRST SESSION 

HS 212 Ornamental Plants 3 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

LR 0950-1310 (CN 45-212-001) R. M. Southall 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 3 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 45-342-001) G. M. Pierceall 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

LR 0830-1130 (CN 45-432-001) 

LB 1330-1530 (CN 45-432-101) 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) Banadyga 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural Science Credits Arranged, 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 45-495-001) Staff 

HS 542 (CS 542, GN 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 

(See Crop Science, page 34.) 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged, Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 45-599-001) Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, consent of advisory committee 

chairman 

Hours arranged (CN 45-699-001) Graduate Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural Science Credits Arranged, 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 45-495-001) Staff 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged, Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 45-599-001) Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, consent of advisory committee 

chairman 

Hours arranged (CN 45-699-001) Graduate Staff 

Industrial Arts 
FIRST SESSION 

IA 231 Industrial Arts Design 3 

Prerequisites: E 101 or IA 113, IA 115 and IA 122 

0730-1010 (CN 47-231-001) Troxler 

IA 359 Electrical Technology I 3 

Prerequisites: MA 111, PY 212 or PY 221 

0730-1010 (CN 47-359-001) Young 

I A 368 Technical Drawing II 3 

Prerequisite: E 101 or IA 113 

1020-1230 (CN 47-368-001) Troxler 

IA 480 Modern Industries 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

1340-1510 (CN 47-480-001) Young 



51 



IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 
1500-1600 (CN 47-590-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

I A 115 Wood Processing I 

0730-1010 (CN 47-115-001) 

IA 122 Metal Technology I 

1020-1300 (CN 47-122-001) 

IA 246 Graphics Technology 

Prerequisite: High school technical drawing course 
1020-1300 (CN 47-246-001) 

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 47-590-001) 

*ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education 
0800-0930 (CN 28-630-001) 

*ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
0800-0930 (CN 28-692-001) 
* Must be taken concurrently. 

Industrial Engineering 

FIRST AND SECOND SUMMER SESSIONS 

IE 641 Environmental Factors and Human Performance 

Prerequisites: IE 540 (PSY 540) and IE 542 or equivalent 
1900-2100 T Th (CN 49-641-001) (10 weeks) 

IE (MA, OR) 505 and 692 (See OR, page 59.) 

Marine Sciences 
FIRST SESSION 

MAS 699 Research in Marine Sciences 

(CN 53-699-001) 



Variable Credits, Maximum 6 
Young 



3 
Leeper 

3 
Baker 



Leeper 
Variable Credits, Maximum 6 

Baker 
2 

Baker 
1 

Baker 



Pearson, Goodman, Swan 



Credits Arranged 



Credits Arranged 



SECOND SESSION 

MAS 699 Research in Marine Sciences 

(CN 53-699-001) 

Materials Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of Structural Materials 

Prerequisite: CH 105 and the first course in engineering science and mechanics 



LR 1100-1200 M W F (CN 61-200-001) 

LB 1300-1730 T Th (CN 61-200-101) 

(CN 61-200-102) 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials 

Prerequisite: CH 105 

LR 1200-1300 (CN 61-201-001) 

LB 1300-1600 M W F (CN 61-201-101) 

(CN 61-201-102) 



Fahmy 
Fahmy, Staff 



Fahmy 
Staff 



52 



MAT 495 Materials Engineering Projects 1-6 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

Hours arranged (CN 61-495-001) Staff 

MAT 595 Advanced Materials Experiments 1-3 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 61-595-001) Staff 

MAT 699 Materials Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 61-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials 3 

Prerequisite: CH 105 

LR 1200-1300 (CN 61-201-001) Fahmy 

LB 1300-1600 M W F (CN 61-201-101) Staff 

(CN 61-201-102) 

MAT 495 Materials Engineering Projects 1-6 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

HoUrs arranged (CN 61-495-001) Staff 

MAT 595 Advanced Materials Experiments 1-3 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 61-595-001) Staff 

MAT 692 Special Topics in Materials Engineering 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 61-692-001) Staff 

MAT 699 Materials Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 61-699-001) 

Mathematics 
FIRST SESSION 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

Credits in both MA 102 and MA 112 are not allowed. 

0730-0940 (CN 54-102-001) (CN 54-102-002) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-102-003) (CN 54-102-004) Staff 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

0730-0940 (CN 54-111-001) (CN 54-111-002) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-111-003) (CN 54-111-004) Staff 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

Credits in both MA 102 and MA 112 are not allowed. 

0730-0940 (CN 54-112-001) (CN 54-112-002) 

1020-1230 (CN 54-112-003) (CN 54-112-004) Staff 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics 3 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

0800-0930 (CN 54-114-001) Staff 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics I 3 

Credit in MA 115 is not allowed if student already has credit for MA 102, MA 112, 

MA 114, or MA 111. 

1140-1310 (CN 54-115-001) (CN 54-115-002) Staff 



53 



MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and Elementary Statistics 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 115 
1020-1230 (CN 54-122-001) 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

0730-0940 (CN 54-201-001) (CN 54-201-002) (CN 54-201-003) 

1020-1230 (CN 54-201-004) (CN 54-201-005) (CN 54-201-006) 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

0730-0940 (CN 54-202-001) 

1020-1230 (CN 54-202-002) (CN 54-202-003) 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra 

Prerequisite: MA 201 
1020-1230 (CN 54-231-001) 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or equivalent 
0800-0930 (CN 54-301-001) (CN 54-301-002) 
1140-1310 (CN 54-301-003) (CN 54-301-004) 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
0950-1120 (CN 54-401-001) 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 
0800-0930 (CN 54-405-001) 
1140-1310 (CN 54-405-002) 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 
1140-1310 (CN 54-421-001) 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 

Prerequisite: MA 232 
0800-0930 (CN 54-425-001) 

MA 501 Advanced Math for Engineers and Scientists I 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
0950-1120 (CN 54-501-001) 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
1140-1310 (CN 54-511-001) 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
1140-1310 (CN 54-512-001) 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 

Prerequisite: MA 425 or MA 511 
0800-0930 (CN 54-513-001) 

MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis 

Hours arranged (CN 54-681-001) 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 

Hours arranged (CN 54-683-001) 

MA (IE, OR) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 

(See Operations Research, page 59.) 



54 



MA 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 54-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

MA 002 Review Algebra 

0730-0940 (CN 54-002-001) Staff 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

Credits in both MA 102 and MA 112 are not allowed. 

0730-0940 (CN 54-102-001) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-102-002) (CN 54-102-003) Staff 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

0730-0940 (CN 54-111-001) (CN 54-111-002) (CN 54-111-003) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-111-004) (CN 54-111-005) Staff 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

Credits in both MA 102 and MA 112 are not allowed. 

1020-1230 (CN 54-112-001) (CN 54-112-002) (CN 54-112-003) Staff 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics 3 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

0800-0930 (CN 54-114-001) Staff 

MA 116 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics II 3 

Prerequisite: MA 115 

Credit in MA 116 is not allowed if student already has credit for MA 102, MA 112, 

or MA 114. 

1140-1310 (CN 54-116-001) (CN 54-116-002) Staff 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

0730-0940 (CN 54-201-001) (CN 54-201-002) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-201-003) (CN 54-201-004) Staff 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 4 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

0730-0940 (CN 54-202-001) Staff 

1020-1230 (CN 54-202-002) Staff 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B 3 

Prerequisite: MA 112 

1140-1310 (CN 54-212-001) (CN 54-212-002) Staff 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or equivalent 

0800-0930 (CN 54-301-001) (CN 54-301-002) Staff 

1140-1310 (CN 54-301-003) (CN 54-301-004) Staff 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations 3 

Prerequisites: MA 231, MA 201 

0800-0930 (CN 54-312-001) Staff 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 3 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 

0950-1120 (CN 54-401-001) Staff 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra 3 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

0800-0930 (CN 54-403-001) Staff 



55 



MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

1140-1310 (CN 54-405-001) (CN 54-405-002) 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 
0950-1120 (CN 54-433-001) 

MA 502 Advanced Math for Engineers and Scientists II 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
0950-1120 (CN 54-502-001) 

MA (OR,IE) 505 Mathematical Programming I 

(See Operations Research, page 59.) 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 
1140-1310 (CN 54-512-001) 

MA (ST) 541 Theory of Probability I 

Prerequisite: MA 425 or MA 511 
1340-1510 (CN 54-541-001) 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory 

Prerequisite: MA 405 
0800-0930 (CN 54-622-001) 

MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis 

Hours arranged (CN 54-681-001) 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 

Hours arranged (CN 54-683-001) 

MA (OR.IE) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 

(See Operations Research, page 59.) 

MA 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 54-699-001) 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical Engineering 

Prerequisites: EM 205, PY 208 or PY 202 
0800-0930 (CN 55-216-001) 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 or PY 202 
0800-0930 (CN 55-301-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 55-301-002) 
0950-1120 (CN 55-301-003) 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I 

Corequisite: MAE 301 

1340-1750 T Th (CN 55-305-001) 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 

Prerequisites: MAE 216, EM 305 
0950-1120 (CN 55-315-001) 

MAE 586 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I 

Hours arranged (CN 55-586-001) 



3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
3 



3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 

1-6 
Staff 

1-6 
Staff 






Credits Arranged 
Staff 



Moore 
3 

Knight 

Pierce 

Hodgson 

1 

Batton 
3 

Hale 

1-6 
Staff 



56 



MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering and approval of adviser 
Hours arranged (CN 55-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II 3 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

0800-0930 (CN 55-302-001) Perkins 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II 1 

Prerequisites: MAE 305 and EE 331 

1340-1750 T Th (CN 55-306-001) Batton 

MAE 586 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering II 1-6 

Hours arranged (CN 55-586-001) Staff 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering and approval of 

adviser 

Hours arranged (CN 55-699-001) Staff 

Meteorology 
FIRST SESSION 

MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory II 4 

Prerequisite: MY 443 

1020-1230 (CN 56-444-001) Watson 

MY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of advisory committee 
Hours arranged (CN 56-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

MY 201 Atmospheric Environment 3 

0950-1120 (CN 56-201-001) Weber 

MY 593 Advanced Topics 2 or 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

0800-0900 Atmospheric Statistics (CN 56-593-001) Tsui 2 

0950-1120 (CN 56-593-002) Tsui 3 

MY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of advisory committee 

Hours arranged (CN 56-699-001) Staff 

Microbiology 
FIRST SESSION 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 57-692-001) Staff 

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 57-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 57-692-001) Staff 



57 



MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits Arranged 

Hours arranged (CN 57-699-001) Staff 

Music 

FIRST SESSION 

MLS 200 Understanding Music 3 

0800-0930 (CN 69-200-001) Ostergren 

0950-1120 (CN 69-200-002) Adcock 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America 3 

0800-0930 (CN 69-210-001) Adcock 

MUS 220 Music of the 19th Century 3 

0950-1120 (CN 69-220-001) Ostergren 

SECOND SESSION 

MUS 200 Understanding Music 3 

0950-1120 (CN 69-200-001) Bliss 

MUS 320 Music of the 20th Century 3 

0800-0930 (CN 69-320-001) Bliss 

Nuclear Engineering 
FIRST SESSION 

NE 491, 492 Nuclear Engineering Topics I, II 1-4 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 70-491-001) 

Hours arranged (CN 70-492-001) Staff 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 70-591-001) 

Hours arranged (CN 70-592-001) Staff 

NE 691 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 70-691-001) Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 70-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

NE 201 Applications of Nuclear Energy 3 

Prerequisite: PY 208 

0950-1120 (CN 70-201-001) Stam 

NE 491, 492 Nuclear Engineering Topics I, II 1-4 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 70-491-001) 

Hours arranged (CN 70-492-001) Staff 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 70-591-001) 

Hours arranged (CN 70-592-001) Staff 






58 



NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 70-699-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



Nutrition 

FIRST AND SECOND SESSIONS 

NTR 699 Research in Nutrition 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 71-699-001) 

Operations Research 

FIRST SESSION 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 421 

0950-1120 M W F (CN 73-501-001) 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR (IE, MA) 505 
Hours arranged (CN 73-691-001) 

OR (IE, MA) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 

Prerequisite: OR (IE, MA) 505 
Hours arranged (CN 73-692-001) 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research 

Prerequisites: Variable 

Hours arranged (CN 73-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

OR (IE, MA) 505 Mathematical Programming I 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

0950-1120 M W F (CN 73-505-001) 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR (IE, MA) 505 
Hours arranged (CN 73-691-001) 

OR (IE, MA) 692 Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 

Prerequisite: OR (IE, MA) 505 
Hours arranged (CN 73-692-001) 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research 

Prerequisites: Variable 

Hours arranged (CN 73-699-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



Visitor 
3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
1-3 

Staff 

3 

Nuttle 
3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
1-3 

Staff 



Philosophy 

(Also see Religion, page 68.) 

FIRST SESSION 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy 

0800-0930 (CN 74-205-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 74-205-002) 
1140-1310 (CN 74-205-003) 



3 

Carter 

VanDeVeer 

Regan 



59 



PHI 300 Early Western Philosophy 

0950-1120 (CN 74-300-001) 

PHI 307 Morality and Human Happiness 

0950-1120 (CN 74-307-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

PHI 201 Logic 

0950-1120 (CN 74-201-001) 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy 

0800-0930 (CN 74-205-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 74-205-002) 

PHI 301 Modern Western Philosophy 

0800-0930 (CN 74-301-001) 

PHI (ED) 304 Philosophy of Education 

0800-0930 (CN 74-304-001) 

PHI 306 Philosophy of Art 

0950-1120 (CN 74-306-001) 

Physical Education 
FIRST SESSION 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I 

1200-1300 (CN 75-112-001) 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming 

1200-1300 (CN 75-221-001) 
1300-1400 (CN 75-221-002) 

PE 242 Badminton 

1020-1120 (CN 75-242-001) 

PE 243 Bowling 

1420-1520 (CN 75-243-001) 
($20.00 Bowling Alley Fee) 

PE 245 Golf 

0910-1010 (CN 75-245-001) 

1020-1120 (CN 75-245-002) 

1300-1400 (CN 75-245-003) 

1400-1500 (CN 75-245-004) 

PE 249 Tennis I 

0910-1010 (CN 75-249-001) 
1020-1120 (CN 75-249-002) 
1300-1400 (CN 75-249-003) 
1400-1500 (CN 75-249-004) 
1500-1600 (CN 75-249-005) 

PE 251 Target Archery 

1020-1120 (CN 75-251-001) 
1320-1420 (CN 75-251-002) 
1420-1520 (CN 75-251-003) 

PE 265 Softball 

1520-1600 (CN 75-265-001) 

PE 269 Volleyball 

1200-1300 (CN 75-269-001) 



3 
Carter 

3 
Regan 



Metzger 

3 

Bredenberg 

Bryan 

3 
Metzger 

3 
Bryan 

3 
Bredenberg 



Daniels 

1 
Berle 
Leath 

1 
Shannon 

1 
Leath 



1 
Brasher 
Brasher 
Brasher 
Brasher 

1 
Leath 
Leath 
Berle 
Berle 
Shannon 

1 

Daniels 

Shannon 

Daniels 

1 
Daniels 

1 
Shannon 






60 



SECOND SESSION 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I 1 

1300-1400 (CN 75-112-001) Keating 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming 1 

1200-1300 (CN 75-221-001) Keating 

PE 242 Badminton x 

1020-1120 (CN 75-242-001) Keating 

PE 245 Golf x 

0930-1030 (CN 75-245-001) Gwvn 

1030-1130 (CN 75-245-002) G * 

1300-1400 (CN 75-245-003) q* 

1400-1500 (CN 75-245-004) Gw y n 

PE 249 Tennis I x 

1020-1120 (CN 75-249-001) Wall 

1200-1300 (CN 75-249-002) Cheek 

1320-1420 (CN 75-249-003) Cheek 

1420-1520 (CN 75-249-004) Wa H 

PE 251 Target Archery j 

1020-1120 (CN 75-251-001) Cheek 

1420-1520 (CN 75-251-002) Cheek 

PE 265 Softball ! 

1520-1620 (CN 75-265-001) W all 

PE 269 Volleyball 1 

1200-1300 (CN 75-269-001) Wal l 

Physics 

FIRST SESSION 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-205-001) 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-205-002) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-205-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-205-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-205-103) 

LB 1510-1720 T Th (CN 77-205-104) Staff 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite: PY 205 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-208-001) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-208-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-208-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-208-103) Staff 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 116 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-211-001) 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-211-002) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-211-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-211-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-211-103) 

LB 1510-1720 T Th (CN 77-211-104) Staff 



61 



PY 212 General Physics 

Prerequisite: PY 211 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-212-001) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-212-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-212-102) 

PY 221 College Physics 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 115 
1020-1300 (CN 77-221-001) 

PY 231 Physics for Non-Scientists 

For Liberal Arts students only 
1140-1310 (CN 77-231-001) 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 
Hours arranged (CN 77-499-001) 



Staff 
5 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
1-3 

Staff 



PY 599 Senior Research 3 

Prerequisites: Senior honors program standing, except with special permission 
Hours arranged (CN 77-599-001) Staff 



PY 695 Seminar 

1300-1430 M W (CN 77-695-001) 

PY 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 77-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

PY 205 General Physics 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-205-001) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-205-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-205-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-205-103) 

PY 208 General Physics 

Prerequisite: PY 205 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-208-001) 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-208-002) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-208-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-208-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-208-103) 

LB 1510-1720 T Th (CN 77-208-104) 

PY 211 General Physics 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 116 
LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-211-001) 
LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-211-101) 
LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-211-102) 

PY 212 General Physics 

Prerequisite: PY 211 

LR 0800-0930 (CN 77-212-001) 

LR 0950-1120 (CN 77-212-002) 

LB 1250-1500 M W (CN 77-212-101) 

LB 1510-1720 M W (CN 77-212-102) 

LB 1250-1500 T Th (CN 77-212-103) 

LB 1510-1720 T Th (CN 77-212-104) 

PY 221 College Physics 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 115 
1020-1300 (CN 77-221-001) 



1 

Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Staff 



Staff 
4 



Staff 
4 

Staff 
4 



Staff 
5 

Staff 



62 



PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Hours arranged (CN 77-499-001) Staff 

PY 599 Senior Research 3 

Prerequisite: Senior honors program standing, except with special permission 

Hours arranged (CN 77-599-001) Staff 

PY 695 Seminar 1 

1300-1430 M W (CN 77-695-001) Staff 



PY 699 Research 

Hours arranged (CN 77-699-001) 

Plant Pathology 
FIRST SESSION 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 79-595-001) 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 79-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

PP 503 Identification of Plant Pathogenic Fungi 

Prerequisites: Mycology or one advanced course in plant pathology 

LR 0810-1000 TTh (CN 79-503-001) 

LB 1010-1200 and 1310-1700 TTh (CN 79-503-101) 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 79-595-001) 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 79-699-001) 

Politics 

FIRST SESSION 

PS 201 American Governmental System 

0800-0930 (CN 80-201-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 80-201-002) 
1140-1310 (CN 80-201-003) 

PS 206 Local Governmental Systems 
0950-1120 (CN 80-206-001) 

PS 236 Introduction to Global Politics 

0800-0930 (CN 80-236-001) 

PS 331 U. S. Foreign Policy 

0950-1120 (CN 80-331-001) 

PS 402 Campaigns and Elections in the American Political System 

0950-1120 (CN 80-402-001) 

PS 511 Public Administration 

0800-0930 (CN 80-511-001) 



Credits Arranged 
Staff 



Credits Arranged 

Maximum 6 

Staff 

Credits Arranged 



Barnett 

Credits Arranged 

Maximum 6 

Staff 

Credits Arranged 
Staff 



3 

Gilbert 

Kebschull 

Hurwitz 

3 

McClain 

3 
Soroos 

3 
Gilbert 

3 
Hurwitz 

3 

McClain 



6:} 



PS 611 Public Personnel Administration 3 

Prerequisite: PS 511 or consent of instructor 

0800-0930 (CN 80-611-001) Ellis 

PS 621 Collective Negotiations in the Public Service 3 

Prerequisite: PS 511 or consent of instructor 

0950-1120 (CN 80-621-001) Ellis 

SECOND SESSION 

PS 201 American Governmental System 3 

0800-0930 (CN 80-201-001) Mastro 

0950-1120 (CN 80-201-002) Hurwitz 

PS 206 Local Governmental Systems 3 

1140-1310 (CN 80-206-001) Rassel 

PS 313 Women and Public Policy 3 

0950-1120 (CN 80-313-001) Stewart 

PS 344 Soviet Politics 3 

0950-1120 (CN 80-344-001) Mastro 

PS 402 Campaigns and Elections in the American Political System 3 

1140-1310 (CN 80-402-001) Hurwitz 

PS 406 Politics and Policies of American State Government 3 

0800-0930 (CN 80-406-001) Williams 

PS 516 Public Policy Analysis 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing; advanced undergraduate standing and consent of 

instructor 

0950-1120 (CN 80-516-001) Williams 

PS 616 Seminar in Program Evaluation 3 

Prerequisite: PS 516 or consent of instructor 

0800-0930 (CN 80-616-001) Rassel 

PS 696 Seminar in Politics 2-4 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

1140-1310 (CN 80-696-001) Stewart 

Poultry Science 

FIRST SESSION 

PO 495 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 81-495-001) Prince 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 81-698-001) Hill 

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Hours arranged (CN 81-699-001) Hill 

SECOND SESSION 

PO 495 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 81-495-001) Prince 



64 



PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 81-698-001) 

PO 699 Poultry Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Hours arranged (CN 81-699-001) 

Psychology 

FIRST SESSION 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 

0800-0930 (CN 83-200-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 83-200-002) 

PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied to Current Problems 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 
0800-0930 (CN 83-210-001) 



Maximum 6 

Hill 
Credits Arranged 

Hill 



3 

Staff 

Cunningham 



Smith 



PSY 300 Perception 3 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, introductory biological sciences, physics or chemistry 

recommended 

1520-1650 (CN 83-300-001) Mershon 



3 
Staff 



Graduate Student 
3 



PSY 304 Educational Psychology 

0800-0930 (CN 83-304-001) 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 
0950-1120 (CN 83-310-001) 

PSY 337 Psychology, Industrial Society and Social Policy 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

1140-1310 (CN 83-337-001) Cunningham 

PSY 376 Human Growth and Development 3 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

1140-1310 (CN 83-376-001) Chmielewski 

PSY 491 Seminar in Psychology 3 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and departmental approval* 

Hours arranged (CN 83-491-001) Staff 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and departmental approval* 

Hours arranged (CN 83-492-001) Staff 

PSY 495 Human Resource Development Practicum 8 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, PSY HRD option, PSY 350, 351, SP 231 

Hours arranged (CN 83-495-001) Cowgell 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

0800-0930 (CN 83-504-001) Staff 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 370 

0800-0930 (CN 83-530-001) Corter 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality 3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

0950-1120 (CN 83-570-001) Corter 

* Student must arrange for individual advisor. 



65 



PSY 599 Research Problems in Psychology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 83-599-001) 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 
Hours arranged (CN 83-693-001) 

PSY 699 Thesis and Dissertation Research 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 83-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 

0800-0930 (CN 83-200-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 83-200-002) 

PSY 210 Psychological Analysis Applied to Current Problems 
Prerequisite: PSY 200 
0800-0930 (CN 83-210-001) 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 

0950-1120 (CN 83-304-001) 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 
0730-0900 (CN 83-320-001) 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 
0800-0930 (CN 83-411-001) 

PSY 475 Child Psychology 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 
0950-1120 (CN 83-475-001) 

PSY 491 Seminar in Psychology 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and departmental approval* 
Hours arranged (CN 83-491-001) 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and departmental approval* 
Hours arranged (CN 83-492-001) 

PSY 493H Special Topics in Psychology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 83-493-001) 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 
0950-1120 (CN 83-504-001) 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurement 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 
0800-0930 (CN 83-535-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 83-535-002) 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology, including PSY 475 or PSY 476 
1140-1310 (CN 83-576-001) 



Credits Arranged 

Staff 
Maximum 12 

Corter 
Credits Arranged 

Staff 



3 
Staff 
Staff 



Smith 

3 
Johnson 



Graduate Student 
3 

Graduate Student 
3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
3 

Staff 
1-6 

Cowgell 
3 

Johnson 



Westbrook 
Westbrook 



Rawls 



* Student must arrange for individual advisor. 



66 



PSY 599 Research Problems in Psychology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 83-599-001) Staff 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 

Hours arranged (CN 83-693-001) Corter 

PSY 699 Thesis and Dissertation Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor 

Hours arranged (CN 83-699-001) Staff 

Recreation Resources Administration 
FIRST SESSION 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 

0800-0930 (CN 85-152-001) Sternloff 

RRA 215 Maintenance and Operation I 3 

Prerequisite: RRA 152 

0800-0930 (CN 85-215-001) Warren 

RRA 216 Maintenance and Operation II 3 

Prerequisite: RRA 152 

0950-1120 (CN 85-216-001) Warren 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Relationships 3 

Corequisite: FOR 472 or ZO 221 

0800-0930 (CN 85-241-001) Clapp 

0950-1120 (CN 85-241-002) Clapp 

RRA 359 Recreation and Park Supervision 3 

Prerequisite: RRA 358 

0950-1120 (CN 85-359-001) Sternloff 

RRA 475 Recreation and Park Internship 9 

Prerequisite: Senior status, RRA 359 

Hours arranged (CN 85-475-001) Smith, McKnelly, Wilson 

RRA 591 Recreation Resources Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate status 

Hours arranged (CN 85-591-001) Staff 

RRA 692 Advanced Problems in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours RRA 

Hours arranged (CN 85-692-001) Staff 

RRA 699 Research in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours RRA 

Hours arranged (CN 85-699-001) Staff 

SECOND SESSION 

RRA 591 Recreation Resources Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate status 

Hours arranged (CN 85-591-001) Staff 

RRA 692 Advanced Problems in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours RRA 

Hours arranged (CN 85-692-001) Staff 

RRA 699 Research in Recreation Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours RRA 

Hours arranged (CN 85-699-001) Staff 



67 



Religion 

(Also see Philosophy, page 59.) 

FIRST SESSION 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion 

0800-0930 (CN 87-300-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 87-300-002) 

SECOND SESSION 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion 

0800-0930 (CN 87-300-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 87-300-002) 

Social Work 
FIRST SESSION 

SW 203 Social Welfare in the United States 

0950-1120 (CN 86-203-001) 

SW 205 Social Welfare Policies and Issues 

Prerequisite: SW 203 
1140-1310 (CN 86-205-001) 

SW 307 Social Welfare Programs and Delivery Systems 

Prerequisite: SW T 205 
0800-0930 (CN 86-307-001) 

SW 406 Field Work I 

Prerequisite: SW 405 

Hours arranged (CN 86-406-001) 

SW 406L Field Work I Lab 

Hours arranged (CN 86-406-101) 

SW 407 Field Work II 

Prerequisite: SW 406 

Hours arranged (CN 86-407-001) 

SW 407L Field Work II Lab 

Hours arranged (CN 86-407-101) 

Sociology 
FIRST SESSION 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 

0800-0930 (CN 92-202-001) 

0800-0930 (CN 92-202-002) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-202-003) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-202-004) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-202-005) 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 

0800-0930 (CN 92-301-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-301-002) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-301-003) 

SOC 303 Social Problems 

1140-1310 (CN 92-303-001) 



Highfill 
Highfill 



3 
Staff 
Staff 



3 
Gilmore 



Russell 
3 

Gilmore 
6 

Adkins 


Adkins 



Adkins 


Adkins 



3 
Kim 
Staff 
Rhoades 
Staff 
Kim 

3 

Drabick 

Staff 

Sawhney 

3 
Staff 



68 



SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 

0800-0930 (CN 92-304-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-304-002) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-304-003) 

SOC 306 Criminology 

0800-0930 (CN 92-306-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 92-306-002) 

SOC 315 Social Thought 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
0950-1120 (CN 92-315-001) 

SOC 318 Introduction to the Sociology of Education 

Prerequisite: Three hours basic sociology 
0950-1120 (CN 92-318-001) 

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 

0800-0930 (CN 92-401-001) 

SOC 498 Special Topics in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Six hours sociology 
Hours arranged (CN 92-498-001) 

SOC 501 Leadership 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
1140-1310 (CN 92-501-001) 

SOC 512 Family Analysis 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
0800-0930 (CN 92-512-001) 

SOC 513 Community Organization and Development 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
0950-1120 (CN 92-513-001) 

SOC 591 Special Topics in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 92-591-001) 

SOC 699 Research in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Consent of chairman of graduate study committee 
Hours arranged (CN 92-699-001) 

SECOND SESSION 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 

0730-0900 (CN 92-202-001) 

0800-0930 (CN 92-202-002) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-202-003) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-202-004) 

1200-1330 (CN 92-202-005) 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 

0800-0930 (CN 92-301-001) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-301-002) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-301-003) 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems 

0800-0930 (CN 92-303-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 92-303-002) 



3 

Tobin 

Tobin 

Mercer 

3 

Austin 
Austin 



Sawhney 
3 

Drabick 

3 
Rhoades 

1-6 

Mayo 
3 

Brisson 
3 

Mercer 
3 

Brisson 
1-6 



Mayo 
Credits Arranged 

Mayo 



3 
Staff 
Mustian 
Staff 
Staff 
Staff 

3 

Hyman 

Hyman 

Staff 

3 
Dawson 
Dawson 



69 



SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 

0800-0930 (CN 92-304-001) 

0800-0930 (CN 92-304-002) 

0950-1120 (CN 92-304-003) 

1140-1310 (CN 92-304-004) 

SOC 305 Race Relations 

0950-1120 (CN 92-305-001) 
1140-1310 (CN 92-305-002) 

SOC 451 Population and Public Affairs 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
0950-1120 (CN 92-451-001) 

SOC 498 Special Topics in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Six hours sociology above freshman level 
Hours arranged (CN 92-498-001) 

SOC 501 Leadership 

1300-1600 (CN 92-501-001) 

(Three Week Summer Workshop, June 28-July 16) 

SOC 502 Society, Culture and Personality 

Prerequisite: SOC 202 or equivalent 
0800-0930 (CN 92-502-001) 
1140-1310 (CN 92-502-002) 

SOC 503 Contemporary Sociology 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
0950-1120 (CN 92-503-001) 

SOC 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 

Prerequisite: Three hours sociology 
0800-0930 (CN 92-541-001) 
0950-1120 (CN 92-541-002) 

SOC 591 Special Topics in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 
Hours arranged (CN 92-591-001) 

SOC 699 Research in Sociology 

Prerequisite: Consent of chairman of graduate study committee 
Hours arranged (CN 92-699-001) 

Soil Science 
FIRST SESSION 

SSC 590 Special Problems 

Prerequisite: SSC 200 

Hours arranged (CN 93-590-001) 

SSC 699 Research 

Prerequisite: Graduate st